diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Build/source/texk')
45 files changed, 44543 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/00readme.txt b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/00readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6322e51fcd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/00readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,903 @@ +****************************************************************************** +FILE: $RCSfile: 00readme.txt,v $ + $Revision: 3.71 $ + $Date: 1996/08/18 20:38:55 $ +****************************************************************************** + + +An 8-bit Implementation of BibTeX 0.99 with a Very Large Capacity +================================================================= + + +Contents +-------- + + 0. Abstract + + 1. Introduction + 1.1 8-bit Character Set Support + 1.2 Big and Customisable Capacity + + 2. Distribution Kits and Where to Find Them + 2.1 bt371dos.zip + 2.2 bt371os2.zip + 2.3 bt371src.zip + 2.4 bt371csf.zip + + 3. Running 8-bit BibTeX + 3.1 Command line options + 3.2 Finding Files + 3.3 Environment variables + + 4. The Codepage and Sort Order (CS) File + 4.1 CS file syntax + 4.2 Testing a CS file + 4.3 Sharing your CS file + + 5. Building 8-bit BibTeX from Source Code + 5.1 DOS + 5.2 OS/2 + 5.3 Unix + 5.4 VMS + + 6. Reporting Bugs and Requesting Improvements + 6.1 Contacting the authors + 6.2 Further enhancements + + 7. Frequently Asked Questions + + 8. Acknowledgements + + 9. BibTeX Use and Copying Conditions + + 10. Change Log + + + +0. Abstract +----------- + +This abstract is in a format suitable for inclusion in BBS description files +(file_id.diz): + + (v3.71) "big" BibTeX with full 8-bit support + + An enhanced, portable C version of BibTeX. + Enhanced by conversion to "big" (32-bit) + capacity, addition of run-time selectable + capacity and 8-bit support extensions. + National character set and sorting order + are controlled by an external configuration + file. Various examples are included. + Freeware / GNU Public Licence. + + Niel Kempson <kempson@snowyowl.co.uk> + Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra <asierra@servidor.unam.mx> + + + +1. Introduction +---------------- + +8-bit BibTeX is an enhanced, portable C version of BibTeX 0.99. It has been +enhanced in these areas: + + - conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity + - capacity selectable at run time + - flexible support for non-English languages using 8-bit character sets + - well matched to LateX2e and its "inputenc" package + +Oren Patashnik, the creator of BibTeX, is working on a new BibTeX 1.0 that +will be a modern implementation supporting large capacities and non-English +languages (see TUGboat, pages 269--274, volume 15, number 3, September 1994). +He is content for this version to be released, but hopes that people will +eventually migrate to BibTeX 1.0 when it is released. Its release date is +uncertain at the moment. + + + 1.1 Big and Customisable Capacity + --------------------------------- + + The original 16-bit code has been rewritten to use 32-bit data types + wherever possible. The result is a very large potential capacity. To + increase flexibility and to avoid BibTeX allocating all available memory, + the capacity of some key arrays can be set on the command line. + + For convenience, several standard capacities have been predefined: + default, big and huge. The key capacities are set as follows: + + Parameter Standard --big --huge --wolfgang + ------------------------------------------------------------ + Hash_Prime 4,253 8,501 16,319 30,011 + Hash_Size 5,000 10,000 19,000 35,000 + Max_Cites 750 2,000 5,000 7,500 + Max_Ent_Ints 3,000 4,000 5,000 7,500 + Max_Ent_Strs 3,000 6,000 10,000 10,000 + Max_Fields 17,250 30,000 85,000 125,000 + Max_Strings 4,000 10,000 19,000 30,000 + Pool_Size 65,530 130,000 500,000 750,000 + Wiz_Fn_Space 3,000 6,000 10,000 10,000 + + If these parameter names mean nothing to you, don't worry, you've + probably never exceeded BibTeX's capacity. + + + 1.2 8-bit Character Set Support + ------------------------------- + + BibTeX now accepts 8-bit characters in its input files and writes 8-bit + characters to its output files. The character set is defined by an + external configuration text file - the codepage and sort order ("CS") + file. + + The sort order can be defined for the language and character set. For + example, in German, the control sequence \"o (o umlaut) should be sorted + as if it were the letter "o", but after ordinary "o", leading to this + order: + + Trofer, Tr\"ofer, Trufer + + However, in Swedish, \"o (o umlaut) is treated as the 29th letter of the + alphabet and these entries would be sorted as: + + Trofer, Trufer, Tr\"ofer + + The sorting order is defined by an external configuration text file - + the codepage and sort order ("CS") file. + + This version of BibTeX, coupled with LaTeX2e and its "inputenc" package + provide a robust means of handling 8-bit character sets. + + + +2. Distribution Kits and Where to Find Them +-------------------------------------------- + +8-bit BibTeX is distributed as a set of ZIP files created by the freely +available implementation of ZIP by the Info-ZIP project. The files have all +been compressed using the new "deflation" algorithm and can only be +compressed using the Info-ZIP implementation of UNZIP, or PKUNZIP v2.04 or +later. Ancient versions of PKUNZIP (e.g. v1.10) will not be able to unZIP +the files and will complain with a message like: "PKUNZIP: Warning! I don't +know how to handle: xxxxxxxx.xxx". + +The "official" version of 8-bit BibTeX will be available by anonymous FTP +from the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) sites: + + ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit + +There are four main ZIP files in the complete 8-bit BibTeX distribution: + + bt###dos.zip bt###os2.zip bt###src.zip bt###csf.zip + +where ### is the latest version, currently 371 (for v3.71). Their contents +and purpose are summarised below. + + + 2.1 bt371dos.zip + ---------------- + + The binary + documentation kit for MS-DOS users. It contains all you + need to run 8-bit BibTeX under MS-DOS, but no source code. The + executable program uses a 32-bit virtual memory extender called EMX to + run in 32-bit mode. emTeX is probably the most comprehensive and capable + implementation of TeX for DOS & OS/2 and it too uses EMX. + + The kit contains these files: + + 00readme.txt this file + COPYING GNU copyright notice + HISTORY summary of changes made so far + csfile.txt documentation for codepage and sort order + ("CS") files + msdos/bibtex.exe the 8-bit BibTeX program + + EMX uses the VCPI mechanism to run in 32-bit mode and will therefore not + run in a DOS session under MS Windows. It will run under native DOS and + in a DOS session under OS/2. The EMX extender (v0.9b) is bound into + bibtex.exe, but you can always obtain the latest version of EMX by + anaonymous FTP from: + + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/pub/systems/os2/emx-0.9b + ftp.leo.org:/pub/comp/os/os2/gnu/emx+gcc + + If you want to run this version of BibTeX in a DOS session under MS + Windows, you have two choices: + + - get and install the RSX extender. RSX is a DPMI-compliant DOS + extender which is more or less compatible with emx. It is compatible + with EMX, DPMI servers and DOS sessions under MS Windows. The + official site for the latest version of RSX is + + ftp.uni-bielefeld.de:/pub/systems/msdos/misc + + but you can also get it by anonymous FTP from the same CTAN sites as + BibTeX: + + ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/systems/msdos/dpmigcc + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/systems/msdos + + The files to look for are dpmigcc5.zip and rsxwin3a.zip + + If you use the emTeX implementation of TeX and friends, it may be + more convenient to get the "emxrsx" package - it's a minimal version + of RSX to allow emTeX to run in DOS sessions under MS Windows. It is + available by anonymous FTP from CTAN sites in the emTeX directory: + + ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/systems/msdos/emtex + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/systems/msdos/emtex + + On the other hand, if you're using emTeX under MS Windows, you've + probably solved the problem already :-) + + - get the djgpp GNU C compiler and DOS extender package and build + BibTeX from the source code. The master site for djgpp is + ftp.delorie.com. + + + 2.2 bt371os2.zip + ---------------- + + The binary + documentation kit for OS/2 2.x and 3.x users. It contains + all you need to run 8-bit BibTeX under OS/2, but no source code. The + executable program was developed using the EMX development system and has + its run-time library linked in - there is no need to install EMX just to + run BibTeX. If you already have EMX installed want a smaller executable, + you'll need to rebuild from sources. + + The kit contains these files: + + 00readme.txt this file + COPYING GNU copyright notice + HISTORY summary of changes made so far + csfile.txt documentation for codepage and sort order + ("CS") files + os2/bibtex.exe the 8-bit BibTeX program + + + 2.3 bt371src.zip + ---------------- + + The complete source code kit to build 8-bit BibTeX on all supported + systems. The source code is known to build easily under MS-DOS and OS/2 + if you have the GNU C Compiler installed. The source code is quite + portable and contains almost no system-specific items - it should very + easily port to Unix or VMS. If you decide to port 8-bit BibTeX to + another platform, please let me know so that I can include your efforts + in the master distribution. + + The source kit contains these files: + + 00readme.txt this file + COPYING GNU copyright notice + HISTORY summary of changes made so far + csfile.txt documentation for codepage and sort order + ("CS") files + + bibtex.h definition of global parameters and limits + datatype.h definition of custom data types + gblprocs.h forward declaration of all global functions + gblvars.h declaration of global variables + sysdep.h determine the compiler and environment + + bibtex.c main source including system dependent code + bibtex-1.c part 1 of the system independent functions + bibtex-2.c part 2 of the system independent functions + bibtex-3.c part 3 of the system independent functions + bibtex-4.c part 4 of the system independent functions + + utils.c nearly all of the enhancement code + utils.h + + getopt.c the GNU getopt package for command line parsing + getopt1.c + getopt.h + + dos-emx.mak makefile for EMX GNU C under MS-DOS + dos-dj.mak makefile for DJGPP GNU C under MS-DOS + os2.mak makefile for EMX GNU C under OS/2 + unix.mak makefile for Unix variants + + + 2.4 bt371csf.zip + ---------------- + + The character set and sorting order is now defined by an external + configuration text file - the codepage and sort order ("CS") file. A + number of example files have been included with the master distribution, + but I hope that others will be written by 8-bit BibTeX users in due + course. To avoid the need to reissue to the master ZIP files every time + a new CS file is created, CS files will also be available as a separate + kit. + + At the time of writing, the kit contains these CS files: + + File Name Character Set Sorting Order + ------------------------------------------------------------- + 88591lat.csf ISO 8859-1 Latin + 88591sca.csf ISO 8859-1 Scandinavean + ascii.csf US ASCII English + cp437lat.csf IBM codepage 437 Latin + cp850lat.csf IBM codepage 850 Latin + cp850sca.csf IBM codepage 850 Scandinavean + cp866rus.csf IBM codepage 866 Russian + + + +3. Running 8-bit BibTeX +------------------------ + +Running 8-bit BibTeX is superficially the same as running the original +BibTeX, but there are quite a number of command line options that may be +specified. + + + 3.1 Command line options + ------------------------ + + The command line syntax is: + + bibtex [options] aux-file + + where "aux-file" is the name of the TeX auxilliary output file to be + processed by BibTeX. The trailing ".aux" may be omitted. + + Valid options are: + + -? --help + + Display some brief help text and then exit. + + -7 --traditional + + Operate in the original 7-bit mode. A CS file is not read: + only 7-bit ASCII characters are supported and sorting is + strictly by ASCII code value. + + BibTeX will not allow you to specify --traditional with + either the --8bit or --csfile option. + + -8 --8bit + + Force 8-bit mode. A CS file is not read. All 8-bit + characters (code > 127) are treated as letters and sorting is + strictly by code page value. + + BibTeX will not allow you to specify --8bit with either the + --csfile or --traditional option. + + -c --csfile FILE + + Read FILE as the BibTeX codepage and sort definition (CS) + file. The CS file is used to define the 8-bit character set + used by BibTeX and the order in which those characters should + be sorted. + + BibTeX will not allow you to specify --csfile with either + the --8bit or --traditional option. + + -d --debug TYPE + + Report debugging information to the BibTeX log file and the + standard error device. The value TYPE controls the type of + debugging information reported. TYPE can be one or more of: + + all - all debugging categories + csf - CS file processing + io - file I/O + mem - memory allocation and capacity + misc - other debugging information + search - path searching and file location + + It is possible that your version of BibTeX has been compiled + with debugging support disabled. If this is the case, BibTeX + will issue a warning message when --debug is specified. + + -s --statistics + + Report internal statistics to the BibTeX log file. + + It is possible that your version of BibTeX has been compiled + with statistics support disabled. If this is the case, + BibTeX will issue a warning message when --statistics is + specified. + + -t --trace + + Report execution tracing to the BibTeX log file. + + It is possible that your version of BibTeX has been compiled + with tracing support disabled. If this is the case, BibTeX + will issue a warning message when --trace is specified. + + -v --version + + Report BibTeX's version and then exit. + + -B --big + + Set BibTeX's capacity to "big". The size of particular + parameters will be set as follows (the default sizes are + shown in brackets): + + Hash_Prime 8,501 (4,253) + Hash_Size 10,000 (5,000) + Max_Cites 2,000 (750) + Max_Ent_Ints 4,000 (3,000) + Max_Ent_Strs 6,000 (3,000) + Max_Fields 30,000 (17,250) + Max_Strings 10,000 (4,000) + Pool_Size 130,000 (65,530) + Wiz_Fn_Space 6,000 (3,000) + + -H --huge + + Set BibTeX's capacity to "huge". The size of particular + parameters will be set as follows (the default sizes are + shown in brackets): + + Hash_Prime 16,319 (4,253) + Hash_Size 19,000 (5,000) + Max_Cites 5,000 (750) + Max_Ent_Ints 5,000 (3,000) + Max_Ent_Strs 10,000 (3,000) + Max_Fields 85,000 (17,250) + Max_Strings 19,000 (4,000) + Pool_Size 500,000 (65,530) + Wiz_Fn_Space 10,000 (3,000) + + -W --wolfgang + + Set BibTeX's capacity to "really huge" - required for + Wolfgang's PhD thesis. The size of particular parameters + will be set as follows (the default sizes are shown in + brackets): + + Hash_Prime 30,011 (4,253) + Hash_Size 35,000 (5,000) + Max_Cites 7,500 (750) + Max_Ent_Ints 7,500 (3,000) + Max_Ent_Strs 10,000 (3,000) + Max_Fields 125,000 (17,250) + Max_Strings 30,000 (4,000) + Pool_Size 750,000 (65,530) + Wiz_Fn_Space 10,000 (3,000) + + -M --min_crossrefs ## + + Set min_crossrefs to ##. If an item is cross-referenced at + least ## times, it will be placed in the list of citations, + even if it is not explicitly \cited as a reference. The + default value is 2. + + --mcites ## + + Allow a maximum of ## distinct \cites in the .aux files. + This number must be less than the maximum number of strings + (settable with --mstrings). + + --mentints ## + + Allow a maximum of ## integer entries in the .bib databases. + + --mentstrs ## + + Allow a maximum of ## string entries in the .bib databases. + + --mfields ## + + Allow a maximum of ## fields in the .bib databases. + + --mpool ## + + Set the string pool to ## bytes. + + --mstrings ## + + Allow a maximum of ## unique strings. This number must be + less than the hash size and greater than the maximum number + of \cites (settable with --mcites). + + --mwizfuns ## + + Allow a maximum of ## wizard functions. + + + 3.2 Finding Files + ----------------- + + 8-bit BibTeX looks for input files in three different steps as summarised + below. As soon as 8-bit BibTeX finds a matching file, it stops looking + (i.e. only the first matching file is used). In order, the three steps + are: + + - look for the file in the current working directory. + + - if the appropriate environment variable has been set (e.g. BSTINPUT), + treat its value as a list of directories to be searched. Look for the + file in each of the directories in the list. + + - if the appropriate environment variable (e.g. BSTINPUT) has not been + set, use a predefined "fallback" path as a list of directories to be + searched. + + A search list consists of a number of directories separated by a delimiter + (semicolons for MS-DOS & OS/2, colons for Unix and commas for VMS). + + As distributed, the strategy adopted by 8-bit BibTeX for opening specific + file types is + + .aux files + + - look in current working directory only + + .bib (BibTeX database) files + + - look in current working directory + - search along path defined by environment variable BIBINPUT + - search along fallback path (empty by default) + + .bst (BibTeX style) files + + - look in current working directory + - search along path defined by environment variable BSTINPUT + - search along fallback path (empty by default) + + .csf (CS) files + + - look in current working directory + - search along path defined by environment variable CSFINPUT + - search along fallback path (empty by default) + + The name of the CS file is determined using a number of steps + + - use value of --csfile command line option, + - use value of the BIBTEX_CSFILE environment variable + - use fallback CS file name (empty by default) + + Output files + + All of BibTeX's output (.bbl, .blg) files are created in the + current working directory. + + + The environment variables and fallback paths used by 8-bit BibTeX are + defined in the Makefile and set at compile time, but you can determine + what your version of 8-bit BibTeX is using by starting it with the command + line + + bibtex --debug=search non-existent-file-name + + The debugging output (written to the standard error device) should look + something like: + + D-SCH: Search strategy for .aux files: + D-SCH: search path environment variable: <undefined> + D-SCH: fallback search path: <undefined> + D-SCH: Search strategy for .bib files: + D-SCH: search path environment variable: BIBINPUT + D-SCH: BIBINPUT value: e:\usr\c\bibtex + D-SCH: fallback search path: e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bib + D-SCH: Search strategy for .bst files: + D-SCH: search path environment variable: BSTINPUT + D-SCH: BSTINPUT value: <undefined> + D-SCH: fallback search path: e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bst + D-SCH: Search strategy for .csf files: + D-SCH: search path environment variable: CSFINPUT + D-SCH: CSFINPUT value: e:\usr\c\bibtex + D-SCH: fallback search path: e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/csf + D-SCH: Default .csf file: + D-SCH: file name environment variable: BIBTEX_CSFILE + D-SCH: BIBTEX_CSFILE value: e:/emtex/texinput/cp437lat.csf + D-SCH: fallback file name: cp850lat.csf + + The current working directory will always be searched, even if the + environment variable and fallback paths have not been specified (e.g. as + for .aux files in the above example). + + If the default behaviour is not to your liking, you will need to rebuild + 8-bit BibTeX from its source code (see section 5). + + + 3.3 Environment variables + ------------------------- + + As supplied, 8-bit BibTeX uses a number of environment variables: + + BIBINPUT search path for database (.bib) files + BSTINPUT search path for style (.bst) files + CSFINPUT search path for CS (.csf) files + BIBTEX_CSFILE the default CS file + TMP directory for virtual memory files (DOS only) + + The name of the environment variables used may be changed (in the + Makefile) when BibTeX is built. See the appropriate Makefile for your + environment and remember that you can use the "--debug=search" command + line option to reveal the environment variables used by your version of + 8-bit BibTeX (see previous section). + + All environment variables used as a search list (BIBINPUT, BSTINPUT & + CSFINPUT) can be set to a number of separate directories, separated + by a delimiter (semicolons for MS-DOS & OS/2, colons for Unix and + commas for VMS). + + Examples for MS-DOS and OS/2 are: + + SET BIBINPUT=e:\data\tex\bibtex;c:\emtex\bibtex\bib + SET BSTINPUT=e:\data\tex\bibtex;c:\emtex\bibtex\bst + SET CSFINPUT=e:\data\tex\bibtex + SET BIBTEX_CSFILE=c:\data\tex\bibtex\cp850lat.csf + + Examples for Unix: + + setenv BIBINPUT /u/kempson/bibtex:/usr/local/lib/tex/bib-files + setenv BSTINPUT /u/kempson/bibtex:/usr/local/lib/tex/bst-files + setenv CSFINPUT /u/kempson/bibtex:/usr/local/lib/tex/csf-files + setenv BIBTEX_CSFILE /usr/local/lib/tex/csf-files/88591lat.csf + + Examples for VMS: + + define BIBINPUT "sys$login:,disk$tex:[bibtex.bib-files]" + define BSTINPUT "sys$login:,disk$tex:[bibtex.bst-files]" + define CSFINPUT "sys$login:,disk$tex:[bibtex.csf-files]" + define BIBTEX_CSFILE disk$tex:[bibtex.csf-files]88951lat.csf + + + +4. The Codepage and Sort Order (CS) File +----------------------------------------- + +The Codepage and Sort definition (CS) file is used to define the 8-bit +character set used by BibTeX and the order in which those characters should +be sorted. + +Please see the associated csfile.txt for details of CS file syntax and +guidelines for testing new CS files. NOTE: it contains many 8-bit characters +and may cause problems if you try to display or print it on 7-bit systems +(e.g. older versions of Unix). + + + +5. Building 8-bit BibTeX from Source Code +------------------------------------------ + +The 8-bit BibTeX source is fairly standard ANSI C with almost no system +specific code. It should therefore be relatively straightforward to build it +in a different environment if you have GNU C or an ANSI C compiler. + +A number of Makefiles have been provided to build 8-bit BibTeX from source +code: + + dos-emx.mak makefile for EMX GNU C under MS-DOS + dos-dj.mak makefile for DJGPP GNU C under MS-DOS + os2.mak makefile for EMX GNU C under OS/2 + unix.mak makefile for Unix variants + +Whichever Makefile you use, you need to check that the "local definitions" +are appropriate for your system. There are three small sections to +customise: + + BibTeX File Searching + + - specifies the names of environment variables and paths to be used when + searching for input files + + Utility Programs + + - specifies the names of programs to be used for simple functions + + Compiler/Linker + + - specifies compiler/linker command lines + +If your system is already supported it should not be necessary to modify any +part of the Makefile except these three sections. + +Brief notes for specific environments follow. + + + 5.1 DOS + ------- + + 8-bit BibTeX has been built and tested using the EMX and DJGPP + development environments. Both are based on GNU C with their own + custom 32-bit extenders. + + + 5.2 OS/2 + -------- + + The EMX development environment is supported. + + + 5.3 Unix + -------- + + Most variants of Unix supporting GNU C should be capable of building + and running 8-bit BibTeX. + + + 5.4 VMS + ------- + + The authors have not built or tested this version of 8-bit BibTeX on + VMS, but see no reason why it shouldn't compile and run successfully + if GNU C is installed on the system. (The only system-dependent code + in 8-bit BibTeX concerns file opening and provision has been made for + VMS file modes.) + + If you have GNU C installed, we recommend starting with a copy of the + unix.mak Makefile and customising it for VMS. If you successfully + get 8-bit BibTeX running under VMS, *please* let the authors know how + you did it. + + + +6. Reporting Bugs and Requesting Improvements +---------------------------------------------- + +Where possible, we will try to fix bugs and will consider requests for +improvements. If you are reporting a bug, please provide as much information +as possible (e.g. operating environment, 8-bit BibTeX version and source, +exact error message and the offending files if possible). + +The most common message is of the form "BibTeX doesn't work on XXXX". This +is generally of no help in debugging a problem so please provide as much +information as possible. + + + 6.1 Contacting the authors + -------------------------- + + The authors are + + Niel Kempson + Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England + E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk + + and + + Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra + Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, + Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico + E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx + + Niel Kempson did the original manual translation from WEB to C, + conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, addition of run-time selectable + capacity and part of the 8-bit support extensions. He intermittently + maintains the master version of the source code. + + Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra should take the credit for most of the 8-bit + function provided by this version of BibTeX. + + + 6.2 Further Enhancements + ------------------------ + + No program is perfect and this version of BibTeX is no exception to that + rule. Some known weaknesses are: + + - the 8-bit support is currently limited to single 8-bit characters. + TeX control sequences (e.g. \'{A}) are not interpreted and treated in + the same way as the equivalent 8-bit character. + + - it is not possible to redefine the lower 128 character codes. This + excludes support for character codes not built on ASCII (e.g. EBCDIC). + + Future enhancements will be considered, but it may be time to build a + "proper" system built from the ground up to handle 8-bit character + sets. BibTeX 1.0 promises to be this system. + + Other items that ought to be on the "to do" list: + + - path searching using Karl Berry's kpathsea package + - TeX format documentation + - Unix man pages + - OS/2 .inf format documentation + - native 32-bit support for MS Windows 95/NT + + + +7. Frequently Asked Questions +------------------------------ + +When I run the DOS version 8-bit BibTeX in a DOS window under MS Windows 3.x, +95 or NT, I get the message "DPMI not supported". + + 8-bit BibTeX has been built using the EMX development environment. It + uses the VCPI mechanism to run in 32-bit mode and will therefore not run + in a DOS session under MS Windows. + + If you want to run this version of 8-bit BibTeX in a DOS session under + MS Windows, you have two choices: + + - get and install the RSX extender + - rebuild from sources using a suitable compiler + + See section 2.1 for more information. + + +8-bit BibTeX doesn't find my .bib/.bst files. How can I find out where it +looks for them? + + See section 3.2 + + +There isn't a CS file for my character set / language sorting order + + Creating a new CS file should be relatively straightforward. If you'd + like to try, please contact the authors for assistance. If you don't + need assistance, *please* let us have a copy of your finished CS file so + we can include it in the distribution. + + + +8. Acknowledgement +------------------- + +The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald Knuth's WEB +system. This format produces a PASCAL program for execution and a TeX +documented version of the source code. This program started as a (manual) +translation of the WEB source into C. + + + +9. BibTeX Use and Copying Conditions +------------------------------------- + +The programs currently being distributed that relate to 8-bit BibTeX are +*free*; this means that everyone may use them and redistribute them freely. +The 8-bit BibTeX-related programs are not in the public domain; they are +copyrighted and there are restrictions on their distribution, but these +restrictions are designed to permit everything that a good cooperating +citizen would want to do. What is not allowed is to try to prevent others +from further sharing any version of these programs that they might get from +you. + +Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give away +copies of the programs that relate to 8-bit BibTeX, that you receive source +code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these programs or +use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know you can do these +things. + +To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to deprive +anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute copies of the +8-bit BibTeX related programs, you must give the recipients all the rights +that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must tell them their rights. + +Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds out +that there is no warranty for the programs that relate to 8-bit BibTeX. If +these programs are modified by someone else and passed on, we want their +recipients to know that what they have is not what we distributed, so that +any problems introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation. + +The precise conditions of the licences for the programs currently being +distributed that relate to 8-bit BibTeX are found in the General Public +Licences that accompany them. + + + +10. Change Log +--------------- + +$Log: 00readme.txt,v $ +Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:38:55 kempson +Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY for details). + +Revision 3.70 1996/04/29 20:17:53 kempson +Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. + +Revision 1.2 1995/10/21 22:23:01 kempson +Updated for v3.60 beta. Added description of --wolfgang option. +Added some more information on running BibTeX in a Windows DOS session. +Changed the example of CSF debugging output to something that is correct. + +Revision 1.1 1995/09/24 20:50:00 kempson +Updated for the final beta test release. + +Revision 1.0 1995/09/24 20:42:30 kempson +Placed under RCS control + +******************************** END OF FILE ******************************* diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/COPYING b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a43ea2126fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/ChangeLog b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..be3cfba4401 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +2009-06-18 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de> + + * Makefile.am (AM_CFLAGS): enable compiler warnings. + * bibtex-3.c (str_lookup): silence 'used uninitialized' warning. + * datatype.h, gblvars.h: in various places replace Integer8_T + (i.e., char) by UChar_T (i.e., unsigned char). + * utils.c (c8read_csf): avoid unused variable. + * remove rcsid's. + + * FIXME: still needs careful checking for signed/unsigned char. + +2009-06-04 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org> + + * Makefile.am (AM_CPPFLAGS): move -funsigned-char here, + since we don't want to pass it to the loader. + peb tlbuild mail 3 Jun 2009 17:37:38 +0200. + +2009-05-28 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de> + + Adapt to TL2009 build system. + +2008-03-01 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de> + + * sysdep.h: avoid redefinition of TRUE and FALSE. + +2008-02-29 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de> + + * configure.in: added AC_CONFIG_HEADERS (moved + from ../kpathsea/common.ac to here). + +2008-01-31 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de> + + * utils.c: Fix a typo (relevant for non-kpathsea version). + +2008-01-30 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de> + + Convert from autoconf-2.13 to autoconf-2.59+: + * Makefile.in: Add @configure_input@ line. + * aclocal.m4 (new): Generated (aclocal -I ../m4). + * configure: Regenerated (autoconf). + +2007-07-16 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org> + + * bibtex.h (BUF_SIZE, MAX_CITES, MAX_ENT_INTS, MAX_ENT_STRS, + MAX_STRS): increase. From panov, 12 Jul 2007 12:13:38. + diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/HISTORY b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/HISTORY new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9c8619dcea --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/HISTORY @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +****************************************************************************** +FILE: $RCSfile: HISTORY,v $ + $Revision: 3.71 $ + $Date: 1996/08/18 20:42:32 $ +****************************************************************************** + + +8-Bit BibTeX CHANGE HISTORY +--------------------------- + +31-May-2005 Karl Berry + - Applied utils.c patch from Arne J\"orgensen for space character + sorting weight, sent to tex-live@tug.org 31 May 2005 15:52:07 +0200. + +v3.71 18-August-1996 Niel Kempson <snowyowl.co.uk> + + - Changed default environment variables used for consistency across OS + implementations and better compatibility with emTeX. Now uses + BIBINPUT, BSTINPUT & CSFINPUT as the default environment variables + for .bib, .bst and .csf files respectively. + + "Hard-coded" fallback search paths can now be specified for use if + the chosen environment variables are not defined. The environment + variables and the fallback paths are now defined in the Makefile + rather than in sysdep.h. + + Thanks to Lars Frellesen <frelle@math-tech.dk> for spotting the + inconsistency and his Makefile suggestions. + + - Fixed bug in handling of CSF \order section. Any alpha or numeric + character may now be specified in the sort order - previously only + alphas were allowed and BibTeX didn't correctly sort citations like + Knuth89, Knuth92 because the digits were ignored during sort + comparisons. Corrected example CS files to include digits in the + sort orders. Thanks to Andrei Grinkevitch <grin@bals.usr.pu.ru> for + spotting this one. + + - Included the first contributed CS file: for codepage 866 with a Russian + sorting order. Thanks again to Andrei Grinkevitch <grin@bals.usr.pu.ru>. + + - Added the missing 'd' to the sort section of 88591lat.csf. Thanks to + Tim Geisler <geisler@pms.informatik.uni-muenchen.de>. + + - Removed CS files from all but the bt371csf.zip distribution file. + + - Clarified 00readme.txt, specifically sections dealing with environment + variables and CS files. Moved 8-bit section describing CS files into + a separate csfile.txt because some people were having problems when + they tried to view the 8-bit 00readme.txt file on a 7-bit Unix + system. Thanks to Ken Smith <kgs@maths.uq.oz.au> for highlighting + this issue. + + - Reinstated the -W option (--wolfgang did work). Thanks to Thomas + Plagwitz <tplagiwt@ix.urz.uni-heidelberg.de> for spotting this. + + - Fixed str_lookup() to work with a hash size > 32767. + + - Created new HISTORY file. + + +v3.70 29-Apr-1996 Niel Kempson <snowyowl.co.uk> + + Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. + +******************************** END OF FILE ******************************* diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/Makefile.am b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6e82fc8263f --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +## Makefile.am for the TeX Live subdirectory texk/bibtex8/ +## +## Copyright (C) 2009 Peter Breitenlohner <tex-live@tug.org> +## You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. +## +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I ../../m4 + +INCLUDES = $(KPATHSEA_INCLUDES) +AM_CPPFLAGS = -DUNIX -DKPATHSEA -DSUPPORT_8BIT +AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNING_CFLAGS) + +## FIXME: (1) this should go away once the code has been carefully +## FIXME: analyzed and uses 'unsigned char' where necessary. +## FIXME: (2) this should go to AM_CFLAGS, but AIX xlc only +## FIXME: accepts this flag when compiling, not when linking. +AM_CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char + +bin_PROGRAMS = bibtex8 + +bibtex8_SOURCES = \ + bibtex-1.c \ + bibtex-2.c \ + bibtex-3.c \ + bibtex-4.c \ + bibtex.c \ + bibtex.h \ + datatype.h \ + gblprocs.h \ + gblvars.h \ + utils.c \ + utils.h \ + version.h \ + sysdep.h + +bibtex8_DEPENDENCIES = $(KPATHSEA_DEPEND) + +LDADD = $(KPATHSEA_LIBS) + +## Rebuild libkpathsea +@KPATHSEA_RULE@ + +csfdir = ${prefix}/texmf-dist/bibtex/csf/base + +dist_csf_DATA = \ + csf/88591lat.csf \ + csf/88591sca.csf \ + csf/ascii.csf \ + csf/cp437lat.csf \ + csf/cp850lat.csf \ + csf/cp850sca.csf \ + csf/cp866rus.csf \ + csf/csfile.txt + +btdocdir = ${prefix}/texmf/doc/bibtex8 + +dist_btdoc_DATA = \ + 00readme.txt \ + HISTORY \ + csfile.txt \ + file_id.diz + +## Not used +## +EXTRA_DIST = \ + bt371csf.zip \ + dos-dj.mak \ + dos-emx.mak \ + getopt.c \ + getopt.h \ + getopt1.c \ + os2.mak \ + unix.mak \ + csf/00readme.txt \ + csf/COPYING \ + csf/HISTORY \ + csf/file_id.diz + diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/Makefile.in b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3c60f363f5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,795 @@ +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11 from Makefile.am. +# @configure_input@ + +# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + + +VPATH = @srcdir@ +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ +am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd +install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 +install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c +install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = $(program_transform_name) +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +build_triplet = @build@ +host_triplet = @host@ +bin_PROGRAMS = bibtex8$(EXEEXT) +subdir = . +DIST_COMMON = $(am__configure_deps) $(dist_btdoc_DATA) \ + $(dist_csf_DATA) $(srcdir)/../../build-aux/config.guess \ + $(srcdir)/../../build-aux/config.sub \ + $(srcdir)/../../build-aux/depcomp \ + $(srcdir)/../../build-aux/install-sh \ + $(srcdir)/../../build-aux/ltmain.sh \ + $(srcdir)/../../build-aux/missing \ + $(srcdir)/../../build-aux/mkinstalldirs $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ + $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/configure \ + ../../build-aux/config.guess ../../build-aux/config.sub \ + ../../build-aux/depcomp ../../build-aux/install-sh \ + ../../build-aux/ltmain.sh ../../build-aux/missing \ + ../../build-aux/mkinstalldirs ../../build-aux/texinfo.tex \ + ../../build-aux/ylwrap COPYING ChangeLog +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-common.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-kpathsea-flags.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-warnings.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/libtool.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/ltsugar.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) +am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ + configure.lineno config.status.lineno +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/../../build-aux/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = +am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(btdocdir)" \ + "$(DESTDIR)$(csfdir)" +PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) +am_bibtex8_OBJECTS = bibtex-1.$(OBJEXT) bibtex-2.$(OBJEXT) \ + bibtex-3.$(OBJEXT) bibtex-4.$(OBJEXT) bibtex.$(OBJEXT) \ + utils.$(OBJEXT) +bibtex8_OBJECTS = $(am_bibtex8_OBJECTS) +bibtex8_LDADD = $(LDADD) +am__DEPENDENCIES_1 = +DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ +depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/../../build-aux/depcomp +am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles +am__mv = mv -f +COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ + $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) +LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ + --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ + $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) +CCLD = $(CC) +LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ + --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ + $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ +SOURCES = $(bibtex8_SOURCES) +DIST_SOURCES = $(bibtex8_SOURCES) +am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; +am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ + $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ + *) f=$$p;; \ + esac; +am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; +am__install_max = 40 +am__nobase_strip_setup = \ + srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` +am__nobase_strip = \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" +am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ + sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ + $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ + if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ + { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ + END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' +am__base_list = \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' +DATA = $(dist_btdoc_DATA) $(dist_csf_DATA) +ETAGS = etags +CTAGS = ctags +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) +top_distdir = $(distdir) +am__remove_distdir = \ + { test ! -d "$(distdir)" \ + || { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ + && rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; } +DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2 +GZIP_ENV = --best +distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print +distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AR = @AR@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AWK = @AWK@ +CC = @CC@ +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPP = @CPP@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ +DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ +ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ +ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ +ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +EGREP = @EGREP@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +FGREP = @FGREP@ +GREP = @GREP@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +KPATHSEA_DEPEND = @KPATHSEA_DEPEND@ +KPATHSEA_INCLUDES = @KPATHSEA_INCLUDES@ +KPATHSEA_LIBS = @KPATHSEA_LIBS@ +LD = @LD@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIPO = @LIPO@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +NM = @NM@ +NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ +OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +OTOOL = @OTOOL@ +OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ +PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +SED = @SED@ +SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ +SHELL = @SHELL@ +STRIP = @STRIP@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +WARNING_CFLAGS = @WARNING_CFLAGS@ +abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ +abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ +abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ +abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ +ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +am__tar = @am__tar@ +am__untar = @am__untar@ +bindir = @bindir@ +build = @build@ +build_alias = @build_alias@ +build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +build_os = @build_os@ +build_vendor = @build_vendor@ +builddir = @builddir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +docdir = @docdir@ +dvidir = @dvidir@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +host = @host@ +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_os = @host_os@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ +htmldir = @htmldir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ +libdir = @libdir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +localedir = @localedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ +mandir = @mandir@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ +oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ +pdfdir = @pdfdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ +psdir = @psdir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +target_alias = @target_alias@ +top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ +top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I ../../m4 +INCLUDES = $(KPATHSEA_INCLUDES) +AM_CPPFLAGS = -DUNIX -DKPATHSEA -DSUPPORT_8BIT -funsigned-char +AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNING_CFLAGS) +bibtex8_SOURCES = \ + bibtex-1.c \ + bibtex-2.c \ + bibtex-3.c \ + bibtex-4.c \ + bibtex.c \ + bibtex.h \ + datatype.h \ + gblprocs.h \ + gblvars.h \ + utils.c \ + utils.h \ + version.h \ + sysdep.h + +bibtex8_DEPENDENCIES = $(KPATHSEA_DEPEND) +LDADD = $(KPATHSEA_LIBS) +csfdir = ${prefix}/texmf-dist/bibtex/csf/base +dist_csf_DATA = \ + csf/88591lat.csf \ + csf/88591sca.csf \ + csf/ascii.csf \ + csf/cp437lat.csf \ + csf/cp850lat.csf \ + csf/cp850sca.csf \ + csf/cp866rus.csf \ + csf/csfile.txt + +btdocdir = ${prefix}/texmf/doc/bibtex8 +dist_btdoc_DATA = \ + 00readme.txt \ + HISTORY \ + csfile.txt \ + file_id.diz + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + bt371csf.zip \ + dos-dj.mak \ + dos-emx.mak \ + getopt.c \ + getopt.h \ + getopt1.c \ + os2.mak \ + unix.mak \ + csf/00readme.txt \ + csf/COPYING \ + csf/HISTORY \ + csf/file_id.diz + +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj +am--refresh: + @: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ + echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \ + $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \ + && exit 0; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \ + $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile +.PRECIOUS: Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @case '$?' in \ + *config.status*) \ + echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ + $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ + *) \ + echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ + esac; + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck + +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) + $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) +$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): +install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + test -z "$(bindir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" + @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ + sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ + while read p p1; do if test -f $$p || test -f $$p1; \ + then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ + done | \ + sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \ + -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ + sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ + $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ + { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ + if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ + else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ + END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ + while read type dir files; do \ + if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ + test -z "$$files" || { \ + echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \ + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ + } \ + ; done + +uninstall-binPROGRAMS: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ + files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ + sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ + -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \ + test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ + echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + cd "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" && rm -f $$files + +clean-binPROGRAMS: + @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ + echo " rm -f" $$list; \ + rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \ + test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \ + list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ + echo " rm -f" $$list; \ + rm -f $$list +bibtex8$(EXEEXT): $(bibtex8_OBJECTS) $(bibtex8_DEPENDENCIES) + @rm -f bibtex8$(EXEEXT) + $(LINK) $(bibtex8_OBJECTS) $(bibtex8_LDADD) $(LIBS) + +mostlyclean-compile: + -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) + +distclean-compile: + -rm -f *.tab.c + +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/bibtex-1.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/bibtex-2.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/bibtex-3.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/bibtex-4.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/bibtex.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/utils.Po@am__quote@ + +.c.o: +@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< +@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< + +.c.obj: +@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` +@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` + +.c.lo: +@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< +@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< + +mostlyclean-libtool: + -rm -f *.lo + +clean-libtool: + -rm -rf .libs _libs + +distclean-libtool: + -rm -f libtool config.lt +install-dist_btdocDATA: $(dist_btdoc_DATA) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + test -z "$(btdocdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(btdocdir)" + @list='$(dist_btdoc_DATA)'; test -n "$(btdocdir)" || list=; \ + for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$$d$$p"; \ + done | $(am__base_list) | \ + while read files; do \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(btdocdir)'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(btdocdir)" || exit $$?; \ + done + +uninstall-dist_btdocDATA: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(dist_btdoc_DATA)'; test -n "$(btdocdir)" || list=; \ + files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ + test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \ + echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(btdocdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + cd "$(DESTDIR)$(btdocdir)" && rm -f $$files +install-dist_csfDATA: $(dist_csf_DATA) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + test -z "$(csfdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(csfdir)" + @list='$(dist_csf_DATA)'; test -n "$(csfdir)" || list=; \ + for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$$d$$p"; \ + done | $(am__base_list) | \ + while read files; do \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(csfdir)'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(csfdir)" || exit $$?; \ + done + +uninstall-dist_csfDATA: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(dist_csf_DATA)'; test -n "$(csfdir)" || list=; \ + files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ + test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \ + echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(csfdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + cd "$(DESTDIR)$(csfdir)" && rm -f $$files + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ + END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + mkid -fID $$unique +tags: TAGS + +TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + set x; \ + here=`pwd`; \ + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ + END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + shift; \ + if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ + test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ + if test $$# -gt 0; then \ + $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ + "$$@" $$unique; \ + else \ + $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ + $$unique; \ + fi; \ + fi +ctags: CTAGS +CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ + END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ + || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ + $$unique + +GTAGS: + here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ + && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ + && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" + +distclean-tags: + -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + $(am__remove_distdir) + test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" + @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ + dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ + sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ + -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ + case $$dist_files in \ + */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ + sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ + sort -u` ;; \ + esac; \ + for file in $$dist_files; do \ + if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ + cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ + || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \ + ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ + ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ + ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ + || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" +dist-gzip: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz + $(am__remove_distdir) +dist-bzip2: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-lzma: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-xz: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-tarZ: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-shar: distdir + shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-zip: distdir + -rm -f $(distdir).zip + zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist dist-all: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 + $(am__remove_distdir) + +# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then +# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another +# tarfile. +distcheck: dist + case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ + *.tar.gz*) \ + GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.tar.bz2*) \ + bunzip2 -c $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.tar.lzma*) \ + unlzma -c $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.tar.xz*) \ + xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.tar.Z*) \ + uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.shar.gz*) \ + GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ + *.zip*) \ + unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ + esac + chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) + mkdir $(distdir)/_build + mkdir $(distdir)/_inst + chmod a-w $(distdir) + test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ + dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ + && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ + && am__cwd=`pwd` \ + && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \ + && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ + $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ + distuninstallcheck \ + && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ + && ({ \ + (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ + distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ + } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ + && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ + && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ + && cd "$$am__cwd" \ + || exit 1 + $(am__remove_distdir) + @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ + list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ + sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' +distuninstallcheck: + @$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \ + && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \ + || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ + if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ + echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ + fi ; \ + $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ + exit 1; } >&2 +distcleancheck: distclean + @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ + echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ + || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ + $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ + exit 1; } >&2 +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) $(DATA) +installdirs: + for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(btdocdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(csfdir)"; do \ + test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ + done +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) + -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) + -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) + -rm -f Makefile +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ + distclean-libtool distclean-tags + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +html: html-am + +html-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: install-dist_btdocDATA install-dist_csfDATA + +install-dvi: install-dvi-am + +install-dvi-am: + +install-exec-am: install-binPROGRAMS + +install-html: install-html-am + +install-html-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-info-am: + +install-man: + +install-pdf: install-pdf-am + +install-pdf-am: + +install-ps: install-ps-am + +install-ps-am: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) + -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache + -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) + -rm -f Makefile +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ + mostlyclean-libtool + +pdf: pdf-am + +pdf-am: + +ps: ps-am + +ps-am: + +uninstall-am: uninstall-binPROGRAMS uninstall-dist_btdocDATA \ + uninstall-dist_csfDATA + +.MAKE: install-am install-strip + +.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean \ + clean-binPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-libtool ctags dist \ + dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ \ + dist-xz dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-compile \ + distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags \ + distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \ + html-am info info-am install install-am install-binPROGRAMS \ + install-data install-data-am install-dist_btdocDATA \ + install-dist_csfDATA install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ + install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ + install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ + install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ + installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ + maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ + mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ + tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-binPROGRAMS \ + uninstall-dist_btdocDATA uninstall-dist_csfDATA + + +@KPATHSEA_RULE@ + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/ac/withenable.ac b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/ac/withenable.ac new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7af8cd8739 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/ac/withenable.ac @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +## texk/bibtex8/ac/withenable.ac: configure.ac fragment for the TeX Live subdirectory texk/bibtex8/ +dnl +dnl Copyright (C) 2009 Peter Breitenlohner <tex-live@tug.org> +dnl You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. +dnl +## configure options and TL libraries required for bibtex8 +KPSE_ENABLE_PROG([bibtex8], [kpathsea]) diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/aclocal.m4 b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/aclocal.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0953e56ccdd --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/aclocal.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,999 @@ +# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11 -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, +# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], + [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl +m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.63],, +[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.63. +You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. +If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. +To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) + +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) +# ---------------------------- +# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been +# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. +# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) +AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], +[am__api_version='1.11' +dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to +dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. +m4_if([$1], [1.11], [], + [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl +]) + +# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) +# ----------------------------- +# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. +# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies +# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. +m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) + +# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION +# ------------------------------- +# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. +# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. +AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], +[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11])dnl +m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], + [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl +_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) + +# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets +# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to +# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. +# +# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a +# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and +# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, +# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since +# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top +# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a +# relative path needs to be adjusted first. +# +# $ac_aux_dir/missing +# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative +# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing +# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, +# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with +# a relative $ac_aux_dir +# +# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir +# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually +# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you +# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. +# +# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, +# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: +# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` +# and then we would define $MISSING as +# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" +# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because +# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. +# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in +# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. +# +# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an +# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a +# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], +[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. +AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl +# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path +am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` +]) + +# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 9 + +# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) +# ------------------------------------- +# Define a conditional. +AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], +[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl + ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], + [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl +AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl +AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl +m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl +if $2; then + $1_TRUE= + $1_FALSE='#' +else + $1_TRUE='#' + $1_FALSE= +fi +AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( +[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) +fi])]) + +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 10 + +# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be +# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, +# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's +# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing +# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... + + +# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) +# ---------------------- +# See how the compiler implements dependency checking. +# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC". +# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. +# +# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was +# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular +# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, +# just rely on AC_PROG_CC. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl + +ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], + [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], + [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], + [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], + [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], + [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) + +AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], + [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], +[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then + # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up + # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For + # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up + # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output + # in D'. + mkdir conftest.dir + # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're + # using a relative directory. + cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir + cd conftest.dir + # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because + # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance + # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a + # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in + # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object + # directory. + mkdir sub + + am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none + if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then + am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` + fi + am__universal=false + m4_case([$1], [CC], + [case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac], + [CXX], + [case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac]) + + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do + # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers + # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and + # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. + # + # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may + # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. + # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. + : > sub/conftest.c + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do + echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c + # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with + # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. + touch sub/conftst$i.h + done + echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel + # versions had trouble with output in subdirs + am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" + case $depmode in + gcc) + # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. + test "$am__universal" = false || continue + ;; + nosideeffect) + # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll + # only be used when explicitly requested + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then + continue + else + break + fi + ;; + msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has + # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and + # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. + am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj= + ;; + none) break ;; + esac + if depmode=$depmode \ + source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ + depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ + >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && + grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings + # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message + # that says an option was ignored or not supported. + # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: + # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required + # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: + # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported + if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || + grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode + break + fi + fi + done + + cd .. + rm -rf conftest.dir +else + am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none +fi +]) +AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) +AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ + test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ + && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) +]) + + +# AM_SET_DEPDIR +# ------------- +# Choose a directory name for dependency files. +# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES +AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl +AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl +]) + + +# AM_DEP_TRACK +# ------------ +AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], +[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, +[ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build + --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors]) +if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" + AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' +fi +AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) +AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl +]) + +# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +#serial 5 + +# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS +# ------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], +[{ + # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files + # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval + # if we detect the quoting. + case $CONFIG_FILES in + *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; + *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; + esac + shift + for mf + do + # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. + mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` + # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. + # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but + # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. + # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process + # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. + # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line + # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. + if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then + dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` + else + continue + fi + # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote + # from the Makefile without running `make'. + DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue + am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "am__include" && continue + am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` + # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it + U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` + # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with + # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the + # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the + # expansion. + for file in `sed -n " + s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ + sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do + # Make sure the directory exists. + test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue + fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` + AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) + # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" + echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" + done + done +} +])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS + + +# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS +# ----------------------------- +# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. +# +# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking +# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will +# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. +AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], +[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], + [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], + [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) +]) + +# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, +# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 16 + +# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if +# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. + +# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) +# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) +# ----------------------------------------------- +# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style +# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE +# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from +# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. +# We support both call styles for the transition. After +# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT +# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf +# release and drop the old call support. +AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], +[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl +dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow +dnl the ones we care about. +m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl +if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then + # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output + # is not polluted with repeated "-I." + AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl + # test to see if srcdir already configured + if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) + fi +fi + +# test whether we have cygpath +if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then + if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' + else + CYGPATH_W=echo + fi +fi +AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) + +# Define the identity of the package. +dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. +m4_ifval([$2], +[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl + AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl + AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], +[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl +dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. +m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, + [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl + AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl + AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl + +_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, +[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl + +# Some tools Automake needs. +AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl +AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) +AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) +AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl +# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on +# some platforms. +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl +_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], + [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], + [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) +_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, +[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], + [define([AC_PROG_CC], + defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], + [define([AC_PROG_CXX], + defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], + [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], + defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl +]) +_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl +dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the +dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro +dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. +AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl +[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], + [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl +]) + +dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not +dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further +dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. +m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], +m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) + + +# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. +# This file resides in the same directory as the config header +# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. + +# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the +# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate +# our stamp files there. +AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], +[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. +_am_arg=$1 +_am_stamp_count=1 +for _am_header in $config_headers :; do + case $_am_header in + $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) + break ;; + * ) + _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; + esac +done +echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH +# ------------------ +# Define $install_sh. +AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl +if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; + *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" + esac +fi +AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) + +# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 2 + +# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames +# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. +AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], +[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null +mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null +if test -d .tst; then + am__leading_dot=. +else + am__leading_dot=_ +fi +rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null +AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) + +# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*- +# From Jim Meyering + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 5 + +# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE]) +# ---------------------------------- +# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles. +# Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally. +# For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user +# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch. +AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], +[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]), + [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])], + [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])], + [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable]) + m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])]) +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) + dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed + AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode], +[ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful + (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], + [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval], + [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes])) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE]) + AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes]) + MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE + AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl +] +) + +AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) + +# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 4 + +# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() +# ----------------- +# Check to see how make treats includes. +AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], +[am_make=${MAKE-make} +cat > confinc << 'END' +am__doit: + @echo this is the am__doit target +.PHONY: am__doit +END +# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) +am__include="#" +am__quote= +_am_result=none +# First try GNU make style include. +echo "include confinc" > confmf +# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. +case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( +*the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=include + am__quote= + _am_result=GNU + ;; +esac +# Now try BSD make style include. +if test "$am__include" = "#"; then + echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf + case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( + *the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=.include + am__quote="\"" + _am_result=BSD + ;; + esac +fi +AC_SUBST([am__include]) +AC_SUBST([am__quote]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) +rm -f confinc confmf +]) + +# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 6 + +# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) +# ------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) +$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} +AC_SUBST($1)]) + + +# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN +# ------------------ +# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. +# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. +AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl +AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl +if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; + *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; + esac +fi +# Use eval to expand $SHELL +if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then + am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " +else + am_missing_run= + AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) +fi +]) + +# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P +# --------------- +# Check for `mkdir -p'. +AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], +[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl +dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, +dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. +dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. +dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of +dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own +dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than +dnl MKDIR_P). +AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl +case $mkdir_p in + [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; + */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; +esac +]) + +# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 4 + +# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) +# ----------------------- +AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], +[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) + +# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) +# ------------------------------ +# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], +[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) + +# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) +# ---------------------------------- +# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], +[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) + +# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) +# ------------------------------------------- +# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], +[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) + +# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 5 + +# AM_SANITY_CHECK +# --------------- +AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) +# Just in case +sleep 1 +echo timestamp > conftest.file +# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory +# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. +am_lf=' +' +case `pwd` in + *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) + AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; +esac +case $srcdir in + *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) + AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);; +esac + +# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's +# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a +# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks +# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing +# directory). +if ( + set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` + if test "$[*]" = "X"; then + # -L didn't work. + set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` + fi + rm -f conftest.file + if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ + && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then + + # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen + # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a + # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually + # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". + AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken +alias in your environment]) + fi + + test "$[2]" = conftest.file + ) +then + # Ok. + : +else + AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! +Check your system clock]) +fi +AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP +# --------------------- +# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't +# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially +# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip +# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. +# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we +# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize +# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). +AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl +# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user +# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right +# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake +# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. +dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. +if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then + AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) +fi +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" +AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) + +# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 2 + +# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) +# --------------------------- +# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. +# This macro is traced by Automake. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) + +# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) +# --------------------------- +# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. +AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) + +# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 2 + +# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) +# -------------------- +# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. +# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. +# +# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command +# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory +# $tardir. +# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar +# +# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such +# a tarball read from stdin. +# $(am__untar) < result.tar +AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], +[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. +AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar]) +m4_if([$1], [v7], + [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'], + [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, + [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) +AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) +# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. +_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' +_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} +# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and +# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. +for _am_tool in $_am_tools +do + case $_am_tool in + gnutar) + for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; + do + AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break + done + am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' + am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' + am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" + ;; + plaintar) + # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create + # ustar tarball either. + (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue + am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' + am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' + am__untar='tar xf -' + ;; + pax) + am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' + am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' + am__untar='pax -r' + ;; + cpio) + am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' + am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' + am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' + ;; + none) + am__tar=false + am__tar_=false + am__untar=false + ;; + esac + + # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar + # and am__untar set. + test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break + + # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works + rm -rf conftest.dir + mkdir conftest.dir + echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file + AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) + rm -rf conftest.dir + if test -s conftest.tar; then + AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar]) + grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break + fi +done +rm -rf conftest.dir + +AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) +AC_SUBST([am__tar]) +AC_SUBST([am__untar]) +]) # _AM_PROG_TAR + +m4_include([../../m4/kpse-common.m4]) +m4_include([../../m4/kpse-kpathsea-flags.m4]) +m4_include([../../m4/kpse-warnings.m4]) +m4_include([../../m4/libtool.m4]) +m4_include([../../m4/ltoptions.m4]) +m4_include([../../m4/ltsugar.m4]) +m4_include([../../m4/ltversion.m4]) +m4_include([../../m4/lt~obsolete.m4]) diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-1.c b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-1.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bb20a3fb579 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-1.c @@ -0,0 +1,2989 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: bibtex-1.c,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:47:30 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This is the first of 4 source modules for BibTeX. The source has +** been split into 4 parts so that some of the more primitive editors +** can cope. This code mimics the BibTeX WEB source as closely as +** possible and there should be NO system dependent code in any of the +** bibtex-#.c modules. +** +** The functions defined in this module are: +** +** aux_err_stuff_after_right_brace +** aux_err_white_space_in_argument +** aux_input_command +** bad_argument_token +** bad_cross_reference_print +** bib_cmd_confusion +** bib_equals_sign_print +** bib_err_print +** bib_field_too_long_print +** bib_id_print +** bib_ln_num_print +** bib_one_of_two_print +** bib_unbalanced_braces_print +** bib_warn_print +** brace_lvl_one_letters_complaint +** braces_unbalanced_complaint +** bst_1print_string_size_exceeded +** bst_2print_string_size_exceeded +** bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin +** bst_entry_command +** bst_err_print_and_look_for_blan +** bst_execute_command +** bst_ex_warn_print +** bst_function_command +** bst_id_print +** bst_integers_command +** build_in +** case_conversion_confusion +** check_brace_level +** check_cite_overflow +** check_command_execution +** check_field_overflow +** cite_key_disappeared_confusion +** compress_bib_white +** decr_brace_level +** eat_bib_print +** eat_bib_white_space +** eat_bst_print +** eat_bst_white_space +** enough_text_chars +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: bibtex-1.c,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:47:30 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:38 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "bibtex.h" +#include "datatype.h" +#include "gblprocs.h" +#include "gblvars.h" +#include "utils.h" +#include "version.h" + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 61 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure copies the default logical area name |area| into the + * array |name_of_file| starting at position 1, after shifting up the rest + * of the filename. It also sets the global variable |name_length| to the + * appropriate value. + * + * NOTE: because C arrays start at index 0, not 1, the subscripts of array + * |name_of_file| are generally 1 less than those in the WEB source. + ***************************************************************************/ +void add_area (StrNumber_T area) +BEGIN + PoolPointer_T p_ptr; + + if ((name_length + LENGTH (area)) > FILE_NAME_SIZE) + BEGIN + PRINT ("File="); + PRINT_POOL_STR (area); + PRINT2 ("%s,", name_of_file); + file_nm_size_overflow (); + END + name_ptr = name_length - 1; + while (name_ptr >= 0) + BEGIN + name_of_file[name_ptr + LENGTH (area)] = name_of_file[name_ptr]; + DECR (name_ptr); + END + name_ptr = 0; + p_ptr = str_start[area]; + while (p_ptr < str_start[area + 1]) + BEGIN + name_of_file[name_ptr] = CHR (str_pool[p_ptr]); + INCR (name_ptr); + INCR (p_ptr); + END + name_length = name_length + LENGTH (area); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 61 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 320 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure adds to the execution buffer the given string in + * |str_pool| if it will fit. It assumes the global variable + * |ex_buf_length| gives the length of the current string in |ex_buf|, and + * thus also gives the location of the next character. + ***************************************************************************/ +void add_buf_pool (StrNumber_T p_str) +BEGIN + p_ptr1 = str_start[p_str]; + p_ptr2 = str_start[p_str + 1]; + if ((ex_buf_length + (p_ptr2 - p_ptr1)) > BUF_SIZE) + BEGIN + buffer_overflow (); + END + ex_buf_ptr = ex_buf_length; + while (p_ptr1 < p_ptr2) + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR(str_pool[p_ptr1]); + INCR (p_ptr1); + END + ex_buf_length = ex_buf_ptr; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 320 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 265 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure adds (or restores) to |cite_list| a cite key; it is + * called only when |all_entries| is |true| or when adding + * cross references, and it assumes that |cite_loc| and |lc_cite_loc| are + * set. It also INCRs its argument. + ***************************************************************************/ +void add_database_cite (CiteNumber_T *new_cite) +BEGIN + check_cite_overflow (*new_cite); + check_field_overflow (num_fields * (*new_cite)); + cite_list[*new_cite] = hash_text[cite_loc]; + ilk_info[cite_loc] = *new_cite; + ilk_info[lc_cite_loc] = cite_loc; + INCR (*new_cite); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 265 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 60 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure copies file extension |ext| into the array + * |name_of_file| starting at position |name_length+1|. It also sets the + * global variable |name_length| to the appropriate value. + * + * NOTE: because C arrays start at index 0, not 1, the subscripts of array + * |name_of_file| are generally 1 less than those in the WEB source. + ***************************************************************************/ +void add_extension (StrNumber_T ext) +BEGIN + PoolPointer_T p_ptr; + + if ((name_length + LENGTH (ext)) > FILE_NAME_SIZE) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("File=%s, extension=", name_of_file); + PRINT_POOL_STR (ext); + PRINT_LN (","); + file_nm_size_overflow (); + END + name_ptr = name_length; + p_ptr = str_start[ext]; + while (p_ptr < str_start[ext + 1]) + BEGIN + name_of_file[name_ptr] = CHR (str_pool[p_ptr]); + INCR (name_ptr); + INCR (p_ptr); + END + name_length = name_length + LENGTH (ext); + name_ptr = name_length; + while (name_ptr < FILE_NAME_SIZE) + BEGIN + name_of_file[name_ptr] = ' '; + INCR (name_ptr); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 60 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 322 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure adds to the output buffer the given string in + * |str_pool|. It assumes the global variable |out_buf_length| gives the + * length of the current string in |out_buf|, and thus also gives the + * location for the next character. If there are enough characters + * present in the output buffer, it writes one or more lines out to the + * .bbl file. It may break a line at any |white_space| character it + * likes, but if it does, it will add two |space|s to the next output + * line. + ***************************************************************************/ +void add_out_pool (StrNumber_T p_str) +BEGIN + BufPointer_T break_ptr; + BufPointer_T end_ptr; + + p_ptr1 = str_start[p_str]; + p_ptr2 = str_start[p_str + 1]; + if ((out_buf_length + (p_ptr2 - p_ptr1)) > BUF_SIZE) + BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("output buffer size ", BUF_SIZE); + END + out_buf_ptr = out_buf_length; + while (p_ptr1 < p_ptr2) + BEGIN + out_buf[out_buf_ptr] = str_pool[p_ptr1]; + INCR (p_ptr1); + INCR (out_buf_ptr); + END + out_buf_length = out_buf_ptr; + while (out_buf_length > MAX_PRINT_LINE) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 323 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we break the line by looking for a |white_space| character, + * backwards from |out_buf[max_print_line]| until + * |out_buf[min_print_line]|; we break at the |white_space| and indent + * the next line two |space|s. The next module handles things when + * there's no |white_space| character to break at. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + end_ptr = out_buf_length; + out_buf_ptr = MAX_PRINT_LINE; + while ((lex_class[out_buf[out_buf_ptr]] != WHITE_SPACE) + && (out_buf_ptr >= MIN_PRINT_LINE)) + BEGIN + DECR (out_buf_ptr); + END + if (out_buf_ptr == (MIN_PRINT_LINE - 1)) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 324 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * If there's no |white_space| character to break the line at, we break + * it at |out_buf[max_print_line-1]|, append a |comment| character, and + * don't indent the next line. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + out_buf[end_ptr] = out_buf[MAX_PRINT_LINE - 1]; + out_buf[MAX_PRINT_LINE - 1] = COMMENT; + out_buf_length = MAX_PRINT_LINE; + break_ptr = out_buf_length - 1; + output_bbl_line (); + out_buf[MAX_PRINT_LINE - 1] = out_buf[end_ptr]; + out_buf_ptr = 0; + tmp_ptr = break_ptr; + while (tmp_ptr < end_ptr) + BEGIN + out_buf[out_buf_ptr] = out_buf[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (out_buf_ptr); + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + out_buf_length = end_ptr - break_ptr; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 324 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + else + BEGIN + out_buf_length = out_buf_ptr; + break_ptr = out_buf_length + 1; + output_bbl_line (); + out_buf[0] = SPACE; + out_buf[1] = SPACE; + out_buf_ptr = 2; + tmp_ptr = break_ptr; + while (tmp_ptr < end_ptr) + BEGIN + out_buf[out_buf_ptr] = out_buf[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (out_buf_ptr); + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + out_buf_length = end_ptr - break_ptr + 2; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 323 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 322 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 318 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure adds to |str_pool| the string from |ex_buf[0]| through + * |ex_buf[ex_buf_length-1]| if it will fit. It assumes the global + * variable |ex_buf_length| gives the length of the current string in + * |ex_buf|. It then pushes this string onto the literal stack. + ***************************************************************************/ +void add_pool_buf_and_push (void) +BEGIN + STR_ROOM (ex_buf_length); + ex_buf_ptr = 0; + while (ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]); + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 318 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 169 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro complains if we've already encountered a function to be + * inserted into the hash table. + ***************************************************************************/ +void already_seen_function_print (HashLoc_T seen_fn_loc) +BEGIN + PRINT_POOL_STR (hash_text[seen_fn_loc]); + PRINT (" is already a type \""); + print_fn_class (seen_fn_loc); + PRINT_LN ("\" function name"); + BST_ERR_PRINT_AND_LOOK_FOR_BLAN; +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 169 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 120 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A \bibdata command will have its arguments between braces and + * separated by commas. There must be exactly one such command in the + * .aux file(s). All upper-case letters are converted to lower case. + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_bib_data_command (void) +BEGIN + if (bib_seen) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_ILLEGAL_ANOTHER (N_AUX_BIBDATA); + END + bib_seen = TRUE; + while (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ( ! scan2_white (RIGHT_BRACE, COMMA)) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_NO_RIGHT_BRACE; + END + if (lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_WHITE_SPACE_IN_ARGUMENT; + END + if ((last > (buf_ptr2 + 1)) && (SCAN_CHAR == RIGHT_BRACE)) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_STUFF_AFTER_RIGHT_BRACE; + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 123 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we add the just-found argument to |bib_list| if it hasn't already + * been encountered as a \bibdata argument and if, after appending + * the |s_bib_extension| string, the resulting file name can be opened. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (bib_ptr == MAX_BIB_FILES) + BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("number of database files ", MAX_BIB_FILES); + END + CUR_BIB_STR = hash_text[str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + BIB_FILE_ILK, DO_INSERT)]; + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + OPEN_BIBDATA_AUX_ERR ("This database file appears more than once: "); + END + start_name (CUR_BIB_STR); + add_extension (s_bib_extension); + if ( ! a_open_in (&CUR_BIB_FILE, BIB_FILE_SEARCH_PATH)) + BEGIN + add_area (s_bib_area); + if ( ! a_open_in (&CUR_BIB_FILE, BIB_FILE_SEARCH_PATH)) + BEGIN + OPEN_BIBDATA_AUX_ERR ("I couldn't open database file "); + perror ("\nReason"); + END + END + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (CUR_BIB_STR); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (s_bib_extension); + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a bibdata file"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + INCR (bib_ptr); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 123 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 120 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 126 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A \bibstyle command will have exactly one argument, and it will be + * between braces. There must be exactly one such command in the .aux + * file(s). All upper-case letters are converted to lower case. + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_bib_style_command (void) +BEGIN + if (bst_seen) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_ILLEGAL_ANOTHER (N_AUX_BIBSTYLE); + END + bst_seen = TRUE; + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ( ! scan1_white (RIGHT_BRACE)) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_NO_RIGHT_BRACE; + END + if (lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_WHITE_SPACE_IN_ARGUMENT; + END + if (last > (buf_ptr2 + 1)) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_STUFF_AFTER_RIGHT_BRACE; + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 127 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we open the file whose name is the just-found argument appended + * with the |s_bst_extension| string, if possible. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + bst_str = hash_text[str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + BST_FILE_ILK, DO_INSERT)]; + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + print_bst_name (); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + CONFUSION ("Already encountered style file"); + END + start_name (bst_str); + add_extension (s_bst_extension); + if ( ! a_open_in (&bst_file, BST_FILE_SEARCH_PATH)) + BEGIN + add_area (s_bst_area); + if ( ! a_open_in (&bst_file, BST_FILE_SEARCH_PATH)) + BEGIN + PRINT ("I couldn't open style file "); + print_bst_name (); + perror ("\nReason"); + bst_str = 0; + AUX_ERR_RETURN; + END + END + PRINT ("The style file: "); + print_bst_name (); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 127 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 126 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 132 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A \citation command will have its arguments between braces and + * separated by commas. Upper/lower cases are considered to be different + * for \citation arguments, which is the same as the rest of \LaTeX\ + * but different from the rest of \BibTeX. A cite key needn't exactly + * case-match its corresponding database key to work, although two cite + * keys that are case-mismatched will produce an error message. (A BEGIN\sl + * case mismatch\/END is a mismatch, but only because of a case difference.) + * + * A \citation command having * as an argument indicates that the + * entire database will be included (almost as if a \nocite command + * that listed every cite key in the database, in order, had been given at + * the corresponding spot in the .tex file). + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_citation_command (void) +BEGIN + citation_seen = TRUE; + while (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ( ! scan2_white (RIGHT_BRACE, COMMA)) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_NO_RIGHT_BRACE; + END + if (lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_WHITE_SPACE_IN_ARGUMENT; + END + if ((last > (buf_ptr2 + 1)) && (SCAN_CHAR == RIGHT_BRACE)) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_STUFF_AFTER_RIGHT_BRACE; + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 133 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We must check if (the lower-case version of) this cite key has been + * previously encountered, and proceed accordingly. The alias kludge + * helps make the stack space not overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR (" cite key encountered"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 134 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we check for a \citation command having * as an + * argument, indicating that the entire database will be included. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (TOKEN_LEN == 1) + BEGIN + if (buffer[buf_ptr1] == STAR) + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_LN ("---entire database to be included"); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (all_entries) + BEGIN + PRINT_LN ("Multiple inclusions of entire database"); + AUX_ERR_RETURN; + END + else + BEGIN + all_entries = TRUE; + all_marker = cite_ptr; + goto Next_Cite_Label; + END + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 134 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + tmp_ptr = buf_ptr1; + while (tmp_ptr < buf_ptr2) + BEGIN + ex_buf[tmp_ptr] = buffer[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + lower_case (ex_buf, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + lc_cite_loc = str_lookup (ex_buf, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, LC_CITE_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 135 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We've previously encountered the lower-case version, so we check that + * the actual version exactly matches the actual version of the + * previously-encountered cite key(s). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_LN (" previously"); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + dummy_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, CITE_ILK, + DONT_INSERT); + if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + PRINT ("Case mismatch error between cite keys "); + PRINT_TOKEN; + PRINT (" and "); + PRINT_POOL_STR (cite_list[ilk_info[ilk_info[lc_cite_loc]]]); + PRINT_NEWLINE; + AUX_ERR_RETURN; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 135 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 136 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we add the just-found argument to |cite_list| if there isn't + * anything funny happening. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; +#endif /* TRACE */ + + cite_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, CITE_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + hash_cite_confusion (); + END + check_cite_overflow (cite_ptr); + CUR_CITE_STR = hash_text[cite_loc]; + ilk_info[cite_loc] = cite_ptr; + ilk_info[lc_cite_loc] = cite_loc; + INCR (cite_ptr); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 136 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 133 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +Next_Cite_Label: DO_NOTHING + END +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 132 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 144 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We must complain if anything's amiss. + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_end1_err_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("I found no "); +END + + +void aux_end2_err_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("---while reading file "); + print_aux_name (); + mark_error (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 144 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 112 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here are a bunch of macros whose print statements are used at least + * twice. Thus we save space by making the statements procedures. This + * macro complains when there's a repeated command that's to be used just + * once. + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_err_illegal_another_print (Integer_T cmd_num) +BEGIN + PRINT ("Illegal, another \\bib"); + switch (cmd_num) + BEGIN + case N_AUX_BIBDATA: + PRINT ("data"); + break; + case N_AUX_BIBSTYLE: + PRINT ("style"); + break; + default: + CONFUSION ("Illegal auxiliary-file command"); + END + PRINT (" command"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 112 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 113 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This one complains when a command is missing its |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_err_no_right_brace_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT2 ("No \"%c\"", xchr[RIGHT_BRACE]); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 113 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 111 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we find a bug, we print a message and flush the rest of the line. + * This macro must be called from within a procedure that has an |exit| + * label. + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_err_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT2 ("---line %ld of file ", (long) CUR_AUX_LINE); + print_aux_name (); + print_bad_input_line (); + print_skipping_whatever_remains (); + PRINT_LN ("command"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 111 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 114 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This one complains when a command has stuff after its |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_err_stuff_after_right_brace (void) +BEGIN + PRINT2 ("Stuff after \"%c\"", xchr[RIGHT_BRACE]); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 114 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 115 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And this one complains when a command has |white_space| in its + * argument. + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_err_white_space_in_argument (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("White space in argument"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 115 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 139 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * An \@input command will have exactly one argument, it will be + * between braces, and it must have the |s_aux_extension|. All upper-case + * letters are converted to lower case. + ***************************************************************************/ +void aux_input_command (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T aux_extension_ok; + + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ( ! scan1_white (RIGHT_BRACE)) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_NO_RIGHT_BRACE; + END + if (lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_WHITE_SPACE_IN_ARGUMENT; + END + if (last > (buf_ptr2 + 1)) + BEGIN + AUX_ERR_STUFF_AFTER_RIGHT_BRACE; + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 140 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We must check that this potential .aux file won't overflow the + * stack, that it has the correct extension, that we haven't encountered + * it before (to prevent, among other things, an infinite loop). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (aux_ptr); + if (aux_ptr == AUX_STACK_SIZE) + BEGIN + PRINT_TOKEN; + PRINT (": "); + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("auxiliary file depth ", AUX_STACK_SIZE); + END + aux_extension_ok = TRUE; + if (TOKEN_LEN < LENGTH (s_aux_extension)) + BEGIN + aux_extension_ok = FALSE; + END + else if ( ! str_eq_buf (s_aux_extension, buffer, + (buf_ptr2 - LENGTH (s_aux_extension)), + LENGTH (s_aux_extension))) + BEGIN + aux_extension_ok = FALSE; + END + if ( ! aux_extension_ok) + BEGIN + PRINT_TOKEN; + PRINT (" has a wrong extension"); + DECR (aux_ptr); + AUX_ERR_RETURN; + END + CUR_AUX_STR = hash_text[str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + AUX_FILE_ILK, DO_INSERT)]; + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + PRINT ("Already encountered file "); + print_aux_name (); + DECR (aux_ptr); + AUX_ERR_RETURN; + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 141 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We check that this .aux file can actually be opened, and then open it. + * + * NOTE: because C arrays start at index 0, not 1, the subscripts of array + * |name_of_file| are generally 1 less than those in the WEB source. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + start_name (CUR_AUX_STR); + name_ptr = name_length; + while (name_ptr < FILE_NAME_SIZE) + BEGIN + name_of_file[name_ptr] = ' '; + INCR (name_ptr); + END + if ( ! a_open_in (&CUR_AUX_FILE, AUX_FILE_SEARCH_PATH)) + BEGIN + PRINT ("I couldn't open auxiliary file "); + print_aux_name (); + perror ("\nReason"); + DECR (aux_ptr); + AUX_ERR_RETURN; + END + PRINT2 ("A level-%ld auxilliary file: ", (long) aux_ptr); + print_aux_name (); + CUR_AUX_LINE = 0; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 141 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 140 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 139 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 177 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A legal argument for an execute, iterate, or reverse + * command must exist and be |built_in| or |wiz_defined|. Here's where we + * check, returning |true| if the argument is illegal. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T bad_argument_token (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T bad_argument_token; + + bad_argument_token= TRUE; + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + fn_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, BST_FN_ILK, DONT_INSERT); + if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + PRINT_TOKEN; + BST_ERR (" is an unknown function"); + END + else if ((fn_type[fn_loc] != BUILT_IN) && (fn_type[fn_loc] != WIZ_DEFINED)) + BEGIN + PRINT_TOKEN; + PRINT (" has bad function type "); + print_fn_class (fn_loc); + BST_ERR_PRINT_AND_LOOK_FOR_BLAN; + END + bad_argument_token= FALSE; + +Exit_Label: + return (bad_argument_token); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 177 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 280 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure exists to save space, since it's used twice---once for + * each of the two succeeding modules. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bad_cross_reference_print (StrNumber_T s) +BEGIN + PRINT ("--entry \""); + PRINT_POOL_STR (CUR_CITE_STR); + PRINT_LN ("\""); + PRINT ("refers to entry \""); + PRINT_POOL_STR (s); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 280 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 240 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's another bug. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bib_cmd_confusion (void) +BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Unknown database-file command"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 240 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 231 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This one's for an expected |equals_sign|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bib_equals_sign_print (void) +BEGIN + BIB_ERR2 ("I was expecting an \"%c\"", xchr[EQUALS_SIGN]); + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 231 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 221 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's a serious error parsing a .bib file, we flush + * everything up to the beginning of the next entry. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bib_err_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("-"); + bib_ln_num_print (); + print_bad_input_line (); + print_skipping_whatever_remains (); + if (at_bib_command) + BEGIN + PRINT_LN ("command"); + END + else + BEGIN + PRINT_LN ("entry"); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 221 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 233 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And this one about an overly exuberant field. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bib_field_too_long_print (void) +BEGIN + BIB_ERR2 ("Your field is more than %ld characters", (long) BUF_SIZE); + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 233 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 235 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro is used to scan all .bib identifiers. The argument + * tells what was happening at the time. The associated procedure simply + * prints an error message. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bib_id_print (void) +BEGIN + if (scan_result == ID_NULL) + BEGIN + PRINT ("You're missing "); + END + else if (scan_result == OTHER_CHAR_ADJACENT) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("\"%c\" immediately follows ", xchr[SCAN_CHAR]); + END + else + BEGIN + id_scanning_confusion (); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 235 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 220 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This little procedure exists because it's used by at least two other + * procedures and thus saves some space. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bib_ln_num_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT2 ("--line %ld of file ", (long) bib_line_num); + print_bib_name (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 220 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 230 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And here are a bunch of error-message macros, each called more than + * once, that thus save space as implemented. This one is for when one of + * two possible characters is expected while scanning. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bib_one_of_two_print (ASCIICode_T char1, ASCIICode_T char2) +BEGIN + BIB_ERR3 ("I was expecting a `%c' or a `%c'", xchr[char1], xchr[char2]); +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 230 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 232 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This complains about unbalanced braces. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bib_unbalanced_braces_print (void) +BEGIN + BIB_ERR ("Unbalanced braces"); +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 232 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 222 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's a harmless error parsing a .bib file, we just give a + * warning message. This is always called after other stuff has been + * printed out. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bib_warn_print (void) +BEGIN + bib_ln_num_print (); + mark_warning (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 222 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 406 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * At most one of the important letters, perhaps doubled, may appear at + * |sp_brace_level = 1|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void brace_lvl_one_letters_complaint (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("The format string \""); + PRINT_POOL_STR (pop_lit1); + BST_EX_WARN ("\" has an illegal brace-level-1 letter"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 406 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 368 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This complaint often arises because the style designer has to type lots + * of braces. + ***************************************************************************/ +void braces_unbalanced_complaint (StrNumber_T pop_lit_var) +BEGIN + PRINT ("Warning--\""); + PRINT_POOL_STR (pop_lit_var); + BST_MILD_EX_WARN ("\" isn't a brace-balanced string"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 368 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 356 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's time for a complaint if either of the two (entry or global) string + * lengths is exceeded. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_1print_string_size_exceeded (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("Warning--you've exceeded "); +END + +void bst_2print_string_size_exceeded (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("-string-size,"); + bst_mild_ex_warn_print (); + PRINT_LN ("*Please notify the bibstyle designer*"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 356 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 295 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's illegal to mess with the entry information at certain times; + * here's a complaint for these times. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (void) +BEGIN + BST_EX_WARN ("You can't mess with entries here"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 295 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 170 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * An entry command has three arguments, each a (possibly empty) list + * of function names between braces (the names are separated by one or + * more |white_space| characters). All function names in this and other + * commands must be legal .bst identifiers. Upper/lower cases are + * considered to be the same for function names in these lists---all + * upper-case letters are converted to lower case. These arguments give + * lists of |field|s, |int_entry_var|s, and |str_entry_var|s. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_entry_command (void) +BEGIN + if (entry_seen) + BEGIN + BST_ERR ("Illegal, another entry command"); + END + entry_seen = TRUE; + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("entry"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 171 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads a |left_brace|, the list of |field|s, and a + * |right_brace|. The |field|s are those like `author' and `title.' + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("entry"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("entry"); + while (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("entry"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 172 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we insert the just found field name into the hash table, record + * it as a |field|, and assign it a number to be used in indexing into + * the |field_info| array. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a field"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + fn_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + BST_FN_ILK, DO_INSERT); + CHECK_FOR_ALREADY_SEEN_FUNCTION (fn_loc); + fn_type[fn_loc] = FIELD; + ilk_info[fn_loc] = num_fields; + INCR (num_fields); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 172 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("entry"); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 171 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("entry"); + if (num_fields == num_pre_defined_fields) + BEGIN + BST_WARN ("Warning--I didn't find any fields"); + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 173 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads a |left_brace|, the list of |int_entry_var|s, + * and a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("entry"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("entry"); + while (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("entry"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 174 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we insert the just found |int_entry_var| name into the hash table + * and record it as an |int_entry_var|. An |int_entry_var| is one that + * the style designer wants a separate copy of for each entry. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is an integer entry-variable"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + fn_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + BST_FN_ILK, DO_INSERT); + CHECK_FOR_ALREADY_SEEN_FUNCTION (fn_loc); + fn_type[fn_loc] = INT_ENTRY_VAR; + FN_INFO[fn_loc] = num_ent_ints; + INCR (num_ent_ints); + END + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 174 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("entry"); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 173 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("entry"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 175 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads a |left_brace|, the list of |str_entry_var|s, and a + * |right_brace|. A |str_entry_var| is one that the style designer wants + * a separate copy of for each entry. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("entry"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("entry"); + while (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("entry"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 176 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we insert the just found |str_entry_var| name into the hash + * table, record it as a |str_entry_var|, and set its pointer into + * |entry_strs|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a string entry-variable"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + fn_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + BST_FN_ILK, DO_INSERT); + CHECK_FOR_ALREADY_SEEN_FUNCTION (fn_loc); + fn_type[fn_loc] = STR_ENTRY_VAR; + FN_INFO[fn_loc] = num_ent_strs; + INCR (num_ent_strs); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 176 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("entry"); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 175 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 170 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 149 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's a serious error parsing the .bst file, we flush the + * rest of the current command; a blank line is assumed to mark the end of + * a command (but for the purposes of error recovery only). Thus, error + * recovery will be better if style designers leave blank lines between + * .bst commands. This macro must be called from within a procedure + * that has an |exit| label. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_err_print_and_look_for_blan (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("-"); + bst_ln_num_print (); + print_bad_input_line (); + while (last != 0) + if ( ! input_ln (bst_file)) + BEGIN + longjmp (Bst_Done_Flag, 1); + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (bst_line_num); + END + buf_ptr2 = last; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 149 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 178 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * An execute command has one argument, a single |built_in| or + * |wiz_defined| function name between braces. Upper/lower cases are + * considered to be the same---all upper-case letters are converted to + * lower case. Also, we must make sure we've already seen a read + * command. + * + * This module reads a |left_brace|, a single function to be executed, and + * a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_execute_command (void) +BEGIN + if ( ! read_seen) + BEGIN + BST_ERR ("Illegal, execute command before read command"); + END + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("execute"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("execute"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("execute"); + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("execute"); + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 179 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Before executing the function, we must make sure it's a legal one. It + * must exist and be |built_in| or |wiz_defined|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a to be executed function"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (bad_argument_token ()) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 179 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("execute"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_RIGHT_BRACE ("execute"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 296 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module executes a single specified function once. It can't do + * anything with the entries. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + init_command_execution (); + mess_with_entries = FALSE; + execute_fn (fn_loc); + check_command_execution (); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 296 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 178 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 293 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's an error while executing .bst functions, what we do + * depends on whether the function is messing with the entries. + * Furthermore this error is serious enough to classify as an + * |error_message| instead of a |warning_message|. These messages (that + * is, from |bst_ex_warn|) are meant both for the user and for the style + * designer while debugging. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_ex_warn_print (void) +BEGIN + if (mess_with_entries) + BEGIN + PRINT (" for entry "); + PRINT_POOL_STR (CUR_CITE_STR); + END + PRINT_NEWLINE; + PRINT ("while executing-"); + bst_ln_num_print (); + mark_error (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 293 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 180 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A function command has two arguments; the first is a |wiz_defined| + * function name between braces. Upper/lower cases are considered to be + * the same---all upper-case letters are converted to lower case. The + * second argument defines this function. It consists of a sequence of + * functions, between braces, separated by |white_space| characters. + * Upper/lower cases are considered to be the same for function names but + * not for |str_literal|s. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_function_command (void) +BEGIN + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("function"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 181 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads a |left_brace|, a |wiz_defined| function name, and + * a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("function"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("function"); + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("function"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 182 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The function name must exist and be a new one; we mark it as + * |wiz_defined|. Also, see if it's the default entry-type function. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a wizard-defined function"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + wiz_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, BST_FN_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + CHECK_FOR_ALREADY_SEEN_FUNCTION (wiz_loc); + fn_type[wiz_loc] = WIZ_DEFINED; + if (hash_text[wiz_loc] == s_default) + BEGIN + b_default = wiz_loc; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 182 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("function"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_RIGHT_BRACE ("function"); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 181 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("function"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("function"); + scan_fn_def (wiz_loc); +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 180 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 166 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro is used to scan all .bst identifiers. The argument + * supplies the .bst command name. The associated procedure simply + * prints an error message. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_id_print (void) +BEGIN + if (scan_result == ID_NULL) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("\"%c\" begins identifier, command: ", xchr[SCAN_CHAR]); + END + else if (scan_result == OTHER_CHAR_ADJACENT) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("\"%c\" immediately follows identifier, command: ", + xchr[SCAN_CHAR]); + END + else + BEGIN + id_scanning_confusion (); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 166 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 201 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * An integers command has one argument, a list of function names + * between braces (the names are separated by one or more |white_space| + * characters). Upper/lower cases are considered to be the same for + * function names in these lists---all upper-case letters are converted to + * lower case. Each name in this list specifies an |int_global_var|. + * There may be several integers commands in the .bst file. + * + * This module reads a |left_brace|, a list of |int_global_var|s, and a + * |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_integers_command (void) +BEGIN + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("integers"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("integers"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("integers"); + while (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("integers"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 202 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we insert the just found |int_global_var| name into the hash + * table and record it as an |int_global_var|. Also, we initialize it by + * setting |FN_INFO[fn_loc]| to 0. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is an integer global-variable"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + fn_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + BST_FN_ILK, DO_INSERT); + CHECK_FOR_ALREADY_SEEN_FUNCTION (fn_loc); + fn_type[fn_loc] = INT_GLOBAL_VAR; + FN_INFO[fn_loc] = 0; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 202 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("integers"); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 201 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 203 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * An iterate command has one argument, a single |built_in| or + * |wiz_defined| function name between braces. Upper/lower cases are + * considered to be the same---all upper-case letters are converted to + * lower case. Also, we must make sure we've already seen a read + * command. + * + * This module reads a |left_brace|, a single function to be iterated, and + * a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_iterate_command (void) +BEGIN + if ( ! read_seen) + BEGIN + BST_ERR ("Illegal, iterate command before read command"); + END + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("iterate"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("iterate"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("iterate"); + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("iterate"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 204 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Before iterating the function, we must make sure it's a legal one. It + * must exist and be |built_in| or |wiz_defined|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a to be iterated function"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (bad_argument_token ()) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 204 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("iterate"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_RIGHT_BRACE ("iterate"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 297 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module iterates a single specified function for all entries + * specified by |cite_list|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + init_command_execution (); + mess_with_entries = TRUE; + sort_cite_ptr = 0; + while (sort_cite_ptr < num_cites) + BEGIN + cite_ptr = SORTED_CITES[sort_cite_ptr]; + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (hash_text[fn_loc]); + TRACE_PR (" to be iterated on "); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (CUR_CITE_STR); + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + execute_fn (fn_loc); + check_command_execution (); + INCR (sort_cite_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 297 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 203 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 167 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro just makes sure we're at a |left_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_left_brace_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT2 ("\"%c\" is missing in command: ", xchr[LEFT_BRACE]); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 167 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 148 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This little procedure exists because it's used by at least two other + * procedures and thus saves some space. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_ln_num_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT2 ("--line %ld of file ", (long) bst_line_num); + print_bst_name (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 148 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 205 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A macro command, like a function command, has two arguments; + * the first is a macro name between braces. The name must be a legal + * .bst identifier. Upper/lower cases are considered to be the + * same---all upper-case letters are converted to lower case. The second + * argument defines this macro. It consists of a |double_quote|-delimited + * string (which must be on a single line) between braces, with optional + * |white_space| characters between the braces and the |double_quote|s. + * This |double_quote|-delimited string is parsed exactly as a + * |str_literal| is for the function command. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_macro_command (void) +BEGIN + if (read_seen) + BEGIN + BST_ERR ("Illegal, macro command after read command"); + END + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("macro"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 206 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads a |left_brace|, a macro name, and a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("macro"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("macro"); + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("macro"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 207 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The macro name must be a new one; we mark it as |macro_ilk|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a macro"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + macro_name_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, MACRO_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + PRINT_TOKEN; + BST_ERR (" is already defined as a macro"); + END + ilk_info[macro_name_loc] = hash_text[macro_name_loc]; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 207 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("macro"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_RIGHT_BRACE ("macro"); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 206 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("macro"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 208 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads a |left_brace|, the |double_quote|-delimited string + * that defines this macro, and a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("macro"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("macro"); + if (SCAN_CHAR != DOUBLE_QUOTE) + BEGIN + BST_ERR2 ("A macro definition must be %c-delimited", + xchr[DOUBLE_QUOTE]); + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 209 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A macro definition-string is preceded by a |double_quote| and consists + * of all characters on this line up to the next |double_quote|. The + * array |ilk_info| contains a pointer to this string for the macro name. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ( ! scan1 (DOUBLE_QUOTE)) + BEGIN + BST_ERR2 ("There's no `%c' to end macro definition", + xchr[DOUBLE_QUOTE]); + END + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR ("\""); + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR ("\""); + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a macro string"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + macro_def_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, TEXT_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + fn_type[macro_def_loc] = STR_LITERAL; + ilk_info[macro_name_loc] = hash_text[macro_def_loc]; + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 209 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("macro"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_RIGHT_BRACE ("macro"); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 208 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 205 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 294 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When an error is so harmless, we print a |warning_message| instead of + * an |error_message|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_mild_ex_warn_print (void) +BEGIN + if (mess_with_entries) + BEGIN + PRINT (" for entry "); + PRINT_POOL_STR (CUR_CITE_STR); + END + PRINT_NEWLINE; + BST_WARN ("while executing"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 294 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 211 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The read command has no arguments so there's no more parsing to do. + * We must make sure we haven't seen a read command before and we've + * already seen an entry command. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_read_command (void) +BEGIN + if (read_seen) + BEGIN + BST_ERR ("Illegal, another read command"); + END + read_seen = TRUE; + if ( ! entry_seen) + BEGIN + BST_ERR ("Illegal, read command before entry command"); + END + sv_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + sv_ptr2 = last; + tmp_ptr = sv_ptr1; + while (tmp_ptr < sv_ptr2) + BEGIN + sv_buffer[tmp_ptr] = buffer[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 223 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * For all |num_bib_files| database files, we keep reading and processing + * .bib entries until none left. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 224 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We need to initialize the |field_info| array, and also various things + * associated with the |cite_list| array (but not |cite_list| itself). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 225 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module initializes all fields of all entries to |missing|, the + * value to which all fields are initialized. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + check_field_overflow (num_fields * num_cites); + field_ptr = 0; + while (field_ptr < Max_Fields) + BEGIN + field_info[field_ptr] = MISSING; + INCR (field_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 225 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 227 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We must initialize the |type_list| array so that we can detect + * duplicate (or missing) entries for cite keys on |cite_list|. Also, + * when we're to include the entire database, we use the array + * |entry_exists| to detect those missing entries whose |cite_list| info + * will (or to be more precise, might) be overwritten; and we use the + * array |cite_info| to save the part of |cite_list| that will (might) be + * overwritten. We also use |cite_info| for counting cross~references + * when it's appropriate---when an entry isn't otherwise to be included + * on |cite_list| (that is, the entry isn't \cited or + * \nocited). Such an entry is included on the final |cite_list| if + * it's cross~referenced at least |min_crossrefs| times. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cite_ptr = 0; + while (cite_ptr < Max_Cites) + BEGIN + type_list[cite_ptr] = EMPTY; + cite_info[cite_ptr] = ANY_VALUE; + INCR (cite_ptr); + END + old_num_cites = num_cites; + if (all_entries) + BEGIN + cite_ptr = all_marker; + while (cite_ptr < old_num_cites) + BEGIN + cite_info[cite_ptr] = cite_list[cite_ptr]; + entry_exists[cite_ptr] = FALSE; + INCR (cite_ptr); + END + cite_ptr = all_marker; + END + else + BEGIN + cite_ptr = num_cites; + all_marker = ANY_VALUE; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 227 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 224 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + read_performed = TRUE; + bib_ptr = 0; + while (bib_ptr < num_bib_files) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("Database file #%ld: ", (long) bib_ptr + 1); + print_bib_name (); + bib_line_num = 0; + buf_ptr2 = last; + while ( ! feof (CUR_BIB_FILE)) + BEGIN + get_bib_command_or_entry_and_pr (); + END + a_close (CUR_BIB_FILE); + INCR (bib_ptr); + END + reading_completed = TRUE; + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_LN ("Finished reading the database file(s)"); +#endif /* TRACE */ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 276 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This gets things ready for further .bst processing. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + num_cites = cite_ptr; + num_preamble_strings = preamble_ptr; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 277 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we update any entry (here called a child entry) that + * cross referenced another (here called a parent entry); this + * cross referencing occurs when the child's crossref field (value) + * consists of the parent's database key. To do the update, we replace + * the child's |missing| fields by the corresponding fields of the + * parent. Also, we make sure the crossref field contains the + * case-correct version. Finally, although it is technically illegal to + * nest cross references, and although we give a warning (a few modules + * hence) when someone tries, we do what we can to accommodate the + * attempt. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cite_ptr = 0; + while (cite_ptr < num_cites) + BEGIN + field_ptr = (cite_ptr * num_fields) + crossref_num; + if (field_info[field_ptr] != MISSING) + BEGIN + if (find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke (field_info[field_ptr])) + BEGIN + cite_loc = ilk_info[lc_cite_loc]; + field_info[field_ptr] = hash_text[cite_loc]; + cite_parent_ptr = ilk_info[cite_loc]; + field_ptr = (cite_ptr * num_fields) + num_pre_defined_fields; + field_end_ptr = field_ptr - num_pre_defined_fields + num_fields; + field_parent_ptr = (cite_parent_ptr * num_fields) + + num_pre_defined_fields; + while (field_ptr < field_end_ptr) + BEGIN + if (field_info[field_ptr] == MISSING) + BEGIN + field_info[field_ptr] = field_info[field_parent_ptr]; + END + INCR (field_ptr); + INCR (field_parent_ptr); + END + END + END + INCR (cite_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 277 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 279 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we remove the crossref field value for each child whose + * parent was cross referenced too few times. We also issue any + * necessary warnings arising from a bad cross reference. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cite_ptr = 0; + while (cite_ptr < num_cites) + BEGIN + field_ptr = (cite_ptr * num_fields) + crossref_num; + if (field_info[field_ptr] != MISSING) + BEGIN + if ( ! find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke (field_info[field_ptr])) + BEGIN + if (cite_hash_found) + BEGIN + hash_cite_confusion (); + END + non_existent_cross_reference_er (); + field_info[field_ptr] = MISSING; + END + else + BEGIN + if (cite_loc != ilk_info[lc_cite_loc]) + BEGIN + hash_cite_confusion (); + END + cite_parent_ptr = ilk_info[cite_loc]; + if (type_list[cite_parent_ptr] == EMPTY) + BEGIN + non_existent_cross_reference_er (); + field_info[field_ptr] = MISSING; + END + else + BEGIN + field_parent_ptr = (cite_parent_ptr * num_fields) + + crossref_num; + if (field_info[field_parent_ptr] != MISSING) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 282 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We also complain when an entry being cross referenced has a + * non|missing| crossref field itself, but this one is just a + * warning, not a full-blown error. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + PRINT ("Warning--you've nested cross references"); + bad_cross_reference_print (cite_list[cite_parent_ptr]); + PRINT_LN ("\", which also refers to something"); + mark_warning (); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 282 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + if (( ! all_entries) && (cite_parent_ptr >= old_num_cites) + && (cite_info[cite_parent_ptr] < Min_Crossrefs)) + BEGIN + field_info[field_ptr] = MISSING; + END + END + END + END + INCR (cite_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 279 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 283 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We remove (and give a warning for) each cite key on the original + * |cite_list| without a corresponding database entry. And we remove any + * entry that was included on |cite_list| only because it was + * cross~referenced, yet was cross~referenced fewer than |min_crossrefs| + * times. Throughout this module, |cite_ptr| points to the next cite key + * to be checked and |cite_xptr| points to the next permanent spot on + * |cite_list|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cite_ptr = 0; + while (cite_ptr < num_cites) + BEGIN + if (type_list[cite_ptr] == EMPTY) + BEGIN + print_missing_entry (CUR_CITE_STR); + END + else if ((all_entries) || (cite_ptr < old_num_cites) + || (cite_info[cite_ptr] >= Min_Crossrefs)) + BEGIN + if (cite_ptr > cite_xptr) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 285 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We have to move to its final resting place all the entry information + * associated with the exact location in |cite_list| of this cite key. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cite_list[cite_xptr] = cite_list[cite_ptr]; + type_list[cite_xptr] = type_list[cite_ptr]; + if ( ! find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke (cite_list[cite_ptr])) + BEGIN + cite_key_disappeared_confusion (); + END + if (( ! cite_hash_found) || (cite_loc != ilk_info[lc_cite_loc])) + BEGIN + hash_cite_confusion (); + END + ilk_info[cite_loc] = cite_xptr; + field_ptr = cite_xptr * num_fields; + field_end_ptr = field_ptr + num_fields; + tmp_ptr = cite_ptr * num_fields; + while (field_ptr < field_end_ptr) + BEGIN + field_info[field_ptr] = field_info[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (field_ptr); + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 285 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + INCR (cite_xptr); + END + INCR (cite_ptr); + END + num_cites = cite_xptr; + if (all_entries) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 286 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We need this module only when we're including the whole database. + * It's for missing entries whose cite key originally resided in + * |cite_list| at a spot that another cite key (might have) claimed. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cite_ptr = all_marker; + while (cite_ptr < old_num_cites) + BEGIN + if ( ! entry_exists[cite_ptr]) + BEGIN + print_missing_entry (cite_info[cite_ptr]); + END + INCR (cite_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 286 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 283 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 287 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module initializes all |int_entry_var|s of all entries to 0, the + * value to which all integers are initialized. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ((num_ent_ints * num_cites) > Max_Ent_Ints) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("%ld: ", (long) (num_ent_ints * num_cites)); + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("total number of integer entry-variables ", Max_Ent_Ints); + END + int_ent_ptr = 0; + while (int_ent_ptr < (num_ent_ints * num_cites)) + BEGIN + entry_ints[int_ent_ptr] = 0; + INCR (int_ent_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 287 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 288 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module initializes all |str_entry_var|s of all entries to the + * null string, the value to which all strings are initialized. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ((num_ent_strs * num_cites) > Max_Ent_Strs) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("%ld: ", (long) (num_ent_strs * num_cites)); + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("total number of string entry-variables ", Max_Ent_Strs); + END + str_ent_ptr = 0; + while (str_ent_ptr < (num_ent_strs * num_cites)) + BEGIN + ENTRY_STRS(str_ent_ptr,0) = END_OF_STRING; + INCR (str_ent_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 288 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 289 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The array |sorted_cites| initially specifies that the entries are to + * be processed in order of cite-key occurrence. The sort command + * may change this to whatever it likes (which, we hope, is whatever the + * style-designer instructs it to like). We make |sorted_cites| an alias + * to save space; this works fine because we're done with |cite_info|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cite_ptr = 0; + while (cite_ptr < num_cites) + BEGIN + SORTED_CITES[cite_ptr] = cite_ptr; + INCR (cite_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 289 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 276 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + read_completed = TRUE; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 223 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + buf_ptr2 = sv_ptr1; + last = sv_ptr2; + tmp_ptr = buf_ptr2; + while (tmp_ptr < last) + BEGIN + buffer[tmp_ptr] = sv_buffer[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 211 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 212 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A reverse command has one argument, a single |built_in| or + * |wiz_defined| function name between braces. Upper/lower cases are + * considered to be the same---all upper-case letters are converted to + * lower case. Also, we must make sure we've already seen a read + * command. + * + * This module reads a |left_brace|, a single function to be iterated in + * reverse, and a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_reverse_command (void) +BEGIN + if ( ! read_seen) + BEGIN + BST_ERR ("Illegal, reverse command before read command"); + END + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("reverse"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("reverse"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("reverse"); + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("reverse"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 213 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Before iterating the function, we must make sure it's a legal one. It + * must exist and be |built_in| or |wiz_defined|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a to be iterated in reverse function"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (bad_argument_token ()) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 213 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("reverse"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_RIGHT_BRACE ("reverse"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 298 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module iterates a single specified function for all entries + * specified by |cite_list|, but does it in reverse order. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + init_command_execution (); + mess_with_entries = TRUE; + if (num_cites > 0) + BEGIN + sort_cite_ptr = num_cites; + REPEAT + BEGIN + DECR (sort_cite_ptr); + cite_ptr = SORTED_CITES[sort_cite_ptr]; + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (hash_text[fn_loc]); + TRACE_PR (" to be iterated in reverse on "); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (CUR_CITE_STR); + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + execute_fn (fn_loc); + check_command_execution (); + END UNTIL (sort_cite_ptr == 0); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 298 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 212 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 168 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And this one, a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_right_brace_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT2 ("\"%c\" is missing in command: ", xchr[RIGHT_BRACE]); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 168 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 214 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The sort command has no arguments so there's no more parsing to do, + * but we must make sure we've already seen a read command. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_sort_command (void) +BEGIN + if ( ! read_seen) + BEGIN + BST_ERR ("Illegal, sort command before read command"); + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 299 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module sorts the entries based on sort.key$; it is a stable + * sort. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_LN ("Sorting the entries"); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (num_cites > 1) + BEGIN + quick_sort (0, num_cites - 1); + END + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_LN ("Done sorting"); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 299 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 214 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 215 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A strings command has one argument, a list of function names + * between braces (the names are separated by one or more |white_space| + * characters). Upper/lower cases are considered to be the same for + * function names in these lists---all upper-case letters are converted to + * lower case. Each name in this list specifies a |str_global_var|. + * There may be several strings commands in the .bst file. + * + * This module reads a |left_brace|, a list of |str_global_var|s, and a + * |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_strings_command (void) +BEGIN + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("strings"); + BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE ("strings"); + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("strings"); + while (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN ("strings"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 216 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we insert the just found |str_global_var| name into the hash + * table, record it as a |str_global_var|, set its pointer into + * |global_strs|, and initialize its value there to the null string. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a string global-variable"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + fn_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, BST_FN_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + CHECK_FOR_ALREADY_SEEN_FUNCTION (fn_loc); + fn_type[fn_loc] = STR_GLOBAL_VAR; + FN_INFO[fn_loc] = num_glb_strs; + if (num_glb_strs == MAX_GLOB_STRS) + BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("number of string global-variables %ld", MAX_GLOB_STRS); + END + INCR (num_glb_strs); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 216 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("strings"); + + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 215 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 150 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's a harmless error parsing the .bst file (harmless + * syntactically, at least) we give just a |warning_message|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void bst_warn_print (void) +BEGIN + bst_ln_num_print (); + mark_warning (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 150 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 46 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When a buffer overflows, it's time to complain (and then quit). + ***************************************************************************/ +void buffer_overflow (void) +BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("buffer size ", BUF_SIZE); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 46 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 335 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure inserts a |built_in| function into the hash table and + * initializes the corresponding pre-defined string (of length at most + * |longest_pds|). The array |FN_INFO| contains a number from 0 through + * the number of |built_in| functions minus 1 (i.e., |num_blt_in_fns - 1| + * if we're keeping statistics); this number is used by a |case| statement + * to execute this function and is used for keeping execution counts when + * keeping statistics. + ***************************************************************************/ +void build_in (PdsType_T pds, PdsLen_T len, + HashLoc_T *fn_hash_loc, BltInRange_T blt_in_num) +BEGIN + pre_define (pds, len, BST_FN_ILK); + *fn_hash_loc = pre_def_loc; + fn_type[*fn_hash_loc] = BUILT_IN; + FN_INFO[*fn_hash_loc] = blt_in_num; + +#ifdef STAT + if (Flag_stats) { + blt_in_loc[blt_in_num] = *fn_hash_loc; + execution_count[blt_in_num] = 0; + } +#endif /* STAT */ + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 335 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 373 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Another bug complaint. + ***************************************************************************/ +void case_conversion_confusion (void) +BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Unknown type of case conversion"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 373 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 369 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This one makes sure that |brace_level=0| (it's called at a point in a + * string where braces must be balanced). + ***************************************************************************/ +void check_brace_level (StrNumber_T pop_lit_var) +BEGIN + if (brace_level > 0) + BEGIN + braces_unbalanced_complaint (pop_lit_var); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 369 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 138 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Complain if somebody's got a cite fetish. This procedure is called + * when were about to add another cite key to |cite_list|. It assumes + * that |cite_loc| gives the potential cite key's hash table location. + ***************************************************************************/ +void check_cite_overflow (CiteNumber_T last_cite) +BEGIN + if (last_cite == Max_Cites) + BEGIN + PRINT_POOL_STR (hash_text[cite_loc]); + PRINT_LN (" is the key:"); + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("number of cite keys ", Max_Cites); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 138 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 317 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * At the end of a .bst command-execution we check that the stack and + * |str_pool| are still in good shape. + ***************************************************************************/ +void check_command_execution (void) +BEGIN + if (lit_stk_ptr != 0) + BEGIN + PRINT_LN2 ("ptr=%ld, stack=", (long) lit_stk_ptr); + pop_whole_stack (); + PRINT ("---the literal stack isn't empty"); + bst_ex_warn_print (); + END + if (cmd_str_ptr != str_ptr) + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_LN3 ("Pointer is %ld but should be %ld", (long) str_ptr, + (long) cmd_str_ptr); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + CONFUSION ("Nonempty empty string stack"); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 317 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 226 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Complain if somebody's got a field fetish. + ***************************************************************************/ +void check_field_overflow (Integer_T total_fields) +BEGIN + if (total_fields > Max_Fields) + BEGIN + PRINT_LN2 ("%ld fields:", (long) total_fields); + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("total number of fields ", Max_Fields); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 226 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 271 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's another bug complaint. + ***************************************************************************/ +void cite_key_disappeared_confusion (void) +BEGIN + CONFUSION ("A cite key disappeared"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 271 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 252 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The .bib-specific scanning function |compress_bib_white| skips over + * |white_space| characters within a string until hitting a nonwhite + * character; in fact, it does everything |eat_bib_white_space| does, but + * it also adds a |space| to |field_vl_str|. This function is never + * called if there are no |white_space| characters (or ends-of-line) to be + * scanned (though the associated macro might be). The function returns + * |false| if there is a serious syntax error. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T compress_bib_white (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T compress_bib_white; + + compress_bib_white = FALSE; + COPY_CHAR (SPACE); + while ( ! scan_white_space ()) + BEGIN + if ( ! input_ln (CUR_BIB_FILE)) + BEGIN + eat_bib_print (); + goto Exit_Label; + END + INCR (bib_line_num); + buf_ptr2 = 0; + END + compress_bib_white = TRUE; +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; + return (compress_bib_white); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 252 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 367 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure complains if the just-encountered |right_brace| would + * make |brace_level| negative. + ***************************************************************************/ +void decr_brace_level (StrNumber_T pop_lit_var) +BEGIN + if (brace_level == 0) + BEGIN + braces_unbalanced_complaint (pop_lit_var); + END + else + BEGIN + DECR (brace_level); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 367 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 229 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's often illegal to end a .bib command in certain places, and + * this is where we come to check. + ***************************************************************************/ +void eat_bib_print (void) +BEGIN + BIB_ERR (" Illegal end of database file"); +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 229 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 228 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Before we actually start the code for reading a database file, we must + * define this .bib-specific scanning function. It skips over + * |white_space| characters until hitting a nonwhite character or the end + * of the file, respectively returning |true| or |false|. It also updates + * |bib_line_num|, the line counter. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T eat_bib_white_space (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T eat_bib_white_space; + + while ( ! scan_white_space ()) + BEGIN + if ( ! input_ln (CUR_BIB_FILE)) + BEGIN + eat_bib_white_space = FALSE; + goto Exit_Label; + END + INCR (bib_line_num); + buf_ptr2 = 0; + END + eat_bib_white_space = TRUE; +Exit_Label: + return (eat_bib_white_space); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 228 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 153 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's often illegal to end a .bst command in certain places, and + * this is where we come to check. + ***************************************************************************/ +void eat_bst_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("Illegal end of style file in command: "); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 153 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 152 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This .bst-specific scanning function skips over |white_space| + * characters (and comments) until hitting a nonwhite character or the end + * of the file, respectively returning |true| or |false|. It also updates + * |bst_line_num|, the line counter. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T eat_bst_white_space (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T eat_bst_white_space; + + LOOP + BEGIN + if (scan_white_space ()) + BEGIN + if (SCAN_CHAR != COMMENT) + BEGIN + eat_bst_white_space = TRUE; + goto Exit_Label; + END + END + if ( ! input_ln (bst_file)) + BEGIN + eat_bst_white_space = FALSE; + goto Exit_Label; + END + INCR (bst_line_num); + buf_ptr2 = 0; + END +Exit_Label: + return (eat_bst_white_space); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 152 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 418 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function looks at the string in |ex_buf|, starting at + * |ex_buf_xptr| and ending just before |ex_buf_ptr|, and it returns + * |true| if there are |enough_chars|, where a special character (even if + * it's missing its matching |right_brace|) counts as a single charcter. + * This procedure is called only for strings that don't have too many + * |right_brace|s. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T enough_text_chars (BufPointer_T enough_chars) +BEGIN + Boolean_T enough_text_chars; + num_text_chars = 0; + ex_buf_yptr = ex_buf_xptr; + while ((ex_buf_yptr < ex_buf_ptr) && (num_text_chars < enough_chars)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_yptr); + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_yptr - 1] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + if ((brace_level == 1) && (ex_buf_yptr < ex_buf_ptr)) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_yptr] == BACKSLASH) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_yptr); + while ((ex_buf_yptr < ex_buf_ptr) && (brace_level > 0)) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_yptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (brace_level); + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_yptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + END + INCR (ex_buf_yptr); + END + END + END + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_yptr - 1] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (brace_level); + END + INCR (num_text_chars); + END + if (num_text_chars < enough_chars) + BEGIN + enough_text_chars = FALSE; + END + else + BEGIN + enough_text_chars = TRUE; + END + return (enough_text_chars); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 418 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-2.c b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-2.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..487277e9915 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-2.c @@ -0,0 +1,3418 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: bibtex-2.c,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:47:30 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This is the second of 4 source modules for BibTeX. The source has +** been split into 4 parts so that some of the more primitive editors +** can cope. This code mimics the BibTeX WEB source as closely as +** possible and there should be NO system dependent code in any of the +** bibtex-#.c modules. +** +** The functions defined in this module are: +** +** execute_fn +** figure_out_the_formatted_name +** file_nm_size_overflow +** find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke +** get_aux_command_and_process +** get_bib_command_or_entry_and_pr +** get_bst_command_and_process +** get_the_top_level_aux_file_name +** hash_cite_confusion +** id_scanning_confusion +** illegl_literal_confusion +** init_command_execution +** initialize +** input_ln +** int_to_ASCII +** last_check_for_aux_errors +** less_than +** lower_case +** macro_warn_print +** make_string +** mark_error +** mark_fatal +** mark_warning +** name_scan_for_and +** non_existent_cross_reference_er +** out_pool_str +** output_bbl_line +** out_token +** pool_overflow +** pop_lit_stk +** pop_the_aux_stack +** pop_top_and_print +** pop_whole_stack +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: bibtex-2.c,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:47:30 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.6 1995/10/21 22:19:33 kempson +** Removed previous WEB-imposed limit on the maximum value of Hash_Prime. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:39 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "bibtex.h" +#include "datatype.h" +#include "gblprocs.h" +#include "gblvars.h" +#include "utils.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 325 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure executes a single specified function; it is the single + * execution-primitive that does everything (except windows, and it takes + * Tuesdays off). + ***************************************************************************/ +void execute_fn (HashLoc_T ex_fn_loc) +BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 343 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now it's time to declare some things for executing |built_in| + * functions only. These (and only these) variables are used + * recursively, so they can't be global. + ***************************************************************************/ + Integer_T r_pop_lt1, + r_pop_lt2; + StkType_T r_pop_tp1, + r_pop_tp2; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 343 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + WizFnLoc_T wiz_ptr; + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR ("execute_fn `"); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (hash_text[ex_fn_loc]); + TRACE_PR_LN ("'"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + switch (fn_type[ex_fn_loc]) + BEGIN + case BUILT_IN: +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 341 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module branches to the code for the appropriate |built_in| + * function. Only three---call.type$, if$, and while$---do a recursive call. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + +#ifdef STAT + if (Flag_stats) + INCR (execution_count[FN_INFO[ex_fn_loc]]); +#endif /* STAT */ + + switch (FN_INFO[ex_fn_loc]) + BEGIN + case N_EQUALS: + x_equals (); + break; + case N_GREATER_THAN: + x_greater_than (); + break; + case N_LESS_THAN: + x_less_than (); + break; + case N_PLUS: + x_plus (); + break; + case N_MINUS: + x_minus (); + break; + case N_CONCATENATE: + x_concatenate (); + break; + case N_GETS: + x_gets (); + break; + case N_ADD_PERIOD: + x_add_period (); + break; + case N_CALL_TYPE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 363 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function call.type$ executes the function + * specified in |type_list| for this entry unless it's |undefined|, in + * which case it executes the default function default.type defined + * in the .bst file, or unless it's |empty|, in which case it does + * nothing. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ( ! mess_with_entries) + BEGIN + bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (); + END + else if (type_list[cite_ptr] == UNDEFINED) + BEGIN + execute_fn (b_default); + END + else if (type_list[cite_ptr] == EMPTY) + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + END + else + BEGIN + execute_fn (type_list[cite_ptr]); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 363 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case N_CHANGE_CASE: + x_change_case (); + break; + case N_CHR_TO_INT: + x_chr_to_int (); + break; + case N_CITE: + x_cite (); + break; + case N_DUPLICATE: + x_duplicate (); + break; + case N_EMPTY: + x_empty (); + break; + case N_FORMAT_NAME: + x_format_name (); + break; + case N_IF: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 421 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function if$ pops the top three literals (they + * are two function literals and an integer literal, in that order); if + * the integer is greater than 0, it executes the second literal, else it + * executes the first. If any of the types is incorrect, it complains + * but does nothing else. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit3, &pop_typ3); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_FN) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_FN); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_FN) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_FN); + END + else if (pop_typ3 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit3, pop_typ3, STK_INT); + END + else if (pop_lit3 > 0) + BEGIN + execute_fn (pop_lit2); + END + else + BEGIN + execute_fn (pop_lit1); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 421 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case N_INT_TO_CHR: + x_int_to_chr (); + break; + case N_INT_TO_STR: + x_int_to_str (); + break; + case N_MISSING: + x_missing (); + break; + case N_NEWLINE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 425 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function newline$ writes whatever has + * accumulated in the output buffer |out_buf| onto the .bbl file. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + output_bbl_line (); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 425 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case N_NUM_NAMES: + x_num_names (); + break; + case N_POP: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 428 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function pop$ pops the top of the stack but + * doesn't print it. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 428 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case N_PREAMBLE: + x_preamble (); + break; + case N_PURIFY: + x_purify (); + break; + case N_QUOTE: + x_quote (); + break; + case N_SKIP: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 435 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function skip$ is a no-op. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 435 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case N_STACK: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 436 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function stack$ pops and prints the whole stack; it's + * meant to be used for style designers while debugging. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + pop_whole_stack (); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 436 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case N_SUBSTRING: + x_substring (); + break; + case N_SWAP: + x_swap (); + break; + case N_TEXT_LENGTH: + x_text_length (); + break; + case N_TEXT_PREFIX: + x_text_prefix (); + break; + case N_TOP_STACK: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 446 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function top$ pops and prints the top of the + * stack. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + pop_top_and_print (); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 446 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case N_TYPE: + x_type (); + break; + case N_WARNING: + x_warning (); + break; + case N_WHILE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 449 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function while$ pops the top two (function) + * literals, and keeps executing the second as long as the (integer) + * value left on the stack by executing the first is greater than 0. If + * either type is incorrect, it complains but does nothing else. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&r_pop_lt1, &r_pop_tp1); + pop_lit_stk (&r_pop_lt2, &r_pop_tp2); + if (r_pop_tp1 != STK_FN) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (r_pop_lt1, r_pop_tp1, STK_FN); + END + else if (r_pop_tp2 != STK_FN) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (r_pop_lt2, r_pop_tp2, STK_FN); + END + else + BEGIN + LOOP + BEGIN + execute_fn (r_pop_lt2); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_INT); + goto End_While_Label; + END + else if (pop_lit1 > 0) + BEGIN + execute_fn (r_pop_lt1); + END + else + BEGIN + goto End_While_Label; + END + END + END +End_While_Label: DO_NOTHING; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 449 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case N_WIDTH: + x_width (); + break; + case N_WRITE: + x_write (); + break; + default: + CONFUSION ("Unknown built-in function"); + break; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 341 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case WIZ_DEFINED: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 326 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * To execute a |wiz_defined| function, we just execute all those + * functions in its definition, except that the special marker + * |quote_next_fn| means we push the next function onto the stack. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + wiz_ptr = FN_INFO[ex_fn_loc]; + while (wiz_functions[wiz_ptr] != END_OF_DEF) + BEGIN + if (wiz_functions[wiz_ptr] != QUOTE_NEXT_FN) + BEGIN + execute_fn (wiz_functions[wiz_ptr]); + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (wiz_ptr); + push_lit_stk (wiz_functions[wiz_ptr], STK_FN); + END + INCR (wiz_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 326 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case INT_LITERAL: + push_lit_stk (FN_INFO[ex_fn_loc], STK_INT); + break; + case STR_LITERAL: + push_lit_stk (hash_text[ex_fn_loc], STK_STR); + break; + case FIELD: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 327 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module pushes the string given by the field onto the literal + * stack unless it's |missing|, in which case it pushes a special value + * onto the stack. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ( ! mess_with_entries) + BEGIN + bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (); + END + else + BEGIN + field_ptr = (cite_ptr * num_fields) + FN_INFO[ex_fn_loc]; + if (field_info[field_ptr] == MISSING) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (hash_text[ex_fn_loc], STK_FIELD_MISSING); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (field_info[field_ptr], STK_STR); + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 327 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case INT_ENTRY_VAR: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 328 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module pushes the integer given by an |int_entry_var| onto the + * literal stack. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ( ! mess_with_entries) + BEGIN + bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (entry_ints[(cite_ptr * num_ent_ints) + + FN_INFO[ex_fn_loc]], STK_INT); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 328 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case STR_ENTRY_VAR: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 329 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module adds the string given by a |str_entry_var| to |str_pool| + * via the execution buffer and pushes it onto the literal stack. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ( ! mess_with_entries) + BEGIN + bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (); + END + else + BEGIN + str_ent_ptr = (cite_ptr * num_ent_strs) + FN_INFO[ex_fn_loc]; + ex_buf_ptr = 0; + while (ENTRY_STRS(str_ent_ptr, ex_buf_ptr) != END_OF_STRING) + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR (ENTRY_STRS(str_ent_ptr, ex_buf_ptr)); + END + ex_buf_length = ex_buf_ptr; + add_pool_buf_and_push (); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 329 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case INT_GLOBAL_VAR: + push_lit_stk (FN_INFO[ex_fn_loc], STK_INT); + break; + case STR_GLOBAL_VAR: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 330 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module pushes the string given by a |str_global_var| onto the + * literal stack, but it copies the string to |str_pool| (character by + * character) only if it has to---it BEGIN\it doesn't\/END have to if the + * string is static (that is, if the string isn't at the top, temporary + * part of the string pool). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + str_glb_ptr = FN_INFO[ex_fn_loc]; + if (glb_str_ptr[str_glb_ptr] > 0) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (glb_str_ptr[str_glb_ptr], STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + STR_ROOM (glb_str_end[str_glb_ptr]); + glob_chr_ptr = 0; + while (glob_chr_ptr < glb_str_end[str_glb_ptr]) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (global_strs[str_glb_ptr][glob_chr_ptr]); + INCR (glob_chr_ptr); + END + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 330 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + default: + unknwn_function_class_confusion (); + break; + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 325 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 420 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This is a procedure so that |x_format_name| is smaller. + ***************************************************************************/ +void figure_out_the_formatted_name (void) +BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 402 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module uses the information in |pop_lit1| to format the name. + * Everything at |sp_brace_level = 0| is copied verbatim to the formatted + * string; the rest is described in the succeeding modules. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + ex_buf_ptr = 0; + sp_brace_level = 0; + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_brace_level); + INCR (sp_ptr); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 403 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we arrive here we're at |sp_brace_level = 1|, just past the + * |left_brace|. Letters at this |sp_brace_level| other than those + * denoting the parts of the name (i.e., the first letters of `first,' + * `last,' `von,' and `jr,' ignoring case) are illegal. We do two passes + * over this group; the first determines whether we're to output + * anything, and, if we are, the second actually outputs it. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + sp_xptr1 = sp_ptr; + alpha_found = FALSE; + double_letter = FALSE; + end_of_group = FALSE; + to_be_written = TRUE; + while (( ! end_of_group) && (sp_ptr < sp_end)) + BEGIN + if (lex_class[str_pool[sp_ptr]] == ALPHA) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_ptr); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 405 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We won't output anything for this part of the name if this is a second + * occurrence of an |sp_brace_level = 1| letter, if it's an illegal + * letter, or if there are no tokens corresponding to this part. We also + * determine if we're we to output complete tokens (indicated by a double + * letter). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (alpha_found) + BEGIN + brace_lvl_one_letters_complaint (); + to_be_written = FALSE; + END + else + BEGIN + switch (str_pool[sp_ptr - 1]) + BEGIN + case 'f': + case 'F': + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 407 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we set pointers into |name_tok| and note whether we'll be dealing + * with a full first-name tokens (|double_letter = true|) or + * abbreviations (|double_letter = false|). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cur_token = first_start; + last_token = first_end; + if (cur_token == last_token) + BEGIN + to_be_written = FALSE; + END + if ((str_pool[sp_ptr] == 'f') + || (str_pool[sp_ptr] == 'F')) + BEGIN + double_letter = TRUE; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 407 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case 'v': + case 'V': + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 408 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The same as above but for von-name tokens. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cur_token = von_start; + last_token = von_end; + if (cur_token == last_token) + BEGIN + to_be_written = FALSE; + END + if ((str_pool[sp_ptr] == 'v') + || (str_pool[sp_ptr] == 'V')) + BEGIN + double_letter = TRUE; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 408 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case 'l': + case 'L': + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 409 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The same as above but for last-name tokens. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cur_token = von_end; + last_token = last_end; + if (cur_token == last_token) + BEGIN + to_be_written = FALSE; + END + if ((str_pool[sp_ptr] == 'l') + || (str_pool[sp_ptr] == 'L')) + BEGIN + double_letter = TRUE; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 409 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case 'j': + case 'J': + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 410 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The same as above but for jr-name tokens. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + cur_token = last_end; + last_token = jr_end; + if (cur_token == last_token) + BEGIN + to_be_written = FALSE; + END + if ((str_pool[sp_ptr] == 'j') + || (str_pool[sp_ptr] == 'J')) + BEGIN + double_letter = TRUE; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 410 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + default: + brace_lvl_one_letters_complaint (); + to_be_written = FALSE; + break; + END + if (double_letter) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + END + alpha_found = TRUE; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 405 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + else if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (sp_brace_level); + INCR (sp_ptr); + end_of_group = TRUE; + END + else if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_brace_level); + INCR (sp_ptr); + skip_stuff_at_sp_brace_level_gr (); + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + END + if ((end_of_group) && (to_be_written)) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 411 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This is the second pass over this part of the name; here we actually + * write stuff out to |ex_buf|. + ***************************************************************************/ + ex_buf_xptr = ex_buf_ptr; + sp_ptr = sp_xptr1; + sp_brace_level = 1; + while (sp_brace_level > 0) + BEGIN + if ((lex_class[str_pool[sp_ptr]] == ALPHA) + && (sp_brace_level == 1)) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_ptr); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 412 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we come here, |sp_ptr| is just past the letter indicating the + * part of the name for which we're about to output tokens. When we + * leave, it's at the first character of the rest of the group. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (double_letter) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + use_default = TRUE; + sp_xptr2 = sp_ptr; + if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + use_default = FALSE; + INCR (sp_brace_level); + INCR (sp_ptr); + sp_xptr1 = sp_ptr; + skip_stuff_at_sp_brace_level_gr (); + sp_xptr2 = sp_ptr - 1; + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 413 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here, for each token in this part, we output either a full or an + * abbreviated token and the inter-token string for all but the last + * token of this part. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + while (cur_token < last_token) + BEGIN + if (double_letter) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 414 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we output all the characters in the token, verbatim. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + name_bf_ptr = name_tok[cur_token]; + name_bf_xptr = name_tok[cur_token + 1]; + if (ex_buf_length + (name_bf_xptr - name_bf_ptr) + > BUF_SIZE) + BEGIN + buffer_overflow (); + END + while (name_bf_ptr < name_bf_xptr) + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr]); + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 414 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 415 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we output the first alphabetic or special character of the token; + * brace level is irrelevant for an alphabetic (but not a special) + * character. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + name_bf_ptr = name_tok[cur_token]; + name_bf_xptr = name_tok[cur_token + 1]; + while (name_bf_ptr < name_bf_xptr) + BEGIN + if (lex_class[NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr]] == ALPHA) + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK ( + NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr]); + goto Loop_Exit_Label; + END + else if ((NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + && ((name_bf_ptr + 1) < name_bf_xptr)) + BEGIN + if (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr + 1] == BACKSLASH) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 416 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We output a special character here even if the user has been silly + * enough to make it nonalphabetic (and even if the user has been sillier + * still by not having a matching |right_brace|). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ((ex_buf_ptr + 2) > BUF_SIZE) + BEGIN + buffer_overflow (); + END + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR (LEFT_BRACE); + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR (BACKSLASH); + name_bf_ptr = name_bf_ptr + 2; + nm_brace_level = 1; + while ((name_bf_ptr < name_bf_xptr) + && (nm_brace_level > 0)) + BEGIN + if (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (nm_brace_level); + END + else if (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (nm_brace_level); + END + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK ( + NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr]); + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + END + goto Loop_Exit_Label; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 416 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + END +Loop_Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 415 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + INCR (cur_token); + if (cur_token < last_token) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 417 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we output either the .bst given string if it exists, or else + * the .bib |sep_char| if it exists, or else the default string. A + * |tie| is the default space character between the last two tokens of + * the name part, and between the first two tokens if the first token is + * short enough; otherwise, a |space| is the default. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (use_default) + BEGIN + if ( ! double_letter) + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK (PERIOD); + END + if (lex_class[name_sep_char[cur_token]] + == SEP_CHAR) + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK ( + name_sep_char[cur_token]); + END + else if ((cur_token == (last_token - 1)) + || ( ! enough_text_chars (LONG_TOKEN))) + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK (TIE); + END + else + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK (SPACE); + END + END + else + BEGIN + if ((ex_buf_length + (sp_xptr2 - sp_xptr1)) + > BUF_SIZE) + BEGIN + buffer_overflow (); + END + sp_ptr = sp_xptr1; + while (sp_ptr < sp_xptr2) + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 417 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 413 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + if ( ! use_default) + BEGIN + sp_ptr = sp_xptr2 + 1; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 412 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + else if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (sp_brace_level); + INCR (sp_ptr); + if (sp_brace_level > 0) + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK (RIGHT_BRACE); + END + END + else if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_brace_level); + INCR (sp_ptr); + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK (LEFT_BRACE); + END + else + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + END + if (ex_buf_ptr > 0) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr - 1] == TIE) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 419 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * If the last character output for this name part is a |tie| but the + * previous character it isn't, we're dealing with a discretionary |tie|; + * thus we replace it by a |space| if there are enough characters in the + * rest of the name part. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + DECR (ex_buf_ptr); + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr - 1] == TIE) + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + END + else if ( ! enough_text_chars (LONG_NAME)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + else + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR (SPACE); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 419 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 411 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 403 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + else if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + braces_unbalanced_complaint (pop_lit1); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + else + BEGIN + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + END + if (sp_brace_level > 0) + BEGIN + braces_unbalanced_complaint (pop_lit1); + END + ex_buf_length = ex_buf_ptr; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 402 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 420 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 59 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Yet another complaint-before-quiting. + ***************************************************************************/ +void file_nm_size_overflow (void) +BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("file name size ", FILE_NAME_SIZE); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 59 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 278 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Occasionally we need to figure out the hash-table location of a given + * cite-key string and its lower-case equivalent. This function does + * that. To perform the task it needs to borrow a buffer, a need that + * gives rise to the alias kludge---it helps make the stack space not + * overflow on some machines (and while it's at it, it'll borrow a + * pointer, too). Finally, the function returns |true| if the cite key + * exists on |cite_list|, and its sets |cite_hash_found| according to + * whether or not it found the actual version (before |lower_case|ing) of + * the cite key; however, its raison d'etre + * (literally, ``to eat a raisin'') is to compute |cite_loc| and + * |lc_cite_loc|. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke (StrNumber_T cite_str) +BEGIN + Boolean_T find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke; + + EX_BUF5_PTR = 0; + tmp_ptr = str_start[cite_str]; + tmp_end_ptr = str_start[cite_str + 1]; + while (tmp_ptr < tmp_end_ptr) + BEGIN + EX_BUF5[EX_BUF5_PTR] = str_pool[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (EX_BUF5_PTR); + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + cite_loc = str_lookup (ex_buf, 0, LENGTH (cite_str), CITE_ILK, DONT_INSERT); + cite_hash_found = hash_found; + lower_case (EX_BUF5, 0, LENGTH (cite_str)); + lc_cite_loc = str_lookup (EX_BUF5, 0, LENGTH (cite_str), LC_CITE_ILK, + DONT_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke = TRUE; + END + else + BEGIN + find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke = FALSE; + END + return (find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 278 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 116 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We're not at the end of an .aux file, so we see if the current line + * might be a command of interest. A command of interest will be a line + * without blanks, consisting of a command name, a |left_brace|, one or + * more arguments separated by commas, and a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void get_aux_command_and_process (void) +BEGIN + buf_ptr2 = 0; + if ( ! scan1 (LEFT_BRACE)) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + command_num = ilk_info[str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + AUX_COMMAND_ILK, DONT_INSERT)]; + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + switch (command_num) + BEGIN + case N_AUX_BIBDATA: + aux_bib_data_command (); + break; + case N_AUX_BIBSTYLE: + aux_bib_style_command (); + break; + case N_AUX_CITATION: + aux_citation_command (); + break; + case N_AUX_INPUT: + aux_input_command (); + break; + default: + CONFUSION ("Unknown auxiliary-file command"); + break; + END + END +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 116 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 236 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module either reads a database entry, whose three main components + * are an entry type, a database key, and a list of fields, or it reads a + * .bib command, whose structure is command dependent and explained + * later. + ***************************************************************************/ +void get_bib_command_or_entry_and_pr (void) +BEGIN + at_bib_command = FALSE; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 237 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module skips over everything until hitting an |at_sign| or the + * end of the file. It also updates |bib_line_num|, the line counter. + ***************************************************************************/ + while ( ! scan1 (AT_SIGN)) + BEGIN + if ( ! input_ln (CUR_BIB_FILE)) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + INCR (bib_line_num); + buf_ptr2 = 0; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 237 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 238 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads an |at_sign| and an entry type (like `book' or + * `article') or a .bib command. If it's an entry type, it must be + * defined in the .bst file if this entry is to be included in the + * reference list. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (SCAN_CHAR != AT_SIGN) + BEGIN + CONFUSION2 ("An \"%c\" disappeared", xchr[AT_SIGN]); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + scan_identifier (LEFT_BRACE, LEFT_PAREN, LEFT_PAREN); + BIB_IDENTIFIER_SCAN_CHECK ("an entry type"); + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is an entry type or a database-file command"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + command_num = ilk_info[str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + BIB_COMMAND_ILK, DONT_INSERT)]; + if (hash_found) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 239 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we determine which .bib command we're about to process, then + * go to it. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + at_bib_command = TRUE; + switch (command_num) + BEGIN + case N_BIB_COMMENT: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 241 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The comment command is implemented for SCRIBE compatibility. It's + * not really needed because \BibTeX\ treats (flushes) everything not + * within an entry as a comment anyway. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 239 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + case N_BIB_PREAMBLE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 242 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The preamble command lets a user have \TeX\ stuff inserted (by the + * standard styles, at least) directly into the .bbl file. It is + * intended primarily for allowing \TeX\ macro definitions used within + * the bibliography entries (for better sorting, for example). One + * preamble command per .bib file should suffice. + * + * A preamble command has either braces or parentheses as outer + * delimiters. Inside is the preamble string, which has the same syntax + * as a field value: a nonempty list of field tokens separated by + * |concat_char|s. There are three types of field tokens---nonnegative + * numbers, macro names, and delimited strings. + * + * This module does all the scanning (that's not subcontracted), but the + * .bib-specific scanning function + * |scan_and_store_the_field_value_and_eat_white| actually stores the + * value. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (preamble_ptr == MAX_BIB_FILES) + BEGIN + BIB_ERR2 ("You've exceeded %ld preamble commands", + (long) MAX_BIB_FILES); + END + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + if (SCAN_CHAR == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + right_outer_delim = RIGHT_BRACE; + END + else if (SCAN_CHAR == LEFT_PAREN) + BEGIN + right_outer_delim = RIGHT_PAREN; + END + else + BEGIN + BIB_ONE_OF_TWO_EXPECTED_ERR (LEFT_BRACE, LEFT_PAREN); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + store_field = TRUE; + if ( ! scan_and_store_the_field_value ()) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + if (SCAN_CHAR != right_outer_delim) + BEGIN + BIB_ERR2 ("Missing \"%c\" in preamble command", + xchr[right_outer_delim]); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + goto Exit_Label; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 242 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + break; + case N_BIB_STRING: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 243 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The string command is implemented both for SCRIBE compatibility + * and for allowing a user: to override a .bst-file macro + * command, to define one that the .bst file doesn't, or to engage in + * good, wholesome, typing laziness. + * + * The string command does mostly the same thing as the + * .bst-file's macro command (but the syntax is different and the + * string command compresses |white_space|). In fact, later in this + * program, the term ``macro'' refers to either a .bst ``macro'' or a + * .bib ``string'' (when it's clear from the context that it's not + * a WEB macro). + * + * A string command has either braces or parentheses as outer + * delimiters. Inside is the string's name (it must be a legal + * identifier, and case differences are ignored---all upper-case letters + * are converted to lower case), then an |equals_sign|, and the string's + * definition, which has the same syntax as a field value: a nonempty + * list of field tokens separated by |concat_char|s. There are three + * types of field tokens---nonnegative numbers, macro names, and + * delimited strings. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 244 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads a left outer-delimiter and a string name. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (SCAN_CHAR == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + right_outer_delim = RIGHT_BRACE; + END + else if (SCAN_CHAR == LEFT_PAREN) + BEGIN + right_outer_delim = RIGHT_PAREN; + END + else + BEGIN + BIB_ONE_OF_TWO_EXPECTED_ERR (LEFT_BRACE, LEFT_PAREN); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + scan_identifier (EQUALS_SIGN, EQUALS_SIGN, EQUALS_SIGN); + BIB_IDENTIFIER_SCAN_CHECK ("a string name"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 245 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module marks this string as |macro_ilk|; the commented-out code + * will give a warning message when overwriting a previously defined + * macro. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a database-defined macro"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + cur_macro_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + MACRO_ILK, DO_INSERT); + ilk_info[cur_macro_loc] = hash_text[cur_macro_loc]; + /*------------------------------------------------------------------- + * if (hash_found) + * BEGIN + * MACRO_NAME_WARNING ("having its definition overwritten"); + * END + *------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 245 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 244 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 246 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module skips over the |equals_sign|, reads and stores the list of + * field tokens that defines this macro (compressing |white_space|), and + * reads a |right_outer_delim|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (SCAN_CHAR != EQUALS_SIGN) + BEGIN + BIB_EQUALS_SIGN_EXPECTED_ERR; + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + store_field = TRUE; + if ( ! scan_and_store_the_field_value ()) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + if (SCAN_CHAR != right_outer_delim) + BEGIN + BIB_ERR2 ("Missing \"%c\" in string command", + xchr[right_outer_delim]); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 246 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + goto Exit_Label; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 243 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + default: + bib_cmd_confusion (); + break; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 239 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + else + BEGIN + entry_type_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, BST_FN_ILK, + DONT_INSERT); + if (( ! hash_found) || (fn_type[entry_type_loc] != WIZ_DEFINED)) + BEGIN + type_exists = FALSE; + END + else + BEGIN + type_exists = TRUE; + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 238 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 266 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And now, back to processing an entry (rather than a command). This + * module reads a left outer-delimiter and a database key. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (SCAN_CHAR == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + right_outer_delim = RIGHT_BRACE; + END + else if (SCAN_CHAR == LEFT_PAREN) + BEGIN + right_outer_delim = RIGHT_PAREN; + END + else + BEGIN + BIB_ONE_OF_TWO_EXPECTED_ERR (LEFT_BRACE, LEFT_PAREN); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + if (right_outer_delim == RIGHT_PAREN) + BEGIN + if (scan1_white (COMMA)) + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + END + END + else if (scan2_white (COMMA, RIGHT_BRACE)); + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 267 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The lower-case version of this database key must correspond to one in + * |cite_list|, or else |all_entries| must be |true|, if this entry is to + * be included in the reference list. Accordingly, this module sets + * |store_entry|, which determines whether the relevant information for + * this entry is stored. The alias kludge helps make the stack space not + * overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a database key"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + tmp_ptr = buf_ptr1; + while (tmp_ptr < buf_ptr2) + BEGIN + EX_BUF3[tmp_ptr] = buffer[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + lower_case (EX_BUF3, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + if (all_entries) + BEGIN + lc_cite_loc = str_lookup (EX_BUF3, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, LC_CITE_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + END + else + BEGIN + lc_cite_loc = str_lookup (EX_BUF3, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, LC_CITE_ILK, + DONT_INSERT); + END + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + entry_cite_ptr = ilk_info[ilk_info[lc_cite_loc]]; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 268 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's illegal to have two (or more) entries with the same database key + * (even if there are case differrences), and we skip the rest of the + * entry for such a repeat occurrence. Also, we make this entry's + * database key the official |cite_list| key if it's on |cite_list| only + * because of cross references. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (( ! all_entries) || (entry_cite_ptr < all_marker) + || (entry_cite_ptr >= old_num_cites)) + BEGIN + if (type_list[entry_cite_ptr] == EMPTY) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 269 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * An entry that's on |cite_list| only because of cross referencing must + * have its database key (rather than one of the crossref keys) as + * the official |cite_list| string. Here's where we assure that. The + * variable |hash_found| is |true| upon entrance to and exit from this + * module. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (( ! all_entries) && (entry_cite_ptr >= old_num_cites)) + BEGIN + cite_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + CITE_ILK, DO_INSERT); + if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + ilk_info[lc_cite_loc] = cite_loc; + ilk_info[cite_loc] = entry_cite_ptr; + cite_list[entry_cite_ptr] = hash_text[cite_loc]; + hash_found = TRUE; + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 269 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + goto First_Time_Entry_Label; + END + END + else if ( ! entry_exists[entry_cite_ptr]) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 270 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module, a simpler version of the + * |find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_key| function, exists primarily to + * compute |lc_xcite_loc|. When this code is executed we have + * |(all_entries) and (entry_cite_ptr >= all_marker) and (not + * entry_exists[entry_cite_ptr])|. The alias kludge helps make the stack + * space not overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + EX_BUF4_PTR = 0; + tmp_ptr = str_start[cite_info[entry_cite_ptr]]; + tmp_end_ptr = str_start[cite_info[entry_cite_ptr] + 1]; + while (tmp_ptr < tmp_end_ptr) + BEGIN + EX_BUF4[EX_BUF4_PTR] = str_pool[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (EX_BUF4_PTR); + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + lower_case (EX_BUF4, 0, LENGTH (cite_info[entry_cite_ptr])); + lc_xcite_loc = str_lookup (EX_BUF4, 0, + LENGTH (cite_info[entry_cite_ptr]), + LC_CITE_ILK, DONT_INSERT); + if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + cite_key_disappeared_confusion (); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 270 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + if (lc_xcite_loc == lc_cite_loc) + BEGIN + goto First_Time_Entry_Label; + END + END + if (type_list[entry_cite_ptr] == EMPTY) + BEGIN + CONFUSION ("The cite list is messed up"); + END + BIB_ERR ("Repeated entry"); +First_Time_Entry_Label: DO_NOTHING; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 268 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + store_entry = TRUE; + if (all_entries) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 272 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module, which gets executed only when |all_entries| is |true|, + * does one of three things, depending on whether or not, and where, the + * cite key appears on |cite_list|: If it's on |cite_list| before + * |all_marker|, there's nothing to be done; if it's after |all_marker|, + * it must be reinserted (at the current place) and we must note that its + * corresponding entry exists; and if it's not on |cite_list| at all, it + * must be inserted for the first time. The |goto| construct must stay + * as is, partly because some \PASCAL\ compilers might complain if + * ``|and|'' were to connect the two boolean expressions (since + * |entry_cite_ptr| could be uninitialized when |hash_found| is |false|). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + if (entry_cite_ptr < all_marker) + BEGIN + goto Cite_Already_Set_Label; + END + else + BEGIN + entry_exists[entry_cite_ptr] = TRUE; + cite_loc = ilk_info[lc_cite_loc]; + END + END + else + BEGIN + cite_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, CITE_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + hash_cite_confusion (); + END + END + entry_cite_ptr = cite_ptr; + add_database_cite (&cite_ptr); +Cite_Already_Set_Label: DO_NOTHING; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 272 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + else if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + store_entry = FALSE; + END + if (store_entry) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 273 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We must give a warning if this entry type doesn't exist. Also, we + * point the appropriate entry of |type_list| to the entry type just read + * above. + * + * For SCRIBE compatibility, the code to give a warning for a case + * mismatch between a cite key and a database key has been commented out. + * In fact, SCRIBE is the reason that it doesn't produce an error message + * outright. (Note: Case mismatches between two cite keys produce + * full-blown errors.) + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * dummy_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, CITE_ILK, + * DONT_INSERT); + * if ( ! hash_found) + * BEGIN + * PRINT ("Warning--case mismatch, database key \""); + * PRINT_TOKEN; + * PRINT ("\", cite key \""); + * PRINT_POOL_STR (cite_list[entry_cite_ptr]); + * BIB_WARN_NEWLINE ("\""); + * END + *---------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + if (type_exists) + BEGIN + type_list[entry_cite_ptr] = entry_type_loc; + END + else + BEGIN + type_list[entry_cite_ptr] = UNDEFINED; + PRINT ("Warning--entry type for \""); + PRINT_TOKEN; + BIB_WARN_NEWLINE ("\" isn't style-file defined"); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 273 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 267 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 266 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 274 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads a |comma| and a field as many times as it can, and + * then reads a |right_outer_delim|, ending the current entry. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + while (SCAN_CHAR != right_outer_delim) + BEGIN + if (SCAN_CHAR != COMMA) + BEGIN + BIB_ONE_OF_TWO_EXPECTED_ERR (COMMA, right_outer_delim); + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + if (SCAN_CHAR == right_outer_delim) + BEGIN + goto Loop_Exit_Label; + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 275 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module reads a field name; its contents won't be stored unless it + * was declared in the .bst file and |store_entry = true|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + scan_identifier (EQUALS_SIGN, EQUALS_SIGN, EQUALS_SIGN); + BIB_IDENTIFIER_SCAN_CHECK ("a field name"); + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a field name"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + store_field = FALSE; + if (store_entry) + BEGIN + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + field_name_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + BST_FN_ILK, DONT_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + if (fn_type[field_name_loc] == FIELD) + BEGIN + store_field = TRUE; + END + END + END + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + if (SCAN_CHAR != EQUALS_SIGN) + BEGIN + BIB_EQUALS_SIGN_EXPECTED_ERR; + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 275 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + if ( ! scan_and_store_the_field_value ()) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + END +Loop_Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 274 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 236 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 154 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We must attend to a few details before getting to work on this .bst + * command. + ***************************************************************************/ +void get_bst_command_and_process (void) +BEGIN + if ( ! scan_alpha ()) + BEGIN + BST_ERR2 ("\"%c\"can't start a style-file command", xchr[SCAN_CHAR]); + END + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + command_num = ilk_info[str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, + BST_COMMAND_ILK, DONT_INSERT)]; + if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + PRINT_TOKEN; + BST_ERR (" is an illegal style-file command"); + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 155 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we determine which .bst command we're about to process, and + * then go to it. + ***************************************************************************/ + switch (command_num) + BEGIN + case N_BST_ENTRY: + bst_entry_command (); + break; + case N_BST_EXECUTE: + bst_execute_command (); + break; + case N_BST_FUNCTION: + bst_function_command (); + break; + case N_BST_INTEGERS: + bst_integers_command (); + break; + case N_BST_ITERATE: + bst_iterate_command (); + break; + case N_BST_MACRO: + bst_macro_command (); + break; + case N_BST_READ: + bst_read_command (); + break; + case N_BST_REVERSE: + bst_reverse_command (); + break; + case N_BST_SORT: + bst_sort_command (); + break; + case N_BST_STRINGS: + bst_strings_command (); + break; + default: + CONFUSION ("Unknown style-file command"); + break; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 155 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 154 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 100 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure consists of a loop that reads and processes a (nonnull) + * .aux file name. It's this module and the next two that must be + * changed on those systems using command-line arguments. Note: The + * |TERM_OUT| and |term_in| files are system dependent. + * + * This procedure now does almost nothing because the command line has + * already been parsed and checked for us. + ***************************************************************************/ +void get_the_top_level_aux_file_name (void) +BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 101 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The switch |check_cmnd_line| tells us whether we're to check for a + * possible command-line argument. + * + * This procedure now does nothing because the command line has already + * been parsed and checked for us. + ***************************************************************************/ + Boolean_T check_cmnd_line; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 101 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + check_cmnd_line = TRUE; + LOOP + BEGIN + if (check_cmnd_line) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 102 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's where we do the real command line work. Actually, the command + * line has already been parsed for us and the .aux file name stored in + * Str_Auxfile. If an .aux file was not specified, BibTeX will have + * already stopped after issuing a "Usage" error. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + (void) strncpy (name_of_file, Str_auxfile, FILE_NAME_SIZE); + name_of_file[FILE_NAME_SIZE] = '\0'; + aux_name_length = strlen (name_of_file); + END + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 102 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 103 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we orchestrate this .aux name's handling: we add the various + * extensions, try to open the files with the resulting name, and + * store the name strings we'll need later. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (((aux_name_length + LENGTH (s_aux_extension)) > FILE_NAME_SIZE) + || ((aux_name_length + LENGTH (s_bib_extension)) > FILE_NAME_SIZE) + || ((aux_name_length + LENGTH (s_bbl_extension)) > FILE_NAME_SIZE)) + BEGIN + SAM_YOU_MADE_THE_FILE_NAME_TOO; + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 106 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We must make sure the (top-level) .aux, .blg, and .bbl + * files can be opened. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + name_length = aux_name_length; + add_extension (s_aux_extension); + aux_ptr = 0; + if ( ! a_open_in (&CUR_AUX_FILE, AUX_FILE_SEARCH_PATH)) + BEGIN + SAM_YOU_MADE_THE_FILE_NAME_WRON; + END + + name_length = aux_name_length; + add_extension (s_log_extension); + if ( ! a_open_out (&log_file)) + BEGIN + SAM_YOU_MADE_THE_FILE_NAME_WRON; + END + + name_length = aux_name_length; + add_extension (s_bbl_extension); + if ( ! a_open_out (&bbl_file)) + BEGIN + SAM_YOU_MADE_THE_FILE_NAME_WRON; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 106 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 107 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This code puts the .aux file name, both with and without the + * extension, into the hash table, and it initializes |aux_list|. Note + * that all previous top-level .aux-file stuff must have been + * successful. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + name_length = aux_name_length; + add_extension (s_aux_extension); + name_ptr = 1; + while (name_ptr <= name_length) + BEGIN + buffer[name_ptr] = xord[name_of_file[name_ptr - 1]]; + INCR (name_ptr); + END + top_lev_str = hash_text[str_lookup (buffer, 1, aux_name_length, + TEXT_ILK, DO_INSERT)]; + CUR_AUX_STR = hash_text[str_lookup (buffer, 1, name_length, + AUX_FILE_ILK, DO_INSERT)]; + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + print_aux_name (); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + CONFUSION ("Already encountered auxiliary file"); + END + CUR_AUX_LINE = 0; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 107 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + goto Aux_Found_Label; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 103 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Aux_Not_Found_Label: check_cmnd_line = FALSE; + mark_fatal (); + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, + "calling longjmp (Close_Up_Shop_Flag) ... "); + longjmp (Close_Up_Shop_Flag, 1); + + END +Aux_Found_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 100 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 137 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's a serious complaint (that is, a bug) concerning hash problems. + * This is the first of several similar bug-procedures that exist only + * because they save space. + ***************************************************************************/ +void hash_cite_confusion (void) +BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Cite hash error"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 137 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 165 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's another bug. + ***************************************************************************/ +void id_scanning_confusion (void) +BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Identifier scanning error"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 165 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 310 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * More bug complaints, this time about bad literals. + ***************************************************************************/ +void illegl_literal_confusion (void) +BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Illegal literal type"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 310 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 316 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module executes a single specified function once. It can't do + * anything with the entries. + ***************************************************************************/ +void init_command_execution (void) +BEGIN + lit_stk_ptr = 0; + cmd_str_ptr = str_ptr; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 316 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 13 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure gets things started properly. + ***************************************************************************/ +void initialize (void) +BEGIN +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 23 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + ***************************************************************************/ + short i; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 23 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 66 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + ***************************************************************************/ + HashLoc_T k; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 66 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 17 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Each digit-value of |bad| has a specific meaning. + ***************************************************************************/ + bad = 0; + + if (MIN_PRINT_LINE < 3) + bad = 1; + + if (MAX_PRINT_LINE <= MIN_PRINT_LINE) + bad = 10 * bad + 2; + + if (MAX_PRINT_LINE >= BUF_SIZE) + bad = 10 * bad + 3; + + if (Hash_Prime < 128) + bad = 10 * bad + 4; + + if (Hash_Prime > Hash_Size) + bad = 10 * bad + 5; + + /* + ** The original WEB version of BibTeX imposed a maximum value of + ** 16320 on Hash_Prime. A WEB constant was defined: + ** + ** MAX_HASH_VALUE = (Hash_Prime + Hash_Prime - 2 + 127) + ** + ** but, because WEB constants are limited to 32767, Hash_Prime was + ** consequently limited to a maximum of (32767 + 2 - 127) / 2 = 16321. + ** + ** We're using C #defines, so that limit doesn't apply. The + ** following original sanity check is therefore commented out. + ** + ** if (Hash_Prime >= (16384 - 64)) + ** bad = 10 * bad + 6; + */ + + if (Max_Strings > Hash_Size) + bad = 10 * bad + 7; + + if (Max_Cites > Max_Strings) + bad = 10 * bad + 8; + + if (ENT_STR_SIZE > BUF_SIZE) + bad = 10 * bad + 9; + + if (GLOB_STR_SIZE > BUF_SIZE) + bad = 100 * bad + 11; + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 17 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 302 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + ***************************************************************************/ +#if (SHORT_LIST < ((2 * END_OFFSET) + 2)) + bad = 100 * bad + 22; +#endif /* (SHORT_LIST < ((2 * END_OFFSET) + 2)) */ +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 302 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + if (bad > 0) + BEGIN + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, "%ld is a bad bad\n", (long) bad); + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, "calling longjmp (Exit_Program_Flag) ... "); + longjmp (Exit_Program_Flag, 1); + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 20 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |err_count| gets set or reset when |history| first changes to + * |warning_message| or |error_message|, so we don't need to initialize + * it. + ***************************************************************************/ + history = SPOTLESS; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 25 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Since we are assuming that our \PASCAL\ system is able to read and write the + * visible characters of standard ASCII (although not necessarily using the + * ASCII codes to represent them), the following assignment statements + * initialize + * most of the |xchr| array properly, without needing any system-dependent + * changes. On the other hand, it is possible to implement \TeX\ with + * less complete character sets, and in such cases it will be necessary to + * change something here. + ***************************************************************************/ + xchr[0040] = ' '; + xchr[0041] = '!'; + xchr[0042] = '"'; + xchr[0043] = '#'; + xchr[0044] = '$'; + xchr[0045] = '%'; + xchr[0046] = '&'; + xchr[0047] = '\''; + xchr[0050] = '('; + xchr[0051] = ')'; + xchr[0052] = '*'; + xchr[0053] = '+'; + xchr[0054] = ','; + xchr[0055] = '-'; + xchr[0056] = '.'; + xchr[0057] = '/'; + xchr[0060] = '0'; + xchr[0061] = '1'; + xchr[0062] = '2'; + xchr[0063] = '3'; + xchr[0064] = '4'; + xchr[0065] = '5'; + xchr[0066] = '6'; + xchr[0067] = '7'; + xchr[0070] = '8'; + xchr[0071] = '9'; + xchr[0072] = ':'; + xchr[0073] = ';'; + xchr[0074] = '<'; + xchr[0075] = '='; + xchr[0076] = '>'; + xchr[0077] = '?'; + xchr[0100] = '@'; + xchr[0101] = 'A'; + xchr[0102] = 'B'; + xchr[0103] = 'C'; + xchr[0104] = 'D'; + xchr[0105] = 'E'; + xchr[0106] = 'F'; + xchr[0107] = 'G'; + xchr[0110] = 'H'; + xchr[0111] = 'I'; + xchr[0112] = 'J'; + xchr[0113] = 'K'; + xchr[0114] = 'L'; + xchr[0115] = 'M'; + xchr[0116] = 'N'; + xchr[0117] = 'O'; + xchr[0120] = 'P'; + xchr[0121] = 'Q'; + xchr[0122] = 'R'; + xchr[0123] = 'S'; + xchr[0124] = 'T'; + xchr[0125] = 'U'; + xchr[0126] = 'V'; + xchr[0127] = 'W'; + xchr[0130] = 'X'; + xchr[0131] = 'Y'; + xchr[0132] = 'Z'; + xchr[0133] = '['; + xchr[0134] = '\\'; + xchr[0135] = ']'; + xchr[0136] = '^'; + xchr[0137] = '_'; + xchr[0140] = '`'; + xchr[0141] = 'a'; + xchr[0142] = 'b'; + xchr[0143] = 'c'; + xchr[0144] = 'd'; + xchr[0145] = 'e'; + xchr[0146] = 'f'; + xchr[0147] = 'g'; + xchr[0150] = 'h'; + xchr[0151] = 'i'; + xchr[0152] = 'j'; + xchr[0153] = 'k'; + xchr[0154] = 'l'; + xchr[0155] = 'm'; + xchr[0156] = 'n'; + xchr[0157] = 'o'; + xchr[0160] = 'p'; + xchr[0161] = 'q'; + xchr[0162] = 'r'; + xchr[0163] = 's'; + xchr[0164] = 't'; + xchr[0165] = 'u'; + xchr[0166] = 'v'; + xchr[0167] = 'w'; + xchr[0170] = 'x'; + xchr[0171] = 'y'; + xchr[0172] = 'z'; + xchr[0173] = '{'; + xchr[0174] = '|'; + xchr[0175] = '}'; + xchr[0176] = '~'; + xchr[0000] = ' '; + xchr[0177] = ' '; + + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT +/* +** Full 8Bit Support Note [ASIERRA95]: +** BibTeX just must recognize characters greater than 127. +** for (i=128; i<=255; i++) +** xchr [i] = (unsigned char) i; +*/ +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 25 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 27 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The ASCII code is ``standard'' only to a certain extent, since many + * computer installations have found it advantageous to have ready access + * to more than 94 printing characters. Appendix C of The \TeX book + * gives a complete specification of the intended correspondence between + * characters and \TeX's internal representation. + * + * If \TeX\ is being used + * on a garden-variety \PASCAL\ for which only standard ASCII + * codes will appear in the input and output files, it doesn't really matter + * what codes are specified in |xchr[1..@'37]|, but the safest policy is to + * blank everything out by using the code shown below. + * + * However, other settings of |xchr| will make \TeX\ more friendly on + * computers that have an extended character set, so that users can type things + * like `\.^^Z' instead of `\ne'. At MIT, for example, it would be more + * appropriate to substitute the code + * + * for i:=1 to '37 do xchr[i]:=chr(i); + * + * \TeX's character set is essentially the same as MIT's, even with respect to + * characters less than~@'40. People with extended character sets can + * assign codes arbitrarily, giving an |xchr| equivalent to whatever + * characters the users of \TeX\ are allowed to have in their input files. + * It is best to make the codes correspond to the intended interpretations as + * shown in Appendix~C whenever possible; but this is not necessary. For + * example, in countries with an alphabet of more than 26 letters, it is + * usually best to map the additional letters into codes less than~@'40. + ***************************************************************************/ + for (i=1; i<=0037; i++) + BEGIN + xchr[i] = ' '; + END + xchr[TAB] = CHR (TAB); +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 27 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 28 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This system-independent code makes the |xord| array contain a suitable + * inverse to the information in |xchr|. Note that if |xchr[i]=xchr[j]| + * where |i<j<@'177|, the value of |xord[xchr[i]]| will turn out to be + * |j| or more; hence, standard ASCII code numbers will be used instead + * of codes below @'40 in case there is a coincidence. + ***************************************************************************/ + for (i=FIRST_TEXT_CHAR; i<=LAST_TEXT_CHAR; i++) + BEGIN + xord[CHR (i)] = INVALID_CODE; + END + + for (i=1; i<=0176; i++) + BEGIN + xord[xchr[i]] = i; + END + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT +/* +** if (!Flag_7bit) +** for (i=128; i<=LAST_ASCII_CHAR; i++) +** BEGIN +** xord[xchr[i]] = i; +** END +*/ +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 28 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 32 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we initialize the system-dependent |lex_class| array. The |tab| + * character may be system dependent. Note that the order of these + * assignments is important here. + ***************************************************************************/ + for (i=0; i<=0177; i++) + BEGIN + lex_class[i] = OTHER_LEX; + END + + for (i=0; i<=0037; i++) + BEGIN + lex_class[i] = ILLEGAL; + END + + lex_class[INVALID_CODE] = ILLEGAL; + lex_class[TAB] = WHITE_SPACE; + lex_class[SPACE] = WHITE_SPACE; + lex_class[TIE] = SEP_CHAR; + lex_class[HYPHEN] = SEP_CHAR; + + for (i=0060; i<=0071; i++) + BEGIN + lex_class[i] = NUMERIC; + END + + for (i=0101; i<=0132; i++) + BEGIN + lex_class[i] = ALPHA; + END + + for (i=0141; i<=0172; i++) + BEGIN + lex_class[i] = ALPHA; + END + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT +/* +** Full 8Bit Support Note [ASIERRA95]: +** +** All character that can be case-changed are supposed to be ALPHA. +** for (i=128; i<=255; i++) +** if ((c8lowcase[i] != c8upcase[i]) || (Flag_8bit)) +** lex_class[i] = ALPHA; +*/ +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 32 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 33 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And now the |id_class| array. + ***************************************************************************/ + for (i=0; i<=0177; i++) + BEGIN + id_class[i] = LEGAL_ID_CHAR; + END + + for (i=0; i<=0037; i++) + BEGIN + id_class[i] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + END + + id_class[SPACE] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[TAB] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[DOUBLE_QUOTE] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[NUMBER_SIGN] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[COMMENT] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[SINGLE_QUOTE] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[LEFT_PAREN] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[RIGHT_PAREN] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[COMMA] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[EQUALS_SIGN] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[LEFT_BRACE] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; + id_class[RIGHT_BRACE] = ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 33 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 35 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we initialize the system-dependent |char_width| array, for which + * |space| is the only |white_space| character given a nonzero printing + * width. The widths here are taken from Stanford's June~'87 + * $cmr10$~font and represent hundredths of a point (rounded), but since + * they're used only for relative comparisons, the units have no meaning. + ***************************************************************************/ + for (i=0; i<=0177; i++) + BEGIN + char_width[i] = 0; + END + + char_width[0040] = 278; + char_width[0041] = 278; + char_width[0042] = 500; + char_width[0043] = 833; + char_width[0044] = 500; + char_width[0045] = 833; + char_width[0046] = 778; + char_width[0047] = 278; + char_width[0050] = 389; + char_width[0051] = 389; + char_width[0052] = 500; + char_width[0053] = 778; + char_width[0054] = 278; + char_width[0055] = 333; + char_width[0056] = 278; + char_width[0057] = 500; + char_width[0060] = 500; + char_width[0061] = 500; + char_width[0062] = 500; + char_width[0063] = 500; + char_width[0064] = 500; + char_width[0065] = 500; + char_width[0066] = 500; + char_width[0067] = 500; + char_width[0070] = 500; + char_width[0071] = 500; + char_width[0072] = 278; + char_width[0073] = 278; + char_width[0074] = 278; + char_width[0075] = 778; + char_width[0076] = 472; + char_width[0077] = 472; + char_width[0100] = 778; + char_width[0101] = 750; + char_width[0102] = 708; + char_width[0103] = 722; + char_width[0104] = 764; + char_width[0105] = 681; + char_width[0106] = 653; + char_width[0107] = 785; + char_width[0110] = 750; + char_width[0111] = 361; + char_width[0112] = 514; + char_width[0113] = 778; + char_width[0114] = 625; + char_width[0115] = 917; + char_width[0116] = 750; + char_width[0117] = 778; + char_width[0120] = 681; + char_width[0121] = 778; + char_width[0122] = 736; + char_width[0123] = 556; + char_width[0124] = 722; + char_width[0125] = 750; + char_width[0126] = 750; + char_width[0127] = 1028; + char_width[0130] = 750; + char_width[0131] = 750; + char_width[0132] = 611; + char_width[0133] = 278; + char_width[0134] = 500; + char_width[0135] = 278; + char_width[0136] = 500; + char_width[0137] = 278; + char_width[0140] = 278; + char_width[0141] = 500; + char_width[0142] = 556; + char_width[0143] = 444; + char_width[0144] = 556; + char_width[0145] = 444; + char_width[0146] = 306; + char_width[0147] = 500; + char_width[0150] = 556; + char_width[0151] = 278; + char_width[0152] = 306; + char_width[0153] = 528; + char_width[0154] = 278; + char_width[0155] = 833; + char_width[0156] = 556; + char_width[0157] = 500; + char_width[0160] = 556; + char_width[0161] = 528; + char_width[0162] = 392; + char_width[0163] = 394; + char_width[0164] = 389; + char_width[0165] = 556; + char_width[0166] = 528; + char_width[0167] = 722; + char_width[0170] = 528; + char_width[0171] = 528; + char_width[0172] = 444; + char_width[0173] = 500; + char_width[0174] = 1000; + char_width[0175] = 500; + char_width[0176] = 500; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 35 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 67 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now it's time to initialize the hash table; note that |str_start[0]| + * must be unused if |hash_text[k] := 0| is to have the desired effect. + ***************************************************************************/ + for (k=HASH_BASE; k<=HASH_MAX; k++) + BEGIN + hash_next[k] = EMPTY; + hash_text[k] = 0; + END + hash_used = HASH_MAX + 1; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 67 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 72 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now that we've defined the hash-table workings we can initialize the + * string pool. Unlike \TeX, \BibTeX\ does not use a |pool_file| for + * string storage; instead it inserts its pre-defined strings into + * |str_pool|---this makes one file fewer for the \BibTeX\ implementor + * to deal with. This section initializes |str_pool|; the pre-defined + * strings will be inserted into it shortly; and other strings are + * inserted while processing the input files. + ***************************************************************************/ + pool_ptr = 0; + str_ptr = 1; + str_start[str_ptr] = pool_ptr; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 72 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 119 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * + ***************************************************************************/ + bib_ptr = 0; + bib_seen = FALSE; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 119 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 125 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And we initialize. + ***************************************************************************/ + bst_str = 0; + bst_seen = FALSE; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 125 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 131 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * + ***************************************************************************/ + cite_ptr = 0; + citation_seen = FALSE; + all_entries = FALSE; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 131 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 162 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we initialize storage for the |wiz_defined| functions and we + * initialize variables so that the first |str_entry_var|, + * |int_entry_var|, |str_global_var|, and |field| name will be assigned + * the number~0. Note: The variables |num_ent_strs| and |num_fields| + * will also be set when pre-defining strings. + ***************************************************************************/ + wiz_def_ptr = 0; + num_ent_ints = 0; + num_ent_strs = 0; + num_fields = 0; + str_glb_ptr = 0; + while (str_glb_ptr < MAX_GLOB_STRS) + BEGIN + glb_str_ptr[str_glb_ptr] = 0; + glb_str_end[str_glb_ptr] = 0; + INCR (str_glb_ptr); + END + num_glb_strs = 0; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 162 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 164 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And we initialize them. + ***************************************************************************/ + entry_seen = FALSE; + read_seen = FALSE; + read_performed = FALSE; + reading_completed = FALSE; + read_completed = FALSE; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 164 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 196 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we initialize it. + ***************************************************************************/ + impl_fn_num = 0; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 196 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 292 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And the first output line requires this initialization. + ***************************************************************************/ + out_buf_length = 0; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 292 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 20 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + pre_def_certain_strings (); + get_the_top_level_aux_file_name (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 13 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 47 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |input_ln| function brings the next line of input from the + * specified file into available positions of the buffer array and + * returns the value |true|, unless the file has already been entirely + * read, in which case it returns |false| and sets |last:=0|. In + * general, the |ASCII_code| numbers that represent the next line of the + * file are input into |buffer[0]|, |buffer[1]|, \dots, |buffer[last-1]|; + * and the global variable |last| is set equal to the length of the line. + * Trailing |white_space| characters are removed from the line + * (|white_space| characters are explained in the character-set section% + * ---most likely they're blanks); thus, either |last=0| (in which case + * the line was entirely blank) or |lex_class[buffer[last-1]]<>white_space|. + * An overflow error is given if the normal actions of |input_ln| would + * make |last>buf_size|. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T input_ln (AlphaFile_T f) +BEGIN + Boolean_T input_ln; + + last = 0; + + if (feof (f)) + BEGIN + input_ln = FALSE; + END + else + BEGIN + while ( ! eoln (f)) + BEGIN + if (last >= BUF_SIZE) + BEGIN + buffer_overflow (); + END + + buffer[last] = xord[getc(f)]; + INCR (last); + END + (void) getc (f); + + while (last > 0) + BEGIN + if (lex_class[buffer[last - 1]] == WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + DECR (last); + END + else + BEGIN + goto Loop_Exit_Label; + END + END +Loop_Exit_Label: input_ln = TRUE; + END + return (input_ln); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 47 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 198 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure takes the integer |int|, copies the appropriate + * |ASCII_code| string into |int_buf| starting at |int_begin|, and sets + * the |var| parameter |int_end| to the first unused |int_buf| location. + * The ASCII string will consist of decimal digits, the first of which + * will be not be a~0 if the integer is nonzero, with a prepended minus + * sign if the integer is negative. + ***************************************************************************/ +void int_to_ASCII (Integer_T integer, BufType_T int_buf, + BufPointer_T int_begin, BufPointer_T *int_end) +BEGIN + BufPointer_T int_ptr, + int_xptr; + ASCIICode_T int_tmp_val; + + int_ptr = int_begin; + if (integer < 0) + BEGIN + APPEND_INT_CHAR (MINUS_SIGN); + integer = -integer; + END + int_xptr = int_ptr; + REPEAT + BEGIN + APPEND_INT_CHAR ('0' + (integer MOD 10)); + integer = integer DIV 10; + END UNTIL (integer == 0); + *int_end = int_ptr; + DECR (int_ptr); + while (int_xptr < int_ptr) + BEGIN + int_tmp_val = int_buf[int_xptr]; + int_buf[int_xptr] = int_buf[int_ptr]; + int_buf[int_ptr] = int_tmp_val; + DECR (int_ptr); + INCR (int_xptr); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 198 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 145 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Before proceeding, we see if we have any complaints. + ***************************************************************************/ +void last_check_for_aux_errors (void) +BEGIN + num_cites = cite_ptr; + num_bib_files = bib_ptr; + if ( ! citation_seen) + BEGIN + AUX_END_ERR ("\\citation commands"); + END + else if ((num_cites == 0) && ( ! all_entries)) + BEGIN + AUX_END_ERR ("cite keys"); + END + if ( ! bib_seen) + BEGIN + AUX_END_ERR ("\\bibdata command"); + END + else if (num_bib_files == 0) + BEGIN + AUX_END_ERR ("database files"); + END + if ( ! bst_seen) + BEGIN + AUX_END_ERR ("\\bibstyle command"); + END + else if (bst_str == 0) + BEGIN + AUX_END_ERR ("style file"); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 145 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 301 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The function |less_than| compares the two sort.key$s indirectly + * pointed to by its arguments and returns |true| if the first argument's + * sort.key$ is lexicographically less than the second's (that is, + * alphabetically earlier). In case of ties the function compares the + * indices |arg1| and |arg2|, which are assumed to be different, and + * returns |true| if the first is smaller. This function uses + * |ASCII_code|s to compare, so it might give ``interesting'' results + * when handling nonletters. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T less_than (CiteNumber_T arg1, CiteNumber_T arg2) +BEGIN + Boolean_T less_than; + Integer_T char_ptr; + StrEntLoc_T ptr1, + ptr2; + ASCIICode_T char1, + char2; + + ptr1 = (arg1 * num_ent_strs) + sort_key_num; + ptr2 = (arg2 * num_ent_strs) + sort_key_num; + char_ptr = 0; + LOOP + BEGIN + char1 = ENTRY_STRS(ptr1, char_ptr); + char2 = ENTRY_STRS(ptr2, char_ptr); + if (char1 == END_OF_STRING) + BEGIN + if (char2 == END_OF_STRING) + BEGIN + if (arg1 < arg2) + BEGIN + COMPARE_RETURN (TRUE); + END + else if (arg1 > arg2) + BEGIN + COMPARE_RETURN (FALSE); + END + else + BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Duplicate sort key"); + END + END + else + BEGIN + COMPARE_RETURN (TRUE); + END + END + else if (char2 == END_OF_STRING) + BEGIN + COMPARE_RETURN (FALSE); + END + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT + else if char_less_than(char1, char2) + BEGIN + COMPARE_RETURN (TRUE); + END + else if char_greater_than(char1, char2) + BEGIN + COMPARE_RETURN (FALSE); + END +#else /* NOT SUPPORT_8BIT */ + else if (char1 < char2) + BEGIN + COMPARE_RETURN (TRUE); + END + else if (char1 > char2) + BEGIN + COMPARE_RETURN (FALSE); + END +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + INCR (char_ptr); + END +Exit_Label: + return (less_than); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 301 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 62 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This system-independent procedure converts upper-case characters to + * lower case for the specified part of |buf|. It is system independent + * because it uses only the internal representation for characters. + ***************************************************************************/ +void lower_case (BufType_T buf, BufPointer_T bf_ptr, + BufPointer_T len) +BEGIN + BufPointer_T i; + + if (len > 0) + BEGIN + for (i = bf_ptr; i <= (bf_ptr + len - 1); i++) + BEGIN + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT + if (IsUpper (buf[i])) + BEGIN + buf[i] = ToLower (buf[i]); + END +#else /* NOT SUPPORT_8BIT */ + if ((buf[i] >= 'A') && (buf[i] <= 'Z')) + BEGIN + buf[i] = buf[i] + CASE_DIFFERENCE; + END +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + END + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 62 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 234 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This one is just a warning, not an error. It's for when something + * isn't (or might not be) quite right with a macro name. + ***************************************************************************/ +void macro_warn_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("Warning--string name \""); + PRINT_TOKEN; + PRINT ("\" is "); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 234 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 54 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Once a sequence of characters has been appended to |str_pool|, it + * officially becomes a string when the function |make_string| is called. + * It returns the string number of the string it just made. + ***************************************************************************/ +StrNumber_T make_string (void) +BEGIN + if (str_ptr == Max_Strings) + BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("number of strings ", Max_Strings); + END + INCR (str_ptr); + str_start[str_ptr] = pool_ptr; + return (str_ptr - 1); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 54 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 18 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * + ***************************************************************************/ +void mark_error (void) +BEGIN + if (history < ERROR_MESSAGE) + BEGIN + history = ERROR_MESSAGE; + err_count = 1; + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (err_count); + END +END + + +void mark_fatal (void) +BEGIN + history = FATAL_MESSAGE; +END + + +void mark_warning (void) +BEGIN + if (history == WARNING_MESSAGE) + BEGIN + INCR (err_count); + END + else if (history == SPOTLESS) + BEGIN + history = WARNING_MESSAGE; + err_count = 1; + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 18 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 384 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module, starting at |ex_buf_ptr|, looks in |ex_buf| for an + * ``and'' surrounded by nonnull |white_space|. It stops either at + * |ex_buf_length| or just past the ``and'', whichever comes first, + * setting |ex_buf_ptr| accordingly. Its parameter |pop_lit_var| is + * either |pop_lit3| or |pop_lit1|, depending on whether + * format.name$ or num.names$ calls it. + ***************************************************************************/ +void name_scan_for_and (StrNumber_T pop_lit_var) +BEGIN + brace_level = 0; + preceding_white = FALSE; + and_found = FALSE; + while (( ! and_found) && (ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length)) + BEGIN + switch (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]) + BEGIN + case 'a': + case 'A': + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + if (preceding_white) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 386 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we come here |ex_buf_ptr| is just past the ``a'' or ``A'', and when + * we leave it's either at the same place or, if we found an ``and'', at + * the following |white_space| character. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (ex_buf_ptr <= (ex_buf_length - 3)) + BEGIN + if ((ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == 'n') || (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == 'N')) + BEGIN + if ((ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr + 1] == 'd') + || (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr + 1] == 'D')) + BEGIN + if ((lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr + 2]] == WHITE_SPACE)) + BEGIN + ex_buf_ptr = ex_buf_ptr + 2; + and_found = TRUE; + END + END + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 386 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + preceding_white = FALSE; + break; + case LEFT_BRACE: + INCR (brace_level); + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 385 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we come here |ex_buf_ptr| is just past the |left_brace|, and when + * we leave it's either at |ex_buf_length| or just past the matching + * |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + while ((brace_level > 0) && (ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length)) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (brace_level); + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + END + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 385 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + preceding_white = FALSE; + break; + case RIGHT_BRACE: + decr_brace_level (pop_lit_var); + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + preceding_white = FALSE; + break; + default: + if (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]] == WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + preceding_white = TRUE; + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + preceding_white = FALSE; + END + break; + END + END + check_brace_level (pop_lit_var); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 384 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 281 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When an entry being cross referenced doesn't exist on |cite_list|, we + * complain. + ***************************************************************************/ +void non_existent_cross_reference_er (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("A bad cross reference-"); + bad_cross_reference_print (field_info[field_ptr]); + PRINT_LN ("\", which doesn't exist"); + mark_error (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 281 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 51 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And here are the associated procedures. Note: The |TERM_OUT| file is + * system dependent. + ***************************************************************************/ +void out_pool_str (AlphaFile_T f, StrNumber_T s) +BEGIN + PoolPointer_T i; + + if ((s < 0) || (s >= (str_ptr + MAX_POP)) || (s >= Max_Strings)) + BEGIN + CONFUSION2 ("Illegal string number:%ld", (long) s); + END + + if (f != NULL) + BEGIN + for (i=str_start[s]; i<=(str_start[s+1] - 1); i++) + BEGIN + FPUTC (xchr[str_pool[i]], f); + END + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 51 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 321 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure actually writes onto the .bbl file a line of output + * (the characters from |out_buf[0]| to |out_buf[out_buf_length-1]|, + * after removing trailing |white_space| characters). It also updates + * |bbl_line_num|, the line counter. It writes a blank line if and only + * if |out_buf| is empty. The program uses this procedure in such a way + * that |out_buf| will be nonempty if there have been characters put in + * it since the most recent newline$. + ***************************************************************************/ +void output_bbl_line (void) +BEGIN + if (out_buf_length != 0) + BEGIN + while (out_buf_length > 0) + BEGIN + if (lex_class[out_buf[out_buf_length - 1]] == WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + DECR (out_buf_length); + END + else + BEGIN + goto Loop_Exit_Label; + END + END +Loop_Exit_Label: if (out_buf_length == 0) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + out_buf_ptr = 0; + while (out_buf_ptr < out_buf_length) + BEGIN + FPUTC (xchr[out_buf[out_buf_ptr]], bbl_file); + INCR (out_buf_ptr); + END + END + FPUTC ('\n', bbl_file); + INCR (bbl_line_num); + out_buf_length = 0; +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 321 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 82 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And here are the associated procedures. Note: The |term_out| file is + * system dependent. + ***************************************************************************/ +void out_token (AlphaFile_T f) +BEGIN + BufPointer_T i; + + if (f != NULL) + BEGIN + i = buf_ptr1; + while (i < buf_ptr2) + BEGIN + FPUTC (xchr[buffer[i]], f); + INCR (i); + END + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 82 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 53 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * To test if there is room to append |l| more characters to |str_pool|, + * we shall write |str_room(l)|, which aborts \BibTeX\ and gives an + * error message if there isn't enough room. + ***************************************************************************/ +void pool_overflow (void) +BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("pool size ", Pool_Size); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 53 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 309 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure pops the stack, checking for, and trying to recover + * from, stack underflow. (Actually, this procedure is really a + * function, since it returns the two values through its |var| + * parameters.) Also, if the literal being popped is a |stk_str| that's + * been created during the execution of the current .bst command, pop + * it from |str_pool| as well (it will be the string corresponding to + * |str_ptr-1|). Note that when this happens, the string is no longer + * `officially' available so that it must be used before anything else is + * added to |str_pool|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void pop_lit_stk (Integer_T *poplit, StkType_T *poptype) +BEGIN + if (lit_stk_ptr == 0) + BEGIN + BST_EX_WARN ("You can't pop an empty literal stack"); + *poptype = STK_EMPTY; + END + else + BEGIN + DECR (lit_stk_ptr); + *poplit = lit_stack[lit_stk_ptr]; + *poptype = lit_stk_type[lit_stk_ptr]; + if (*poptype == STK_STR) + BEGIN + if (*poplit >= cmd_str_ptr) + BEGIN + if (*poplit != (str_ptr - 1)) + BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Nontop top of string stack"); + END + FLUSH_STRING; + END + END + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 309 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 142 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we close the current-level .aux file and go back up a level, + * if possible, by DECRing |aux_ptr|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void pop_the_aux_stack (void) +BEGIN + a_close (CUR_AUX_FILE); + if (aux_ptr == 0) + BEGIN + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, "calling longjmp (Aux_Done_Flag) ... "); + longjmp (Aux_Done_Flag, 1); + return; + END + else + BEGIN + DECR (aux_ptr); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 142 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 314 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure pops and prints the top of the stack; when the stack is + * empty the procedure |pop_lit_stk| complains. + ***************************************************************************/ +void pop_top_and_print (void) +BEGIN + Integer_T stk_lt; + StkType_T stk_tp; + + pop_lit_stk (&stk_lt, &stk_tp); + if (stk_tp == STK_EMPTY) + BEGIN + PRINT_LN ("Empty literal"); + END + else + BEGIN + print_lit (stk_lt, stk_tp); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 314 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 315 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure pops and prints the whole stack. + ***************************************************************************/ +void pop_whole_stack (void) +BEGIN + while (lit_stk_ptr > 0) + BEGIN + pop_top_and_print (); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 315 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-3.c b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-3.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74838d5dad6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-3.c @@ -0,0 +1,3377 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: bibtex-3.c,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This is the third of 4 source modules for BibTeX. The source has +** been split into 4 parts so that some of the more primitive editors +** can cope. This code mimics the BibTeX WEB source as closely as +** possible and there should be NO system dependent code in any of the +** bibtex-#.c modules. +** +** The functions defined in this module are: +** +** pre_def_certain_strings +** pre_define +** print_lit +** print_missing_entry +** print_overflow +** print_recursion_illegal +** print_skipping_whatever_remains +** print_stk_lit +** print_wrong_stk_lit +** push_lit_stk +** quick_sort +** sam_too_long_file_name_print +** sam_wrong_file_name_print +** scan1 +** scan1_white +** scan2 +** scan2_white +** scan3 +** scan_a_field_token_and_eat_whit +** scan_alpha +** scan_and_store_the_field_value +** scan_balanced_braces +** str_eq_buf +** str_eq_str +** str_lookup +** swap +** trace_and_stat_printing +** trace_pr_fn_class +** unknwn_function_class_confusion +** unknwn_literal_confusion +** upper_case +** von_name_ends_and_last_name_sta +** von_token_found +** x_add_period +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: bibtex-3.c,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.6 1995/10/21 22:19:33 kempson +** Removed previous WEB-imposed limit on the maximum value of Hash_Prime. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:40 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "bibtex.h" +#include "datatype.h" +#include "gblprocs.h" +#include "gblvars.h" +#include "utils.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 336 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This is a procedure so that |initialize| is smaller. + ***************************************************************************/ +void pre_def_certain_strings (void) +BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 75 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's time to insert some of the pre-defined strings into |str_pool| + * (and thus the hash table). These system-dependent strings should + * contain no upper-case letters, and they must all be exactly + * |longest_pds| characters long (even if fewer characters are actually + * stored). The |pre_define| routine appears shortly. + * + * Important notes: These pre-definitions must not have any glitches or + * the program may bomb because the |log_file| hasn't been opened yet, + * and |text_ilk|s should be pre-defined later, for + * .bst-function-execution purposes. + ***************************************************************************/ + pre_define (".aux ", 4, FILE_EXT_ILK); + s_aux_extension = hash_text[pre_def_loc]; + pre_define (".bbl ", 4, FILE_EXT_ILK); + s_bbl_extension = hash_text[pre_def_loc]; + pre_define (".blg ", 4, FILE_EXT_ILK); + s_log_extension = hash_text[pre_def_loc]; + pre_define (".bst ", 4, FILE_EXT_ILK); + s_bst_extension = hash_text[pre_def_loc]; + pre_define (".bib ", 4, FILE_EXT_ILK); + s_bib_extension = hash_text[pre_def_loc]; + pre_define (" ", 0, FILE_AREA_ILK); + s_bst_area = hash_text[pre_def_loc]; + pre_define (" ", 0, FILE_AREA_ILK); + s_bib_area = hash_text[pre_def_loc]; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 79 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we pre-define the command strings; they must all be exactly + * |longest_pds| characters long. + * + * Important note: These pre-definitions must not have any glitches or + * the program may bomb because the |log_file| hasn't been opened yet. + ***************************************************************************/ + pre_define ("\\citation ", 9, AUX_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_AUX_CITATION; + pre_define ("\\bibdata ", 8, AUX_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_AUX_BIBDATA; + pre_define ("\\bibstyle ", 9, AUX_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_AUX_BIBSTYLE; + pre_define ("\\@input ", 7, AUX_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_AUX_INPUT; + pre_define ("entry ", 5, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_ENTRY; + pre_define ("execute ", 7, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_EXECUTE; + pre_define ("function ", 8, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_FUNCTION; + pre_define ("integers ", 8, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_INTEGERS; + pre_define ("iterate ", 7, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_ITERATE; + pre_define ("macro ", 5, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_MACRO; + pre_define ("read ", 4, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_READ; + pre_define ("reverse ", 7, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_REVERSE; + pre_define ("sort ", 4, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_SORT; + pre_define ("strings ", 7, BST_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BST_STRINGS; + pre_define ("comment ", 7, BIB_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BIB_COMMENT; + pre_define ("preamble ", 8, BIB_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BIB_PREAMBLE; + pre_define ("string ", 6, BIB_COMMAND_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_BIB_STRING; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 79 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 334 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's time for us to insert more pre-defined strings into |str_pool| + * (and thus the hash table) and to insert the |built_in| functions into + * the hash table. The strings corresponding to these functions should + * contain no upper-case letters, and they must all be exactly + * |longest_pds| characters long. The |build_in| routine (to appear + * shortly) does the work. + * + * Important note: These pre-definitions must not have any glitches or the + * program may bomb because the |log_file| hasn't been opened yet. + ***************************************************************************/ + build_in ("= ", 1, &b_equals, N_EQUALS); + build_in ("> ", 1, &b_greater_than, N_GREATER_THAN); + build_in ("< ", 1, &b_less_than, N_LESS_THAN); + build_in ("+ ", 1, &b_plus, N_PLUS); + build_in ("- ", 1, &b_minus, N_MINUS); + build_in ("* ", 1, &b_concatenate, N_CONCATENATE); + build_in (":= ", 2, &b_gets, N_GETS); + build_in ("add.period$ ", 11, &b_add_period, N_ADD_PERIOD); + build_in ("call.type$ ", 10, &b_call_type, N_CALL_TYPE); + build_in ("change.case$", 12, &b_change_case, N_CHANGE_CASE); + build_in ("chr.to.int$ ", 11, &b_chr_to_int, N_CHR_TO_INT); + build_in ("cite$ ", 5, &b_cite, N_CITE); + build_in ("duplicate$ ", 10, &b_duplicate, N_DUPLICATE); + build_in ("empty$ ", 6, &b_empty, N_EMPTY); + build_in ("format.name$", 12, &b_format_name, N_FORMAT_NAME); + build_in ("if$ ", 3, &b_if, N_IF); + build_in ("int.to.chr$ ", 11, &b_int_to_chr, N_INT_TO_CHR); + build_in ("int.to.str$ ", 11, &b_int_to_str, N_INT_TO_STR); + build_in ("missing$ ", 8, &b_missing, N_MISSING); + build_in ("newline$ ", 8, &b_newline, N_NEWLINE); + build_in ("num.names$ ", 10, &b_num_names, N_NUM_NAMES); + build_in ("pop$ ", 4, &b_pop, N_POP); + build_in ("preamble$ ", 9, &b_preamble, N_PREAMBLE); + build_in ("purify$ ", 7, &b_purify, N_PURIFY); + build_in ("quote$ ", 6, &b_quote, N_QUOTE); + build_in ("skip$ ", 5, &b_skip, N_SKIP); + build_in ("stack$ ", 6, &b_stack, N_STACK); + build_in ("substring$ ", 10, &b_substring, N_SUBSTRING); + build_in ("swap$ ", 5, &b_swap, N_SWAP); + build_in ("text.length$", 12, &b_text_length, N_TEXT_LENGTH); + build_in ("text.prefix$", 12, &b_text_prefix, N_TEXT_PREFIX); + build_in ("top$ ", 4, &b_top_stack, N_TOP_STACK); + build_in ("type$ ", 5, &b_type, N_TYPE); + build_in ("warning$ ", 8, &b_warning, N_WARNING); + build_in ("width$ ", 6, &b_width, N_WIDTH); + build_in ("while$ ", 6, &b_while, N_WHILE); + build_in ("width$ ", 6, &b_width, N_WIDTH); + build_in ("write$ ", 6, &b_write, N_WRITE); +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 334 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 339 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we pre-define a few strings used in executing the .bst file: + * the null string, which is sometimes pushed onto the stack; a string + * used for default entry types; and some control sequences used to spot + * foreign characters. We also initialize the |s_preamble| array to + * empty. These pre-defined strings must all be exactly |longest_pds| + * characters long. + * + * Important note: These pre-definitions must not have any glitches or + * the program may bomb because the |log_file| hasn't been opened yet, + * and |text_ilk|s should be pre-defined here, not earlier, for + * .bst-function-execution purposes. + ***************************************************************************/ + pre_define (" ", 0, TEXT_ILK); + s_null = hash_text[pre_def_loc]; + fn_type[pre_def_loc] = STR_LITERAL; + pre_define ("default.type", 12, TEXT_ILK); + s_default = hash_text[pre_def_loc]; + fn_type[pre_def_loc] = STR_LITERAL; + b_default = b_skip; + preamble_ptr = 0; + pre_define ("i ", 1, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_I; + pre_define ("j ", 1, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_J; + pre_define ("oe ", 2, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_OE; + pre_define ("OE ", 2, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_OE_UPPER; + pre_define ("ae ", 2, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_AE; + pre_define ("AE ", 2, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_AE_UPPER; + pre_define ("aa ", 2, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_AA; + pre_define ("AA ", 2, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_AA_UPPER; + pre_define ("o ", 1, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_O; + pre_define ("O ", 1, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_O_UPPER; + pre_define ("l ", 1, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_L; + pre_define ("L ", 1, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_L_UPPER; + pre_define ("ss ", 2, CONTROL_SEQ_ILK); + ilk_info[pre_def_loc] = N_SS; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 339 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 340 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we pre-define any built-in |field|s, |str_entry_var|s, and + * |int_global_var|s; these strings must all be exactly |longest_pds| + * characters long. Note that although these are built-in functions, we + * classify them (in the |fn_type| array) otherwise. + * + * Important note: These pre-definitions must not have any glitches or + * the program may bomb because the |log_file| hasn't been opened yet. + ***************************************************************************/ + pre_define ("crossref ", 8, BST_FN_ILK); + fn_type[pre_def_loc] = FIELD; + FN_INFO[pre_def_loc] = num_fields; + crossref_num = num_fields; + INCR (num_fields); + num_pre_defined_fields = num_fields; + pre_define ("sort.key$ ", 9, BST_FN_ILK); + fn_type[pre_def_loc] = STR_ENTRY_VAR; + FN_INFO[pre_def_loc] = num_ent_strs; + sort_key_num = num_ent_strs; + INCR (num_ent_strs); + pre_define ("entry.max$ ", 10, BST_FN_ILK); + fn_type[pre_def_loc] = INT_GLOBAL_VAR; + FN_INFO[pre_def_loc] = ENT_STR_SIZE; + pre_define ("global.max$ ", 11, BST_FN_ILK); + fn_type[pre_def_loc] = INT_GLOBAL_VAR; + FN_INFO[pre_def_loc] = GLOB_STR_SIZE; +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 340 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 336 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 77 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure initializes a pre-defined string of length at most + * |longest_pds|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void pre_define (PdsType_T pds, PdsLen_T len, StrIlk_T ilk) +BEGIN + PdsLen_T i; + + for (i=1; i<=len; i++) + BEGIN + + /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Unlike the WEB, the string in `pds' will occupy the positions + * pds[0] ... pds[len-1], rather than pds[1] ... pds[len]. + *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + buffer[i] = xord[pds[i-1]]; + END + pre_def_loc = str_lookup (buffer, 1, len, ilk, DO_INSERT); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 77 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 3 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_a_newline (void) +BEGIN + if (log_file != NULL) + FPUTC ('\n', log_file); + FPUTC ('\n', TERM_OUT); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 3 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 51 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And here are the associated procedures. Note the |term_out| file is + * system dependent. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_a_pool_str (StrNumber_T s) +BEGIN + out_pool_str (TERM_OUT, s); + out_pool_str (log_file, s); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 51 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 82 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And here are the associated procedures. Note the |term_out| file is + * system dependent. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_a_token (void) +BEGIN + out_token (TERM_OUT); + out_token (log_file); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 82 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 108 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Print the name of the current .aux file, followed by a |newline|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_aux_name (void) +BEGIN + PRINT_POOL_STR (CUR_AUX_STR); + PRINT_NEWLINE; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 108 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 95 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |print_bad_input_line| procedure prints the current input line, + * splitting it at the character being scanned: It prints |buffer[0]|, + * |buffer[1]|, \dots, |buffer[buf_ptr2-1]| on one line and + * |SCAN_CHAR|, \dots, |buffer[last-1]| on the next (and both + * lines start with a colon between two |space|s). Each |white_space| + * character is printed as a |space|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_bad_input_line (void) +BEGIN + BufPointer_T bf_ptr; + + PRINT (" : "); + bf_ptr = 0; + while (bf_ptr < buf_ptr2) + BEGIN + if (lex_class[buffer[bf_ptr]] == WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("%c", xchr[SPACE]); + END + else + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("%c", xchr[buffer[bf_ptr]]); + END + INCR (bf_ptr); + END + PRINT_NEWLINE; + PRINT (" : "); + bf_ptr = 0; + while (bf_ptr < buf_ptr2) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("%c", xchr[SPACE]); + INCR (bf_ptr); + END + bf_ptr = buf_ptr2; + while (bf_ptr < last) + BEGIN + if (lex_class[buffer[bf_ptr]] == WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("%c", xchr[SPACE]); + END + else + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("%c", xchr[buffer[bf_ptr]]); + END + INCR (bf_ptr); + END + PRINT_NEWLINE; + bf_ptr = 0; + while ((bf_ptr < buf_ptr2) && (lex_class[buffer[bf_ptr]] == WHITE_SPACE)) + BEGIN + INCR (bf_ptr); + END + if (bf_ptr == buf_ptr2) + BEGIN + PRINT_LN ("(Error may have been on previous line)"); + END + mark_error (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 95 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 121 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's a procedure we'll need shortly. It prints the name of the + * current .bib file, followed by a |newline|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_bib_name (void) +BEGIN + PRINT_POOL_STR (CUR_BIB_STR); + PRINT_POOL_STR (s_bib_extension); + PRINT_NEWLINE; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 121 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 128 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Print the name of the .bst file, followed by a |newline|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_bst_name (void) +BEGIN + PRINT_POOL_STR (bst_str); + PRINT_POOL_STR (s_bst_extension); + PRINT_NEWLINE; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 128 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 45 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When something happens that the program thinks is impossible, + * call the maintainer. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_confusion (void) +BEGIN + PRINT_LN ("---this can't happen"); + PRINT_LN ("*Please notify the BibTeX maintainer*"); + mark_fatal (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 45 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 158 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Occasionally we'll want to |print| the name of one of these function + * classes. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_fn_class (HashLoc_T fn_loc) +BEGIN + switch (fn_type[fn_loc]) + BEGIN + case BUILT_IN: + PRINT ("built-in"); + break; + case WIZ_DEFINED: + PRINT ("wizard-defined"); + break; + case INT_LITERAL: + PRINT ("integer-literal"); + break; + case STR_LITERAL: + PRINT ("string-literal"); + break; + case FIELD: + PRINT ("field"); + break; + case INT_ENTRY_VAR: + PRINT ("integer-entry-variable"); + break; + case STR_ENTRY_VAR: + PRINT ("string-entry-variable"); + break; + case INT_GLOBAL_VAR: + PRINT ("integer-global-variable"); + break; + case STR_GLOBAL_VAR: + PRINT ("string-global-variable"); + break; + default: + unknwn_function_class_confusion (); + break; + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 158 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 313 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This is similar to |print_stk_lit|, but here we don't give the + * literal's type, and here we end with a new line. This procedure + * should never be called after popping an empty stack. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_lit (Integer_T stk_lt, StkType_T stk_tp) +BEGIN + switch (stk_tp) + BEGIN + case STK_INT: + PRINT_LN2 ("%ld", (long) stk_lt); + break; + case STK_STR: + PRINT_POOL_STR (stk_lt); + PRINT_NEWLINE; + break; + case STK_FN: + PRINT_POOL_STR (hash_text[stk_lt]); + PRINT_NEWLINE; + break; + case STK_FIELD_MISSING: + PRINT_POOL_STR (stk_lt); + PRINT_NEWLINE; + break; + case STK_EMPTY: + illegl_literal_confusion (); + break; + default: + unknwn_literal_confusion (); + break; + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 313 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 284 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When a cite key on the original |cite_list| (or added to |cite_list| + * because of cross~referencing) didn't appear in the database, complain. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_missing_entry (StrNumber_T s) +BEGIN + PRINT ("Warning--I didn't find a database entry for \""); + PRINT_POOL_STR (s); + PRINT_LN ("\""); + mark_warning (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 284 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 44 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When something in the program wants to be bigger or something out + * there wants to be smaller, it's time to call it a run. Here's the + * first of several macros that have associated procedures so that they + * produce less inline code. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_overflow (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("Sorry---you've exceeded BibTeX's "); + mark_fatal (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 44 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 184 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro is similar to the last one but is specifically for + * recursion in a |wiz_defined| function, which is illegal; it helps save + * space. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_recursion_illegal (void) +BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; +#endif /* TRACE */ + + PRINT_LN ("Curse you, wizard, before you recurse me:"); + PRINT ("function "); + PRINT_TOKEN; + PRINT_LN (" is illegal in its own definition"); + + /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * print_recursion_illegal(); + *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + skip_token_print (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 184 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 96 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This little procedure exists because it's used by at least two other + * procedures and thus saves some space. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_skipping_whatever_remains (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("I'm skipping whatever remains of this "); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 96 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 311 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Occasionally we'll want to know what's on the literal stack. Here we + * print out a stack literal, giving its type. This procedure should + * never be called after popping an empty stack. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_stk_lit (Integer_T stk_lt, StkType_T stk_tp) +BEGIN + switch (stk_tp) + BEGIN + case STK_INT: + PRINT2 ("%ld is an integer literal", (long) stk_lt); + break; + case STK_STR: + PRINT ("\""); + PRINT_POOL_STR (stk_lt); + PRINT ("\" is a string literal"); + break; + case STK_FN: + PRINT ("`"); + PRINT_POOL_STR (hash_text[stk_lt]); + PRINT ("' is a function literal"); + break; + case STK_FIELD_MISSING: + PRINT ("`"); + PRINT_POOL_STR (stk_lt); + PRINT ("' is a missing field"); + break; + case STK_EMPTY: + illegl_literal_confusion (); + break; + default: + unknwn_literal_confusion (); + break; + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 311 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 312 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure appropriately chastises the style designer; however, if + * the wrong literal came from popping an empty stack, the procedure + * |pop_lit_stack| will have already done the chastising (because this + * procedure is called only after popping the stack) so there's no need + * for more. + ***************************************************************************/ +void print_wrong_stk_lit (Integer_T stk_lt, StkType_T stk_tp1, + StkType_T stk_tp2) +BEGIN + if (stk_tp1 != STK_EMPTY) + BEGIN + print_stk_lit (stk_lt, stk_tp1); + switch (stk_tp2) + BEGIN + case STK_INT: + PRINT (", not an integer,"); + break; + case STK_STR: + PRINT (", not a string,"); + break; + case STK_FN: + PRINT (", not a function,"); + break; + case STK_FIELD_MISSING: + case STK_EMPTY: + illegl_literal_confusion (); + break; + default: + unknwn_literal_confusion (); + break; + END + bst_ex_warn_print (); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 312 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 307 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Ok, that's it for sorting; now we'll play with the literal stack. + * This procedure pushes a literal onto the stack, checking for stack + * overflow. + ***************************************************************************/ +void push_lit_stk (Integer_T push_lt, StkType_T push_type) +BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + LitStkLoc_T dum_ptr; +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lit_stack[lit_stk_ptr] = push_lt; + lit_stk_type[lit_stk_ptr] = push_type; + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + for (dum_ptr=0; dum_ptr <= lit_stk_ptr; dum_ptr++) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR (" "); + END + TRACE_PR ("Pushing "); + + switch (lit_stk_type[lit_stk_ptr]) + BEGIN + case STK_INT: + TRACE_PR_LN2 ("%ld", (long) lit_stack[lit_stk_ptr]); + break; + case STK_STR: + TRACE_PR ("\""); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (lit_stack[lit_stk_ptr]); + TRACE_PR_LN ("\""); + break; + case STK_FN: + TRACE_PR ("`"); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (hash_text[lit_stack[lit_stk_ptr]]); + TRACE_PR_LN ("'"); + break; + case STK_FIELD_MISSING: + TRACE_PR ("missing field `"); + out_pool_str (log_file, lit_stack[lit_stk_ptr]); + TRACE_PR_LN ("'"); + break; + case STK_EMPTY: + TRACE_PR_LN ("a bad literal--popped from an empty stack"); + break; + default: + unknwn_literal_confusion (); + break; + END + } /* end if (Flag_trace) */ +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (lit_stk_ptr == LIT_STK_SIZE) + BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("literal-stack size ", LIT_STK_SIZE); + END + INCR (lit_stk_ptr); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 307 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 303 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These next two procedures (actually, one procedures and one function, + * but who's counting) are subroutines for |quick_sort|, which follows. + * The |swap| procedure exchanges the two elements its arguments point + * to. + ***************************************************************************/ +void quick_sort (CiteNumber_T left_end, CiteNumber_T right_end) +BEGIN + CiteNumber_T left, + right; + CiteNumber_T insert_ptr; + CiteNumber_T middle; + CiteNumber_T partition; + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_LN3 ("Sorting %ld through %ld", (long) left_end, + (long) right_end); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if ((right_end - left_end) < SHORT_LIST) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 304 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This code sorts the entries between |left_end| and |right_end| when + * the difference is less than |short_list|. Each iteration of the outer + * loop inserts the element indicated by |insert_ptr| into its proper + * place among the (sorted) elements from |left_end| through + * |insert_ptr-1|. + ***************************************************************************/ + for (insert_ptr=(left_end+1); insert_ptr<=right_end; insert_ptr++) + BEGIN + for (right=insert_ptr; right >= (left_end+1); right--) + BEGIN + if (less_than (SORTED_CITES[right-1], SORTED_CITES[right])) + BEGIN + goto Next_Insert_Label; + END + swap (right - 1, right); + END +Next_Insert_Label: DO_NOTHING; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 304 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + else + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 305 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we find the median of the three sort.key$s to which the three + * elements |sorted_cites[left_end+end_offset]|, + * |sorted_cites[right_end]-end_offset|, and + * |sorted_cites[(left_end+right_end) div 2]| point (a nonzero + * |end_offset| avoids using as the leftmost of the three elements the + * one that was swapped there when the old partition element was swapped + * into its final spot; this turns out to avoid $n^2$ behavior when the + * list is nearly sorted to start with). This code determines which of + * the six possible permutations we're dealing with and moves the median + * element to |left_end|. The comments next to the |swap| actions give + * the known orderings of the corresponding elements of |sorted_cites| + * before the action. + ***************************************************************************/ + left = left_end + END_OFFSET; + middle = (left_end + right_end) / 2; + right = right_end - END_OFFSET; + if (less_than (SORTED_CITES[left], SORTED_CITES[middle])) + BEGIN + if (less_than (SORTED_CITES[middle], SORTED_CITES[right])) + BEGIN + swap (left_end, middle); + END + else if (less_than (SORTED_CITES[left], SORTED_CITES[right])) + BEGIN + swap (left_end, right); + END + else + BEGIN + swap (left_end, left); + END + END + else if (less_than (SORTED_CITES[right], SORTED_CITES[middle])) + BEGIN + swap (left_end, middle); + END + else if (less_than (SORTED_CITES[right], SORTED_CITES[left])) + BEGIN + swap (left_end, right); + END + else + BEGIN + swap (left_end, left); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 305 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 306 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module uses the median-of-three computed above to partition the + * elements into those less than and those greater than the median. + * Equal sort.key$s are sorted by order of occurrence (in + * |cite_list|). + ***************************************************************************/ + partition = SORTED_CITES[left_end]; + left = left_end + 1; + right = right_end; + do + BEGIN + while (less_than (SORTED_CITES[left], partition)) + BEGIN + INCR (left); + END + while (less_than (partition, SORTED_CITES[right])) + BEGIN + DECR (right); + END + if (left < right) + BEGIN + swap (left, right); + INCR (left); + DECR (right); + END + END while ( ! (left == (right + 1))); + swap (left_end, right); + quick_sort (left_end, right - 1); + quick_sort (left, right_end); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 306 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 303 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 98 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * I mean, this is truly disgraceful. A user has to type something in to + * the terminal just once during the entire run. And it's not some + * complicated string where you have to get every last punctuation mark + * just right, and it's not some fancy list where you get nervous because + * if you forget one item you have to type the whole thing again; it's + * just a simple, ordinary, file name. Now you'd think a five-year-old + * could do it; you'd think it's so simple a user should be able to do it + * in his sleep. But noooooooooo. He had to sit there droning on and on + * about who knows what until he exceeded the bounds of common sense, and + * he probably didn't even realize it. Just pitiful. What's this world + * coming to? We should probably just delete all his files and be done + * with him. Note: The |TERM_OUT| file is system dependent. + * + * NOTE: because C arrays start at index 0, not 1, the subscripts of array + * |name_of_file| are generally 1 less than those in the WEB source. + ***************************************************************************/ +void sam_too_long_file_name_print (void) +BEGIN + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, "File name `"); + name_ptr = 0; + while (name_ptr < aux_name_length) + BEGIN + FPUTC (name_of_file[name_ptr], TERM_OUT); + INCR (name_ptr); + END + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, "' is too long\n"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 98 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 99 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We've abused the user enough for one section; suffice it to + * say here that most of what we said last module still applies. + * Note: The |TERM_OUT| file is system dependent. + * + * NOTE: because C arrays start at index 0, not 1, the subscripts of array + * |name_of_file| are generally 1 less than those in the WEB source. + ***************************************************************************/ +void sam_wrong_file_name_print (void) +BEGIN + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, "I couldn't open file name `"); + name_ptr = 0; + while (name_ptr < name_length) + BEGIN + FPUTC (name_of_file[name_ptr], TERM_OUT); + INCR (name_ptr); + END + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, "'\n"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 99 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 83 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function scans the |buffer| for the next token, starting at the + * global variable |buf_ptr2| and ending just before either the single + * specified stop-character or the end of the current line, whichever + * comes first, respectively returning |true| or |false|; afterward, + * |scan_char| is the first character following this token. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan1 (ASCIICode_T char1) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan1; + + buf_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + while ((SCAN_CHAR != char1) && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + if (buf_ptr2 < last) + BEGIN + scan1 = TRUE; + END + else + BEGIN + scan1 = FALSE; + END + return (scan1); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 83 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 84 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function is the same but stops at |white_space| characters as well. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan1_white (ASCIICode_T char1) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan1_white; + + buf_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + while ((lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] != WHITE_SPACE) + && (SCAN_CHAR != char1) && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + if (buf_ptr2 < last) + BEGIN + scan1_white = TRUE; + END + else + BEGIN + scan1_white = FALSE; + END + return (scan1_white); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 84 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 85 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function is similar to |scan1|, but stops at either of two + * stop-characters as well as the end of the current line. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan2 (ASCIICode_T char1, ASCIICode_T char2) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan2; + + buf_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + while ((SCAN_CHAR != char1) && (SCAN_CHAR != char2) + && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + if (buf_ptr2 < last) + BEGIN + scan2 = TRUE; + END + else + BEGIN + scan2 = FALSE; + END + return (scan2); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 85 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 86 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function is the same but stops at |white_space| characters as well. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan2_white (ASCIICode_T char1, ASCIICode_T char2) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan2_white; + + buf_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + while ((SCAN_CHAR != char1) && (SCAN_CHAR != char2) + && (lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] != WHITE_SPACE) && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + if (buf_ptr2 < last) + BEGIN + scan2_white = TRUE; + END + else + BEGIN + scan2_white = FALSE; + END + return (scan2_white); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 86 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 87 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function is similar to |scan2|, but stops at either of three + * stop-characters as well as the end of the current line. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan3 (ASCIICode_T char1, ASCIICode_T char2, + ASCIICode_T char3) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan3; + + buf_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + while ((SCAN_CHAR != char1) && (SCAN_CHAR != char2) + && (SCAN_CHAR != char3) && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + if (buf_ptr2 < last) + BEGIN + scan3 = TRUE; + END + else + BEGIN + scan3 = FALSE; + END + return (scan3); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 87 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 250 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Each field token is either a nonnegative number, a macro name (like + * `jan'), or a brace-balanced string delimited by either |double_quote|s + * or braces. Thus there are four possibilities for the first character + * of the field token: If it's a |left_brace| or a |double_quote|, the + * token (with balanced braces, up to the matching |right_str_delim|) is + * a string; if it's |numeric|, the token is a number; if it's anything + * else, the token is a macro name (and should thus have been defined by + * either the .bst-file's macro command or the .bib-file's + * string command). This function returns |false| if there was a + * serious syntax error. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan_a_field_token_and_eat_whit (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan_a_field_token_And_eat_whit; + + scan_a_field_token_And_eat_whit = FALSE; + switch (SCAN_CHAR) + BEGIN + case LEFT_BRACE: + right_str_delim = RIGHT_BRACE; + if ( ! scan_balanced_braces ()) + goto Exit_Label; + break; + case DOUBLE_QUOTE: + right_str_delim = DOUBLE_QUOTE; + if ( ! scan_balanced_braces ()) + goto Exit_Label; + break; + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 258 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module scans a nonnegative number and copies it to |field_vl_str| + * if it's to store the field. + ***************************************************************************/ + if ( ! scan_nonneg_integer ()) + BEGIN + CONFUSION ("A digit disappeared"); + END + if (store_field) + BEGIN + tmp_ptr = buf_ptr1; + while (tmp_ptr < buf_ptr2) + BEGIN + COPY_CHAR (buffer[tmp_ptr]); + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 258 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + default: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 259 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module scans a macro name and copies its string to |field_vl_str| + * if it's to store the field, complaining if the macro is recursive or + * undefined. + ***************************************************************************/ + scan_identifier (COMMA, right_outer_delim, CONCAT_CHAR); + BIB_IDENTIFIER_SCAN_CHECK ("a field part"); + if (store_field) + BEGIN + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + macro_name_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, MACRO_ILK, + DONT_INSERT); + store_token = TRUE; + if (at_bib_command) + BEGIN + if (command_num == N_BIB_STRING) + BEGIN + if (macro_name_loc == cur_macro_loc) + BEGIN + store_token = FALSE; + MACRO_NAME_WARNING ("used in its own definition"); + END + END + END + if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + store_token = FALSE; + MACRO_NAME_WARNING ("undefined"); + END + if (store_token) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 260 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The macro definition may have |white_space| that needs compressing, + * because it may have been defined in the .bst file. + ***************************************************************************/ + tmp_ptr = str_start[ilk_info[macro_name_loc]]; + tmp_end_ptr = str_start[ilk_info[macro_name_loc] + 1]; + if (FIELD_END == 0) + BEGIN + if ((lex_class[str_pool[tmp_ptr]] == WHITE_SPACE) + && (tmp_ptr < tmp_end_ptr)) + BEGIN + COPY_CHAR (SPACE); + INCR (tmp_ptr); + while ((lex_class[str_pool[tmp_ptr]] == WHITE_SPACE) + && (tmp_ptr < tmp_end_ptr)) + BEGIN + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + END + END + while (tmp_ptr < tmp_end_ptr) + BEGIN + if (lex_class[str_pool[tmp_ptr]] != WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + COPY_CHAR (str_pool[tmp_ptr]); + END + else if (FIELD_VL_STR[FIELD_END - 1] != SPACE) + BEGIN + COPY_CHAR (SPACE); + END + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 260 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 259 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + END + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + scan_a_field_token_And_eat_whit = TRUE; +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; + return (scan_a_field_token_And_eat_whit); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 250 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 88 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function scans for letters, stopping at the first nonletter; it + * returns |true| if there is at least one letter. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan_alpha (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan_alpha; + + buf_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + while ((lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == ALPHA) && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + if (TOKEN_LEN == 0) + BEGIN + scan_alpha = FALSE; + END + else + BEGIN + scan_alpha = TRUE; + END + return (scan_alpha); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 88 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 249 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function scans the list of field tokens that define the field + * value string. If |store_field| is |true| it accumulates (indirectly) + * in |field_vl_str| the concatenation of all the field tokens, + * compressing nonnull |white_space| to a single |space| and, if the + * field value is for a field (rather than a string definition), removing + * any leading or trailing |white_space|; when it's finished it puts the + * string into the hash table. It returns |false| if there was a serious + * syntax error. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan_and_store_the_field_value (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan_and_store_the_field_value; + + scan_and_store_the_field_value = FALSE; + FIELD_END = 0; + if ( ! scan_a_field_token_and_eat_whit ()) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + while (SCAN_CHAR == CONCAT_CHAR) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + if ( ! scan_a_field_token_and_eat_whit ()) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + END + if (store_field) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 261 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now it's time to store the field value in the hash table, and store an + * appropriate pointer to it (depending on whether it's for a database + * entry or command). But first, if necessary, we remove a trailing + * |space| and a leading |space| if these exist. (Hey, if we had some + * ham we could make ham-and-eggs if we had some eggs.) + ***************************************************************************/ + if ( ! at_bib_command) + BEGIN + if (FIELD_END > 0) + BEGIN + if (FIELD_VL_STR[FIELD_END - 1] == SPACE) + BEGIN + DECR (FIELD_END); + END + END + END + if (( ! at_bib_command) && (FIELD_VL_STR[0] == SPACE) && (FIELD_END > 0)) + BEGIN + FIELD_START = 1; + END + else + BEGIN + FIELD_START = 0; + END + field_val_loc = str_lookup (FIELD_VL_STR, FIELD_START, + FIELD_END - FIELD_START, TEXT_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + fn_type[field_val_loc] = STR_LITERAL; + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR ("\""); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (hash_text[field_val_loc]); + TRACE_PR_LN ("\" is a field value"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (at_bib_command) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 262 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's where we store the goods when we're dealing with a command + * rather than an entry. + ***************************************************************************/ + switch (command_num) + BEGIN + case N_BIB_PREAMBLE: + s_preamble[preamble_ptr] = hash_text[field_val_loc]; + INCR (preamble_ptr); + break; + case N_BIB_STRING: + ilk_info[cur_macro_loc] = hash_text[field_val_loc]; + break; + default: + bib_cmd_confusion (); + break; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 262 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + else + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 263 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And here, an entry. + ***************************************************************************/ + field_ptr = (entry_cite_ptr * num_fields) + FN_INFO[field_name_loc]; + if (field_info[field_ptr] != MISSING) + BEGIN + PRINT ("Warning--I'm ignoring "); + PRINT_POOL_STR (cite_list[entry_cite_ptr]); + PRINT ("'s extra \""); + PRINT_POOL_STR (hash_text[field_name_loc]); + BIB_WARN_NEWLINE ("\" field"); + END + else + BEGIN + field_info[field_ptr] = hash_text[field_val_loc]; + if ((ilk_info[field_name_loc] == crossref_num) + && ( ! all_entries)) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 264 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * If the cross-referenced entry isn't already on |cite_list| we add it + * (at least temporarily); if it is already on |cite_list| we update the + * cross-reference count, if necessary. Note that |all_entries| is + * |false| here. The alias kludge helps make the stack space not + * overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ + tmp_ptr = FIELD_START; + while (tmp_ptr < FIELD_END) + BEGIN + EXTRA_BUF[tmp_ptr] = FIELD_VL_STR[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + lower_case (EXTRA_BUF, FIELD_START, FIELD_END - FIELD_START); + lc_cite_loc = str_lookup (EXTRA_BUF, FIELD_START, + FIELD_END - FIELD_START, LC_CITE_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + cite_loc = ilk_info[lc_cite_loc]; + if (ilk_info[cite_loc] >= old_num_cites) + BEGIN + INCR (cite_info[ilk_info[cite_loc]]); + END + END + else + BEGIN + cite_loc = str_lookup (FIELD_VL_STR, FIELD_START, + FIELD_END - FIELD_START, CITE_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + hash_cite_confusion (); + END + add_database_cite (&cite_ptr); + cite_info[ilk_info[cite_loc]] = 1; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 264 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 263 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 261 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + scan_and_store_the_field_value = TRUE; +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; + return (scan_and_store_the_field_value); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 249 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 253 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This .bib-specific function scans a string with balanced braces, + * stopping just past the matching |right_str_delim|. How much work it + * does depends on whether |store_field = true|. It returns |false| if + * there was a serious syntax error. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan_balanced_braces (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan_balanced_braces; + + scan_balanced_braces = FALSE; + INCR (buf_ptr2); + CHECK_FOR_AND_COMPRESS_BIB_WHIT; + if (FIELD_END > 1) + BEGIN + if (FIELD_VL_STR[FIELD_END- 1] == SPACE) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[FIELD_END- 2] == SPACE) + BEGIN + DECR (FIELD_END); + END + END + END + bib_brace_level = 0; + if (store_field) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 256 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module scans over a brace-balanced string, compressing multiple + * |white_space| characters into a single |space|. It starts with + * |bib_brace_level = 0| and starts at a non|white_space| character. + ***************************************************************************/ + while (SCAN_CHAR != right_str_delim) + BEGIN + switch (SCAN_CHAR) + BEGIN + case LEFT_BRACE: + INCR (bib_brace_level); + COPY_CHAR (LEFT_BRACE); + INCR (buf_ptr2); + CHECK_FOR_AND_COMPRESS_BIB_WHIT; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 257 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module is similar to the last but starts with |bib_brace_level > 0| + * (and, like the last, it starts at a non|white_space| character). + ***************************************************************************/ + LOOP + BEGIN + switch (SCAN_CHAR) + BEGIN + case RIGHT_BRACE: + DECR (bib_brace_level); + COPY_CHAR (RIGHT_BRACE); + INCR (buf_ptr2); + CHECK_FOR_AND_COMPRESS_BIB_WHIT; + if (bib_brace_level == 0) + BEGIN + goto Loop_Exit_Label; + END + break; + case LEFT_BRACE: + INCR (bib_brace_level); + COPY_CHAR (LEFT_BRACE); + INCR (buf_ptr2); + CHECK_FOR_AND_COMPRESS_BIB_WHIT; + break; + default: + COPY_CHAR (SCAN_CHAR); + INCR (buf_ptr2); + CHECK_FOR_AND_COMPRESS_BIB_WHIT; + break; + END + END + Loop_Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 257 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case RIGHT_BRACE: + BIB_UNBALANCED_BRACES_ERR; + default: + COPY_CHAR (SCAN_CHAR); + INCR (buf_ptr2); + CHECK_FOR_AND_COMPRESS_BIB_WHIT; + break; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 256 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + else + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 254 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module scans over a brace-balanced string without keeping track + * of anything but the brace level. It starts with |bib_brace_level = 0| + * and at a non|white_space| character. + ***************************************************************************/ + while (SCAN_CHAR != right_str_delim) + BEGIN + if (SCAN_CHAR == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (bib_brace_level); + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + while (bib_brace_level > 0) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 255 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module does the same as above but, because |bib_brace_level > 0|, it + * doesn't have to look for a |right_str_delim|. + ***************************************************************************/ + if (SCAN_CHAR == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (bib_brace_level); + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + END + else if (SCAN_CHAR == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (bib_brace_level); + INCR (buf_ptr2); + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ( ! scan2 (RIGHT_BRACE, LEFT_BRACE)) + BEGIN + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 255 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + END + else if (SCAN_CHAR == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + BIB_UNBALANCED_BRACES_ERR; + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ( ! scan3 (right_str_delim, LEFT_BRACE, RIGHT_BRACE)) + BEGIN + EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK; + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 254 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + INCR (buf_ptr2); + scan_balanced_braces = TRUE; +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; + return (scan_balanced_braces); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 253 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 187 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This recursive function reads and stores the list of functions + * (separated by |white_space| characters or ends-of-line) that define + * this new function, and reads a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void scan_fn_def (HashLoc_T fn_hash_loc) +BEGIN + typedef Integer_T FnDefLoc_T; + HashPtr2_T singl_function[SINGLE_FN_SPACE + 1]; + FnDefLoc_T single_ptr; + FnDefLoc_T copy_ptr; + BufPointer_T end_of_num; + HashLoc_T impl_fn_loc; + + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("function"); + single_ptr = 0; + while (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 189 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * There are five possibilities for the first character of the token + * representing the next function of the definition: If it's a + * |number_sign|, the token is an |int_literal|; if it's a + * |double_quote|, the token is a |str_literal|; if it's a + * |single_quote|, the token is a quoted function; if it's a + * |left_brace|, the token isn't really a token, but rather the start of + * another function definition (which will result in a recursive call to + * |scan_fn_def|); if it's anything else, the token is the name of an + * already-defined function. Note: To prevent the wizard from using + * recursion, we have to check that neither a quoted function nor an + * already-defined-function is actually the currently-being-defined + * function (which is stored at |wiz_loc|). + ***************************************************************************/ + switch (SCAN_CHAR) + BEGIN + case NUMBER_SIGN: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 190 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * An |int_literal| is preceded by a |number_sign|, consists of an + * integer (i.e., an optional |minus_sign| followed by one or more + * |numeric| characters), and is followed either by a |white_space| + * character, an end-of-line, or a |right_brace|. The array |fn_info| + * contains the value of the integer for |int_literal|s. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ( ! scan_integer ()) + BEGIN + SKIP_TOKEN ("Illegal integer in integer literal"); + END + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR ("#"); + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR_LN2 (" is an integer literal with value %ld", + (long) token_value); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + literal_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, INTEGER_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + fn_type[literal_loc] = INT_LITERAL; + FN_INFO[literal_loc] = token_value; + END + if ((lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] != WHITE_SPACE) && (buf_ptr2 < last) + && (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) && (SCAN_CHAR != COMMENT)) + BEGIN + SKIP_TOKEN_ILLEGAL_STUFF_AFTER; + END + INSERT_FN_LOC (literal_loc); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 190 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case DOUBLE_QUOTE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 191 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A |str_literal| is preceded by a |double_quote| and consists of all + * characters on this line up to the next |double_quote|. Also, there + * must be either a |white_space| character, an end-of-line, a + * |right_brace|, or a |comment| following (since functions in the + * definition must be separated by |white_space|). The array |fn_info| + * contains nothing for |str_literal|s. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ( ! scan1 (DOUBLE_QUOTE)) + BEGIN + SKIP_TOKEN2 ("No `%c' to end string literal", xchr[DOUBLE_QUOTE]); + END + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR ("\""); + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR ("\""); + TRACE_PR_LN (" is a string literal"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + literal_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, TEXT_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + fn_type[literal_loc] = STR_LITERAL; + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if ((lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] != WHITE_SPACE) && (buf_ptr2 < last) + && (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) && (SCAN_CHAR != COMMENT)) + BEGIN + SKIP_TOKEN_ILLEGAL_STUFF_AFTER; + END + INSERT_FN_LOC (literal_loc); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 191 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case SINGLE_QUOTE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 192 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A quoted function is preceded by a |single_quote| and consists of all + * characters up to the next |white_space| character, end-of-line, + * |right_brace|, or |comment|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + if (scan2_white (RIGHT_BRACE, COMMENT)) + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + END + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR ("'"); + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR (" is a quoted function "); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + fn_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, BST_FN_ILK, + DONT_INSERT); + if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + SKIP_TOKEN_UNKNOWN_FUNCTION; + END + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 193 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we check that this quoted function is a legal one---the function + * name must already exist, but it mustn't be the currently-being-defined + * function (which is stored at |wiz_loc|). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (fn_loc == wiz_loc) + BEGIN + SKIP_RECURSIVE_TOKEN; + END + else + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR ("of type "); + trace_pr_fn_class (fn_loc); + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + INSERT_FN_LOC (QUOTE_NEXT_FN); + INSERT_FN_LOC (fn_loc); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 193 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 192 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case LEFT_BRACE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 194 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module marks the implicit function as being quoted, generates a + * name, and stores it in the hash table. This name is strictly internal + * to this program, starts with a |single_quote| (since that will make + * this function name unique), and ends with the variable |impl_fn_num| + * converted to ASCII. The alias kludge helps make the stack space not + * overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + EX_BUF2[0] = SINGLE_QUOTE; + int_to_ASCII (impl_fn_num, EX_BUF2, 1, &end_of_num); + impl_fn_loc = str_lookup (EX_BUF2, 0, end_of_num, BST_FN_ILK, + DO_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Already encountered implicit function"); + END + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (hash_text[impl_fn_loc]); + TRACE_PR_LN (" is an implicit function"); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + INCR (impl_fn_num); + fn_type[impl_fn_loc] = WIZ_DEFINED; + INSERT_FN_LOC (QUOTE_NEXT_FN); + INSERT_FN_LOC (impl_fn_loc); + INCR (buf_ptr2); + scan_fn_def (impl_fn_loc); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 194 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + default: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 199 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * An already-defined function consists of all characters up to the next + * |white_space| character, end-of-line, |right_brace|, or |comment|. + * This function name must already exist, but it mustn't be the + * currently-being-defined function (which is stored at |wiz_loc|). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (scan2_white (RIGHT_BRACE, COMMENT)) + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + END + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR_TOKEN; + TRACE_PR (" is a function "); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + lower_case (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN); + fn_loc = str_lookup (buffer, buf_ptr1, TOKEN_LEN, BST_FN_ILK, + DONT_INSERT); + if ( ! hash_found) + BEGIN + SKIP_TOKEN_UNKNOWN_FUNCTION; + END + else if (fn_loc == wiz_loc) + BEGIN + SKIP_RECURSIVE_TOKEN; + END + else + BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) { + TRACE_PR ("of type "); + trace_pr_fn_class (fn_loc); + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + INSERT_FN_LOC (fn_loc); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 199 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 189 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Next_Token_Label: + EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK ("function"); + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 200 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we add the |end_of_def| special marker, make sure this function will + * fit into |wiz_functions|, and put it there. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INSERT_FN_LOC (END_OF_DEF); + if ((single_ptr + wiz_def_ptr) > Wiz_Fn_Space) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("%ld: ", (long) (single_ptr + wiz_def_ptr)); + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("wizard-defined function space ", Wiz_Fn_Space); + END + FN_INFO[fn_hash_loc] = wiz_def_ptr; + copy_ptr = 0; + while (copy_ptr < single_ptr) + BEGIN + wiz_functions[wiz_def_ptr] = singl_function[copy_ptr]; + INCR (copy_ptr); + INCR (wiz_def_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 200 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + INCR (buf_ptr2); +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 187 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 90 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure scans for an identifier, stopping at the first + * |illegal_id_char|, or stopping at the first character if it's + * |numeric|. It sets the global variable |scan_result| to |id_null| if + * the identifier is null, else to |white_adjacent| if it ended at a + * |white_space| character or an end-of-line, else to + * |specified_char_adjacent| if it ended at one of |char1| or |char2| or + * |char3|, else to |other_char_adjacent| if it ended at a nonspecified, + * non|white_space| |illegal_id_char|. By convention, when some calling + * code really wants just one or two ``specified'' characters, it merely + * repeats one of the characters. + ***************************************************************************/ +void scan_identifier (ASCIICode_T char1, ASCIICode_T char2, + ASCIICode_T char3) +BEGIN + buf_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + if (lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] != NUMERIC) + BEGIN + while ((id_class[SCAN_CHAR] == LEGAL_ID_CHAR) && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + END + if (TOKEN_LEN == 0) + BEGIN + scan_result = ID_NULL; + END + else if ((lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == WHITE_SPACE) || (buf_ptr2 == last)) + BEGIN + scan_result = SPECIFIED_CHAR_ADJACENT; + END + else if ((SCAN_CHAR == char1) || (SCAN_CHAR == char2) + || (SCAN_CHAR == char3)) + BEGIN + scan_result = SPECIFIED_CHAR_ADJACENT; + END + else + BEGIN + scan_result = OTHER_CHAR_ADJACENT; + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 90 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 93 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure scans for an integer, stopping at the first nondigit; + * it sets the value of |token_value| accordingly. It returns |true| if + * the token was a legal integer (i.e., consisted of an optional + * |minus_sign| followed by one or more digits). + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan_integer (void) +BEGIN + Integer8_T sign_length; + Boolean_T scan_integer; + + buf_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + if (SCAN_CHAR == MINUS_SIGN) + BEGIN + sign_length = 1; + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + else + BEGIN + sign_length = 0; + END + token_value = 0; + while ((lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == NUMERIC) && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + token_value = (token_value * 10) + CHAR_VALUE; + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + if (NEGATIVE) + BEGIN + token_value = -token_value; + END + if (TOKEN_LEN == sign_length) + BEGIN + scan_integer = FALSE; + END + else + BEGIN + scan_integer = TRUE; + END + return(scan_integer); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 93 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 92 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function scans for a nonnegative integer, stopping at the first + * nondigit; it sets the value of |token_value| accordingly. It returns + * |true| if the token was a legal nonnegative integer (i.e., consisted + * of one or more digits). + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan_nonneg_integer (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan_nonneg_integer; + + buf_ptr1 = buf_ptr2; + token_value = 0; + while ((lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == NUMERIC) && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + token_value = (token_value * 10) + CHAR_VALUE; + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + if (TOKEN_LEN == 0) + BEGIN + scan_nonneg_integer = FALSE; + END + else + BEGIN + scan_nonneg_integer = TRUE; + END + return (scan_nonneg_integer); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 92 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 94 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This function scans over |white_space| characters, stopping either at + * the first nonwhite character or the end of the line, respectively + * returning |true| or |false|. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T scan_white_space (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T scan_white_space; + + while ((lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == WHITE_SPACE) && (buf_ptr2 < last)) + BEGIN + INCR (buf_ptr2); + END + if (buf_ptr2 < last) + BEGIN + scan_white_space = TRUE; + END + else + BEGIN + scan_white_space = FALSE; + END + return (scan_white_space); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 94 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 188 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro inserts a hash-table location (or one of the two + * special markers |quote_next_fn| and |end_of_def|) into the + * |singl_function| array, which will later be copied into the + * |wiz_functions| array. + ***************************************************************************/ +void singl_fn_overflow (void) +BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("single function space ", SINGLE_FN_SPACE); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 188 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 186 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And another. + ***************************************************************************/ +void skip_illegal_stuff_after_token (void) +BEGIN + PRINT2 ("\"%c\" can't follow a literal", xchr[SCAN_CHAR]); + skip_token_print (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 186 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 404 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we come here |sp_ptr| is just past the |left_brace|, and when we + * leave it's either at |sp_end| or just past the matching |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void skip_stuff_at_sp_brace_level_gr (void) +BEGIN + while ((sp_brace_level > 1) && (sp_ptr < sp_end)) + BEGIN + if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (sp_brace_level); + END + else if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_brace_level); + END + INCR (sp_ptr); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 404 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 183 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We're about to start scanning tokens in a function definition. When a + * function token is illegal, we skip until it ends; a |white_space| + * character, an end-of-line, a |right_brace|, or a |comment| marks the + * end of the current token. + ***************************************************************************/ +void skip_token_print (void) +BEGIN + PRINT ("-"); + bst_ln_num_print (); + mark_error (); + if (scan2_white (RIGHT_BRACE, COMMENT)) + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 183 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 185 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's another macro for saving some space when there's a problem with + * a token. + ***************************************************************************/ +void skp_token_unknown_function_prin (void) +BEGIN + PRINT_TOKEN; + PRINT (" is an unknown function"); + skip_token_print (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 185 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 58 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure copies file name |file_name| into the beginning of + * |name_of_file|, if it will fit. It also sets the global variable + * |name_length| to the appropriate value. + * + * NOTE: because C arrays start at index 0, not 1, the subscripts of array + * |name_of_file| are generally 1 less than those in the WEB source. + ***************************************************************************/ +void start_name (StrNumber_T file_name) +BEGIN + PoolPointer_T p_ptr; + + if (LENGTH (file_name) > FILE_NAME_SIZE) + BEGIN + PRINT ("File="); + PRINT_POOL_STR (file_name); + PRINT_LN (","); + file_nm_size_overflow (); + END + name_ptr = 0; + p_ptr = str_start[file_name]; + while (p_ptr < str_start[file_name + 1]) + BEGIN + name_of_file[name_ptr] = CHR (str_pool[p_ptr]); + INCR (name_ptr); + INCR (p_ptr); + END + name_length = LENGTH (file_name); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 58 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 56 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This subroutine compares string |s| with another string that appears + * in the buffer |buf| between positions |bf_ptr| and |bf_ptr+len-1|; the + * result is |true| if and only if the strings are equal. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T str_eq_buf (StrNumber_T s, BufType_T buf, + BufPointer_T bf_ptr, BufPointer_T len) +BEGIN + BufPointer_T i; + PoolPointer_T j; + Boolean_T str_eq_buf; + + if (LENGTH (s) != len) + BEGIN + str_eq_buf = FALSE; + goto Exit_Label; + END + i = bf_ptr; + j = str_start[s]; + while (j < str_start[s + 1]) + BEGIN + if (str_pool[j] != buf[i]) + BEGIN + str_eq_buf = FALSE; + goto Exit_Label; + END + INCR (i); + INCR (j); + END + str_eq_buf = TRUE; +Exit_Label: + return (str_eq_buf); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 56 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 57 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This subroutine compares two |str_pool| strings and returns true + * |true| if and only if the strings are equal. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T str_eq_str (StrNumber_T s1, StrNumber_T s2) +BEGIN + Boolean_T str_eq_str; + + if (LENGTH (s1) != LENGTH (s2)) + BEGIN + str_eq_str = FALSE; + goto Exit_Label; + END + p_ptr1 = str_start[s1]; + p_ptr2 = str_start[s2]; + while (p_ptr1 < str_start[s1 + 1]) + BEGIN + if (str_pool[p_ptr1] != str_pool[p_ptr2]) + BEGIN + str_eq_str = FALSE; + goto Exit_Label; + END + INCR (p_ptr1); + INCR (p_ptr2); + END + str_eq_str = TRUE; +Exit_Label: + return (str_eq_str); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 57 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 68 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here is the subroutine that searches the hash table for a + * (string,~|str_ilk|) pair, where the string is of length |l>=0| and + * appears in |buffer[j..(j+l-1)]|. If it finds the pair, it returns the + * corresponding hash-table location and sets the global variable + * |hash_found| to |true|. Otherwise it sets |hash_found| to |false|, + * and if the parameter |insert_it| is |true|, it inserts the pair into + * the hash table, inserts the string into |str_pool| if not previously + * encountered, and returns its location. Note that two different pairs + * can have the same string but different |str_ilk|s, in which case the + * second pair encountered, if |insert_it| were |true|, would be inserted + * into the hash table though its string wouldn't be inserted into + * |str_pool| because it would already be there. + ***************************************************************************/ +HashLoc_T str_lookup (BufType_T buf, BufPointer_T j, BufPointer_T l, + StrIlk_T ilk, Boolean_T insert_it) +BEGIN + HashLoc_T str_lookup; + long h; + HashLoc_T p; + BufPointer_T k; + Boolean_T old_string; + StrNumber_T str_num; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 69 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The value of |Hash_Prime| should be roughly 85\% of |Hash_Size|, and + * it should be a prime number + * (it should also be less than $2^14 + 2^6 = 16320$ because of + * WEB's simple-macro bound). The theory of hashing tells us to expect + * fewer than two table probes, on the average, when the search is + * successful. + * + * NOTE: the limit imposed on the value of Hash_Prime no longer applies + * because we are using C #defines. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + h = 0; + k = j; + while (k < (j + l)) + BEGIN + h = h + h + buf[k]; + while (h >= Hash_Prime) + h = h - Hash_Prime; + INCR (k); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 69 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + p = h + HASH_BASE; + hash_found = FALSE; + old_string = FALSE; + str_num = 0; /* avoid uninitialized warning */ + LOOP + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 70 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we handle the case in which we've already encountered this + * string; note that even if we have, we'll still have to insert the pair + * into the hash table if |str_ilk| doesn't match. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (hash_text[p] > 0) + BEGIN + if (str_eq_buf (hash_text[p], buf, j, l)) + BEGIN + if (hash_ilk[p] == ilk) + BEGIN + hash_found = TRUE; + goto Str_Found_Label; + END + else + BEGIN + old_string = TRUE; + str_num = hash_text[p]; + END + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 70 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + if (hash_next[p] == EMPTY) + BEGIN + if ( ! insert_it) + BEGIN + goto Str_Not_Found_Label; + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 71 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This code inserts the pair in the appropriate unused location. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (hash_text[p] > 0) + BEGIN + REPEAT + BEGIN + if (HASH_IS_FULL) + BEGIN + BIBTEX_OVERFLOW ("hash size ", Hash_Size); + END + DECR (hash_used); + END UNTIL (hash_text[hash_used] == 0); + hash_next[p] = hash_used; + p = hash_used; + END + if (old_string) + BEGIN + hash_text[p] = str_num; + END + else + BEGIN + STR_ROOM (l); + k = j; + while (k < (j + l)) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (buf[k]); + INCR (k); + END + hash_text[p] = make_string (); + END + hash_ilk[p] = ilk; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 71 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + goto Str_Found_Label; + END + p = hash_next[p]; + END +Str_Not_Found_Label: DO_NOTHING; +Str_Found_Label: str_lookup = p; + return (str_lookup); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 68 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 300 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |swap| procedure exchanges the two elements its arguments point + * to. + ***************************************************************************/ +void swap (CiteNumber_T swap1, CiteNumber_T swap2) +BEGIN + CiteNumber_T innocent_bystander; + + innocent_bystander = SORTED_CITES[swap2]; + SORTED_CITES[swap2] = SORTED_CITES[swap1]; + SORTED_CITES[swap1] = innocent_bystander; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 300 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 456 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we print |trace| and/or |stat| information, if desired. + ***************************************************************************/ +void trace_and_stat_printing (void) +BEGIN + +#ifdef TRACE + + if (Flag_trace) { + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 457 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This prints information obtained from the .aux file about the + * other files. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (num_bib_files == 1) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN ("The 1 database file is"); + END + else + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN2 ("The %ld database files are", (long) num_bib_files); + END + if (num_bib_files == 0) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN (" undefined"); + END + else + BEGIN + bib_ptr = 0; + while (bib_ptr < num_bib_files) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR (" "); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (CUR_BIB_STR); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (s_bib_extension); + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + INCR (bib_ptr); + END + END + TRACE_PR ("The style file is "); + if (bst_str == 0) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN ("undefined"); + END + else + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (bst_str); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (s_bst_extension); + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 457 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 458 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * In entry-sorted order, this prints an entry's |cite_list| string and, + * indirectly, its entry type and entry variables. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (all_entries) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR2 ("all_marker=%ld, ", (long) all_marker); + END + if (read_performed) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN2 ("old_num_cites=%ld", (long) old_num_cites); + END + else + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + END + TRACE_PR2 ("The %ld", (long) num_cites); + if (num_cites == 1) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN (" entry:"); + END + else + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN (" entries:"); + END + if (num_cites == 0) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN (" undefined"); + END + else + BEGIN + sort_cite_ptr = 0; + while (sort_cite_ptr < num_cites) + BEGIN + if ( ! read_completed) + BEGIN + cite_ptr = sort_cite_ptr; + END + else + BEGIN + cite_ptr = SORTED_CITES[sort_cite_ptr]; + END + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (CUR_CITE_STR); + if (read_performed) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 458 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This prints information gathered while reading the .bst and + * .bib files. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + TRACE_PR (", entry-type "); + if (type_list[cite_ptr] == UNDEFINED) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR ("unknown"); + END + else if (type_list[cite_ptr] == EMPTY) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR ("--- no type found"); + END + else + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (hash_text[type_list[cite_ptr]]); + END + TRACE_PR_LN (", has entry strings"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 460 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This prints, for the current entry, the strings declared by the + * entry command. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (num_ent_strs == 0) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN (" undefined"); + END + else if ( ! read_completed) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN (" uninitialized"); + END + else + BEGIN + str_ent_ptr = cite_ptr * num_ent_strs; + while (str_ent_ptr < ((cite_ptr + 1) * num_ent_strs)) + BEGIN + ent_chr_ptr = 0; + TRACE_PR (" \""); + + while (ENTRY_STRS(str_ent_ptr, ent_chr_ptr) != END_OF_STRING) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR2 ("%c", + xchr[ENTRY_STRS(str_ent_ptr, ent_chr_ptr)]); + INCR (ent_chr_ptr); + END + TRACE_PR_LN ("\""); + INCR (str_ent_ptr); + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 460 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + TRACE_PR (" has entry integers"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 461 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This prints, for the current entry, the integers declared by the + * entry command. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (num_ent_ints == 0) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR (" undefined"); + END + else if ( ! read_completed) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR (" uninitialized"); + END + else + BEGIN + int_ent_ptr = cite_ptr * num_ent_ints; + while (int_ent_ptr < ((cite_ptr + 1) * num_ent_ints)) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR2 (" %ld", (long) entry_ints[int_ent_ptr]); + INCR (int_ent_ptr); + END + END + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 461 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + TRACE_PR_LN (" and has fields"); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 462 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This prints the fields stored for the current entry. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ( ! read_performed) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN (" uninitialized"); + END + else + BEGIN + field_ptr = cite_ptr * num_fields; + field_end_ptr = field_ptr + num_fields; + no_fields = TRUE; + while (field_ptr < field_end_ptr) + BEGIN + if (field_info[field_ptr] != MISSING) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR (" \""); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (field_info[field_ptr]); + TRACE_PR_LN ("\""); + no_fields = FALSE; + END + INCR (field_ptr); + END + if (no_fields) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN (" missing"); + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 462 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 459 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + else + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + END + INCR (sort_cite_ptr); + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 458 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 463 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This gives all the |wiz_defined| functions that appeared in the + * .bst file. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN ("The wiz-defined functions are"); + if (wiz_def_ptr == 0) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN (" nonexistent"); + END + else + BEGIN + wiz_fn_ptr = 0; + + while (wiz_fn_ptr < wiz_def_ptr) + BEGIN + if (wiz_functions[wiz_fn_ptr] == END_OF_DEF) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN2 ("%ld--end-of-def--", (long) wiz_fn_ptr); + END + else if (wiz_functions[wiz_fn_ptr] == QUOTE_NEXT_FN) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR2 ("%ld quote_next_function ", (long) wiz_fn_ptr); + END + else + BEGIN + TRACE_PR2 ("%ld `", (long) wiz_fn_ptr); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (hash_text[wiz_functions[wiz_fn_ptr]]); + TRACE_PR_LN ("'"); + END + INCR (wiz_fn_ptr); + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 463 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 464 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This includes all the `static' strings (that is, those that are also + * in the hash table), but none of the dynamic strings (that is, those + * put on the stack while executing .bst commands). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + TRACE_PR_LN ("The string pool is"); + str_num = 1; + + while (str_num < str_ptr) + BEGIN + TRACE_PR3 ("%4ld%6ld \"", (long) str_num, (long) str_start[str_num]); + TRACE_PR_POOL_STR (str_num); + TRACE_PR_LN ("\""); + INCR (str_num); + END + END + } /* end if (Flag_trace) */ + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 464 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +#endif /* TRACE */ + + +#ifdef STAT + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 465 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These statistics can help determine how large some of the constants + * should be and can tell how useful certain |built_in| functions are. + * They are written to the same files as tracing information. + ***************************************************************************/ + if (Flag_stats) { + BEGIN + STAT_PR2 ("You've used %ld", (long) num_cites); + if (num_cites == 1) + BEGIN + STAT_PR_LN (" entry,"); + END + else + BEGIN + STAT_PR_LN (" entries,"); + END + STAT_PR_LN2 (" %ld wiz_defined-function locations,", + (long) wiz_def_ptr); + STAT_PR_LN3 (" %ld strings with %ld characters,", + (long) str_ptr, (long) str_start[str_ptr]); + blt_in_ptr = 0; + total_ex_count = 0; + while (blt_in_ptr < NUM_BLT_IN_FNS) + BEGIN + total_ex_count = total_ex_count + execution_count[blt_in_ptr]; + INCR (blt_in_ptr); + END + STAT_PR_LN2 ("and the built_in function-call counts, %ld in all, are:", + (long) total_ex_count); + blt_in_ptr = 0; + while (blt_in_ptr < NUM_BLT_IN_FNS) + BEGIN + STAT_PR_POOL_STR (hash_text[blt_in_loc[blt_in_ptr]]); + STAT_PR_LN2 (" -- %ld", (long) execution_count[blt_in_ptr]); + INCR (blt_in_ptr); + END + END + } /* end if (Flag_stats) */ + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 465 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +#endif /* STAT */ +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 456 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 159 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This version is for printing when in |trace| mode. + ***************************************************************************/ +#ifdef TRACE +void trace_pr_fn_class (HashLoc_T fn_loc) +BEGIN + + if (!Flag_trace) + return; + + switch (fn_type[fn_loc]) + BEGIN + case BUILT_IN: + TRACE_PR ("built-in"); + break; + case WIZ_DEFINED: + TRACE_PR ("wizard-defined"); + break; + case INT_LITERAL: + TRACE_PR ("integer-literal"); + break; + case STR_LITERAL: + TRACE_PR ("string-literal"); + break; + case FIELD: + TRACE_PR ("field"); + break; + case INT_ENTRY_VAR: + TRACE_PR ("integer-entry-variable"); + break; + case STR_ENTRY_VAR: + TRACE_PR ("string-entry-variable"); + break; + case INT_GLOBAL_VAR: + TRACE_PR ("integer-global-variable"); + break; + case STR_GLOBAL_VAR: + TRACE_PR ("string-global-variable"); + break; + default: + unknwn_function_class_confusion (); + break; + END +END +#endif /* TRACE */ +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 159 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 157 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's another bug report. + ***************************************************************************/ +void unknwn_function_class_confusion (void) +BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Unknown function class"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 157 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 310 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * More bug complaints, this time about bad literals. + ***************************************************************************/ +void unknwn_literal_confusion (void) +BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Unknown literal type"); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 310 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 63 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This system-independent procedure is the same as the previous except + * that it converts lower- to upper-case letters. + ***************************************************************************/ +void upper_case (BufType_T buf, BufPointer_T bf_ptr, + BufPointer_T len) +BEGIN + BufPointer_T i; + + if (len > 0) + BEGIN + for (i = bf_ptr; i <= (bf_ptr+len-1); i++) + BEGIN + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT + if (IsLower (buf[i])) + BEGIN + buf[i] = ToUpper(buf[i]); + END +#else /* NOT SUPPORT_8BIT */ + if ((buf[i] >= 'a') && (buf[i] <= 'z')) + BEGIN + buf[i] = buf[i] - CASE_DIFFERENCE; + END +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + END + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 63 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 401 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The last name starts just past the last token, before the first + * |comma| (if there is no |comma|, there is deemed to be one at the end + * of the string), for which there exists a first brace-level-0 letter + * (or brace-level-1 special character), and it's in lower case, unless + * this last token is also the last token before the |comma|, in which + * case the last name starts with this token (unless this last token is + * connected by a |sep_char| other than a |tie| to the previous token, in + * which case the last name starts with as many tokens earlier as are + * connected by non|tie|s to this last one (except on Tuesdays + * $\ldots\,$), although this module never sees such a case). Note that + * if there are any tokens in either the von or last names, then the last + * name has at least one, even if it starts with a lower-case letter. + ***************************************************************************/ +void von_name_ends_and_last_name_sta (void) +BEGIN + von_end = last_end - 1; + while (von_end > von_start) + BEGIN + name_bf_ptr = name_tok[von_end - 1]; + name_bf_xptr = name_tok[von_end]; + if (von_token_found ()) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + DECR (von_end); + END +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 401 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 397 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's a von token if there exists a first brace-level-0 letter (or + * brace-level-1 special character), and it's in lower case; in this case + * we return |true|. The token is in |name_buf|, starting at + * |name_bf_ptr| and ending just before |name_bf_xptr|. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T von_token_found (void) +BEGIN + Boolean_T von_token_found; + + nm_brace_level = 0; + von_token_found = FALSE; + while (name_bf_ptr < name_bf_xptr) + BEGIN + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT + if IsUpper(NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr]) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + else if IsLower(NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr]) + BEGIN + RETURN_VON_FOUND; + END +#else /* NOT SUPPORT_8BIT */ + if ((NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] >= 'A') && (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] <= 'Z')) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + else if ((NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] >= 'a') && (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] <= 'z')) + BEGIN + RETURN_VON_FOUND; + END +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + else if (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (nm_brace_level); + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + if (((name_bf_ptr + 2) < name_bf_xptr) + && (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] == BACKSLASH)) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 398 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we come here |name_bf_ptr| is just past the |left_brace|, + * but we always leave by |return|ing. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + name_bf_yptr = name_bf_ptr; + while ((name_bf_ptr < name_bf_xptr) + && (lex_class[NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr]] == ALPHA)) + BEGIN + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + END + control_seq_loc = str_lookup (NAME_BUF, name_bf_yptr, + name_bf_ptr - name_bf_yptr, + CONTROL_SEQ_ILK, DONT_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 399 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The accented or foreign character is either `\i' or `\j' or + * one of the eleven alphabetic foreign characters in Table~3.2 of the + * \LaTeX\ manual. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + switch (ilk_info[control_seq_loc]) + BEGIN + case N_OE_UPPER: + case N_AE_UPPER: + case N_AA_UPPER: + case N_O_UPPER: + case N_L_UPPER: + goto Exit_Label; + case N_I: + case N_J: + case N_OE: + case N_AE: + case N_AA: + case N_O: + case N_L: + case N_SS: + RETURN_VON_FOUND; + default: + CONFUSION ("Control-sequence hash error"); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 399 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + while ((name_bf_ptr < name_bf_xptr) && (nm_brace_level > 0)) + BEGIN + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT + if IsUpper(NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr]) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + else if IsLower(NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr]) + BEGIN + RETURN_VON_FOUND; + END +#else /* NOT SUPPORT_8BIT */ + if ((NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] >= 'A') && (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] <= 'Z')) + BEGIN + goto Exit_Label; + END + else if ((NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] >= 'a') + && (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] <= 'z')) + BEGIN + RETURN_VON_FOUND; + END +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + else if (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (nm_brace_level); + END + else if (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (nm_brace_level); + END + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + END + goto Exit_Label; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 398 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 400 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we come here |name_bf_ptr| is just past the |left_brace|; when we + * leave it's either at |name_bf_xptr| or just past the matching + * |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + while ((nm_brace_level > 0) && (name_bf_ptr < name_bf_xptr)) + BEGIN + if (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (nm_brace_level); + END + else if (NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (nm_brace_level); + END + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 400 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + END + END +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; + return (von_token_found); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 397 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 360 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function add.period$ pops the top (string) + * literal, adds a |period| to a nonnull string if its last + * non|right_brace| character isn't a |period|, |question_mark|, or + * |exclamation_mark|, and pushes this resulting string back onto the + * stack. If the literal isn't a string, it complains and pushes the + * null string. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_add_period (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if (LENGTH (pop_lit1) == 0) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 361 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we scan backwards from the end of the string, skipping + * non|right_brace| characters, to see if we have to add the |period|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1]; + while (sp_ptr > sp_end) + BEGIN + DECR (sp_ptr); + if (str_pool[sp_ptr] != RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + goto Loop_Exit_Label; + END + END +Loop_Exit_Label: + switch (str_pool[sp_ptr]) + BEGIN + case PERIOD: + case QUESTION_MARK: + case EXCLAMATION_MARK: + REPUSH_STRING; + break; + default: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 362 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Ok guys, we really have to do it. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (pop_lit1 < cmd_str_ptr) + BEGIN + STR_ROOM (LENGTH (pop_lit1) + 1); + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + END + else + BEGIN + pool_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + STR_ROOM (1); + END + APPEND_CHAR (PERIOD); + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + break; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 362 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 361 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 360 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-4.c b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-4.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fed22bc919d --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex-4.c @@ -0,0 +1,2522 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: bibtex-4.c,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:47:30 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This is the fourth of 4 source modules for BibTeX. The source has +** been split into 4 parts so that some of the more primitive editors +** can cope. This code mimics the BibTeX WEB source as closely as +** possible and there should be NO system dependent code in any of the +** bibtex-#.c modules. +** +** The functions defined in this module are: +** +** x_change_case +** x_chr_to_int +** x_cite +** x_concatenate +** x_duplicate +** x_empty +** x_equals +** x_format_name +** x_gets +** x_greater_than +** x_int_to_chr +** x_int_to_str +** x_less_than +** x_minus +** x_missing +** x_num_names +** x_plus +** x_preamble +** x_purify +** x_quote +** x_substring +** x_swap +** x_text_length +** x_text_prefix +** x_type +** x_warning +** x_width +** x_write +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: bibtex-4.c,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:47:30 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:41 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "bibtex.h" +#include "datatype.h" +#include "gblprocs.h" +#include "gblvars.h" +#include "utils.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 364 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function change.case$ pops the top two (string) + * literals; it changes the case of the second according to the + * specifications of the first, as follows. (Note: The word `letters' in + * the next sentence refers only to those at brace-level~0, the top-most + * brace level; no other characters are changed, except perhaps for + * special characters, described shortly.) If the first literal is the + * string t, it converts to lower case all letters except the very + * first character in the string, which it leaves alone, and except the + * first character following any |colon| and then nonnull |white_space|, + * which it also leaves alone; if it's the string l, it converts all + * letters to lower case; if it's the string u, it converts all + * letters to upper case; and if it's anything else, it complains and + * does no conversion. It then pushes this resulting string. If either + * type is incorrect, it complains and pushes the null string; however, + * if both types are correct but the specification string (i.e., the + * first string) isn't one of the legal ones, it merely pushes the second + * back onto the stack, after complaining. (Another note: It ignores + * case differences in the specification string; for example, the strings + * t and T are equivalent for the purposes of this |built_in| + * function.) + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_change_case (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 366 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * First we define a few variables for case conversion. The constant + * definitions, to be used in |case| statements, are in order of probable + * frequency. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + switch (str_pool[str_start[pop_lit1]]) + BEGIN + case 't': + case 'T': + conversion_type = TITLE_LOWERS; + break; + case 'l': + case 'L': + conversion_type = ALL_LOWERS; + break; + case 'u': + case 'U': + conversion_type = ALL_UPPERS; + break; + default: + conversion_type = BAD_CONVERSION; + break; + END + if ((LENGTH (pop_lit1) != 1) || (conversion_type == BAD_CONVERSION)) + BEGIN + conversion_type = BAD_CONVERSION; + PRINT_POOL_STR (pop_lit1); + BST_EX_WARN (" is an illegal case-conversion string"); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 366 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + ex_buf_length = 0; + add_buf_pool (pop_lit2); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 370 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's where we actually go through the string and do the case + * conversion. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + brace_level = 0; + ex_buf_ptr = 0; + while (ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + if (brace_level != 1) + BEGIN + goto OK_Pascal_I_Give_Up_Label; + END + if ((ex_buf_ptr + 4) > ex_buf_length) + BEGIN + goto OK_Pascal_I_Give_Up_Label; + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr + 1] != BACKSLASH) + BEGIN + goto OK_Pascal_I_Give_Up_Label; + END + if (conversion_type == TITLE_LOWERS) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf_ptr == 0) + BEGIN + goto OK_Pascal_I_Give_Up_Label; + END + else if ((prev_colon) + && (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr - 1]] == WHITE_SPACE)) + BEGIN + goto OK_Pascal_I_Give_Up_Label; + END + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 371 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We're dealing with a special character (usually either an undotted + * `\i' or `\j', or an accent like one in Table~3.1 of the \LaTeX\ + * manual, or a foreign character like one in Table~3.2) if the first + * character after the |left_brace| is a |backslash|; the special + * character ends with the matching |right_brace|. How we handle what's + * in between depends on the special character. In general, this code + * will do reasonably well if there is other stuff, too, between braces, + * but it doesn't try to do anything special with |colon|s. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) && (brace_level > 0)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + ex_buf_xptr = ex_buf_ptr; + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + && (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]] == ALPHA)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + control_seq_loc = str_lookup (ex_buf, ex_buf_xptr, + ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_xptr, + CONTROL_SEQ_ILK, DONT_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 372 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A control sequence, for the purposes of this program, consists just of + * the consecutive alphabetic characters following the |backslash|; it + * might be empty (although ones in this section aren't). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + switch (conversion_type) + BEGIN + case TITLE_LOWERS: + case ALL_LOWERS: + switch (ilk_info[control_seq_loc]) + BEGIN + case N_L_UPPER: + case N_O_UPPER: + case N_OE_UPPER: + case N_AE_UPPER: + case N_AA_UPPER: + lower_case (ex_buf, ex_buf_xptr, + ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_xptr); + break; + default: + DO_NOTHING; + break; + END + break; + case ALL_UPPERS: + switch (ilk_info[control_seq_loc]) + BEGIN + case N_L: + case N_O: + case N_OE: + case N_AE: + case N_AA: + upper_case (ex_buf, ex_buf_xptr, + ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_xptr); + break; + case N_I: + case N_J: + case N_SS: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 374 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * After converting the control sequence, we need to remove the preceding + * |backslash| and any following |white_space|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + upper_case (ex_buf, ex_buf_xptr, + ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_xptr); + while (ex_buf_xptr < ex_buf_ptr) + BEGIN + ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr - 1] = ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr]; + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + END + DECR (ex_buf_xptr); + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + && (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]] == WHITE_SPACE)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + tmp_ptr = ex_buf_ptr; + while (tmp_ptr < ex_buf_length) + BEGIN + ex_buf[tmp_ptr - (ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_xptr)] + = ex_buf[tmp_ptr]; + INCR (tmp_ptr); + END + ex_buf_length = tmp_ptr - (ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_xptr); + ex_buf_ptr = ex_buf_xptr; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 374 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + default: + DO_NOTHING; + break; + END + break; + case BAD_CONVERSION: + DO_NOTHING; + break; + default: + case_conversion_confusion (); + break; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 372 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + ex_buf_xptr = ex_buf_ptr; + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) && (brace_level > 0) + && (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] != BACKSLASH)) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (brace_level); + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + END + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 375 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * There are no control sequences in what we're about to convert, + * so a straight conversion suffices. + ***************************************************************************/ + switch (conversion_type) + BEGIN + case TITLE_LOWERS: + case ALL_LOWERS: + lower_case (ex_buf, ex_buf_xptr, ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_xptr); + break; + case ALL_UPPERS: + upper_case (ex_buf, ex_buf_xptr, ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_xptr); + break; + case BAD_CONVERSION: + DO_NOTHING; + break; + default: + case_conversion_confusion (); + break; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 375 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + DECR (ex_buf_ptr); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 371 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +OK_Pascal_I_Give_Up_Label: prev_colon = FALSE; + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + decr_brace_level (pop_lit2); + prev_colon = FALSE; + END + else if (brace_level == 0) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 376 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This code does any needed conversion for an ordinary character; it + * won't touch nonletters. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + switch (conversion_type) + BEGIN + case TITLE_LOWERS: + if (ex_buf_ptr == 0) + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + END + else if ((prev_colon) + && (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr - 1]] == WHITE_SPACE)) + BEGIN + DO_NOTHING; + END + else + BEGIN + lower_case (ex_buf, ex_buf_ptr, 1); + END + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == COLON) + BEGIN + prev_colon = TRUE; + END + else if (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]] != WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + prev_colon = FALSE; + END + break; + case ALL_LOWERS: + lower_case (ex_buf, ex_buf_ptr, 1); + break; + case ALL_UPPERS: + upper_case (ex_buf, ex_buf_ptr, 1); + break; + case BAD_CONVERSION: + DO_NOTHING; + break; + default: + case_conversion_confusion (); + break; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 376 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + check_brace_level (pop_lit2); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 370 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + add_pool_buf_and_push (); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 364 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 377 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function chr.to.int$ pops the top (string) + * literal, makes sure it's a single character, converts it to the + * corresponding |ASCII_code| integer, and pushes this integer. If the + * literal isn't an appropriate string, it complains and pushes the + * integer~0. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_chr_to_int (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if (LENGTH (pop_lit1) != 1) + BEGIN + PRINT ("\""); + PRINT_POOL_STR (pop_lit1); + BST_EX_WARN ("\" isn't a single character"); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (str_pool[str_start[pop_lit1]], STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 377 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 378 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function cite pushes the appropriate string + * from |cite_list| onto the stack. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_cite (void) +BEGIN + if ( ! mess_with_entries) + BEGIN + bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (CUR_CITE_STR, STK_STR); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 378 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 350 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function * pops the top two (string) literals, + * concatenates them (in reverse order, that is, the order in which + * pushed), and pushes the resulting string back onto the stack. If + * either isn't a string literal, it complains and pushes the null + * string. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_concatenate (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 351 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Often both strings will be at the top of the string pool, in which + * case we just move some pointers. Furthermore, it's worth doing some + * special stuff in case either string is null, since empirically this + * seems to happen about $20\%$ of the time. In any case, we don't need + * the execution buffer---we simple move the strings around in the string + * pool when necessary. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (pop_lit2 >= cmd_str_ptr) + BEGIN + if (pop_lit1 >= cmd_str_ptr) + BEGIN + str_start[pop_lit1] = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + UNFLUSH_STRING; + INCR (lit_stk_ptr); + END + else if (LENGTH (pop_lit2) == 0) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (pop_lit1, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + pool_ptr = str_start[pop_lit2 + 1]; + STR_ROOM (LENGTH (pop_lit1)); + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + END + END + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 352 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We simply continue the previous module. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (pop_lit1 >= cmd_str_ptr) + BEGIN + if (LENGTH (pop_lit2) == 0) + BEGIN + UNFLUSH_STRING; + lit_stack[lit_stk_ptr] = pop_lit1; + INCR (lit_stk_ptr); + END + else if (LENGTH (pop_lit1) == 0) + BEGIN + INCR (lit_stk_ptr); + END + else + BEGIN + sp_length = LENGTH (pop_lit1); + sp2_length = LENGTH (pop_lit2); + STR_ROOM (sp_length + sp2_length); + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1]; + sp_xptr1 = sp_ptr + sp2_length; + while (sp_ptr > sp_end) + BEGIN + DECR (sp_ptr); + DECR (sp_xptr1); + str_pool[sp_xptr1] = str_pool[sp_ptr]; + END + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit2]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit2 + 1]; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + pool_ptr = pool_ptr + sp_length; + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + END + END + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 353 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Again, we simply continue the previous module. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (LENGTH (pop_lit1) == 0) + BEGIN + INCR (lit_stk_ptr); + END + else if (LENGTH (pop_lit2) == 0) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (pop_lit1, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + STR_ROOM (LENGTH (pop_lit1) + LENGTH (pop_lit2)); + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit2]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit2 + 1]; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 353 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 352 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 351 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 350 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 379 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function duplicate$ pops the top literal from + * the stack and pushes two copies of it. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_duplicate (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (pop_lit1, pop_typ1); + push_lit_stk (pop_lit1, pop_typ1); + END + else + BEGIN + REPUSH_STRING; + if (pop_lit1 < cmd_str_ptr) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (pop_lit1, pop_typ1); + END + else + BEGIN + STR_ROOM (LENGTH (pop_lit1)); + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + END + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 379 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 380 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function empty$ pops the top literal and pushes + * the integer 1 if it's a missing field or a string having no + * non|white_space| characters, 0 otherwise. If the literal isn't a + * missing field or a string, it complains and pushes 0. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_empty (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + switch (pop_typ1) + BEGIN + case STK_STR: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 381 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we arrive here we're dealing with a legitimate string. If it has + * no characters, or has nothing but |white_space| characters, we push~1, + * otherwise we push~0. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + if (lex_class[str_pool[sp_ptr]] != WHITE_SPACE) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + goto Exit_Label; + END + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + push_lit_stk (1, STK_INT); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 381 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case STK_FIELD_MISSING: + push_lit_stk (1, STK_INT); + break; + case STK_EMPTY: + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + break; + default: + print_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1); + BST_EX_WARN (", not a string or missing field,"); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + break; + END +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 380 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 345 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function = pops the top two (integer or string) + * literals, compares them, and pushes the integer 1 if they're equal, 0 + * otherwise. If they're not either both string or both integer, it + * complains and pushes the integer 0. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_equals (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if (pop_typ1 != pop_typ2) + BEGIN + if ((pop_typ1 != STK_EMPTY) && (pop_typ2 != STK_EMPTY)) + BEGIN + print_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1); + PRINT (", "); + print_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2); + PRINT_NEWLINE; + BST_EX_WARN ("---they aren't the same literal types"); + END + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if ((pop_typ1 != STK_INT) && (pop_typ1 != STK_STR)) + BEGIN + if (pop_typ1 != STK_EMPTY) + BEGIN + print_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1); + BST_EX_WARN (", not an integer or a string,"); + END + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if (pop_typ1 == STK_INT) + BEGIN + if (pop_lit2 == pop_lit1) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (1, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + END + else if (str_eq_str (pop_lit2, pop_lit1)) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (1, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 345 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 382 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function format.name$ pops the top three + * literals (they are a string, an integer, and a string literal, in that + * order). The last string literal represents a name list (each name + * corresponding to a person), the integer literal specifies which name + * to pick from this list, and the first string literal specifies how to + * format this name, as described in the \BibTeX\ documentation. + * Finally, this function pushes the formatted name. If any of the types + * is incorrect, it complains and pushes the null string. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_format_name (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit3, &pop_typ3); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if (pop_typ3 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit3, pop_typ3, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + ex_buf_length = 0; + add_buf_pool (pop_lit3); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 383 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module skips over undesired names in |pop_lit3| and it throws + * away the ``and'' from the end of the name if it exists. When it's + * done, |ex_buf_xptr| points to its first character and |ex_buf_ptr| + * points just past its last. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + ex_buf_ptr = 0; + num_names = 0; + while ((num_names < pop_lit2) && (ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length)) + BEGIN + INCR (num_names); + ex_buf_xptr = ex_buf_ptr; + name_scan_for_and (pop_lit3); + END + if (ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + BEGIN + ex_buf_ptr = ex_buf_ptr - 4; + END + if (num_names < pop_lit2) + BEGIN + if (pop_lit2 == 1) + BEGIN + PRINT ("There is no name in \""); + END + else + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("There aren't %ld names in \"", (long) pop_lit2); + END + PRINT_POOL_STR (pop_lit3); + BST_EX_WARN ("\""); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 383 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 387 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we arrive here, the desired name is in |ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr]| + * through |ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr-1]|. This module does its thing for + * characters only at |brace_level = 0|; the rest get processed verbatim. + * It removes leading |white_space| (and |sep_char|s), and trailing + * |white_space| (and |sep_char|s) and |comma|s, complaining for each + * trailing |comma|. It then copies the name into |name_buf|, removing + * all |white_space|, |sep_char|s and |comma|s, counting |comma|s, and + * constructing a list of name tokens, which are sequences of characters + * separated (at |brace_level=0|) by |white_space|, |sep_char|s or + * |comma|s. Each name token but the first has an associated + * |name_sep_char|, the character that separates it from the preceding + * token. If there are too many (more than two) |comma|s, a complaint is + * in order. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 388 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module removes all leading |white_space| (and |sep_char|s), and + * trailing |white_space| (and |sep_char|s) and |comma|s. It complains + * for each trailing |comma|. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + while ((ex_buf_xptr < ex_buf_ptr) + && (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]] == WHITE_SPACE) + && (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]] == SEP_CHAR)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + END + while (ex_buf_ptr > ex_buf_xptr) + BEGIN + switch (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr - 1]]) + BEGIN + case WHITE_SPACE: + case SEP_CHAR: + DECR (ex_buf_ptr); + break; + default: + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr - 1] == COMMA) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("Name %ld in \"", (long) pop_lit2); + PRINT_POOL_STR (pop_lit3); + PRINT ("\" has a comma at the end"); + bst_ex_warn_print (); + DECR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + else + BEGIN + goto Loop1_Exit_Label; + END + break; + END + END +Loop1_Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 388 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + name_bf_ptr = 0; + num_commas = 0; + num_tokens = 0; + token_starting = TRUE; + while (ex_buf_xptr < ex_buf_ptr) + BEGIN + switch (ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr]) + BEGIN + case COMMA: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 389 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we mark the token number at which this comma has occurred. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (num_commas == 2) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("Too many commas in name %ld of \"", (long) pop_lit2); + PRINT_POOL_STR (pop_lit3); + PRINT ("\""); + bst_ex_warn_print (); + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (num_commas); + if (num_commas == 1) + BEGIN + comma1 = num_tokens; + END + else + BEGIN + comma2 = num_tokens; + END + name_sep_char[num_tokens] = COMMA; + END + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + token_starting = TRUE; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 389 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case LEFT_BRACE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 390 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We copy the stuff up through the matching |right_brace| verbatim. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + if (token_starting) + BEGIN + name_tok[num_tokens] = name_bf_ptr; + INCR (num_tokens); + END + NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] = ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr]; + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + while ((brace_level > 0) && (ex_buf_xptr < ex_buf_ptr)) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (brace_level); + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + END + NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] = ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr]; + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + END + token_starting = FALSE; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 390 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case RIGHT_BRACE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 391 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We don't copy an extra |right_brace|; this code will almost never be + * executed. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (token_starting) + BEGIN + name_tok[num_tokens] = name_bf_ptr; + INCR (num_tokens); + END + PRINT2 ("Name %ld of \"", (long) pop_lit2); + PRINT_POOL_STR (pop_lit3); + BST_EX_WARN ("\" isn't brace balanced"); + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + token_starting = FALSE; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 391 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + default: + switch (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr]]) + BEGIN + case WHITE_SPACE: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 392 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A token will be starting soon in a buffer near you, one way$\ldots$ + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ( ! token_starting) + BEGIN + name_sep_char[num_tokens] = SPACE; + END + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + token_starting = TRUE; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 392 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case SEP_CHAR: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 393 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * or another. If one of the valid |sep_char|s appears between tokens, + * we usually use it instead of a |space|. If the user has been silly + * enough to have multiple |sep_char|s, or to have both |white_space| and + * a |sep_char|, we use the first such character. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ( ! token_starting) + BEGIN + name_sep_char[num_tokens] = ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr]; + END + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + token_starting = TRUE; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 393 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + default: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 394 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * For ordinary characters, we just copy the character. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (token_starting) + BEGIN + name_tok[num_tokens] = name_bf_ptr; + INCR (num_tokens); + END + NAME_BUF[name_bf_ptr] = ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr]; + INCR (name_bf_ptr); + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + token_starting = FALSE; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 394 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + END + break; + END + END + name_tok[num_tokens] = name_bf_ptr; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 387 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 395 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we set all the pointers for the various parts of the name, + * depending on which of the three possible syntaxes this name uses. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (num_commas == 0) + BEGIN + first_start = 0; + last_end = num_tokens; + jr_end = last_end; + + /*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 396 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there are no brace-level-0 |comma|s in the name, the von name + * starts with the first nonlast token whose first brace-level-0 letter + * is in lower case (for the purposes of this determination, an accented + * or foreign character at brace-level-1 that's in lower case will do, as + * well). A module following this one determines where the von name ends + * and the last starts. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + von_start = 0; + while (von_start < (last_end - 1)) + BEGIN + name_bf_ptr = name_tok[von_start]; + name_bf_xptr = name_tok[von_start + 1]; + if (von_token_found ()) + BEGIN + von_name_ends_and_last_name_sta (); + goto Von_Found_Label; + END + INCR (von_start); + END + while (von_start > 0) + BEGIN + if ((lex_class[name_sep_char[von_start]] != SEP_CHAR) + || (name_sep_char[von_start] == TIE)) + BEGIN + goto Loop2_Exit_Label; + END + DECR (von_start); + END + Loop2_Exit_Label: von_end = von_start; + Von_Found_Label: first_end = von_start; + END + /*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 396 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + else if (num_commas == 1) + BEGIN + von_start = 0; + last_end = comma1; + jr_end = last_end; + first_start = jr_end; + first_end = num_tokens; + von_name_ends_and_last_name_sta (); + END + else if (num_commas == 2) + BEGIN + von_start = 0; + last_end = comma1; + jr_end = comma2; + first_start = jr_end; + first_end = num_tokens; + von_name_ends_and_last_name_sta (); + END + else + BEGIN + CONFUSION ("Illegal number of comma,s"); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 395 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + ex_buf_length = 0; + add_buf_pool (pop_lit1); + figure_out_the_formatted_name (); + add_pool_buf_and_push (); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 382 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 354 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function := pops the top two literals and assigns + * to the first (which must be an |int_entry_var|, a |str_entry_var|, an + * |int_global_var|, or a |str_global_var|) the value of the second; + * it complains if the value isn't of the appropriate type. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_gets (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_FN) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_FN); + END + else if (( ! mess_with_entries) + && ((fn_type[pop_lit1] == STR_ENTRY_VAR) + || (fn_type[pop_lit1] == INT_ENTRY_VAR))) + BEGIN + bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (); + END + else + BEGIN + switch (fn_type[pop_lit1]) + BEGIN + case INT_ENTRY_VAR: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 355 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module checks that what we're about to assign is really an + * integer, and then assigns. + ***************************************************************************/ + if (pop_typ2 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + entry_ints[(cite_ptr * num_ent_ints) + FN_INFO[pop_lit1]] = pop_lit2; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 355 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case STR_ENTRY_VAR: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 357 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module checks that what we're about to assign is really a + * string, and then assigns. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (pop_typ2 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + str_ent_ptr = (cite_ptr * num_ent_strs) + FN_INFO[pop_lit1]; + ent_chr_ptr = 0; + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit2]; + sp_xptr1 = str_start[pop_lit2 + 1]; + if ((sp_xptr1 - sp_ptr) > ENT_STR_SIZE) + BEGIN + BST_STRING_SIZE_EXCEEDED (ENT_STR_SIZE, "%ld, the entry"); + sp_xptr1 = sp_ptr + ENT_STR_SIZE; + END + while (sp_ptr < sp_xptr1) + BEGIN + ENTRY_STRS(str_ent_ptr, ent_chr_ptr) = str_pool[sp_ptr]; + INCR (ent_chr_ptr); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + ENTRY_STRS(str_ent_ptr, ent_chr_ptr) = END_OF_STRING; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 357 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case INT_GLOBAL_VAR: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 358 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module checks that what we're about to assign is really an + * integer, and then assigns. + ***************************************************************************/ + if (pop_typ2 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + FN_INFO[pop_lit1] = pop_lit2; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 358 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + case STR_GLOBAL_VAR: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 359 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module checks that what we're about to assign is really a + * string, and then assigns. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (pop_typ2 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + str_glb_ptr = FN_INFO[pop_lit1]; + if (pop_lit2 < cmd_str_ptr) + BEGIN + glb_str_ptr[str_glb_ptr] = pop_lit2; + END + else + BEGIN + glb_str_ptr[str_glb_ptr] = 0; + glob_chr_ptr = 0; + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit2]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit2 + 1]; + if ((sp_end - sp_ptr) > GLOB_STR_SIZE) + BEGIN + BST_STRING_SIZE_EXCEEDED (GLOB_STR_SIZE, "%ld, the global"); + sp_end = sp_ptr + GLOB_STR_SIZE; + END + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + global_strs[str_glb_ptr][glob_chr_ptr] = str_pool[sp_ptr]; + INCR (glob_chr_ptr); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + glb_str_end[str_glb_ptr] = glob_chr_ptr; + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 359 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + break; + default: + PRINT ("You can't assign to type "); + print_fn_class (pop_lit1); + BST_EX_WARN (", a nonvariable function class"); + break; + END + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 354 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 346 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function > pops the top two (integer) literals, + * compares them, and pushes the integer 1 if the second is greater than + * the first, 0 otherwise. If either isn't an integer literal, it + * complains and pushes the integer 0. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_greater_than (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if (pop_lit2 > pop_lit1) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (1, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 346 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 422 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function int.to.chr$ pops the top (integer) + * literal, interpreted as the |ASCII_code| of a single character, + * converts it to the corresponding single-character string, and pushes + * this string. If the literal isn't an appropriate integer, it + * complains and pushes the null string. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_int_to_chr (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if ((pop_lit1 < 0) || (pop_lit1 > 127)) + BEGIN + BST_EX_WARN2 ("%ld isn't valid ASCII", (long) pop_lit1); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + STR_ROOM (1); + APPEND_CHAR (pop_lit1); + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 422 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 423 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function int.to.str$ pops the top (integer) + * literal, converts it to its (unique) string equivalent, and pushes + * this string. If the literal isn't an integer, it complains and pushes + * the null string. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_int_to_str (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + int_to_ASCII (pop_lit1, ex_buf, 0, &ex_buf_length); + add_pool_buf_and_push (); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 423 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 347 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function < pops the top two (integer) literals, + * compares them, and pushes the integer 1 if the second is less than the + * first, 0 otherwise. If either isn't an integer literal, it complains + * and pushes the integer 0. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_less_than (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if (pop_lit2 < pop_lit1) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (1, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 347 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 349 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function - pops the top two (integer) literals + * and pushes their difference (the first subtracted from the second). + * If either isn't an integer literal, it complains and pushes the + * integer 0. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_minus (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (pop_lit2 - pop_lit1, STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 349 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 424 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function missing$ pops the top literal and + * pushes the integer 1 if it's a missing field, 0 otherwise. If the + * literal isn't a missing field or a string, it complains and pushes 0. + * Unlike empty$ , this function should be called only when + * |mess_with_entries| is true. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_missing (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if ( ! mess_with_entries) + BEGIN + bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (); + END + else if ((pop_typ1 != STK_STR) && (pop_typ1 != STK_FIELD_MISSING)) + BEGIN + if (pop_typ1 != STK_EMPTY) + BEGIN + print_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1); + BST_EX_WARN (", not a string or missing field,"); + END + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if (pop_typ1 == STK_FIELD_MISSING) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (1, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 424 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 426 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function num.names$ pops the top (string) + * literal; it pushes the number of names the string represents---one + * plus the number of occurrences of the substring ``and'' (ignoring case + * differences) surrounded by nonnull |white_space| at the top brace + * level. If the literal isn't a string, it complains and pushes the + * value 0. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_num_names (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + ex_buf_length = 0; + add_buf_pool (pop_lit1); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 427 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module, while scanning the list of names, counts the occurrences + * of ``and'' (ignoring case differences) surrounded by nonnull + * |white_space|, and adds 1. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + ex_buf_ptr = 0; + num_names = 0; + while (ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + BEGIN + name_scan_for_and (pop_lit1); + INCR (num_names); + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 427 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + push_lit_stk (num_names, STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 426 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 348 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function + pops the top two (integer) literals + * and pushes their sum. If either isn't an integer literal, it + * complains and pushes the integer 0. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_plus (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (pop_lit2 + pop_lit1, STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 348 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 429 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function preamble$ pushes onto the stack the + * concatenation of all the preamble strings read from the database + * files. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_preamble (void) +BEGIN + ex_buf_length = 0; + preamble_ptr = 0; + while (preamble_ptr < num_preamble_strings) + BEGIN + add_buf_pool (s_preamble[preamble_ptr]); + INCR (preamble_ptr); + END + add_pool_buf_and_push (); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 429 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 430 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function purify$ pops the top (string) literal, + * removes nonalphanumeric characters except for |white_space| and + * |sep_char| characters (these get converted to a |space|) and removes + * certain alphabetic characters contained in the control sequences + * associated with a special character, and pushes the resulting string. + * If the literal isn't a string, it complains and pushes the null + * string. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_purify (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + ex_buf_length = 0; + add_buf_pool (pop_lit1); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 431 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The resulting string has nonalphanumeric characters removed, and each + * |white_space| or |sep_char| character converted to a |space|. The next + * module handles special characters. This code doesn't complain if the + * string isn't brace balanced. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + brace_level = 0; + ex_buf_xptr = 0; + ex_buf_ptr = 0; + while (ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + BEGIN + switch (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]]) + BEGIN + case WHITE_SPACE: + case SEP_CHAR: + BEGIN + ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr] = SPACE; + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + END + break; + case ALPHA: + case NUMERIC: + BEGIN + ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr] = ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]; + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + END + break; + default: + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + if ((brace_level == 1) && ((ex_buf_ptr + 1) < ex_buf_length)) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr + 1] == BACKSLASH) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 432 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Special characters (even without a matching |right_brace|) are + * purified by removing the control sequences (but restoring the correct + * thing for `\i' and `\j' as well as the eleven alphabetic + * foreign characters in Table~3.2 of the \LaTeX\ manual) and removing + * all nonalphanumeric characters (including |white_space| and + * |sep_char|s). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) && (brace_level > 0)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + ex_buf_yptr = ex_buf_ptr; + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + && (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]] == ALPHA)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + control_seq_loc = str_lookup (ex_buf, ex_buf_yptr, + ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_yptr, + CONTROL_SEQ_ILK, + DONT_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 433 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We consider the purified character to be either the first alphabetic + * character of its control sequence, or perhaps both alphabetic + * characters. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr] = ex_buf[ex_buf_yptr]; + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + switch (ilk_info[control_seq_loc]) + BEGIN + case N_OE: + case N_OE_UPPER: + case N_AE: + case N_AE_UPPER: + case N_SS: + BEGIN + ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr] = ex_buf[ex_buf_yptr + 1]; + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + END + break; + default: + DO_NOTHING; + break; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 433 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) && (brace_level > 0) + && (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] != BACKSLASH)) + BEGIN + switch (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]]) + BEGIN + case ALPHA: + case NUMERIC: + BEGIN + ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr] = ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]; + INCR (ex_buf_xptr); + END + break; + default: + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (brace_level); + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + END + break; + END + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + END + DECR (ex_buf_ptr); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 432 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + if (brace_level > 0) + BEGIN + DECR (brace_level); + END + END + break; + END + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + ex_buf_length = ex_buf_xptr; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 431 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + add_pool_buf_and_push (); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 430 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 434 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function quote$ pushes the string consisting of + * the |double_quote| character. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_quote (void) +BEGIN + STR_ROOM (1); + APPEND_CHAR (DOUBLE_QUOTE); + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 434 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 437 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function substring$ pops the top three literals + * (they are the two integers literals |pop_lit1| and |pop_lit2| and a + * string literal, in that order). It pushes the substring of the (at + * most) |pop_lit1| consecutive characters starting at the |pop_lit2|th + * character (assuming 1-based indexing) if |pop_lit2| is positive, and + * ending at the |-pop_lit2|th character from the end if |pop_lit2| is + * negative (where the first character from the end is the last + * character). If any of the types is incorrect, it complain and pushes + * the null string. + * + * Note: If |sp_length| is compared with a signed quantity (e.g. pop_lit2), + * must be first cast to |Integer_T| because it is an UNSIGNED variable. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_substring (void) +BEGIN + + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit3, &pop_typ3); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if (pop_typ3 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit3, pop_typ3, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + sp_length = LENGTH (pop_lit3); + if (pop_lit1 >= (Integer_T) sp_length) + BEGIN + if ((pop_lit2 == 1) || (pop_lit2 == -1)) + BEGIN + REPUSH_STRING; + goto Exit_Label; + END + END + + if ((pop_lit1 <= 0) || (pop_lit2 == 0) + || (pop_lit2 > (Integer_T) sp_length) + || (pop_lit2 < -(Integer_T) sp_length)) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + goto Exit_Label; + END + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 438 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module finds the substring as described in the last section, + * and slides it into place in the string pool, if necessary. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if (pop_lit2 > 0) + BEGIN + if (pop_lit1 > (sp_length - (pop_lit2 - 1))) + BEGIN + pop_lit1 = sp_length - (pop_lit2 - 1); + END + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit3] + (pop_lit2 - 1); + sp_end = sp_ptr + pop_lit1; + if (pop_lit2 == 1) + BEGIN + if (pop_lit3 >= cmd_str_ptr) + BEGIN + str_start[pop_lit3 + 1] = sp_end; + UNFLUSH_STRING; + INCR (lit_stk_ptr); + goto Exit_Label; + END + END + END + else + BEGIN + pop_lit2 = -pop_lit2; + if (pop_lit1 > (Integer_T) (sp_length - (pop_lit2 - 1))) + BEGIN + pop_lit1 = sp_length - (pop_lit2 - 1); + END + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit3 + 1] - (pop_lit2 - 1); + sp_ptr = sp_end - pop_lit1; + END + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 438 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 437 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 439 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function swap$ pops the top two literals from + * the stack and pushes them back swapped. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_swap (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if ((pop_typ1 != STK_STR) || (pop_lit1 < cmd_str_ptr)) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (pop_lit1, pop_typ1); + if ((pop_typ2 == STK_STR) && (pop_lit2 >= cmd_str_ptr)) + BEGIN + UNFLUSH_STRING; + END + push_lit_stk (pop_lit2, pop_typ2); + END + else if ((pop_typ2 != STK_STR) || (pop_lit2 < cmd_str_ptr)) + BEGIN + UNFLUSH_STRING; + push_lit_stk (pop_lit1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (pop_lit2, pop_typ2); + END + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 440 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We have to swap both (a)~the strings at the end of the string pool, + * and (b)~their pointers on the literal stack. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + ex_buf_length = 0; + add_buf_pool (pop_lit2); + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + add_pool_buf_and_push (); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 440 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 439 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 441 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function text.length$ pops the top (string) + * literal, and pushes the number of text characters it contains, where + * an accented character (more precisely, a ``special character''$\!$, + * defined earlier) counts as a single text character, even if it's + * missing its matching |right_brace|, and where braces don't count as + * text characters. If the literal isn't a string, it complains and + * pushes the null string. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_text_length (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + num_text_chars = 0; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 442 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we determine the number of text characters in the string, where + * an entire special character counts as a single text character (even if + * it's missing its matching |right_brace|), and where braces don't count + * as text characters. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit1]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit1 + 1]; + sp_brace_level = 0; + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_ptr); + if (str_pool[sp_ptr - 1] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_brace_level); + if ((sp_brace_level == 1) && (sp_ptr < sp_end)) + BEGIN + if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == BACKSLASH) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_ptr); + while ((sp_ptr < sp_end) && (sp_brace_level > 0)) + BEGIN + if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (sp_brace_level); + END + else if (str_pool[sp_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_brace_level); + END + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + INCR (num_text_chars); + END + END + END + else if (str_pool[sp_ptr - 1] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + if (sp_brace_level > 0) + BEGIN + DECR (sp_brace_level); + END + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (num_text_chars); + END + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 442 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + push_lit_stk (num_text_chars, STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 441 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 443 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function text.prefix$ pops the top two literals + * (the integer literal |pop_lit1| and a string literal, in that order). + * It pushes the substring of the (at most) |pop_lit1| consecutive text + * characters starting from the beginning of the string. This function + * is similar to substring$ , but this one considers an accented + * character (or more precisely, a ``special character''$\!$, even if + * it's missing its matching |right_brace|) to be a single text character + * (rather than however many |ASCII_code| characters it actually + * comprises), and this function doesn't consider braces to be text + * characters; furthermore, this function appends any needed matching + * |right_brace|s. If any of the types is incorrect, it complains and + * pushes the null string. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_text_prefix (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit2, &pop_typ2); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_INT) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_INT); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if (pop_typ2 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit2, pop_typ2, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else if (pop_lit1 <= 0) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + goto Exit_Label; + END + else + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 444 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module finds the prefix as described in the last section, and + * appends any needed matching |right_brace|s. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + sp_ptr = str_start[pop_lit2]; + sp_end = str_start[pop_lit2 + 1]; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 445 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This section scans |pop_lit1| text characters, where an entire special + * character counts as a single text character (even if it's missing its + * matching |right_brace|), and where braces don't count as text + * characters. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + num_text_chars = 0; + sp_brace_level = 0; + sp_xptr1 = sp_ptr; + while ((sp_xptr1 < sp_end) && (num_text_chars < pop_lit1)) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_xptr1); + if (str_pool[sp_xptr1 - 1] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_brace_level); + if ((sp_brace_level == 1) && (sp_xptr1 < sp_end)) + BEGIN + if (str_pool[sp_xptr1] == BACKSLASH) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_xptr1); + while ((sp_xptr1 < sp_end) && (sp_brace_level > 0)) + BEGIN + if (str_pool[sp_xptr1] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (sp_brace_level); + END + else if (str_pool[sp_xptr1] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (sp_brace_level); + END + INCR (sp_xptr1); + END + INCR (num_text_chars); + END + END + END + else if (str_pool[sp_xptr1 - 1] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + if (sp_brace_level > 0) + BEGIN + DECR (sp_brace_level); + END + END + else + BEGIN + INCR (num_text_chars); + END + END + sp_end = sp_xptr1; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 445 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + if (pop_lit2 >= cmd_str_ptr) + BEGIN + pool_ptr = sp_end; + END + else + BEGIN + while (sp_ptr < sp_end) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (str_pool[sp_ptr]); + INCR (sp_ptr); + END + END + while (sp_brace_level > 0) + BEGIN + APPEND_CHAR (RIGHT_BRACE); + DECR (sp_brace_level); + END + push_lit_stk (make_string (), STK_STR); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 444 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Label: DO_NOTHING; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 443 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 447 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function type$ pushes the appropriate string + * from |type_list| onto the stack (unless either it's |undefined| or + * |empty|, in which case it pushes the null string). + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_type (void) +BEGIN + if ( ! mess_with_entries) + BEGIN + bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (); + END + else if ((type_list[cite_ptr] == UNDEFINED) + || (type_list[cite_ptr] == EMPTY)) + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (s_null, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + push_lit_stk (hash_text[type_list[cite_ptr]], STK_STR); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 447 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 448 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function warning$ pops the top (string) literal + * and prints it following a warning message. This is implemented as a + * special |built_in| function rather than using the top$ function + * so that it can |mark_warning|. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_warning (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + PRINT ("Warning--"); + print_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1); + mark_warning (); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 448 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 450 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function width$ pops the top (string) literal + * and pushes the integer that represents its width in units specified by + * the |char_width| array. This function takes the literal literally; + * that is, it assumes each character in the string is to be printed as + * is, regardless of whether the character has a special meaning to \TeX, + * except that special characters (even without their |right_brace|s) are + * handled specially. If the literal isn't a string, it complains and + * pushes~0. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_width (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + push_lit_stk (0, STK_INT); + END + else + BEGIN + ex_buf_length = 0; + add_buf_pool (pop_lit1); + string_width = 0; + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 451 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We use the natural width for all but special characters, and we + * complain if the string isn't brace-balanced. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + brace_level = 0; + ex_buf_ptr = 0; + while (ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + if ((brace_level == 1) && ((ex_buf_ptr + 1) < ex_buf_length)) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr + 1] == BACKSLASH) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 452 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We use the natural widths of all characters except that some + * characters have no width: braces, control sequences (except for the + * usual 13 accented and foreign characters, whose widths are given in + * the next module), and |white_space| following control sequences (even + * a null control sequence). + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) && (brace_level > 0)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + ex_buf_xptr = ex_buf_ptr; + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + && (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]] == ALPHA)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + if ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + && (ex_buf_ptr == ex_buf_xptr)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + else + BEGIN + control_seq_loc = str_lookup (ex_buf, ex_buf_xptr, + ex_buf_ptr - ex_buf_xptr, + CONTROL_SEQ_ILK, DONT_INSERT); + if (hash_found) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 453 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Five of the 13 possibilities resort to special information not present + * in the |char_width| array; the other eight simply use |char_width|'s + * information for the first letter of the control sequence. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + switch (ilk_info[control_seq_loc]) + BEGIN + case N_SS: + string_width = string_width + SS_WIDTH; + break; + case N_AE: + string_width = string_width + AE_WIDTH; + break; + case N_OE: + string_width = string_width + OE_WIDTH; + break; + case N_AE_UPPER: + string_width = string_width + UPPER_AE_WIDTH; + break; + case N_OE_UPPER: + string_width = string_width + UPPER_OE_WIDTH; + break; + default: + string_width = string_width + + char_width[ex_buf[ex_buf_xptr]]; + break; + END + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 453 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + END + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) + && (lex_class[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]] == WHITE_SPACE)) + BEGIN + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + while ((ex_buf_ptr < ex_buf_length) && (brace_level > 0) + && (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] != BACKSLASH)) + BEGIN + if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + DECR (brace_level); + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == LEFT_BRACE) + BEGIN + INCR (brace_level); + END + else + BEGIN + string_width = string_width + + char_width[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]]; + END + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + END + DECR (ex_buf_ptr); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 452 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + else + BEGIN + string_width = string_width + char_width[LEFT_BRACE]; + END + END + else + BEGIN + string_width = string_width + char_width[LEFT_BRACE]; + END + END + else if (ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] == RIGHT_BRACE) + BEGIN + decr_brace_level (pop_lit1); + string_width = string_width + char_width[RIGHT_BRACE]; + END + else + BEGIN + string_width = string_width + char_width[ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr]]; + END + INCR (ex_buf_ptr); + END + check_brace_level (pop_lit1); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 451 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + push_lit_stk (string_width, STK_INT); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 450 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 454 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The |built_in| function write$ pops the top (string) literal + * and writes it onto the output buffer |out_buf| (which will result in + * stuff being written onto the .bbl file if the buffer fills up). If + * the literal isn't a string, it complains but does nothing else. + ***************************************************************************/ +void x_write (void) +BEGIN + pop_lit_stk (&pop_lit1, &pop_typ1); + if (pop_typ1 != STK_STR) + BEGIN + print_wrong_stk_lit (pop_lit1, pop_typ1, STK_STR); + END + else + BEGIN + add_out_pool (pop_lit1); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 454 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex.c b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..192120818b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex.c @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: bibtex.c,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This module contains the system-dependent C code for BibTeX. +** There should NOT be any such code code in any of the bibtex-#.c +** modules. Functions defined in this module are: +** +** a_close +** a_open_in +** a_open_out +** eoln +** main +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: bibtex.c,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:42 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +#define __BIBTEX_C__ + +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "bibtex.h" +#include "datatype.h" +#include "gblprocs.h" +#include "gblvars.h" +#include "utils.h" +#include "version.h" + +#ifdef KPATHSEA +#include <kpathsea/config.h> +#include <kpathsea/progname.h> +#endif + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 39 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Close the text file. + ***************************************************************************/ +void a_close (const AlphaFile_T file_pointer) +BEGIN + + close_file (file_pointer); + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 39 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 38 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Open a text (ASCII) file in the current working directory for input. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T a_open_in (AlphaFile_T *file_pointer, + Integer_T search_path) +BEGIN + *file_pointer = open_ip_file (search_path); + + if (*file_pointer != NULL) + return TRUE; + else + return FALSE; +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 39 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 38 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Open a text (ASCII) file for output in the current directory. + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T a_open_out (AlphaFile_T *file_pointer) +BEGIN + + *file_pointer = open_op_file (); + + if (*file_pointer != (AlphaFile_T) NULL) + return TRUE; + else + return FALSE; + +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 39 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 47 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Standard \PASCAL\ says that a file should have |eoln| immediately + * before |eof|, but \BibTeX\ needs only a weaker restriction: If |eof| + * occurs in the middle of a line, the system function |eoln| should + * return a |true| result (even though |f^| will be undefined). + ***************************************************************************/ +Boolean_T eoln (const AlphaFile_T file_pointer) +BEGIN + int c; + + if (feof (file_pointer)) + BEGIN + return (TRUE); + END + c = getc (file_pointer); + if (c != EOF) + BEGIN + (void) ungetc (c, file_pointer); + END + if (c == '\n' || c == EOF) + BEGIN + return (TRUE); + END + else + BEGIN + return (FALSE); + END +END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 47 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 10 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This program first reads the .aux file that \LaTeX\ produces, + * + * 1. determining which .bib file(s) and .bst file to read and + * 2. constructing a list of cite keys in order of occurrence. + * + * The .aux file may have other .aux files nested + * within. Second, it reads and executes the .bst file, + * + * 1. determining how and in which order to process the + * database entries in the .bib file(s) corresponding to those cite + * keys in the list (or in some cases, to all the entries in the .bib + * file(s)), + * 2. determining what text to be output for each + * entry and determining any additional text to be output, and + * 3. outputting this text to the .bbl file. + * + * In addition, the program sends error messages and other remarks to the + * |log_file| and terminal. + ***************************************************************************/ +int main (int argc, char **argv) +BEGIN + extern Integer8_T history; + int exit_status; + + /*- + **------------------------------------------------------------------------ + ** Set |log_file| initially to point to NULL. All writes to the log + ** check to see that |log_file| isn't NULL before writing. + **----------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + log_file = NULL; + + /*----------------------------------------------------------------- + * Set up a global label PROGRAM_EXIT which can be used if an + * error requiring an emergency stop is encountered. + *-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ + if (setjmp (Exit_Program_Flag) == 1) + BEGIN + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, "arrived at setjmp (Exit_Program_Flag)"); + goto Exit_Program_Label; + END + + /*----------------------------------------------------------------- + * Set up a global label CLOSE_UP_SHOP which may be used when a + * fatal error is detected. Used by BIBTEX_OVERFLOW & CONFUSION. + *-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ + if (setjmp (Close_Up_Shop_Flag) == 1) + BEGIN + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, "arrived at setjmp (Close_Up_Shop_Flag)"); + goto Close_Up_Shop_Label; + END + + number_of_command_line_args = argc; + command_line_arg_strings = (char **) argv; + +#ifdef KPATHSEA + kpse_set_program_name(argv[0], NULL); +#endif + + history = SPOTLESS; + parse_cmd_line (argc, argv); + + set_array_sizes (); + allocate_arrays (); + report_search_paths (); + + initialize (); + + if (log_file != NULL) { + FPRINTF (log_file, "%s\n", BANNER); + FPRINTF (log_file, "Implementation: %s\n", IMPLEMENTATION); + FPRINTF (log_file, "Release version: %s\n\n", VERSION); + } + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT + /* + ** Read the CS file and setup the 8-bit character set handling. + ** Similar initialisation is done in the original initialise(), but + ** we do it in a separate function to simplify the code. + */ + c8initialise (); +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + if (Flag_stats) + report_bibtex_capacity (); + + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 110 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We keep reading and processing input lines until none left. This is part + * of the main program; hence, because of the |aux_done| label, there's no + * BEGIN - END pair surrounding the entire module. + ***************************************************************************/ + PRINT ("The top-level auxiliary file: "); + print_aux_name (); + + /*----------------------------------------------------------------- + * Set up a global label AUX_DONE which can be used if an error is + * encountered while the .AUX file is being processed. + *-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ + if (setjmp (Aux_Done_Flag) == 1) + BEGIN + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, "arrived at setjmp (Aux_Done_Flag)"); + goto Aux_Done_Label; + END + LOOP + BEGIN + INCR (CUR_AUX_LINE); + if ( ! input_ln (CUR_AUX_FILE)) + BEGIN + pop_the_aux_stack (); + END + else + BEGIN + get_aux_command_and_process (); + END + END + +Aux_Done_Label: + +#ifdef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + TRACE_PR_LN ("Finished reading the auxiliary file(s)"); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + last_check_for_aux_errors (); +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 110 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 151 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's the outer loop for reading the .bst file - it keeps reading and + * processing .bst commands until none left. This is part of the main + * program; hence, because of the |bst_done| label, there's no conventional + * BEGIN - END pair surrounding the entire module. + ***************************************************************************/ + if (bst_str == 0) + BEGIN + goto No_Bst_File_Label; + END + bst_line_num = 0; + bbl_line_num = 1; + buf_ptr2 = last; + + /*----------------------------------------------------------------- + * Set up a global label BST_DONE which can be used if an error is + * encountered while the .BST file is being processed. + *-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ + if (setjmp (Bst_Done_Flag) == 1) + BEGIN + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, "arrived at setjmp (Bst_Done_Flag)"); + goto Bst_Done_Label; + END + LOOP + BEGIN + if (!eat_bst_white_space ()) + BEGIN + goto Bst_Done_Label; + END + get_bst_command_and_process (); + END +Bst_Done_Label: + a_close (bst_file); +No_Bst_File_Label: + a_close (bbl_file); +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 151 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Close_Up_Shop_Label: + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 455 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This section does any last-minute printing and ends the program. + ***************************************************************************/ + BEGIN + if ((read_performed) && ( ! reading_completed)) + BEGIN + PRINT2 ("Aborted at line %ld of file ", (long) bib_line_num); + print_bib_name (); + END + + trace_and_stat_printing (); + + /*- + ** Report on BibTeX memory usage to log file. + */ + TRACE_PR_NEWLINE; + TRACE_PR_LN ("Here's how much of BibTeX's memory you used:"); + TRACE_PR_LN3 (" Cites: %6ld out of %ld", + (long) num_cites, (long) Max_Cites); + TRACE_PR_LN3 (" Fields: %6ld out of %ld", + (long) field_ptr, (long) Max_Fields); + TRACE_PR_LN3 (" Hash table: %6ld out of %ld", + (long) hash_used, (long) Hash_Size); + TRACE_PR_LN3 (" Strings: %6ld out of %ld", + (long) str_ptr, (long) Max_Strings); + TRACE_PR_LN3 (" String pool: %6ld out of %ld", + (long) pool_ptr, (long) Pool_Size); + TRACE_PR_LN3 (" Wizard functions: %6ld out of %ld", + (long) wiz_def_ptr, (long) Wiz_Fn_Space); + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 466 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Some implementations may wish to pass the |history| value to the + * operating system so that it can be used to govern whether or not other + * programs are started. Here we simply report the history to the user. + * The appropriate exit status will be passed to the operating system just + * before exiting. + ***************************************************************************/ + switch (history) + BEGIN + case SPOTLESS: + DO_NOTHING; + break; + case WARNING_MESSAGE: + if (err_count == 1) + BEGIN + PRINT_LN ("(There was 1 warning)"); + END + else + BEGIN + PRINT_LN2 ("(There were %ld warnings)", (long) err_count); + END + break; + case ERROR_MESSAGE: + if (err_count == 1) + BEGIN + PRINT_LN ("(There was 1 error message)"); + END + else + BEGIN + PRINT_LN2 ("(There were %ld error messages)", (long) err_count); + END + break; + case FATAL_MESSAGE: + PRINT ("(That was a fatal error)"); + break; + default: + PRINT ("History is bunk"); + print_confusion (); + break; + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 466 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + + a_close (log_file); + END +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 455 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ + +Exit_Program_Label: + + switch (history) + BEGIN + case SPOTLESS: + exit_status = NORMAL_EXIT_STATUS; + break; + case WARNING_MESSAGE: + exit_status = WARNING_EXIT_STATUS; + break; + case ERROR_MESSAGE: + exit_status = ERROR_EXIT_STATUS; + break; + case FATAL_MESSAGE: + default: + exit_status = FATAL_EXIT_STATUS; + break; + END + + exit (exit_status); + return (exit_status); +END + +/*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ END OF SECTION 10 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^*/ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex.h b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..564bb71c3ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bibtex.h @@ -0,0 +1,1474 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: bibtex.h,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:47:30 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This module defines the macros used in the BibTeX WEB source. +** This file also contains the definitions that determine BibTeX's +** processing capacity. +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: bibtex.h,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:47:30 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:43 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifndef __BIBTEX_H__ +#define __BIBTEX_H__ 1 + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 1 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The BANNER string is defined here and should be changed whenever BibTeX + * is modified. + ***************************************************************************/ +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT +# define BANNER "This is 8-bit Big BibTeX version 0.99c" +#else /* NOT SUPPORT_8BIT */ +# define BANNER "This is Big BibTeX version 0.99c" +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 2 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Terminal output goes to the file |TERM_OUT|, while terminal input comes + * from |TERM_IN|. On our system, these (system-dependent) files are + * already opened at the beginning of the program. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define TERM_OUT stdout +#define TERM_IN stdin + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 3 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This program uses the term |print| instead of |write| when writing on + * both the |log_file| and (system-dependent) |term_out| file, and it + * uses |trace_pr| when in |trace| mode, for which it writes on just the + * |log_file|. If you want to change where either set of macros writes + * to, you should also change the other macros in this program for that + * set; each such macro begins with |print_| or |trace_pr_|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define PRINT_NEWLINE print_a_newline () + +#define PRINT(X) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL)\ + FPRINTF (log_file, X);\ + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, X);\ + } + +#define PRINT2(X, Y) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL)\ + FPRINTF (log_file, X, Y);\ + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, X, Y);\ + } + +#define PRINT3(X, Y, Z) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL)\ + FPRINTF (log_file, X, Y, Z);\ + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, X, Y, Z);\ + } + +#define PRINT4(W, X, Y, Z) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL)\ + FPRINTF (log_file, W, X, Y, Z);\ + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, W, X, Y, Z);\ + } + +#define PRINT_LN(X) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL) {\ + FPRINTF (log_file, X); FPUTC ('\n', log_file);\ + }\ + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, X); FPUTC('\n', TERM_OUT);\ + } + +#define PRINT_LN2(X, Y) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL) {\ + FPRINTF (log_file, X, Y); FPUTC ('\n', log_file);\ + }\ + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, X, Y); FPUTC('\n', TERM_OUT);\ + } + +#define PRINT_LN3(X, Y, Z) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL) {\ + FPRINTF (log_file, X, Y, Z); FPUTC ('\n', log_file);\ + }\ + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, X, Y, Z); FPUTC('\n', TERM_OUT);\ + } + +#define PRINT_LN4(W, X, Y, Z) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL) {\ + FPRINTF (log_file, W, X, Y, Z); FPUTC ('\n', log_file);\ + }\ + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, W, X, Y, Z); FPUTC('\n', TERM_OUT);\ + } + +#define TRACE_PR(X) \ + if (log_file != NULL) FPRINTF (log_file, X); + +#define TRACE_PR2(X, Y) \ + if (log_file != NULL) FPRINTF (log_file, X, Y); + +#define TRACE_PR3(X, Y, Z) \ + if (log_file != NULL) FPRINTF (log_file, X, Y, Z); + +#define TRACE_PR_LN(X) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL) {\ + FPRINTF (log_file, X); FPUTC ('\n', log_file);\ + }\ + } + +#define TRACE_PR_LN2(X, Y) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL) {\ + FPRINTF (log_file, X, Y); FPUTC ('\n', log_file);\ + }\ + } + +#define TRACE_PR_LN3(X, Y, Z) \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL) {\ + FPRINTF (log_file, X, Y, Z); FPUTC ('\n', log_file);\ + }\ + } + +#define TRACE_PR_NEWLINE \ + {\ + if (log_file != NULL)\ + FPUTC ('\n', log_file);\ + } + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 4 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Some of the code is intended to be used only when diagnosing the strange + * behaviour that sometimes occurs when BibTeX is being installed or when + * system wizards are fooling around with BibTeX without quite knowing what + * they are doing. Such code will not normally be compiled; it is delimited + * by the preprocessor conditionals `#ifdef DEBUG ... #endif'. Similarly, + * there is some conditional code delimited by `#ifdef STAT ... #endif' + * that is intended only for use when statistics are to be kept about + * BibTeX's memory/CPU usage, and there is conditional code delimited by + * `#ifdef TRACE ... #endif' that is intended to be a trace facility for + * use mainly when debugging .BST files. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define DEBUG 1 +#define STAT 1 +#define TRACE 1 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 9 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here are some macros for common programming idioms. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define INCR(X) ++(X) +#define DECR(X) --(X) +#define LOOP while (TRUE) +#define DO_NOTHING ; +#define EMPTY 0 +#define ANY_VALUE 0 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 14 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These parameters may be changed at compile time to extend or reduce + * BiBTeX's capacity. They are set to accommodate a maximum of about 750 + * cites when used with the standard styles. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define MIN_PRINT_LINE 3 +#define MAX_PRINT_LINE 79 +#define AUX_STACK_SIZE 20 +#define MAX_BIB_FILES 20 + +#define BUF_SIZE 10000 +#define MAX_CITES 2000 +#define MAX_ENT_INTS 10000 +#define MAX_ENT_STRS 10000 +#define MAX_FIELDS 17250L +#define MAX_STRINGS 12000 +#define POOL_SIZE 65000L + +#define MIN_CROSSREFS 2 +#define WIZ_FN_SPACE 5000 +#define SINGLE_FN_SPACE 100 +#define ENT_STR_SIZE 250 +#define GLOB_STR_SIZE 1000 +#define LIT_STK_SIZE 100 + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 15 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These parameters can also be changed at compile time, but they're + * needed to define some WEB numeric macros so they must be defined + * themselves. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define HASH_SIZE 5000 +#define HASH_PRIME 4253 + +#ifdef MSDOS +# define FILE_NAME_SIZE 64 +#else /* NOT MSDOS */ +# define FILE_NAME_SIZE 255 +#endif /* MSDOS */ + +#define MAX_GLOB_STRS 10 +#define MAX_GLOB_STR_MINUS_1 (MAX_GLOB_STRS - 1) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 18 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * A global variable called |history| will contain one of four values at + * the end of every run: |spotless| means that no unusual messages were + * printed; |warning_message| means that a message of possible interest + * was printed but no serious errors were detected; |error_message| means + * that at least one error was found; |fatal_message| means that the + * program terminated abnormally. The value of |history| does not + * influence the behavior of the program; it is simply computed for the + * convenience of systems that might want to use such information. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SPOTLESS 0 +#define WARNING_MESSAGE 1 +#define ERROR_MESSAGE 2 +#define FATAL_MESSAGE 3 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 23 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We shall use the |text_char| to stand for the data type of the + * characters that are converted to and from |ASCIICode_T| when they are + * input and output. We shall also assume that |text_char| consists of the + * elements |chr[FIRST_TEXT_CHAR]| through |chr[LAST_TEXT_CHAR]| inclusive. + * The following definitions should be adjusted if necessary. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define FIRST_TEXT_CHAR 0 +#define LAST_TEXT_CHAR 255 + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT +#define LAST_ASCII_CHAR 255 +#else +#define LAST_ASCII_CHAR 127 +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 26 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Some of the ASCII codes without visible characters have been given + * symbolic names in this program because they are used with a special + * meaning. The |tab| character may be system dependent. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define NULL_CODE 0 +#define TAB 9 +#define SPACE 32 +#define INVALID_CODE 127 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 29 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Also, various characters are given symbolic names; all the ones this + * program uses are collected here. We use the sharp sign as the + * |concat_char|, rather than something more natural (like an ampersand), + * for uniformity of database syntax (ampersand is a valid character in + * identifiers). + ***************************************************************************/ +#define DOUBLE_QUOTE '"' +#define NUMBER_SIGN '#' +#define COMMENT '%' +#define SINGLE_QUOTE '\'' +#define LEFT_PAREN '(' +#define RIGHT_PAREN ')' +#define COMMA ',' +#define MINUS_SIGN '-' +#define EQUALS_SIGN '=' +#define AT_SIGN '@' +#define LEFT_BRACE '{' +#define RIGHT_BRACE '}' +#define PERIOD '.' +#define QUESTION_MARK '?' +#define EXCLAMATION_MARK '!' +#define TIE '~' +#define HYPHEN '-' +#define STAR '*' +#define CONCAT_CHAR '#' +#define COLON ':' +#define BACKSLASH '\\' + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 31 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Every character has two types of the lexical classifications. The + * first type is general, and the second type tells whether the character + * is legal in identifiers. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define ILLEGAL 0 +#define WHITE_SPACE 1 +#define ALPHA 2 +#define NUMERIC 3 +#define SEP_CHAR 4 +#define OTHER_LEX 5 +#define LAST_LEX 5 +#define ILLEGAL_ID_CHAR 0 +#define LEGAL_ID_CHAR 1 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 35 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we initialize the system-dependent |char_width| array, for which + * |space| is the only |white_space| character given a nonzero printing + * width. The widths here are taken from Stanford's June '87 cmr10 font + * and represent hundredths of a point (rounded), but since they're used + * only for relative comparisons, the units have no meaning. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SS_WIDTH 500 +#define AE_WIDTH 722 +#define OE_WIDTH 778 +#define UPPER_AE_WIDTH 903 +#define UPPER_OE_WIDTH 1014 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 44 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When something in the program wants to be bigger or something out + * there wants to be smaller, it's time to call it a run. Here's the + * first of several macros that have associated procedures so that they + * produce less inline code. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BIBTEX_OVERFLOW(X, Y) {\ + print_overflow ();\ + PRINT_LN3 ("%s%ld\n", (X), (long) (Y));\ + longjmp (Close_Up_Shop_Flag, 1);} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 45 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When something happens that the program thinks is impossible, call the + * maintainer. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define CONFUSION(X) {\ + PRINT (X); print_confusion();\ + longjmp (Close_Up_Shop_Flag, 1);} +#define CONFUSION2(X, Y) {\ + PRINT2 (X, Y); print_confusion();\ + longjmp (Close_Up_Shop_Flag, 1);} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 50 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These macros send a string in |str_pool| to an output file. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define MAX_POP 3 +#define PRINT_POOL_STR(X) print_a_pool_str(X) +#define TRACE_PR_POOL_STR(X) { out_pool_str(log_file, X);} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 52 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Several of the elementary string operations are performed using WEB + * macros instead of using PASCAL procedures, because many of the operations + * are done quite frequently and we want to avoid the overhead of procedure + * calls. For example, here's a simple macro that computes the length of a + * string. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define LENGTH(s) (str_start[(s)+1] - str_start[s]) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 53 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Strings are created by appending character codes to |str_pool|. The macro + * called |append_char|, defined here, does not check to see if the value + * of |pool_ptr| is too high; this test is supposed to be made before + * |append_char| is used. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define APPEND_CHAR(X) {str_pool[pool_ptr] = (X);\ + INCR(pool_ptr);} +#define STR_ROOM(X) {if((pool_ptr+(X))>Pool_Size)\ + pool_overflow();} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 55 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These macros destroy an recreate the string at the end of the pool. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define FLUSH_STRING {DECR(str_ptr);\ + pool_ptr=str_start[str_ptr];} +#define UNFLUSH_STRING {INCR(str_ptr);\ + pool_ptr=str_start[str_ptr];} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 62 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This system-independent procedure converts upper-case characters to + * lower case for the specified part of |buf|. It is system independent + * because it uses only the internal representation for characters. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define CASE_DIFFERENCE ('a' - 'A') + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 64 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * All static strings that BibTeX might have to search for, generally + * identifiers, are stored and retrieved by means of a fairly standard + * hash-table algorithm (but slightly altered here) called the method of + * ``coalescing lists'' (cf.\ Algorithm 6.4C in The Art of Computer + * Programming). Once a string enters the table, it is never removed. + * The actual sequence of characters forming a string is stored in the + * |str_pool| array. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define HASH_BASE (EMPTY + 1) +#define HASH_MAX (HASH_BASE + Hash_Size - 1) +#define HASH_IS_FULL ((hash_used) == (HASH_BASE)) +#define TEXT_ILK 0 +#define INTEGER_ILK 1 +#define AUX_COMMAND_ILK 2 +#define AUX_FILE_ILK 3 +#define BST_COMMAND_ILK 4 +#define BST_FILE_ILK 5 +#define BIB_FILE_ILK 6 +#define FILE_EXT_ILK 7 +#define FILE_AREA_ILK 8 +#define CITE_ILK 9 +#define LC_CITE_ILK 10 +#define BST_FN_ILK 11 +#define BIB_COMMAND_ILK 12 +#define MACRO_ILK 13 +#define CONTROL_SEQ_ILK 14 +#define LAST_ILK 14 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 68 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here is the subroutine that searches the the hash table for a (string, + * str_ilk) pair, where the string is of length l >= 0 and appears in + * |buffer[j..(j+l-1)]|. If it finds the pair, it returns the corresponding + * hash table location and sets the global variable |hash_found| to |TRUE|. + * Otherwise is sets |hash_found| to |FALSE|, and if the parameter + * |insert_it| is |TRUE|, it inserts the pair into the hash table, inserts + * the string into |str_pool| if not previously encountered, and returns its + * location. Note that two different pairs can have the same string but + * different |str_ilks|, in which case the second pair encountered, if + * |insert_it| were |TRUE|, would be inserted into the hash table though its + * string wouldn't be inserted into |str_pool| because it would already be + * there. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define MAX_HASH_VALUE (Hash_Prime + Hash_Prime - 2 + 127) +#define DO_INSERT TRUE +#define DONT_INSERT FALSE + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 73 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The longest pre-defined string determines type definitions used to + * insert the pre-defined strings into |str_pool|. + * Set to accommodate the longest translations of the environment variables. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define LONGEST_PDS MAX_FILE_NAME + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 78 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These constants all begin with |n_| and are used for the |case| + * statement that determines which command to execute. The variable + * |command_num| is set to one of these and is used to do the branching, + * but it must have the full |integer| range because at times it can + * assume an arbitrary |ilk_info| value (though it will be one of the + * values here when we actually use it). + ***************************************************************************/ +#define N_AUX_BIBDATA 0 +#define N_AUX_BIBSTYLE 1 +#define N_AUX_CITATION 2 +#define N_AUX_INPUT 3 + +#define N_BST_ENTRY 0 +#define N_BST_EXECUTE 1 +#define N_BST_FUNCTION 2 +#define N_BST_INTEGERS 3 +#define N_BST_ITERATE 4 +#define N_BST_MACRO 5 +#define N_BST_READ 6 +#define N_BST_REVERSE 7 +#define N_BST_SORT 8 +#define N_BST_STRINGS 9 + +#define N_BIB_COMMENT 0 +#define N_BIB_PREAMBLE 1 +#define N_BIB_STRING 2 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 80 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This section describes the various |buffer| scanning routines. The + * two global variables |buf_ptr1| and |buf_ptr2| are used in scanning an + * input line. Between scans, |buf_ptr1| points to the first character + * of the current token and |buf_ptr2| points to that of the next. The + * global variable |last|, set by the function |input_ln|, marks the end + * of the current line; it equals 0 at the end of the current file. All + * the procedures and functions in this section will indicate an + * end-of-line when it's the end of the file. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define TOKEN_LEN (buf_ptr2 - buf_ptr1) +#define SCAN_CHAR buffer[buf_ptr2] + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 81 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These macros send the current token, in |buffer[buf_ptr1]| to + * |buffer[buf_ptr2-1]|, to an output file. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define PRINT_TOKEN print_a_token (); +#define TRACE_PR_TOKEN out_token (log_file); + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 89 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These are the possible values for |scan_result|; they're set by the + * |scan_identifier| procedure and are described in the next section. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define ID_NULL 0 +#define SPECIFIED_CHAR_ADJACENT 1 +#define OTHER_CHAR_ADJACENT 2 +#define WHITE_ADJACENT 3 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 91 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The next two procedures scan for an integer, setting the global + * variable |token_value| to the corresponding integer. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define CHAR_VALUE (SCAN_CHAR - '0') + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 93 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This procedure scans for an integer, stopping at the first nondigit; + * it sets the value of |token_value| accordingly. It returns |true| if + * the token was a legal integer (i.e., consisted of an optional + * |minus_sign| followed by one or more digits). + ***************************************************************************/ +#define NEGATIVE (sign_length == 1) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 98 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * I mean, this is truly disgraceful ... + * + * Note: The |term_out| file is system dependent. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SAM_YOU_MADE_THE_FILE_NAME_TOO {\ + sam_too_long_file_name_print ();\ + goto Aux_Not_Found_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 99 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We've abused the user enough for one section; suffice it to + * say here that most of what we said last module still applies. + * Note: The |term_out| file is system dependent. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SAM_YOU_MADE_THE_FILE_NAME_WRON {\ + sam_wrong_file_name_print ();\ + goto Aux_Not_Found_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 104 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we set up definitions and declarations for files opened in this + * section. Each element in |aux_list| (except for + * |aux_list[aux_stack_size]|, which is always unused) is a pointer to + * the appropriate |str_pool| string representing the \.{.aux} file name. + * The array |aux_file| contains the corresponding \PASCAL\ |file| + * variables. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define CUR_AUX_STR aux_list[aux_ptr] +#define CUR_AUX_FILE aux_file[aux_ptr] +#define CUR_AUX_LINE aux_ln_stack[aux_ptr] + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 111 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When we find a bug, we print a message and flush the rest of the line. + * This macro must be called from within a procedure that has an |exit| + * label. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define AUX_ERR_RETURN {aux_err_print(); goto Exit_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 112 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here are a bunch of macros whose print statements are used at least + * twice. Thus we save space by making the statements procedures. This + * macro complains when there's a repeated command that's to be used just + * once. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define AUX_ERR_ILLEGAL_ANOTHER(X) {aux_err_illegal_another_print (X);\ + AUX_ERR_RETURN;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 113 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This one complains when a command is missing its |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define AUX_ERR_NO_RIGHT_BRACE {\ + PRINT2 ("No \"%c\"", xchr[RIGHT_BRACE]);\ + AUX_ERR_RETURN;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 114 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This one complains when a command has stuff after its |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define AUX_ERR_STUFF_AFTER_RIGHT_BRACE {\ + PRINT2 ("Stuff after \"%c\"", xchr[RIGHT_BRACE]);\ + AUX_ERR_RETURN;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 115 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And this one complains when a command has white space in its argument. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define AUX_ERR_WHITE_SPACE_IN_ARGUMENT {\ + PRINT ("White space in argument");\ + AUX_ERR_RETURN;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 117 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we introduce some variables for processing a \.{\\bibdata} + * command. Each element in |bib_list| (except for + * |bib_list[max_bib_files]|, which is always unused) is a pointer to the + * appropriate |str_pool| string representing the \.{.bib} file name. + * The array |bib_file| contains the corresponding \PASCAL\ |file| + * variables. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define CUR_BIB_STR bib_list[bib_ptr] +#define CUR_BIB_FILE bib_file[bib_ptr] + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 122 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro is very similar to aux_err but it complains specifically about + * opening a file for a \bibdata command. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define OPEN_BIBDATA_AUX_ERR(X) {\ + PRINT (X);\ + print_bib_name();\ + AUX_ERR_RETURN;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 129 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we introduce some variables for processing a \.{\\citation} + * command. Each element in |cite_list| (except for + * |cite_list[Max_Cites]|, which is always unused) is a pointer to the + * appropriate |str_pool| string. The cite-key list is kept in order of + * occurrence with duplicates removed. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define CUR_CITE_STR cite_list[cite_ptr] + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 133 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We must check if (the lower-case version of) this cite key has been + * previously encountered, and proceed accordingly. The alias kludge + * helps make the stack space not overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define EX_BUF1 ex_buf + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 144 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We must complain if anything's amiss. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define AUX_END_ERR(X) {\ + aux_end1_err_print();\ + PRINT (X);\ + aux_end2_err_print();} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 149 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's a serious error parsing the .bst file, we flush the rest of + * the current command; a blank line is assumed to mark the end of a command + * (but for the purposes of error recovery only). Thus, error recovery will + * be better if style designers leave blank lines between .bst commands. + * This macro must be called from within a procedure that has an 'exit' + * label. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BST_ERR_PRINT_AND_LOOK_FOR_BLAN {\ + bst_err_print_and_look_for_blan();\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +#define BST_ERR(X) {\ + PRINT (X);\ + bst_err_print_and_look_for_blan ();\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +#define BST_ERR2(X, Y) {\ + PRINT2 (X, Y);\ + bst_err_print_and_look_for_blan ();\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 150 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's a harmless error parsing the .bst file (harmless + * syntactically, at least) we give just a warning message. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BST_WARN(X) {\ + PRINT (X); bst_warn_print();} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 153 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's often illegal to end a .bst command in certain places, and this is + * where we come to check. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define EAT_BST_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK(X) {\ + if (! eat_bst_white_space()) {\ + PRINT (X); BST_ERR(X);}} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 156 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We need data structures for the function definitions, the entry + * variables, the global variables, and the actual entries corresponding + * to the cite-key list. First we define the classes of `function's used. + * Functions in all classes are of |bst_fn_ilk| except for |int_literal|s, + * which are of |integer_ilk|; and |str_literal|s, which are of + * |text_ilk|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BUILT_IN 0 +#define WIZ_DEFINED 1 +#define INT_LITERAL 2 +#define STR_LITERAL 3 +#define FIELD 4 +#define INT_ENTRY_VAR 5 +#define STR_ENTRY_VAR 6 +#define INT_GLOBAL_VAR 7 +#define STR_GLOBAL_VAR 8 +#define LAST_FN_CLASS 8 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 160 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Besides the function classes, we have types based on \BibTeX's + * capacity limitations and one based on what can go into the array + * |wiz_functions| explained below. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define QUOTE_NEXT_FN (HASH_BASE - 1) +#define END_OF_DEF (HASH_MAX + 1) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 161 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We store information about the \.{.bst} functions in arrays the same + * size as the hash-table arrays and in locations corresponding to their + * hash-table locations. The two arrays |fn_info| (an alias of + * |ilk_info| described earlier) and |fn_type| accomplish this: |fn_type| + * specifies one of the above classes, and |fn_info| gives information + * dependent on the class. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define FN_INFO ilk_info +#define MISSING EMPTY + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 166 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro is used to scan all .bst identifiers. The argument supplies + * .bst command name. The associated procedure simply prints an error + * message. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BST_IDENTIFIER_SCAN(X) {\ + scan_identifier (RIGHT_BRACE, COMMENT, COMMENT);\ + if ((scan_result == WHITE_ADJACENT) \ + || (scan_result == SPECIFIED_CHAR_ADJACENT)) {DO_NOTHING;}\ + else {bst_id_print(); BST_ERR(X)}} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 167 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro just makes sure we're at a |left_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BST_GET_AND_CHECK_LEFT_BRACE(X) {\ + if (SCAN_CHAR != LEFT_BRACE) \ + {bst_left_brace_print(); BST_ERR(X);}\ + INCR (buf_ptr2);} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 168 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro just makes sure we're at a |right_brace|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BST_GET_AND_CHECK_RIGHT_BRACE(X) {\ + if (SCAN_CHAR != RIGHT_BRACE) \ + {bst_right_brace_print(); BST_ERR(X);}\ + INCR (buf_ptr2);} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 169 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro complains if we've already encountered a function to be + * inserted into the hash table. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define CHECK_FOR_ALREADY_SEEN_FUNCTION(X) {\ + if (hash_found) {\ + already_seen_function_print(X);\ + goto Exit_Label;}} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 183 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * We're about to start scanning tokens in a function definition. When a + * function token is illegal, we skip until it ends; a |white_space| + * character, an end-of-line, a |right_brace|, or a |comment| marks the + * end of the current token. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SKIP_TOKEN(X) {\ + PRINT (X);\ + skip_token_print ();\ + goto Next_Token_Label;} +#define SKIP_TOKEN2(X, Y) {\ + PRINT2 (X, Y);\ + skip_token_print ();\ + goto Next_Token_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 184 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro is similar to the last one but is specifically for + * recursion in a |wiz_defined| function, which is illegal; it helps save + * space. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SKIP_RECURSIVE_TOKEN { print_recursion_illegal (); \ + goto Next_Token_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 185 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here's another macro for saving some space when there's a problem with + * a token. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SKIP_TOKEN_UNKNOWN_FUNCTION {skp_token_unknown_function_prin ();\ + goto Next_Token_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 186 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And another. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SKIP_TOKEN_ILLEGAL_STUFF_AFTER {\ + skip_illegal_stuff_after_token ();\ + goto Next_Token_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 188 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro inserts a hash-table location (or one of the two + * special markers |quote_next_fn| and |end_of_def|) into the + * |singl_function| array, which will later be copied into the + * |wiz_functions| array. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define INSERT_FN_LOC(X) {\ + singl_function[single_ptr] = (X);\ + if (single_ptr == SINGLE_FN_SPACE)\ + {singl_fn_overflow();}\ + INCR (single_ptr);} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 194 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module marks the implicit function as being quoted, generates a + * name, and stores it in the hash table. This name is strictly internal + * to this program, starts with a |single_quote| (since that will make + * this function name unique), and ends with the variable |impl_fn_num| + * converted to ASCII. The alias kludge helps make the stack space not + * overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define EX_BUF2 ex_buf + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 197 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module appends a character to |int_buf| after checking to make + * sure it will fit; for use in |int_to_ASCII|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define APPEND_INT_CHAR(X) {\ + if (int_ptr == BUF_SIZE)\ + { buffer_overflow ();}\ + int_buf[int_ptr] = (X);\ + INCR (int_ptr); } + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 216 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we insert the just found |int_global_var| name into the hash + * table and record it as an |int_global_var|. Also, we initialize it by + * setting |fn_info[fn_loc]| to 0. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define END_OF_STRING INVALID_CODE + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 219 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These global variables are used ... + ***************************************************************************/ +#define UNDEFINED (HASH_MAX + 1) + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 221 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's a serious error parsing a \.{.bib} file, we flush + * everything up to the beginning of the next entry. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BIB_ERR(X) {\ + PRINT (X);\ + bib_err_print ();\ + goto Exit_Label;} +#define BIB_ERR2(X, Y) {\ + PRINT2 (X, Y);\ + bib_err_print ();\ + goto Exit_Label;} +#define BIB_ERR3(X, Y, Z) {\ + PRINT3 (X, Y, Z);\ + bib_err_print ();\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 222 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's a harmless error parsing a \.{.bib} file, we just give a + * warning message. This is always called after other stuff has been + * printed out. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BIB_WARN(X) {\ + PRINT (X);\ + bib_warn_print ();} +#define BIB_WARN_NEWLINE(X) {\ + PRINT_LN (X);\ + bib_warn_print ();} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 229 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's often illegal to end a \.{.bib} command in certain places, and + * this is where we come to check. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define EAT_BIB_WHITE_AND_EOF_CHECK {\ + if (! eat_bib_white_space())\ + {eat_bib_print();\ + goto Exit_Label;}} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 230 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And here are a bunch of error-message macros, each called more than + * once, that thus save space as implemented. This one is for when one + * of two possible characters is expected while scanning. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BIB_ONE_OF_TWO_EXPECTED_ERR(X, Y) {\ + bib_one_of_two_print (X, Y);\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 231 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This one's for an unexpected equals sign. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BIB_EQUALS_SIGN_EXPECTED_ERR {\ + bib_equals_sign_print ();\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 232 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This complains about unbalanced braces. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BIB_UNBALANCED_BRACES_ERR {\ + bib_unbalanced_braces_print ();\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 233 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * And this one about an overly exuberant field. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BIB_FIELD_TOO_LONG_ERR {\ + bib_field_too_long_print ();\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 234 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This one is just a warning, not an error. It's for when something + * isn't (or might not be) quite right with a macro name. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define MACRO_NAME_WARNING(X) {\ + macro_warn_print ();\ + BIB_WARN_NEWLINE (X);} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 235 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro is used to scan all \.{.bib} identifiers. The argument + * tells what was happening at the time. The associated procedure simply + * prints an error message. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BIB_IDENTIFIER_SCAN_CHECK(X) {\ + if ((scan_result == WHITE_ADJACENT) \ + || (scan_result == SPECIFIED_CHAR_ADJACENT)) {DO_NOTHING;}\ + else {bib_id_print(); BIB_ERR (X);}} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 247 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The variables for the function + * |scan_and_store_the_field_value_and_eat_white| must be global since + * the functions it calls use them too. The alias kludge helps make the + * stack space not overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define FIELD_VL_STR ex_buf +#define FIELD_END ex_buf_ptr +#define FIELD_START ex_buf_xptr + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 251 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Now we come to the stuff that actually accumulates the field value to + * be stored. This module copies a character into |field_vl_str| if it + * will fit; since it's so low level, it's implemented as a macro. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define COPY_CHAR(X) {\ + if (FIELD_END == BUF_SIZE)\ + { BIB_FIELD_TOO_LONG_ERR; }\ + else\ + { FIELD_VL_STR[FIELD_END] = (X);\ + INCR (FIELD_END);}} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 252 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The \.{.bib}-specific scanning function |compress_bib_white| skips + * over |white_space| characters within a string until hitting a nonwhite + * character; in fact, it does everything |eat_bib_white_space| does, but + * it also adds a |space| to |field_vl_str|. This function is never + * called if there are no |white_space| characters (or ends-of-line) to + * be scanned (though the associated macro might be). The function + * returns |false| if there is a serious syntax error. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define CHECK_FOR_AND_COMPRESS_BIB_WHIT {\ + if ((lex_class[SCAN_CHAR] == WHITE_SPACE) || (buf_ptr2 == last)){\ + if (! compress_bib_white ()) { goto Exit_Label;}}} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 264 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * If the cross-referenced entry isn't already on |cite_list| we add it + * (at least temporarily); if it is already on |cite_list| we update the + * cross-reference count, if necessary. Note that |all_entries| is + * |false| here. The alias kludge helps make the stack space not + * overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define EXTRA_BUF out_buf + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 267 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The lower-case version of this database key must correspond to one in + * |cite_list|, or else |all_entries| must be |true|, if this entry is to + * be included in the reference list. Accordingly, this module sets + * |store_entry|, which determines whether the relevant information for + * this entry is stored. The alias kludge helps make the stack space not + * overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define EX_BUF3 ex_buf + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 270 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This module, a simpler version of the + * |find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_key| function, exists primarily to + * compute |lc_xcite_loc|. When this code is executed we have + * |(all_entries) and (entry_cite_ptr >= all_marker) and (not + * entry_exists[entry_cite_ptr])|. The alias kludge helps make the stack + * space not overflow on some machines. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define EX_BUF4 ex_buf +#define EX_BUF4_PTR ex_buf_ptr + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 277 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Occasionally we need to figure out the hash-table location of a given + * cite-key string and its lower-case equivalent. This function does + * that. To perform the task it needs to borrow a buffer, a need that + * gives rise to the alias kludge---it helps make the stack space not + * overflow on some machines (and while it's at it, it'll borrow a + * pointer, too). Finally, the function returns |true| if the cite key + * exists on |cite_list|, and its sets |cite_hash_found| according to + * whether or not it found the actual version (before |lower_case|ing) of + * the cite key; however, its {\sl raison d'\^$\mkern-8mu$etre\/} + * (literally, ``to eat a raisin'') is to compute |cite_loc| and + * |lc_cite_loc|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define EX_BUF5 ex_buf +#define EX_BUF5_PTR ex_buf_ptr + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 289 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The array |sorted_cites| initially specifies that the entries are to + * be processed in order of cite-key occurrence. The \.{sort} command + * may change this to whatever it likes (which, we hope, is whatever the + * style-designer instructs it to like). We make |sorted_cites| an alias + * to save space; this works fine because we're done with |cite_info|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SORTED_CITES cite_info + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 291 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Where |lit_stk_loc| is a stack location, and where |stk_type| gives + * one of the three types of literals (an integer, a string, or a + * function) or a special marker. If a |lit_stk_type| element is a + * |stk_int| then the corresponding |lit_stack| element is an integer; if + * a |stk_str|, then a pointer to a |str_pool| string; and if a |stk_fn|, + * then a pointer to the function's hash-table location. However, if the + * literal should have been a |stk_str| that was the value of a field + * that happened to be |missing|, then the special value + * |stk_field_missing| goes on the stack instead; its corresponding + * |lit_stack| element is a pointer to the field-name's string. Finally, + * |stk_empty| is the type of a literal popped from an empty stack. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define STK_INT 0 +#define STK_STR 1 +#define STK_FN 2 +#define STK_FIELD_MISSING 3 +#define STK_EMPTY 4 +#define LAST_LIT_TYPE 4 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 293 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When there's an error while executing \.{.bst} functions, what we do + * depends on whether the function is messing with the entries. + * Furthermore this error is serious enough to classify as an + * |error_message| instead of a |warning_message|. These messages (that + * is, from |bst_ex_warn|) are meant both for the user and for the style + * designer while debugging. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BST_EX_WARN(X) {\ + PRINT (X); bst_ex_warn_print ();} +#define BST_EX_WARN2(X, Y) {\ + PRINT2 (X, Y); bst_ex_warn_print ();} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 294 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * When an error is so harmless, we print a warning message instead of an + * error message. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BST_MILD_EX_WARN(X) {\ + PRINT (X); bst_mild_ex_warn_print ();} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 301 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The function |less_than| compares the two \.{sort.key\$}s indirectly + * pointed to by its arguments and returns |true| if the first argument's + * \.{sort.key\$} is lexicographically less than the second's (that is, + * alphabetically earlier). In case of ties the function compares the + * indices |arg1| and |arg2|, which are assumed to be different, and + * returns |true| if the first is smaller. This function uses + * |ASCII_code|s to compare, so it might give ``interesting'' results + * when handling nonletters. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define COMPARE_RETURN(X) {\ + less_than = (X);\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 302 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * The recursive procedure |quick_sort| sorts ... + ***************************************************************************/ +#define SHORT_LIST 10 +#define END_OFFSET 4 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 308 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * This macro pushes the last thing, necessarily a string, that was + * popped. And this module, along with others that push the literal + * stack without explicitly calling |push_lit_stack|, have an index entry + * under ``push the literal stack''; these implicit pushes collectively + * speed up the program by about ten percent. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define REPUSH_STRING {\ + if (lit_stack[lit_stk_ptr] >= cmd_str_ptr)\ + { UNFLUSH_STRING; }\ + INCR (lit_stk_ptr);} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 319 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These macros append a character to |ex_buf|. Which is called depends + * on whether the character is known to fit. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR(X) {\ + ex_buf[ex_buf_ptr] = (X);\ + INCR(ex_buf_ptr);} +#define APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR_AND_CHECK(X) {\ + if (ex_buf_ptr == BUF_SIZE) {buffer_overflow ();}; \ + APPEND_EX_BUF_CHAR(X)} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 333 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These constants all begin with |n_| and are used for the |case| + * statement that determines which |built_in| function to execute. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define N_EQUALS 0 +#define N_GREATER_THAN 1 +#define N_LESS_THAN 2 +#define N_PLUS 3 +#define N_MINUS 4 +#define N_CONCATENATE 5 +#define N_GETS 6 +#define N_ADD_PERIOD 7 +#define N_CALL_TYPE 8 +#define N_CHANGE_CASE 9 +#define N_CHR_TO_INT 10 +#define N_CITE 11 +#define N_DUPLICATE 12 +#define N_EMPTY 13 +#define N_FORMAT_NAME 14 +#define N_IF 15 +#define N_INT_TO_CHR 16 +#define N_INT_TO_STR 17 +#define N_MISSING 18 +#define N_NEWLINE 19 +#define N_NUM_NAMES 20 +#define N_POP 21 +#define N_PREAMBLE 22 +#define N_PURIFY 23 +#define N_QUOTE 24 +#define N_SKIP 25 +#define N_STACK 26 +#define N_SUBSTRING 27 +#define N_SWAP 28 +#define N_TEXT_LENGTH 29 +#define N_TEXT_PREFIX 30 +#define N_TOP_STACK 31 +#define N_TYPE 32 +#define N_WARNING 33 +#define N_WHILE 34 +#define N_WIDTH 35 +#define N_WRITE 36 +#define NUM_BLT_IN_FNS 37 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 338 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These constants all begin with |n_| and are used for the |case| + * statement that determines which, if any, control sequence we're + * dealing with; a control sequence of interest will be either one of the + * undotted characters `\.{\\i}' or `\.{\\j}' or one of the foreign + * characters in Table~3.2 of the \LaTeX\ manual. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define N_I 0 +#define N_J 1 +#define N_OE 2 +#define N_OE_UPPER 3 +#define N_AE 4 +#define N_AE_UPPER 5 +#define N_AA 6 +#define N_AA_UPPER 7 +#define N_O 8 +#define N_O_UPPER 9 +#define N_L 10 +#define N_L_UPPER 11 +#define N_SS 12 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 344 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These are nonrecursive variables that |execute_fn| uses. Declaring + * them here (instead of in the previous module) saves execution time and + * stack space on most machines. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define NAME_BUF sv_buffer + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 356 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's time for a complaint if either of the two (entry or global) string + * lengths is exceeded. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define BST_STRING_SIZE_EXCEEDED(X, Y) {\ + bst_1print_string_size_exceeded ();\ + PRINT3 ("%ld%s", (long) (X), Y);\ + bst_2print_string_size_exceeded ();} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 365 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * First we define a few variables for case conversion. The constant + * definitions, to be used in |case| statements, are in order of probable + * frequency. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define TITLE_LOWERS 0 +#define ALL_LOWERS 1 +#define ALL_UPPERS 2 +#define BAD_CONVERSION 3 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 397 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * It's a von token if there exists a first brace-level-0 letter (or + * brace-level-1 special character), and it's in lower case; in this case + * we return |true|. The token is in |name_buf|, starting at + * |name_bf_ptr| and ending just before |name_bf_xptr|. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define RETURN_VON_FOUND {\ + von_token_found = TRUE;\ + goto Exit_Label;} + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 417 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Here we output either the \.{.bst} given string if it exists, or else + * the \.{.bib} |sep_char| if it exists, or else the default string. A + * |tie| is the default space character between the last two tokens of + * the name part, and between the first two tokens if the first token is + * short enough; otherwise, a |space| is the default. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define LONG_TOKEN 3 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 419 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * If the last character output for this name part is a |tie| but the + * previous character it isn't, we're dealing with a discretionary |tie|; + * thus we replace it by a |space| if there are enough characters in the + * rest of the name part. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define LONG_NAME 3 + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: 465 + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * These statistics can help determine how large some of the constants + * should be and can tell how useful certain |built_in| functions are. + * They are written to the same files as tracing information. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define STAT_PR TRACE_PR +#define STAT_PR2 TRACE_PR2 +#define STAT_PR3 TRACE_PR3 + +#define STAT_PR_LN TRACE_PR_LN +#define STAT_PR_LN2 TRACE_PR_LN2 +#define STAT_PR_LN3 TRACE_PR_LN3 + +#define STAT_PR_POOL_STR TRACE_PR_POOL_STR + + +/*************************************************************************** + * WEB section number: N/A + * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * C isn't very good at declaring two dimensional arrays whose sizes are + * determined at run time. Here we create a useful macro to simulate + * accessing a 2D array by converting the row/col into an offset from the + * beginning of a 1D array. + ***************************************************************************/ +#define ENTRY_STRS(_r,_c) entry_strs[(_r * (ENT_STR_SIZE+1)) + _c] +#define GLOBAL_STRS(_r,_c) global_strs[(_r * (GLOB_STR_SIZE+1)) + _c] + +#endif /* __BIBTEX_H__ */ + diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bt371csf.zip b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bt371csf.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..55fdadfb45d --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/bt371csf.zip diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/configure b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/configure new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..7ff0fc5bf01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/configure @@ -0,0 +1,16472 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63 for bibtex8 for TeX Live 3.71. +# +# Report bugs to <tex-k@tug.org>. +# +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, +# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## --------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + + + +# PATH needs CR +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +as_nl=' +' +export as_nl +# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. +as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='printf %s\n' + as_echo_n='printf %s' +else + if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then + as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' + as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' + else + as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' + as_echo_n_body='eval + arg=$1; + case $arg in + *"$as_nl"*) + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; + arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; + esac; + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" + ' + export as_echo_n_body + as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' + fi + export as_echo_body + as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' +fi + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + +# Support unset when possible. +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_unset=unset +else + as_unset=false +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +case $0 in + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + +# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. +for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE + +# Required to use basename. +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + + +# Name of the executable. +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# CDPATH. +$as_unset CDPATH + + +if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then + if (eval ":") 2>/dev/null; then + as_have_required=yes +else + as_have_required=no +fi + + if test $as_have_required = yes && (eval ": +(as_func_return () { + (exit \$1) +} +as_func_success () { + as_func_return 0 +} +as_func_failure () { + as_func_return 1 +} +as_func_ret_success () { + return 0 +} +as_func_ret_failure () { + return 1 +} + +exitcode=0 +if as_func_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_failure succeeded. +fi + +if as_func_ret_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_ret_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. +fi + +if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi + +test \$exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + +( + as_lineno_1=\$LINENO + as_lineno_2=\$LINENO + test \"x\$as_lineno_1\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2\" && + test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1 + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2\") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } +") 2> /dev/null; then + : +else + as_candidate_shells= + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + case $as_dir in + /*) + for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do + as_candidate_shells="$as_candidate_shells $as_dir/$as_base" + done;; + esac +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + + for as_shell in $as_candidate_shells $SHELL; do + # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. + if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && + { ("$as_shell") 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + +: +_ASEOF +}; then + CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell + as_have_required=yes + if { "$as_shell" 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + +: +(as_func_return () { + (exit $1) +} +as_func_success () { + as_func_return 0 +} +as_func_failure () { + as_func_return 1 +} +as_func_ret_success () { + return 0 +} +as_func_ret_failure () { + return 1 +} + +exitcode=0 +if as_func_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_failure succeeded. +fi + +if as_func_ret_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_ret_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. +fi + +if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi + +test $exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + +( + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + +_ASEOF +}; then + break +fi + +fi + + done + + if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then + for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV + do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var + done + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} +fi + + + if test $as_have_required = no; then + echo This script requires a shell more modern than all the + echo shells that I found on your system. Please install a + echo modern shell, or manually run the script under such a + echo shell if you do have one. + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + + +fi + +fi + + + +(eval "as_func_return () { + (exit \$1) +} +as_func_success () { + as_func_return 0 +} +as_func_failure () { + as_func_return 1 +} +as_func_ret_success () { + return 0 +} +as_func_ret_failure () { + return 1 +} + +exitcode=0 +if as_func_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_failure succeeded. +fi + +if as_func_ret_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_ret_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. +fi + +if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi + +test \$exitcode = 0") || { + echo No shell found that supports shell functions. + echo Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system, + echo including any error possibly output before this message. + echo This can help us improve future autoconf versions. + echo Configuration will now proceed without shell functions. +} + + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { + + # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO + # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a + # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' + # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each + # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends + # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special + # case at line end. + # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the + # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee + # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) + sed -n ' + p + /[$]LINENO/= + ' <$as_myself | + sed ' + s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ + t lineno + b + :lineno + N + :loop + s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ + t loop + s/-\n.*// + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). + . "./$as_me.lineno" + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in +-n*) + case `echo 'x\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + *) ECHO_C='\c';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null +fi +if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then + if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -p' + elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln + else + as_ln_s='cp -p' + fi +else + as_ln_s='cp -p' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p=: +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_test_x='test -x' +else + if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_ls_L_option=L + else + as_ls_L_option= + fi + as_test_x=' + eval sh -c '\'' + if test -d "$1"; then + test -d "$1/."; + else + case $1 in + -*)set "./$1";; + esac; + case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in + ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi + '\'' sh + ' +fi +as_executable_p=$as_test_x + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + + + +# Check that we are running under the correct shell. +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + +case X$lt_ECHO in +X*--fallback-echo) + # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make). + ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\$\\$0,'$0','` + ;; +esac + +ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo} +if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then + # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. + shift +elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then + # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over + : +elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then + # Yippee, $ECHO works! + : +else + # Restart under the correct shell. + exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} +fi + +if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then + # used as fallback echo + shift + cat <<_LT_EOF +$* +_LT_EOF + exit 0 +fi + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then + if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then + # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it + for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do + # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... + if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null && + { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null + then + break + fi + done + fi + + if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + : + else + # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote + # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using + # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' + # + # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. + + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && + test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + ECHO="$dir/echo" + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + + if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then + # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. + if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. + ECHO='print -r' + elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } && + test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then + # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it. + ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL + CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec $CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} + else + # Try using printf. + ECHO='printf %s\n' + if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + # Cool, printf works + : + elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL + export CONFIG_SHELL + SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" + export SHELL + ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" + elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" + else + # maybe with a smaller string... + prev=: + + for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do + if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null + then + break + fi + prev="$cmd" + done + + if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then + echo_test_string=`eval $prev` + export echo_test_string + exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "$0" ${1+"$@"} + else + # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. + ECHO=echo + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi +fi + +# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from +# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later. +lt_ECHO=$ECHO +if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then + lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\$0 --fallback-echo" +fi + + + + +exec 7<&0 </dev/null 6>&1 + +# Name of the host. +# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, +# so uname gets run too. +ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` + +# +# Initializations. +# +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +ac_clean_files= +ac_config_libobj_dir=. +LIBOBJS= +cross_compiling=no +subdirs= +MFLAGS= +MAKEFLAGS= +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + +# Identity of this package. +PACKAGE_NAME='bibtex8 for TeX Live' +PACKAGE_TARNAME='bibtex8-for-tex-live' +PACKAGE_VERSION='3.71' +PACKAGE_STRING='bibtex8 for TeX Live 3.71' +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='tex-k@tug.org' + +ac_unique_file="bibtex-1.c" +# Factoring default headers for most tests. +ac_includes_default="\ +#include <stdio.h> +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include <sys/types.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H +# include <sys/stat.h> +#endif +#ifdef STDC_HEADERS +# include <stdlib.h> +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include <stdlib.h> +# endif +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H +# include <memory.h> +# endif +# include <string.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H +# include <strings.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include <unistd.h> +#endif" + +ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE +am__EXEEXT_TRUE +LTLIBOBJS +LIBOBJS +KPATHSEA_RULE +KPATHSEA_DEPEND +KPATHSEA_LIBS +KPATHSEA_INCLUDES +WARNING_CFLAGS +CPP +OTOOL64 +OTOOL +LIPO +NMEDIT +DSYMUTIL +lt_ECHO +RANLIB +AR +OBJDUMP +LN_S +NM +ac_ct_DUMPBIN +DUMPBIN +LD +FGREP +EGREP +GREP +SED +am__fastdepCC_FALSE +am__fastdepCC_TRUE +CCDEPMODE +AMDEPBACKSLASH +AMDEP_FALSE +AMDEP_TRUE +am__quote +am__include +DEPDIR +OBJEXT +EXEEXT +ac_ct_CC +CPPFLAGS +LDFLAGS +CFLAGS +CC +host_os +host_vendor +host_cpu +host +build_os +build_vendor +build_cpu +build +LIBTOOL +MAINT +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE +am__untar +am__tar +AMTAR +am__leading_dot +SET_MAKE +AWK +mkdir_p +MKDIR_P +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM +STRIP +install_sh +MAKEINFO +AUTOHEADER +AUTOMAKE +AUTOCONF +ACLOCAL +VERSION +PACKAGE +CYGPATH_W +am__isrc +INSTALL_DATA +INSTALL_SCRIPT +INSTALL_PROGRAM +target_alias +host_alias +build_alias +LIBS +ECHO_T +ECHO_N +ECHO_C +DEFS +mandir +localedir +libdir +psdir +pdfdir +dvidir +htmldir +infodir +docdir +oldincludedir +includedir +localstatedir +sharedstatedir +sysconfdir +datadir +datarootdir +libexecdir +sbindir +bindir +program_transform_name +prefix +exec_prefix +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT +PACKAGE_STRING +PACKAGE_VERSION +PACKAGE_TARNAME +PACKAGE_NAME +PATH_SEPARATOR +SHELL' +ac_subst_files='' +ac_user_opts=' +enable_option_checking +enable_maintainer_mode +enable_shared +enable_static +with_pic +enable_fast_install +enable_dependency_tracking +with_gnu_ld +enable_libtool_lock +enable_largefile +enable_compiler_warnings +with_system_kpathsea +with_kpathsea_includes +with_kpathsea_libdir +' + ac_precious_vars='build_alias +host_alias +target_alias +CC +CFLAGS +LDFLAGS +LIBS +CPPFLAGS +CPP' + + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +ac_init_help= +ac_init_version=false +ac_unrecognized_opts= +ac_unrecognized_sep= +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +cache_file=/dev/null +exec_prefix=NONE +no_create= +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE + +# Installation directory options. +# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" +# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix +# by default will actually change. +# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. +# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datarootdir='${prefix}/share' +datadir='${datarootdir}' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' +infodir='${datarootdir}/info' +htmldir='${docdir}' +dvidir='${docdir}' +pdfdir='${docdir}' +psdir='${docdir}' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' +mandir='${datarootdir}/man' + +ac_prev= +ac_dashdash= +for ac_option +do + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case $ac_option in + *=*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in + --) + ac_dashdash=yes ;; + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build_alias ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; + + --config-cache | -C) + cache_file=config.cache ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) + datadir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ + | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) + ac_prev=datarootdir ;; + -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ + | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) + datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"enable_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; + + -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) + ac_prev=docdir ;; + -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) + docdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) + ac_prev=dvidir ;; + -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) + dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"enable_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) + ac_init_help=long ;; + -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) + ac_init_help=recursive ;; + -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) + ac_init_help=short ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host_alias ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) + ac_prev=htmldir ;; + -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ + | --ht=*) + htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) + ac_prev=localedir ;; + -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) + localedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) + localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; + + -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) + ac_prev=pdfdir ;; + -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) + pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) + ac_prev=psdir ;; + -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) + psdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site=$ac_optarg ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target_alias ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) + ac_init_version=: ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"with_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"with_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; + + -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ;; + + *=*) + ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg + export $ac_envvar ;; + + *) + # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 + expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 + : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then + case $enable_option_checking in + no) ;; + fatal) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; + esac +fi + +# Check all directory arguments for consistency. +for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ + datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ + oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ + libdir localedir mandir +do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + # Remove trailing slashes. + case $ac_val in + */ ) + ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` + eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; + esac + # Be sure to have absolute directory names. + case $ac_val in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; + NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; + esac + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +done + +# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' +# used to hold the argument of --host etc. +# FIXME: To remove some day. +build=$build_alias +host=$host_alias +target=$target_alias + +# FIXME: To remove some day. +if test "x$host_alias" != x; then + if test "x$build_alias" = x; then + cross_compiling=maybe + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. + If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 + elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then + cross_compiling=yes + fi +fi + +ac_tool_prefix= +test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- + +test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null + + +ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && +ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && +ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: working directory cannot be determined" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: pwd does not report name of working directory" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. + ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || +$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_myself" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" +ac_abs_confdir=`( + cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: $ac_msg" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + pwd)` +# When building in place, set srcdir=. +if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then + srcdir=. +fi +# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. +# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info +# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. +case $srcdir in +*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; +esac +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} +done + +# +# Report the --help message. +# +if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat <<_ACEOF +\`configure' configures bibtex8 for TeX Live 3.71 to adapt to many kinds of systems. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... + +To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as +VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. + +Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. + +Configuration: + -h, --help display this help and exit + --help=short display options specific to this package + --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages + -V, --version display version information and exit + -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] + -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' + -n, --no-create do not create output files + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] + +Installation directories: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [PREFIX] + +By default, \`make install' will install all the files in +\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify +an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', +for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. + +For better control, use the options below. + +Fine tuning of the installation directories: + --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] + --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] + --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] + --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] + --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] + --docdir=DIR documentation root + [DATAROOTDIR/doc/bibtex8-for-tex-live] + --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] + --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] + --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] + --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] +_ACEOF + + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Program names: + --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names + --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names + --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names + +System types: + --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] + --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] +_ACEOF +fi + +if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then + case $ac_init_help in + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of bibtex8 for TeX Live 3.71:";; + esac + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Optional Features: + --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful + (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer + --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=yes] + --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=yes] + --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] + optimize for fast installation [default=yes] + --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build + --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors + --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds) + --disable-largefile omit support for large files + --enable-compiler-warnings=[no|min|yes|max] + Turn on compiler warnings [default: yes if + maintainer-mode, min otherwise] + +Optional Packages: + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --with-pic try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use + both] + --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no] + --with-system-kpathsea use installed kpathsea headers and library + --with-kpathsea-includes=DIR + kpathsea headers installed in DIR + --with-kpathsea-libdir=DIR + kpathsea library installed in DIR + +Some influential environment variables: + CC C compiler command + CFLAGS C compiler flags + LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a + nonstandard directory <lib dir> + LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library> + CPPFLAGS C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if + you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir> + CPP C preprocessor + +Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help +it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. + +Report bugs to <tex-k@tug.org>. +_ACEOF +ac_status=$? +fi + +if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then + # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. + for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue + test -d "$ac_dir" || + { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || + continue + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } + # Check for guested configure. + if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive + elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive + else + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 + fi || ac_status=$? + cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } + done +fi + +test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status +if $ac_init_version; then + cat <<\_ACEOF +bibtex8 for TeX Live configure 3.71 +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63 + +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, +2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +_ACEOF + exit +fi +cat >config.log <<_ACEOF +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. + +It was created by bibtex8 for TeX Live $as_me 3.71, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63. Invocation command line was + + $ $0 $@ + +_ACEOF +exec 5>>config.log +{ +cat <<_ASUNAME +## --------- ## +## Platform. ## +## --------- ## + +hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +_ASUNAME + +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +} >&5 + +cat >&5 <<_ACEOF + + +## ----------- ## +## Core tests. ## +## ----------- ## + +_ACEOF + + +# Keep a trace of the command line. +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. +# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. +# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. +ac_configure_args= +ac_configure_args0= +ac_configure_args1= +ac_must_keep_next=false +for ac_pass in 1 2 +do + for ac_arg + do + case $ac_arg in + -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + continue ;; + *\'*) + ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + esac + case $ac_pass in + 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;; + 2) + ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'" + if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then + ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. + else + case $ac_arg in + *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ + | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ + | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ + | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) + case "$ac_configure_args0 " in + "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; + esac + ;; + -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; + esac + fi + ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" + ;; + esac + done +done +$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; } +$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; } + +# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete +# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there +# would cause problems or look ugly. +# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. +# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. +trap 'exit_status=$? + # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. + { + echo + + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ---------------- ## +## Cache variables. ## +## ---------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( + *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + sed -n \ + "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" + ;; #( + *) + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) + echo + + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ----------------- ## +## Output variables. ## +## ----------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + + if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ------------------- ## +## File substitutions. ## +## ------------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_files + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + fi + + if test -s confdefs.h; then + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ----------- ## +## confdefs.h. ## +## ----------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + cat confdefs.h + echo + fi + test "$ac_signal" != 0 && + $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" + $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" + } >&5 + rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && + rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && + exit $exit_status +' 0 +for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do + trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal +done +ac_signal=0 + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h + +# Predefined preprocessor variables. + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" +_ACEOF + + +# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. +# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +ac_site_file1=NONE +ac_site_file2=NONE +if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE +elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site + ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site +else + ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site + ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site +fi +for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" +do + test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue + if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} + sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 + . "$ac_site_file" + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special + # files actually), so we avoid doing that. + if test -f "$cache_file"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} + case $cache_file in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; + *) . "./$cache_file";; + esac + fi +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + >$cache_file +fi + +# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same +# value. +ac_cache_corrupted=false +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value + eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value + case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in + set,) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,set) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,);; + *) + if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then + # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. + ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` + ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` + if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} + eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val + fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} + fi;; + esac + # Pass precious variables to config.status. + if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then + case $ac_new_val in + *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; + esac + case " $ac_configure_args " in + *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. + *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; + esac + fi +done +if $ac_cache_corrupted; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + + + +ac_aux_dir= +for ac_dir in ../../build-aux "$srcdir"/../../build-aux; do + if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" + break + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in ../../build-aux \"$srcdir\"/../../build-aux" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in ../../build-aux \"$srcdir\"/../../build-aux" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, +# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. +# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory +# whose full name contains unusual characters. +ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. +ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. +ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. + + + + +am__api_version='1.11' + +# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), +# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or +# incompatible versions: +# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install +# SunOS /usr/etc/install +# IRIX /sbin/install +# AIX /bin/install +# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs +# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag +# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args +# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" +# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic +# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. +# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } +if test -z "$INSTALL"; then +if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. +case $as_dir/ in + ./ | .// | /cC/* | \ + /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ + ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \ + /usr/ucb/* ) ;; + *) + # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. + # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root + # by default. + for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + if test $ac_prog = install && + grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. + : + elif test $ac_prog = install && + grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. + : + else + rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir + echo one > conftest.one + echo two > conftest.two + mkdir conftest.dir + if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && + test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && + test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && + test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two + then + ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" + break 3 + fi + fi + fi + done + done + ;; +esac + +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir + +fi + if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a + # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the value is a relative name. + INSTALL=$ac_install_sh + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5 +$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } + +# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. +# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. +test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } +# Just in case +sleep 1 +echo timestamp > conftest.file +# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory +# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. +am_lf=' +' +case `pwd` in + *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unsafe absolute working directory name" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: unsafe absolute working directory name" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +case $srcdir in + *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac + +# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's +# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a +# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks +# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing +# directory). +if ( + set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` + if test "$*" = "X"; then + # -L didn't work. + set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` + fi + rm -f conftest.file + if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ + && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then + + # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen + # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a + # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually + # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken +alias in your environment" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken +alias in your environment" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi + + test "$2" = conftest.file + ) +then + # Ok. + : +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! +Check your system clock" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! +Check your system clock" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +test "$program_prefix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" +# Use a double $ so make ignores it. +test "$program_suffix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" +# Double any \ or $. +# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. +ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' +program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` + +# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path +am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` + +if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; + *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; + esac +fi +# Use eval to expand $SHELL +if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then + am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " +else + am_missing_run= + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} +fi + +if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; + *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" + esac +fi + +# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user +# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right +# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake +# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. +if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP +if test -n "$STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then + ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP + # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP +if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then + STRIP=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP + fi +else + STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" +fi + +fi +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } +if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then + if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue + case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( + 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ + 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ + 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) + ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext + break 3;; + esac + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi + + if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then + MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a + # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the value is a relative name. + test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version + MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 +$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } + +mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P" +case $mkdir_p in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; + */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; +esac + +for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$AWK"; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK +if test -n "$AWK"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5 +$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$AWK" && break +done + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } +set x ${MAKE-make} +ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` +if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF +SHELL = /bin/sh +all: + @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' +_ACEOF +# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. +case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in + *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; + *) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; +esac +rm -f conftest.make +fi +if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + SET_MAKE= +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" +fi + +rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null +mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null +if test -d .tst; then + am__leading_dot=. +else + am__leading_dot=_ +fi +rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null + +case `pwd` in + *\ * | *\ *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;; +esac + + + +macro_version='2.2.6' +macro_revision='1.3012' + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" + +# Make sure we can run config.sub. +$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_build_alias=$build_alias +test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && + ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` +test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_build in +*-*-*) ;; +*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +build=$ac_cv_build +ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' +set x $ac_cv_build +shift +build_cpu=$1 +build_vendor=$2 +shift; shift +# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, +# except with old shells: +build_os=$* +IFS=$ac_save_IFS +case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "x$host_alias" = x; then + ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build +else + ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_host in +*-*-*) ;; +*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +host=$ac_cv_host +ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' +set x $ac_cv_host +shift +host_cpu=$1 +host_vendor=$2 +shift; shift +# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, +# except with old shells: +host_os=$* +IFS=$ac_save_IFS +case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac + + +DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" + +ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" + + +am_make=${MAKE-make} +cat > confinc << 'END' +am__doit: + @echo this is the am__doit target +.PHONY: am__doit +END +# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } +am__include="#" +am__quote= +_am_result=none +# First try GNU make style include. +echo "include confinc" > confmf +# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. +case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( +*the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=include + am__quote= + _am_result=GNU + ;; +esac +# Now try BSD make style include. +if test "$am__include" = "#"; then + echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf + case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( + *the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=.include + am__quote="\"" + _am_result=BSD + ;; + esac +fi + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $_am_result" >&5 +$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } +rm -f confinc confmf + +# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. +if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; +fi + +if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" + AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' +fi + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + AMDEP_TRUE= + AMDEP_FALSE='#' +else + AMDEP_TRUE='#' + AMDEP_FALSE= +fi + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + fi +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + ac_prog_rejected=no +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# != 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in cl.exe + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$CC" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + for ac_prog in cl.exe +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +fi + +fi + + +test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + +# Provide some information about the compiler. +$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5 +set X $ac_compile +ac_compiler=$2 +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } + +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" +# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. +# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition +# of exeext. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } +ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` + +# The possible output files: +ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" + +ac_rmfiles= +for ac_file in $ac_files +do + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; + esac +done +rm -f $ac_rmfiles + +if { (ac_try="$ac_link_default" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. +# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' +# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, +# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to +# Autoconf. +for ac_file in $ac_files '' +do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) + ;; + [ab].out ) + # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most + # certainly right. + break;; + *.* ) + if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; + then :; else + ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + fi + # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not + # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' + # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. + # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of + # actually working. + break;; + * ) + break;; + esac +done +test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= + +else + ac_file='' +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } +if test -z "$ac_file"; then + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }; } +fi + +ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext + +# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } +# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0 +# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. +if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then + if { ac_try='./$ac_file' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + cross_compiling=no + else + if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then + cross_compiling=yes + else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + fi + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + +rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save +# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 +$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) +# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will +# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with +# `rm'. +for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + break;; + * ) break;; + esac +done +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } +fi + +rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } + +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext +ac_exeext=$EXEEXT +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue; + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; + *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` + break;; + esac +done +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } +fi + +rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } +OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext +ac_objext=$OBJEXT +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef __GNUC__ + choke me +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_compiler_gnu=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_compiler_gnu=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } +if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then + GCC=yes +else + GCC= +fi +ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag + ac_c_werror_flag=yes + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no + CFLAGS="-g" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + CFLAGS="" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag + CFLAGS="-g" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } +if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS +elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-g" + fi +else + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-O2" + else + CFLAGS= + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no +ac_save_CC=$CC +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ +struct buf { int x; }; +FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); +static char *e (p, i) + char **p; + int i; +{ + return p[i]; +} +static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) +{ + char *s; + va_list v; + va_start (v,p); + s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); + va_end (v); + return s; +} + +/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has + function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. + These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated + as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get + proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an + array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something + that's true only with -std. */ +int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters + inside strings and character constants. */ +#define FOO(x) 'x' +int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; + +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; +int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); +int argc; +char **argv; +int +main () +{ +return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ + -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" +do + CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break +done +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +CC=$ac_save_CC + +fi +# AC_CACHE_VAL +case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in + x) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 +$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; + xno) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5 +$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; + *) + CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; +esac + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } +if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then + # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up + # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For + # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up + # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output + # in D'. + mkdir conftest.dir + # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're + # using a relative directory. + cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir + cd conftest.dir + # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because + # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance + # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a + # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in + # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object + # directory. + mkdir sub + + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none + if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then + am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` + fi + am__universal=false + case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac + + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do + # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers + # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and + # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. + # + # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may + # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. + # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. + : > sub/conftest.c + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do + echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c + # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with + # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. + touch sub/conftst$i.h + done + echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel + # versions had trouble with output in subdirs + am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" + case $depmode in + gcc) + # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. + test "$am__universal" = false || continue + ;; + nosideeffect) + # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll + # only be used when explicitly requested + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then + continue + else + break + fi + ;; + msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has + # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and + # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. + am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj= + ;; + none) break ;; + esac + if depmode=$depmode \ + source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ + depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ + >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && + grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings + # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message + # that says an option was ignored or not supported. + # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: + # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required + # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: + # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported + if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || + grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode + break + fi + fi + done + + cd .. + rm -rf conftest.dir +else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 +$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } +CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type + + if + test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ + && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then + am__fastdepCC_TRUE= + am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' +else + am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' + am__fastdepCC_FALSE= +fi + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_SED+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/ + for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do + ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script" + done + echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed + $as_unset ac_script || ac_script= + if test -z "$SED"; then + ac_path_SED_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in sed gsed; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED +case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" + ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_SED_found && break 3 + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +else + ac_cv_path_SED=$SED +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; } + SED="$ac_cv_path_SED" + rm -f conftest.sed + +test -z "$SED" && SED=sed +Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" + + + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$GREP"; then + ac_path_GREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP +case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" + ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +else + ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } + GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" + else + if test -z "$EGREP"; then + ac_path_EGREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in egrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP +case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" + ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +else + ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP +fi + + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } + EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for fgrep" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_FGREP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F" + else + if test -z "$FGREP"; then + ac_path_FGREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in fgrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_FGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_FGREP"; } || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP +case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" + ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3 + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +else + ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP +fi + + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; } + FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP" + + +test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. +if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes +else + with_gnu_ld=no +fi + +ac_prog=ld +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } + case $host in + *-*-mingw*) + # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; + *) + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; + esac + case $ac_prog in + # Accept absolute paths. + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' + # Canonicalize the pathname of ld + ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` + while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do + ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` + done + test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" + ;; + "") + # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. + ac_prog=ld + ;; + *) + # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. + with_gnu_ld=unknown + ;; + esac +elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU ld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } +fi +if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$LD"; then + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then + lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" + # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, + # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. + # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. + case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in + *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break + ;; + *) + test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break + ;; + esac + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" +else + lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. +fi +fi + +LD="$lt_cv_path_LD" +if test -n "$LD"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LD" >&5 +$as_echo "$LD" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi +test -z "$LD" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. +case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in +*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes + ;; +*) + lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no + ;; +esac +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } +with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_path_NM+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$NM"; then + # Let the user override the test. + lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" +else + lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then + lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" + fi + for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" + if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then + # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. + # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: + # nm: unknown option "B" ignored + # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file + case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) + lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" + break + ;; + *) + case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + */dev/null*) + lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" + break + ;; + *) + lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but + continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + done + : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} +fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; } +if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then + NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" +else + # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols" + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then + ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN +if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5 +$as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then + ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN + for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols" +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN +if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then + DUMPBIN=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN + fi +fi + + + if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then + NM="$DUMPBIN" + fi +fi +test -z "$NM" && NM=nm + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_nm_interface+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" + echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:4331: $ac_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) + cat conftest.err >&5 + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:4334: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5) + (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) + cat conftest.err >&5 + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:4337: output\"" >&5) + cat conftest.out >&5 + if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" + fi + rm -f conftest* +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; } + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; } +LN_S=$as_ln_s +if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 +$as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; } +fi + +# find the maximum length of command line arguments +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + i=0 + teststring="ABCD" + + case $build_os in + msdosdjgpp*) + # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc + # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun + # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this + # check would be larger than it should be. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right + ;; + + gnu*) + # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is + # no limit to the length of command line arguments. + # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes + # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. + # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, + # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience + # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). + # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by + # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + + amigaos*) + # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. + # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + + netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) + # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. + if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` + elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` + else + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs + fi + # And add a safety zone + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` + ;; + + interix*) + # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 + ;; + + osf*) + # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure + # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not + # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. + # First set a reasonable default. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 + # + if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then + case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in + *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; + esac + fi + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 + ;; + sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) + kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` + if test -n "$kargmax"; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[ ]//'` + else + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 + fi + ;; + *) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` + if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` + else + # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. + # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} + # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a + # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but + # we can't tell. + while { test "X"`$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ + = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough + do + i=`expr $i + 1` + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + # Only check the string length outside the loop. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` + teststring= + # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on + # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the + # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` + fi + ;; + esac + +fi + +if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none" >&5 +$as_echo "none" >&6; } +fi +max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len + + + + + + +: ${CP="cp -f"} +: ${MV="mv -f"} +: ${RM="rm -f"} + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... " >&6; } +# Try some XSI features +xsi_shell=no +( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" + test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ + = c,a/b,, \ + && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ + && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && xsi_shell=yes +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $xsi_shell" >&5 +$as_echo "$xsi_shell" >&6; } + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"... " >&6; } +lt_shell_append=no +( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$1+=\$2" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ + >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && lt_shell_append=yes +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_shell_append" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_shell_append" >&6; } + + +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_unset=unset +else + lt_unset=false +fi + + + + + +# test EBCDIC or ASCII +case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in + A) # ASCII based system + # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr + lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' + lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' + ;; + *) # EBCDIC based system + lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' + lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' + ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r' +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; } +reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag +case $reload_flag in +"" | " "*) ;; +*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; +esac +reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' +case $host_os in + darwin*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' + else + reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' + fi + ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then + ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP +if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5 +$as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then + ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP + # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP +if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then + OBJDUMP="false" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP + fi +else + OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP" +fi + +test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' +lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= +lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' +# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support +# interlibrary dependencies. +# 'none' -- dependencies not supported. +# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. +# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. +# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. +# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path +# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. +# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure +# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. + +case $host_os in +aix[4-9]*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +beos*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +bsdi[45]*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so + ;; + +cygwin*) + # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' + ;; + +mingw* | pw32*) + # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by + # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', + # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. + if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' + fi + ;; + +cegcc) + # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' + ;; + +darwin* | rhapsody*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +freebsd* | dragonfly*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then + case $host_cpu in + i*86 ) + # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. + # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` + ;; + esac + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + fi + ;; + +gnu*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +hpux10.20* | hpux11*) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so + ;; + hppa*64*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl + ;; + *) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl + ;; + esac + ;; + +interix[3-9]*) + # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$' + ;; + +irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $LD in + *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; + *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; + *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; + *) libmagic=never-match;; + esac + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +# This must be Linux ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' + fi + ;; + +newos6*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so + ;; + +*nto* | *qnx*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +openbsd*) + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' + fi + ;; + +osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +rdos*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +solaris*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + case $host_vendor in + motorola) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` + ;; + ncr) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + sequent) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' + ;; + sni) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib" + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so + ;; + siemens) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + pc) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + esac + ;; + +tpf*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; +esac + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; } +file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd +deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method +test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown + + + + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR +if test -n "$AR"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5 +$as_echo "$AR" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then + ac_ct_AR=$AR + # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR +if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then + AR="false" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + AR=$ac_ct_AR + fi +else + AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" +fi + +test -z "$AR" && AR=ar +test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru + + + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP +if test -n "$STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then + ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP + # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP +if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then + STRIP=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP + fi +else + STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" +fi + +test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then + ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB + # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB +if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then + RANLIB=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB + fi +else + RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" +fi + +test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: + + + + + + +# Determine commands to create old-style static archives. +old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' +old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' +old_postuninstall_cmds= + +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + case $host_os in + openbsd*) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib" + ;; + *) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" + ;; + esac + old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. +LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} + +# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. +LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +compiler=$CC + + +# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + +# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. +# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] + +# Character class describing NM global symbol codes. +symcode='[BCDEGRST]' + +# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. +sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' + +# Define system-specific variables. +case $host_os in +aix*) + symcode='[BCDT]' + ;; +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' + ;; +hpux*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + symcode='[ABCDEGRST]' + fi + ;; +irix* | nonstopux*) + symcode='[BCDEGRST]' + ;; +osf*) + symcode='[BCDEGQRST]' + ;; +solaris*) + symcode='[BDRT]' + ;; +sco3.2v5*) + symcode='[DT]' + ;; +sysv4.2uw2*) + symcode='[DT]' + ;; +sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + symcode='[ABDT]' + ;; +sysv4) + symcode='[DFNSTU]' + ;; +esac + +# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. +case `$NM -V 2>&1` in +*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;; +esac + +# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. +# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, +# so use this general approach. +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" + +# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \(lib[^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" + +# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain +opt_cr= +case $build_os in +mingw*) + opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp + ;; +esac + +# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. +for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do + + # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. + symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" + + # Write the raw and C identifiers. + if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then + # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function + # and D for any global variable. + # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, + # which start with @ or ?. + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\ +" {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ +" /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ +" \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ +" / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ +" {if(hide[section]) next};"\ +" {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ +" {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ +" s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ +" s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ +" ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx" + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[ ][ ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" + fi + + # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. + pipe_works=no + + rm -f conftest* + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +char nm_test_var; +void nm_test_func(void); +void nm_test_func(void){} +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} +_LT_EOF + + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # Now try to grab the symbols. + nlist=conftest.nm + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist\"") >&5 + (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && test -s "$nlist"; then + # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. + if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then + mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" + else + rm -f "$nlist"T + fi + + # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. + if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +_LT_EOF + # Now generate the symbol file. + eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext + +/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ +const struct { + const char *name; + void *address; +} +lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = +{ + { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, +_LT_EOF + $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext + {0, (void *) 0} +}; + +/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ +#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND +static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { + return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +_LT_EOF + # Now try linking the two files. + mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext + lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + pipe_works=yes + fi + LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" + CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 + fi + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 + fi + else + echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5 + fi + else + echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + fi + rm -rf conftest* conftst* + + # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. + if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then + break + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= + fi +done + +fi + +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= +fi +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: failed" >&5 +$as_echo "failed" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5 +$as_echo "ok" >&6; } +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. +if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; +fi + +test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes + +# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good +# libtool support. +case $host in +ia64-*-hpux*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *ELF-32*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" + ;; + *ELF-64*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; +*-*-irix6*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo '#line 5543 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" + ;; + esac + else + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -32" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -n32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + ;; + esac + fi + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; + +x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ +s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in + *32-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" + ;; + ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" + ;; + s390x-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" + ;; + sparc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; + *64-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" + ;; + ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" + ;; + s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" + ;; + sparc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; + +*-*-sco3.2v5*) + # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. + SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; } + if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then + # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf + CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" + fi + ;; +sparc*-*solaris*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in + *64-bit*) + case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in + yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; + *) + if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; +esac + +need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" + + + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin*) + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then + ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL +if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5 +$as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then + ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL + # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL +if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then + DSYMUTIL=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL + fi +else + DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then + ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT +if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $NMEDIT" >&5 +$as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then + ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT + # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT +if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then + NMEDIT=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT + fi +else + NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$LIPO"; then + ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO +if test -n "$LIPO"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LIPO" >&5 +$as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then + ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO + # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO +if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then + LIPO=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO + fi +else + LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$OTOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL +if test -n "$OTOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OTOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then + ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL + # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy otool; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL +if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then + OTOOL=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL + fi +else + OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64 +if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OTOOL64" >&5 +$as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then + ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64 + # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64 +if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then + OTOOL64=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64 + fi +else + OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64" +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no + if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then + # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override + # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE + # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the + # link flags. + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c + echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ +-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5 + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ + -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err + _lt_result=$? + if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then + lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes + else + cat conftest.err >&5 + fi + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + rm -f conftest.* + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; } + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + echo "_main" > conftest.sym + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; } + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin1.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin*) # darwin 5.x on + # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults + # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment + # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? + case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in + 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + 10.[012]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + 10.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + esac + ;; + esac + if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' + fi + if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' + else + _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' + fi + if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then + _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' + else + _lt_dsymutil= + fi + ;; + esac + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then + if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded + for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" + do + ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ac_nonexistent.h> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then + break +fi + + done + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP + +fi + CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP +else + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5 +$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } +ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ac_nonexistent.h> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then + : +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <float.h> + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <string.h> + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdlib.h> + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) +# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#else +# define ISLOWER(c) \ + (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ + || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ + || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) +#endif + +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int +main () +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) + || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) + return 2; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. + + + + + + + + + +for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ + inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h +do +as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default + +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_Header=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + + +for ac_header in dlfcn.h +do +as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default + +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_Header=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + +# Check whether --enable-compiler-warnings was given. +if test "${enable_compiler_warnings+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_compiler_warnings; +fi +case $enable_compiler_warnings in + no | min | yes | max) : ;; + *) if test "x$enable_maintainer_mode" = xyes; then + enable_compiler_warnings=yes +else + enable_compiler_warnings=min +fi + ;; +esac + + + +if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then + # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output + # is not polluted with repeated "-I." + am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' + # test to see if srcdir already configured + if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +fi + +# test whether we have cygpath +if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then + if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' + else + CYGPATH_W=echo + fi +fi + + +# Define the identity of the package. + PACKAGE='bibtex8-for-tex-live' + VERSION='3.71' + + +# Some tools Automake needs. + +ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} + + +AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} + + +AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} + + +AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} + + +MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} + +# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on +# some platforms. +# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. + +AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"} + +am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -' + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; } + # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given. +if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval +else + USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5 +$as_echo "$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; } + if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then + MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE= + MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#' +else + MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#' + MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE= +fi + + MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE + + + + + +# Set options + + + + enable_dlopen=no + + + enable_win32_dll=no + + + # Check whether --enable-shared was given. +if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_shared=yes ;; + no) enable_shared=no ;; + *) + enable_shared=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_shared=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + enable_shared=yes +fi + + + + + + + + + + # Check whether --enable-static was given. +if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_static=yes ;; + no) enable_static=no ;; + *) + enable_static=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_static=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + enable_static=yes +fi + + + + + + + + + + +# Check whether --with-pic was given. +if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_pic; pic_mode="$withval" +else + pic_mode=default +fi + + +test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default + + + + + + + + # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given. +if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; + no) enable_fast_install=no ;; + *) + enable_fast_install=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_fast_install=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + enable_fast_install=yes +fi + + + + + + + + + + + +# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed +LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" + +# Always use our own libtool. +LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for objdir" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_objdir+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null +mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null +if test -d .libs; then + lt_cv_objdir=.libs +else + # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. + lt_cv_objdir=_libs +fi +rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; } +objdir=$lt_cv_objdir + + + + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/" +_ACEOF + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +case $host_os in +aix3*) + # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some + # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems + # vanish in a puff of smoke. + if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES + fi + ;; +esac + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. +double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a +# double_quote_subst'ed string. +delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' + +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. +delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' + +# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions +no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' + +# Global variables: +ofile=libtool +can_build_shared=yes + +# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, +# which needs '.lib'). +libext=a + +with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" + +old_CC="$CC" +old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + +# Set sane defaults for various variables +test -z "$CC" && CC=cc +test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC +test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS +test -z "$LD" && LD=ld +test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o + +for cc_temp in $compiler""; do + case $cc_temp in + compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; + distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; + \-*) ;; + *) break;; + esac +done +cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` + + +# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it +test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file +case $deplibs_check_method in +file_magic*) + if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $MAGIC_CMD in +[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; +*) + lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file" + if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then + case $deplibs_check_method in + "file_magic "*) + file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" + if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + : + else + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, +*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. +*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries +*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that +*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool +*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you +*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to +*** bug-libtool@gnu.org + +_LT_EOF + fi ;; + esac + fi + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" + ;; +esac +fi + +MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" +if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 +$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + + + +if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for file" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $MAGIC_CMD in +[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; +*) + lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/file; then + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file" + if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then + case $deplibs_check_method in + "file_magic "*) + file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" + if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + : + else + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, +*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. +*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries +*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that +*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool +*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you +*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to +*** bug-libtool@gnu.org + +_LT_EOF + fi ;; + esac + fi + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" + ;; +esac +fi + +MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" +if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 +$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + else + MAGIC_CMD=: + fi +fi + + fi + ;; +esac + +# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script + +lt_save_CC="$CC" +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + +# Source file extension for C test sources. +ac_ext=c + +# Object file extension for compiled C test sources. +objext=o +objext=$objext + +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" + +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' + + + + + + + +# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. +LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} + +# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. +LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +compiler=$CC + +# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other +# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. +compiler_DEFAULT=$CC + +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM conftest* + +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM -r conftest* + + +## CAVEAT EMPTOR: +## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change +## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly +## what you are doing... +if test -n "$compiler"; then + +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag= + +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no + ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7495: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:7499: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes + fi + fi + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then + lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" +else + : +fi + +fi + + + + + + + lt_prog_compiler_wl= +lt_prog_compiler_pic= +lt_prog_compiler_static= + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + + case $host_os in + aix*) + # All AIX code is PIC. + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + ;; + m68k) + # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but + # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, + # like `-m68040'. + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' + ;; + esac + ;; + + beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + # PIC is the default for these OSes. + ;; + + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style + # (--disable-auto-import) libraries + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' + ;; + + darwin* | rhapsody*) + # PIC is the default on this platform + # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common' + ;; + + hpux*) + # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit + # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag + # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + # +Z the default + ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + ;; + + interix[3-9]*) + # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. + # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. + ;; + + msdosdjgpp*) + # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries + # on systems that don't support them. + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no + enable_shared=no + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic + fi + ;; + + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + else + # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. + case $host_os in + aix*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + else + lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' + fi + ;; + + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' + ;; + + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but + # not for PA HP-UX. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + # +Z the default + ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z' + ;; + esac + # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? + lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' + ;; + + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. + ecc*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + ;; + # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. + # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. + icc* | ifort*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + ;; + # Lahey Fortran 8.1. + lf95*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='--shared' + lt_prog_compiler_static='--static' + ;; + pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) + # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, + # which looks to be a dead project) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + ccc*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # All Alpha code is PIC. + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + xl*) + # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink' + ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C 5.9 + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + ;; + *Sun\ F*) + # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + lt_prog_compiler_wl='' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + + newsos6) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # All OSF/1 code is PIC. + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + + rdos*) + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + + solaris*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + case $cc_basename in + f77* | f90* | f95*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';; + esac + ;; + + sunos4*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec ;then + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + unicos*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no + ;; + + uts4*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + *) + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no + ;; + esac + fi + +case $host_os in + # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: + *djgpp*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic= + ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" + ;; +esac +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; } + + + + + + +# +# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. +# +if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no + ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7834: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:7838: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes + fi + fi + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then + case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in + "" | " "*) ;; + *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;; + esac +else + lt_prog_compiler_pic= + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no +fi + +fi + + + + + + +# +# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. +# +wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\" +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" + echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then + # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + if test -s conftest.err; then + # Append any errors to the config.log. + cat conftest.err 1>&5 + $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes + fi + else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes + fi + fi + $RM -r conftest* + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then + : +else + lt_prog_compiler_static= +fi + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no + $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null + mkdir conftest + cd conftest + mkdir out + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7939: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat out/conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:7943: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext + then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 + if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes + fi + fi + chmod u+w . 2>&5 + $RM conftest* + # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for + # template instantiation + test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files + $RM out/* && rmdir out + cd .. + $RM -r conftest + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no + $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null + mkdir conftest + cd conftest + mkdir out + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7994: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat out/conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:7998: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext + then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 + if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes + fi + fi + chmod u+w . 2>&5 + $RM conftest* + # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for + # template instantiation + test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files + $RM out/* && rmdir out + cd .. + $RM -r conftest + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } + + + + +hard_links="nottested" +if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then + # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } + hard_links=yes + $RM conftest* + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no + touch conftest.a + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5 +$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } + if test "$hard_links" = no; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} + need_locks=warn + fi +else + need_locks=no +fi + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } + + runpath_var= + allow_undefined_flag= + always_export_symbols=no + archive_cmds= + archive_expsym_cmds= + compiler_needs_object=no + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no + export_dynamic_flag_spec= + export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + hardcode_automatic=no + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_direct_absolute=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld= + hardcode_libdir_separator= + hardcode_minus_L=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported + inherit_rpath=no + link_all_deplibs=unknown + module_cmds= + module_expsym_cmds= + old_archive_from_new_cmds= + old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds= + thread_safe_flag_spec= + whole_archive_flag_spec= + # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* + # included in the symbol list + include_expsyms= + # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude + # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or + # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', + # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. + exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' + # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out + # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if + # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot + # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in + # preloaded symbol tables. + # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. + extract_expsyms_cmds= + + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + interix*) + # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) + with_gnu_ld=yes + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; + esac + + ld_shlibs=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty + wlarc='${wl}' + + # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These + # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them + # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' + # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then + whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' + else + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + supports_anon_versioning=no + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 + *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... + *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... + *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions + *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; + esac + + # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. + case $host_os in + aix[3-9]*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + ld_shlibs=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported +*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. +*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you +*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH +*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='' + ;; + m68k) + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc + # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME + archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless, + # as there is no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + always_export_symbols=no + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes + export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line + # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... + archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; + else + echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; + cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; + fi~ + $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + interix[3-9]*) + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. + # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by + # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory + # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, + # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link + # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + ;; + + gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu) + tmp_diet=no + if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then + case $cc_basename in + diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) + esac + fi + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ + && test "$tmp_diet" = no + then + tmp_addflag= + tmp_sharedflag='-shared' + case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in + pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' + ;; + pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; + ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; + efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; + ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler + tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; + lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 + whole_archive_flag_spec= + tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; + xl[cC]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) + tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' + tmp_addflag= ;; + esac + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + compiler_needs_object=yes + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + esac + archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + + case $cc_basename in + xlf*) + # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself + whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='-rpath $libdir' + archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + ;; + esac + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' + wlarc= + else + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + ;; + + solaris*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + ld_shlibs=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably +*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) + ld_shlibs=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not +*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) + # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always + # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the + # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so + # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + + sunos4*) + archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + wlarc= + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + + if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then + runpath_var= + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + export_dynamic_flag_spec= + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + else + # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) + case $host_os in + aix3*) + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + always_export_symbols=yes + archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + hardcode_direct=unsupported + fi + ;; + + aix[4-9]*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' + no_entry_flag="" + else + # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. + # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm + if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then + export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + else + export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + fi + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + ;; + esac + + exp_sym_flag='-bexport' + no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' + fi + + # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can + # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library + # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to + # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not + # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. + + archive_cmds='' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + link_all_deplibs=yes + file_list_spec='${wl}-f,' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) + # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check + # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && + strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + : + else + # We have old collect2 + hardcode_direct=unsupported + # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled + # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L + # to unsupported forces relinking + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator= + fi + ;; + esac + shared_flag='-shared' + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' + fi + else + # not using gcc + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release + # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: + shared_flag='-G' + else + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag='${wl}-G' + else + shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' + fi + fi + fi + + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-bexpall' + # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with + # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. + always_export_symbols=yes + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + allow_undefined_flag='-berok' + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + +lt_aix_libpath_sed=' + /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { + /^0/ { + s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ + p + } + }' +aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +fi +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi + + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs" + archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" + else + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + +lt_aix_libpath_sed=' + /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { + /^0/ { + s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ + p + } + }' +aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +fi +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi + + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok' + allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok' + # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives + whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience' + archive_cmds_need_lc=yes + # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. + archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' + fi + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='' + ;; + m68k) + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + + bsdi[45]*) + export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. + libext=lib + # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. + shrext_cmds=".dll" + # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. + archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' + # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. + old_archive_from_new_cmds='true' + # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. + old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' + fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes + ;; + + darwin* | rhapsody*) + + + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_automatic=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported + whole_archive_flag_spec='' + link_all_deplibs=yes + allow_undefined_flag="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" + case $cc_basename in + ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; + *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; + esac + if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then + output_verbose_link_cmd=echo + archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" + module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" + archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + + ;; + + dgux*) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + freebsd1*) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + + # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor + # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o + # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little + # extra space). + freebsd2.2*) + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. + freebsd2*) + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + hpux9*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + else + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + ;; + + hpux10*) + if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='+b $libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + fi + ;; + + hpux11*) + if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + else + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + *) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not + # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and + # implicitly export all symbols. + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +int foo(void) {} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' + +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + else + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc='no' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + inherit_rpath=yes + link_all_deplibs=yes + ;; + + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out + else + archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + newsos6) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + ;; + + openbsd*) + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + else + case $host_os in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + os2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' + old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' + ;; + + osf3*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + else + allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc='no' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + + osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' + + # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc='no' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + + solaris*) + no_undefined_flag=' -z defs' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wlarc='${wl}' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + else + case `$CC -V 2>&1` in + *"Compilers 5.0"*) + wlarc='' + archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + *) + wlarc='${wl}' + archive_cmds='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + esac + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + case $host_os in + solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; + *) + # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, + # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', + # but is careful enough not to reorder. + # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' + else + whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' + fi + ;; + esac + link_all_deplibs=yes + ;; + + sunos4*) + if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then + # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o + # files that make .init and .fini sections work. + archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB + ## CC just makes a GrossModule. + archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + motorola) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + sysv4.3*) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + hardcode_runpath_var=yes + ld_shlibs=yes + fi + ;; + + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) + no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not + # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to + # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would + # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text + # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed + # as -z defs. + no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' + allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs' + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R,$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + link_all_deplibs=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport' + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; + + uts4*) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac + + if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then + case $host in + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' + ;; + esac + fi + fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5 +$as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; } +test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no + +with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# +# Do we need to explicitly link libc? +# +case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in +x|xyes) + # Assume -lc should be added + archive_cmds_need_lc=yes + + if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $archive_cmds in + *'~'*) + # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. + ;; + '$CC '*) + # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some + # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc + # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } + $RM conftest* + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then + soname=conftest + lib=conftest + libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext + deplibs= + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl + pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic + compiler_flags=-v + linker_flags=-v + verstring= + output_objdir=. + libname=conftest + lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag + allow_undefined_flag= + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5 + (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } + then + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + else + archive_cmds_need_lc=yes + fi + allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag + else + cat conftest.err 1>&5 + fi + $RM conftest* + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5 +$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; } + ;; + esac + fi + ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } + +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in + darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; + *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; + esac + lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` + if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then + # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator + # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is + # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should + # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` + else + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + fi + # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it + # and add multilib dir if necessary. + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= + lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` + for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do + if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" + else + test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" + fi + done + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk ' +BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { + lt_foo=""; + lt_count=0; + for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { + if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { + if ($lt_i == "..") { + lt_count++; + } else { + if (lt_count == 0) { + lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; + } else { + lt_count--; + } + } + } + } + if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; } + if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; } +}'` + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec` +else + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" +fi +library_names_spec= +libname_spec='lib$name' +soname_spec= +shrext_cmds=".so" +postinstall_cmds= +postuninstall_cmds= +finish_cmds= +finish_eval= +shlibpath_var= +shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown +version_type=none +dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" +need_lib_prefix=unknown +hardcode_into_libs=no + +# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version +# flags to be left without arguments +need_version=unknown + +case $host_os in +aix3*) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + + # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + ;; + +aix[4-9]*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 supports IA64 + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + else + # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file + # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with + # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to + # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in + # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. + case $host_os in + aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) + if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' + echo ' yes ' + echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then + : + else + can_build_shared=no + fi + ;; + esac + # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct + # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to + # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so + # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not + # typical AIX shared libraries. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + else + # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 + # and later when we are not doing run time linking. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + fi + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + fi + ;; + +amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. + # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + ;; + m68k) + library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' + # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. + finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' + ;; + esac + ;; + +beos*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' + dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" + shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +bsdi[45]*) + version_type=linux + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" + # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and + # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow + # libtool to hard-code these into programs + ;; + +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + version_type=windows + shrext_cmds=".dll" + need_version=no + need_lib_prefix=no + + case $GCC,$host_os in + yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32* | yes,cegcc*) + library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' + # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds + postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ + dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ + test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ + $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ + chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ + if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then + eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; + fi' + postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ + $RM \$dlpath' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + + case $host_os in + cygwin*) + # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' + soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" + ;; + mingw* | cegcc*) + # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix + soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` + if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then + # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by + # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search + # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the + # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, + # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, + # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + fi + ;; + pw32*) + # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' + library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + ;; + esac + ;; + + *) + library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' + ;; + esac + dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' + # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in + shlibpath_var=PATH + ;; + +darwin* | rhapsody*) + dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" + version_type=darwin + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH + shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' + + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' + ;; + +dgux*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +freebsd1*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +freebsd* | dragonfly*) + # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new + # versioning mechanism, adjust this. + if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then + objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` + else + case $host_os in + freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; + *) objformat=elf ;; + esac + fi + version_type=freebsd-$objformat + case $version_type in + freebsd-elf*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + need_version=no + need_lib_prefix=no + ;; + freebsd-*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' + need_version=yes + ;; + esac + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + case $host_os in + freebsd2*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ + freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + +gnu*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to + # link against other versions. + version_type=sunos + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + shrext_cmds='.so' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" + fi + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec + ;; + hppa*64*) + shrext_cmds='.sl' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec + ;; + *) + shrext_cmds='.sl' + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" + shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + ;; + esac + # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. + postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' + ;; + +interix[3-9]*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $host_os in + nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; + *) + if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then + version_type=linux + else + version_type=irix + fi ;; + esac + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + case $host_os in + irix5* | nonstopux*) + libsuff= shlibsuff= + ;; + *) + case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD + *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") + libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; + *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") + libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; + *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") + libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; + *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; + esac + ;; + esac + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. +linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +# This must be Linux ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + save_libdir=$libdir + eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \ + LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + if ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes +fi + +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS + libdir=$save_libdir + + # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. + # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install + # before this can be enabled. + hardcode_into_libs=yes + + # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path + if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then + lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" + fi + + # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on + # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the + # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, + # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and + # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we + # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. + dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' + ;; + +netbsd*) + version_type=sunos + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' + dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' + else + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' + fi + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +newsos6) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + +*nto* | *qnx*) + version_type=qnx + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' + ;; + +openbsd*) + version_type=sunos + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" + need_lib_prefix=no + # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. + case $host_os in + openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; + *) need_version=no ;; + esac + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + case $host_os in + openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + ;; + *) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + esac + else + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + fi + ;; + +os2*) + libname_spec='$name' + shrext_cmds=".dll" + need_lib_prefix=no + library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' + dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + ;; + +osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + version_type=osf + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" + ;; + +rdos*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +solaris*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + # ldd complains unless libraries are executable + postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' + ;; + +sunos4*) + version_type=sunos + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + need_lib_prefix=no + fi + need_version=yes + ;; + +sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + case $host_vendor in + sni) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + need_lib_prefix=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + ;; + siemens) + need_lib_prefix=no + ;; + motorola) + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' + ;; + esac + ;; + +sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec ;then + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + fi + ;; + +sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + version_type=freebsd-elf + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' + case $host_os in + sco3.2v5*) + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" + ;; + esac + fi + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' + ;; + +tpf*) + # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +uts4*) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; +esac +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 +$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } +test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no + +variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" +fi + +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" +fi +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } +hardcode_action= +if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || + test -n "$runpath_var" || + test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then + + # We can hardcode non-existent directories. + if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && + # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we + # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library + # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one + ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no && + test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then + # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. + hardcode_action=relink + else + # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. + hardcode_action=immediate + fi +else + # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing + # directories. + hardcode_action=unsupported +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action" >&5 +$as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; } + +if test "$hardcode_action" = relink || + test "$inherit_rpath" = yes; then + # Fast installation is not supported + enable_fast_install=no +elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || + test "$enable_shared" = no; then + # Fast installation is not necessary + enable_fast_install=needless +fi + + + + + + + if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then + enable_dlopen=unknown + enable_dlopen_self=unknown + enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown +else + lt_cv_dlopen=no + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + + case $host_os in + beos*) + lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes + ;; + + mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + ;; + + cygwin*) + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + ;; + + darwin*) + # if libdl is installed we need to link against it + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" +else + + lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes + +fi + + ;; + + *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_shl_load+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define shl_load to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares shl_load. + For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ +#define shl_load innocuous_shl_load + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char shl_load (); below. + Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + +#undef shl_load + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char shl_load (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_shl_load || defined __stub___shl_load +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return shl_load (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_func_shl_load=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_func_shl_load=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char shl_load (); +int +main () +{ +return shl_load (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_dlopen+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define dlopen to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares dlopen. + For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ +#define dlopen innocuous_dlopen + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char dlopen (); below. + Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + +#undef dlopen + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_dlopen || defined __stub___dlopen +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_func_dlopen=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lsvld $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dld_link (); +int +main () +{ +return dld_link (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + ;; + esac + + if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then + enable_dlopen=yes + else + enable_dlopen=no + fi + + case $lt_cv_dlopen in + dlopen) + save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" + + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" + + save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross +else + lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 + lt_status=$lt_dlunknown + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#line 10794 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +#if HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include <dlfcn.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL +#else +# ifdef DL_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL +# else +# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we + find out it does not work in some platform. */ +#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW +# ifdef RTLD_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY +# else +# ifdef DL_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY +# else +# ifdef RTLD_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW +# else +# ifdef DL_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW +# else +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +void fnord() { int i=42;} +int main () +{ + void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); + int status = $lt_dlunknown; + + if (self) + { + if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; + else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; + /* dlclose (self); */ + } + else + puts (dlerror ()); + + return status; +} +_LT_EOF + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then + (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null + lt_status=$? + case x$lt_status in + x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; + x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; + x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;; + esac + else : + # compilation failed + lt_cv_dlopen_self=no + fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* + + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; } + + if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross +else + lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 + lt_status=$lt_dlunknown + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#line 10890 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +#if HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include <dlfcn.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL +#else +# ifdef DL_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL +# else +# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we + find out it does not work in some platform. */ +#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW +# ifdef RTLD_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY +# else +# ifdef DL_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY +# else +# ifdef RTLD_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW +# else +# ifdef DL_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW +# else +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +void fnord() { int i=42;} +int main () +{ + void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); + int status = $lt_dlunknown; + + if (self) + { + if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; + else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; + /* dlclose (self); */ + } + else + puts (dlerror ()); + + return status; +} +_LT_EOF + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then + (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null + lt_status=$? + case x$lt_status in + x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; + x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; + x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;; + esac + else : + # compilation failed + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no + fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* + + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; } + fi + + CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + LIBS="$save_LIBS" + ;; + esac + + case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in + yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; + *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; + esac + + case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in + yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; + *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; + esac +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +striplib= +old_striplib= +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; } +if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then + test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" + test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +else +# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough + case $host_os in + darwin*) + if test -n "$STRIP" ; then + striplib="$STRIP -x" + old_striplib="$STRIP -S" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + fi + ;; + *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + ;; + esac +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + # Report which library types will actually be built + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 +$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } + test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no + + # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and + # are all built from PIC. + case $host_os in + aix3*) + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" + postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' + fi + ;; + + aix[4-9]*) + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + fi + ;; + esac + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_shared" >&5 +$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } + # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. + test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_static" >&5 +$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } + + + + +fi +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +CC="$lt_save_CC" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool" + + + + +# Only expand once: + + +# Check whether --enable-largefile was given. +if test "${enable_largefile+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_largefile; +fi + +if test "$enable_largefile" != no; then + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for special C compiler options needed for large files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for special C compiler options needed for large files... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=no + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + ac_save_CC=$CC + while :; do + # IRIX 6.2 and later do not support large files by default, + # so use the C compiler's -n32 option if that helps. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + break +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + CC="$CC -n32" + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=' -n32'; break +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + break + done + CC=$ac_save_CC + rm -f conftest.$ac_ext + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&6; } + if test "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" != no; then + CC=$CC$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC + fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + while :; do + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=no; break +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +#include <sys/types.h> + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=64; break +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=unknown + break +done +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits in #( + no | unknown) ;; + *) +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits +_ACEOF +;; +esac +rm -rf conftest* + if test $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits = unknown; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_sys_large_files+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + while :; do + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_sys_large_files=no; break +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#define _LARGE_FILES 1 +#include <sys/types.h> + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_sys_large_files=1; break +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_cv_sys_large_files=unknown + break +done +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_sys_large_files in #( + no | unknown) ;; + *) +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define _LARGE_FILES $ac_cv_sys_large_files +_ACEOF +;; +esac +rm -rf conftest* + fi +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for _LARGEFILE_SOURCE value needed for large files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for _LARGEFILE_SOURCE value needed for large files... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_sys_largefile_source+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + while :; do + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */ + #include <stdio.h> +int +main () +{ +int (*fp) (FILE *, off_t, int) = fseeko; + return fseeko (stdin, 0, 0) && fp (stdin, 0, 0); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_sys_largefile_source=no; break +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */ + #include <stdio.h> +int +main () +{ +int (*fp) (FILE *, off_t, int) = fseeko; + return fseeko (stdin, 0, 0) && fp (stdin, 0, 0); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_sys_largefile_source=1; break +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_cv_sys_largefile_source=unknown + break +done +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_source" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_source" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_sys_largefile_source in #( + no | unknown) ;; + *) +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE $ac_cv_sys_largefile_source +_ACEOF +;; +esac +rm -rf conftest* + +# We used to try defining _XOPEN_SOURCE=500 too, to work around a bug +# in glibc 2.1.3, but that breaks too many other things. +# If you want fseeko and ftello with glibc, upgrade to a fixed glibc. +if test $ac_cv_sys_largefile_source != unknown; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_FSEEKO 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + + + + +ac_header_dirent=no +for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h; do + as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <$ac_hdr> + +int +main () +{ +if ((DIR *) 0) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_Header=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break +fi + +done +# Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix. +if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing opendir" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for library containing opendir... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char opendir (); +int +main () +{ +return opendir (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' dir; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + break +fi +done +if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + : +else + ac_cv_search_opendir=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir +if test "$ac_res" != no; then + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing opendir" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for library containing opendir... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char opendir (); +int +main () +{ +return opendir (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' x; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + break +fi +done +if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + : +else + ac_cv_search_opendir=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir +if test "$ac_res" != no; then + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <float.h> + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <string.h> + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdlib.h> + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) +# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#else +# define ISLOWER(c) \ + (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ + || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ + || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) +#endif + +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int +main () +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) + || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) + return 2; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether closedir returns void" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether closedir returns void... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_closedir_void+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_func_closedir_void=yes +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <$ac_header_dirent> +#ifndef __cplusplus +int closedir (); +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return closedir (opendir (".")) != 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_func_closedir_void=no +else + $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_func_closedir_void=yes +fi +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_closedir_void" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_closedir_void" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_func_closedir_void = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define CLOSEDIR_VOID 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + + + + + + + + + +for ac_header in assert.h float.h limits.h memory.h pwd.h stdlib.h \ + string.h strings.h sys/param.h unistd.h +do +as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +else + # Is the header compilable? +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header usability... " >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_header_compiler=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_compiler=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } + +# Is the header present? +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header presence... " >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_preproc=no +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + ( cat <<\_ASBOX +## ---------------------------- ## +## Report this to tex-k@tug.org ## +## ---------------------------- ## +_ASBOX + ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 + ;; +esac +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } + +fi +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + + + + +for ac_func in putenv strcasecmp strtol strstr +do +as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + + + + + + + + + + + + +for ac_func in bcmp bcopy bzero getcwd getwd index memcmp memcpy rindex strchr strrchr +do +as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_c_const+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +/* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */ +#ifndef __cplusplus + /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this. */ + typedef int charset[2]; + const charset cs; + /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */ + char const *const *pcpcc; + char **ppc; + /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */ + struct point {int x, y;}; + static struct point const zero = {0,0}; + /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this. + It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in + an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant + expression */ + const char *g = "string"; + pcpcc = &g + (g ? g-g : 0); + /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */ + ++pcpcc; + ppc = (char**) pcpcc; + pcpcc = (char const *const *) ppc; + { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this. */ + char *t; + char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0; + + *t++ = 0; + if (s) return 0; + } + { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */ + int x[] = {25, 17}; + const int *foo = &x[0]; + ++foo; + } + { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */ + typedef const int *iptr; + iptr p = 0; + ++p; + } + { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying + "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */ + struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; }; + struct s *b; b->j = 5; + } + { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ + const int foo = 10; + if (!foo) return 0; + } + return !cs[0] && !zero.x; +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_c_const=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_c_const=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_const" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define const /**/ +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for inline... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_c_inline=no +for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifndef __cplusplus +typedef int foo_t; +static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; } +$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; } +#endif + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + test "$ac_cv_c_inline" != no && break +done + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6; } + + +case $ac_cv_c_inline in + inline | yes) ;; + *) + case $ac_cv_c_inline in + no) ac_val=;; + *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;; + esac + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#ifndef __cplusplus +#define inline $ac_val +#endif +_ACEOF + ;; +esac + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct stat.st_mtim" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for struct stat.st_mtim... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_mtim+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +int +main () +{ +static struct stat ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.st_mtim) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_mtim=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +int +main () +{ +static struct stat ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.st_mtim) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_mtim=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_mtim=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_mtim" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_mtim" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_mtim" = x""yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the compiler accepts prototypes" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the compiler accepts prototypes... " >&6; } +if test "${kb_cv_c_prototypes+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdarg.h> +int +main () +{ +extern void foo(int i,...); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + kb_cv_c_prototypes=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + kb_cv_c_prototypes=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $kb_cv_c_prototypes" >&5 +$as_echo "$kb_cv_c_prototypes" >&6; } +if test "x$kb_cv_c_prototypes" = xno; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Sorry, your compiler does not understand prototypes." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: Sorry, your compiler does not understand prototypes." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether program_invocation_name is predefined" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether program_invocation_name is predefined... " >&6; } +if test "${kb_cv_var_program_inv_name+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +extern char *program_invocation_name; + program_invocation_name = "love"; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + kb_cv_var_program_inv_name=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + kb_cv_var_program_inv_name=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $kb_cv_var_program_inv_name" >&5 +$as_echo "$kb_cv_var_program_inv_name" >&6; } +if test "$kb_cv_var_program_inv_name" = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking what warning flags to pass to the C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking what warning flags to pass to the C compiler... " >&6; } +if test "${kpse_cv_warning_cflags+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "x$enable_compiler_warnings" = xno; then + kpse_cv_warning_cflags= +elif test "x$GCC" = xyes; then + kpse_cv_warning_cflags="-Wall -Wunused" + case `$CC -dumpversion` in + 3.4.* | 4.*) kpse_cv_warning_cflags="$kpse_cv_warning_cflags -Wdeclaration-after-statement" ;; +esac + + case `$CC -dumpversion` in + 3.[234].* | 4.*) kpse_cv_warning_cflags="$kpse_cv_warning_cflags -Wno-unknown-pragmas" ;; +esac + + if test "x$enable_compiler_warnings" != xmin; then + kpse_cv_warning_cflags="$kpse_cv_warning_cflags -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations" + if test "x$enable_compiler_warnings" != xyes; then + kpse_cv_warning_cflags="$kpse_cv_warning_cflags -Wimplicit -Wparentheses -Wreturn-type" + kpse_cv_warning_cflags="$kpse_cv_warning_cflags -Wswitch -Wtrigraphs -Wshadow -Wpointer-arith" + kpse_cv_warning_cflags="$kpse_cv_warning_cflags -Wcast-qual -Wcast-align -Wwrite-strings" + case `$CC -dumpversion` in + 3.4.* | 4.*) kpse_cv_warning_cflags="$kpse_cv_warning_cflags -Wold-style-definition" ;; +esac + + fi + fi +else + : # FIXME: warning flags for non-gcc compilers +fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $kpse_cv_warning_cflags" >&5 +$as_echo "$kpse_cv_warning_cflags" >&6; } +WARNING_CFLAGS=$kpse_cv_warning_cflags + + + + + + +## _KPSE_INIT: Initialize TL infrastructure +kpse_BLD=`(cd "./../../." && pwd)` +kpse_SRC=`(cd "$srcdir/../../." && pwd)` + +## _KPSE_USE_LIBTOOL: Generate a libtool script for use in configure tests +: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt} +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_LT" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_LT" >&6;} +cat >"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF +#! $SHELL +# Generated by $as_me. +# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration. + +lt_cl_silent=false +SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} +_LTEOF + +cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## --------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + + + +# PATH needs CR +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +as_nl=' +' +export as_nl +# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. +as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='printf %s\n' + as_echo_n='printf %s' +else + if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then + as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' + as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' + else + as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' + as_echo_n_body='eval + arg=$1; + case $arg in + *"$as_nl"*) + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; + arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; + esac; + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" + ' + export as_echo_n_body + as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' + fi + export as_echo_body + as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' +fi + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + +# Support unset when possible. +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_unset=unset +else + as_unset=false +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +case $0 in + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + +# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. +for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE + +# Required to use basename. +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + + +# Name of the executable. +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# CDPATH. +$as_unset CDPATH + + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { + + # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO + # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a + # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' + # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each + # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends + # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special + # case at line end. + # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the + # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee + # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) + sed -n ' + p + /[$]LINENO/= + ' <$as_myself | + sed ' + s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ + t lineno + b + :lineno + N + :loop + s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ + t loop + s/-\n.*// + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). + . "./$as_me.lineno" + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in +-n*) + case `echo 'x\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + *) ECHO_C='\c';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null +fi +if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then + if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -p' + elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln + else + as_ln_s='cp -p' + fi +else + as_ln_s='cp -p' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p=: +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_test_x='test -x' +else + if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_ls_L_option=L + else + as_ls_L_option= + fi + as_test_x=' + eval sh -c '\'' + if test -d "$1"; then + test -d "$1/."; + else + case $1 in + -*)set "./$1";; + esac; + case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in + ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi + '\'' sh + ' +fi +as_executable_p=$as_test_x + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + + +exec 6>&1 +exec 5>>config.log +{ + echo + sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX +## Running $as_me. ## +_ASBOX +} >&5 + +lt_cl_help="\ +\`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration, +for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is +generated. + +Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] + + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -V, --version print version number, then exit + -q, --quiet do not print progress messages + -d, --debug don't remove temporary files + +Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>." + +lt_cl_version="\ +bibtex8 for TeX Live config.lt 3.71 +configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63. + +Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it." + +while test $# != 0 +do + case $1 in + --version | --v* | -V ) + echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;; + --debug | --d* | -d ) + debug=: ;; + --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q ) + lt_cl_silent=: ;; + + -*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + + *) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized argument: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized argument: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + esac + shift +done + +if $lt_cl_silent; then + exec 6>/dev/null +fi +_LTEOF + +cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF + + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' +double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' +delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' +macro_version='`$ECHO "X$macro_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +macro_revision='`$ECHO "X$macro_revision" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_shared='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +pic_mode='`$ECHO "X$pic_mode" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "X$enable_fast_install" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host_alias='`$ECHO "X$host_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host='`$ECHO "X$host" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host_os='`$ECHO "X$host_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build_alias='`$ECHO "X$build_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build='`$ECHO "X$build" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build_os='`$ECHO "X$build_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +SED='`$ECHO "X$SED" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +Xsed='`$ECHO "X$Xsed" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +GREP='`$ECHO "X$GREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +EGREP='`$ECHO "X$EGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +FGREP='`$ECHO "X$FGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LD='`$ECHO "X$LD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +NM='`$ECHO "X$NM" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LN_S='`$ECHO "X$LN_S" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "X$max_cmd_len" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +ac_objext='`$ECHO "X$ac_objext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +exeext='`$ECHO "X$exeext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_unset='`$ECHO "X$lt_unset" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "X$lt_SP2NL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "X$lt_NL2SP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +reload_flag='`$ECHO "X$reload_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +reload_cmds='`$ECHO "X$reload_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "X$OBJDUMP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "X$deplibs_check_method" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "X$file_magic_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +AR='`$ECHO "X$AR" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "X$AR_FLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +STRIP='`$ECHO "X$STRIP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +RANLIB='`$ECHO "X$RANLIB" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +CC='`$ECHO "X$CC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +CFLAGS='`$ECHO "X$CFLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +compiler='`$ECHO "X$compiler" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +GCC='`$ECHO "X$GCC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +objdir='`$ECHO "X$objdir" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +SHELL='`$ECHO "X$SHELL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +ECHO='`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "X$MAGIC_CMD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_locks='`$ECHO "X$need_locks" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "X$DSYMUTIL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +NMEDIT='`$ECHO "X$NMEDIT" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LIPO='`$ECHO "X$LIPO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OTOOL='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OTOOL64='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL64" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +libext='`$ECHO "X$libext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "X$shrext_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "X$compiler_needs_object" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +module_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "X$with_gnu_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$allow_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$no_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_minus_L" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_automatic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "X$inherit_rpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "X$link_all_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +fix_srcfile_path='`$ECHO "X$fix_srcfile_path" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "X$always_export_symbols" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "X$export_symbols_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$exclude_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +include_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "X$prelink_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +file_list_spec='`$ECHO "X$file_list_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "X$variables_saved_for_relink" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$need_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_version='`$ECHO "X$need_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +version_type='`$ECHO "X$version_type" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +runpath_var='`$ECHO "X$runpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +libname_spec='`$ECHO "X$libname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +library_names_spec='`$ECHO "X$library_names_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +soname_spec='`$ECHO "X$soname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +finish_cmds='`$ECHO "X$finish_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +finish_eval='`$ECHO "X$finish_eval" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_into_libs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_action='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_action" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_striplib='`$ECHO "X$old_striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +striplib='`$ECHO "X$striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' + +LTCC='$LTCC' +LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' +compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' + +# Quote evaled strings. +for var in SED \ +GREP \ +EGREP \ +FGREP \ +LD \ +NM \ +LN_S \ +lt_SP2NL \ +lt_NL2SP \ +reload_flag \ +OBJDUMP \ +deplibs_check_method \ +file_magic_cmd \ +AR \ +AR_FLAGS \ +STRIP \ +RANLIB \ +CC \ +CFLAGS \ +compiler \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \ +SHELL \ +ECHO \ +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \ +lt_prog_compiler_wl \ +lt_prog_compiler_pic \ +lt_prog_compiler_static \ +lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \ +need_locks \ +DSYMUTIL \ +NMEDIT \ +LIPO \ +OTOOL \ +OTOOL64 \ +shrext_cmds \ +export_dynamic_flag_spec \ +whole_archive_flag_spec \ +compiler_needs_object \ +with_gnu_ld \ +allow_undefined_flag \ +no_undefined_flag \ +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \ +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \ +hardcode_libdir_separator \ +fix_srcfile_path \ +exclude_expsyms \ +include_expsyms \ +file_list_spec \ +variables_saved_for_relink \ +libname_spec \ +library_names_spec \ +soname_spec \ +finish_eval \ +old_striplib \ +striplib; do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in + *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +# Double-quote double-evaled strings. +for var in reload_cmds \ +old_postinstall_cmds \ +old_postuninstall_cmds \ +old_archive_cmds \ +extract_expsyms_cmds \ +old_archive_from_new_cmds \ +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \ +archive_cmds \ +archive_expsym_cmds \ +module_cmds \ +module_expsym_cmds \ +export_symbols_cmds \ +prelink_cmds \ +postinstall_cmds \ +postuninstall_cmds \ +finish_cmds \ +sys_lib_search_path_spec \ +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in + *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules. +case \$lt_ECHO in +*'\\\$0 --fallback-echo"') lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"\$/\$0 --fallback-echo"/'\` + ;; +esac + +ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir' +xsi_shell='$xsi_shell' +lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append' + +# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our +# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. +if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + + + PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' + VERSION='$VERSION' + TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' + RM='$RM' + ofile='$ofile' + + + +_LTEOF + +cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ofile" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ofile" >&6;} + + + # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our + # commands through without removal of \ escapes. + if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST + fi + + cfgfile="${ofile}T" + trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 + $RM "$cfgfile" + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +#! $SHELL + +# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. +# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: +# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. +# +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, +# 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 +# +# This file is part of GNU Libtool. +# +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +# the License, or (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or +# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + +# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. +available_tags="" + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG + +# Which release of libtool.m4 was used? +macro_version=$macro_version +macro_revision=$macro_revision + +# Whether or not to build shared libraries. +build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared + +# Whether or not to build static libraries. +build_old_libs=$enable_static + +# What type of objects to build. +pic_mode=$pic_mode + +# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. +fast_install=$enable_fast_install + +# The host system. +host_alias=$host_alias +host=$host +host_os=$host_os + +# The build system. +build_alias=$build_alias +build=$build +build_os=$build_os + +# A sed program that does not truncate output. +SED=$lt_SED + +# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. +Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//" + +# A grep program that handles long lines. +GREP=$lt_GREP + +# An ERE matcher. +EGREP=$lt_EGREP + +# A literal string matcher. +FGREP=$lt_FGREP + +# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister. +NM=$lt_NM + +# Whether we need soft or hard links. +LN_S=$lt_LN_S + +# What is the maximum length of a command? +max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len + +# Object file suffix (normally "o"). +objext=$ac_objext + +# Executable file suffix (normally ""). +exeext=$exeext + +# whether the shell understands "unset". +lt_unset=$lt_unset + +# turn spaces into newlines. +SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL + +# turn newlines into spaces. +NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP + +# How to create reloadable object files. +reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag +reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds + +# An object symbol dumper. +OBJDUMP=$lt_OBJDUMP + +# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. +deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method + +# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic". +file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd + +# The archiver. +AR=$lt_AR +AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS + +# A symbol stripping program. +STRIP=$lt_STRIP + +# Commands used to install an old-style archive. +RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB +old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds +old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds + +# A C compiler. +LTCC=$lt_CC + +# LTCC compiler flags. +LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS + +# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. +global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe + +# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration. +global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix + +# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. +objdir=$objdir + +# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. +SHELL=$lt_SHELL + +# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. +ECHO=$lt_ECHO + +# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file". +MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD + +# Must we lock files when doing compilation? +need_locks=$lt_need_locks + +# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X. +DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL + +# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X. +NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT + +# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X. +LIPO=$lt_LIPO + +# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X. +OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL + +# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4. +OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64 + +# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). +libext=$libext + +# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). +shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds + +# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. +extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds + +# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and +# restored at link time. +variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink + +# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules? +need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix + +# Do we need a version for libraries? +need_version=$need_version + +# Library versioning type. +version_type=$version_type + +# Shared library runtime path variable. +runpath_var=$runpath_var + +# Shared library path variable. +shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var + +# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? +shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath + +# Format of library name prefix. +libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec + +# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. +# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME +library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec + +# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. +soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec + +# Command to use after installation of a shared archive. +postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds + +# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive. +postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds + +# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. +finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds + +# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but +# not shown. +finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval + +# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. +hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs + +# Compile-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec + +# Run-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec + +# Whether dlopen is supported. +dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen + +# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. +dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self + +# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. +dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static + +# Commands to strip libraries. +old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib +striplib=$lt_striplib + + +# The linker used to build libraries. +LD=$lt_LD + +# Commands used to build an old-style archive. +old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds + +# A language specific compiler. +CC=$lt_compiler + +# Is the compiler the GNU compiler? +with_gcc=$GCC + +# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. +no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag + +# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. +wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl + +# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. +pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic + +# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. +link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static + +# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? +compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o + +# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. +build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc + +# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static. +allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes + +# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. +export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec + +# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. +whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec + +# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly. +compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object + +# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. +old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds + +# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds + +# Commands used to build a shared archive. +archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds +archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds + +# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building +# a shared archive. +module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds +module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds + +# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not. +with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld + +# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. +allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag + +# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols. +no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag + +# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. +# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec + +# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary +# during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld + +# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument. +hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary. +hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is +# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the +# library is relocated. +hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute + +# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L + +# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var + +# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR +# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked +# against it. +hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic + +# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries +# to runtime path list. +inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath + +# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. +link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs + +# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. +fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path + +# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required. +always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols + +# The commands to list exported symbols. +export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds + +# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. +exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms + +# Symbols that must always be exported. +include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms + +# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates. +prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds + +# Specify filename containing input files. +file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec + +# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. +hardcode_action=$hardcode_action + +# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG + +_LT_EOF + + case $host_os in + aix3*) + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some +# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems +# vanish in a puff of smoke. +if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES +fi +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac + + +ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" + + + # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if + # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in + # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem + # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? + sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + case $xsi_shell in + yes) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac +} + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} + +# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement +# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function +# call: +# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, +# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result +# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" +# basename: Compute filename of FILE. +# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" +# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname +# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to +# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. +func_dirname_and_basename () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +func_stripname () +{ + # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are + # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. + func_stripname_result=${3} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"} +} + +# func_opt_split +func_opt_split () +{ + func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*} + func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=} +} + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + case ${1} in + *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; + *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; + esac +} + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo +} + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=$(( $* )) +} + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=${#1} +} + +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) # Bourne compatible functions. + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` + if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then + func_dirname_result="${3}" + else + func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" + fi +} + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` +} + + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +# func_strip_suffix prefix name +func_stripname () +{ + case ${2} in + .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ + | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; + *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ + | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;; + esac +} + +# sed scripts: +my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q' +my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[^=]*=//' + +# func_opt_split +func_opt_split () +{ + func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"` + func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"` +} + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` +} + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'` +} + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=`expr "$@"` +} + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` +} + +_LT_EOF +esac + +case $lt_shell_append in + yes) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "$1+=\$2" +} +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "$1=\$$1\$2" +} + +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac + + + sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || + (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") + chmod +x "$ofile" + + +{ (exit 0); exit 0; } +_LTEOF +chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT" + +# configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection, +# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept +# open by configure. Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing +# config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt. +if test "$no_create" != yes; then + lt_cl_success=: + test "$silent" = yes && + lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet" + exec 5>/dev/null + $SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false + exec 5>>config.log + $lt_cl_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +ac_link="./libtool --mode=link --tag=CC $ac_link" + +## _KPSE_LIB_FLAGS: Setup kpathsea (-lkpathsea) flags + +# Check whether --with-system-kpathsea was given. +if test "${with_system_kpathsea+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_system_kpathsea; +fi + +# Check whether --with-kpathsea-includes was given. +if test "${with_kpathsea_includes+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_kpathsea_includes; +fi + +# Check whether --with-kpathsea-libdir was given. +if test "${with_kpathsea_libdir+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_kpathsea_libdir; +fi +if test "x$with_system_kpathsea" = xyes; then + if test "x$with_kpathsea_includes" != x && test "x$with_kpathsea_includes" != xyes; then + KPATHSEA_INCLUDES="-I$with_kpathsea_includes" +fi +KPATHSEA_LIBS="-lkpathsea" +if test "x$with_kpathsea_libdir" != x && test "x$with_kpathsea_libdir" != xyes; then + KPATHSEA_LIBS="-L$with_kpathsea_libdir $KPATHSEA_LIBS" +fi +else + KPATHSEA_INCLUDES=`echo '-IBLD/texk -ISRC/texk' | sed \ + -e "s,SRC/,$kpse_SRC/,g" \ + -e "s,BLD/,$kpse_BLD/,g"` + KPATHSEA_LIBS=`echo 'BLD/texk/kpathsea/libkpathsea.la' | sed \ + -e "s,BLD/,$kpse_BLD/,g"` + + KPATHSEA_DEPEND=`echo 'BLD/texk/kpathsea/libkpathsea.la' | sed \ + -e 's,BLD/texk/,${top_builddir}/../,g'` + KPATHSEA_RULE='# Rebuild libkpathsea +$(KPATHSEA_DEPEND): ${top_srcdir}/../kpathsea/*.[ch] ${top_builddir}/../kpathsea/paths.h + cd ${top_builddir}/../kpathsea && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) +${top_builddir}/../kpathsea/paths.h: + cd ${top_builddir}/../kpathsea && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS)' +fi + + +ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile" + + +cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. +# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't +# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it +# the --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when +# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the +# following values. + +_ACEOF + +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, we kill variables containing newlines. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( + *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote + # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). + sed -n \ + "s/'/'\\\\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" + ;; #( + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) | + sed ' + /^ac_cv_env_/b end + t clear + :clear + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ + t end + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ + :end' >>confcache +if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + if test -w "$cache_file"; then + test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + cat confcache >$cache_file + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. +# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. +# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. +# +# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that +# take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise, +# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. +ac_script=' +:mline +/\\$/{ + N + s,\\\n,, + b mline +} +t clear +:clear +s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g +t quote +s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g +t quote +b any +:quote +s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g +s/\[/\\&/g +s/\]/\\&/g +s/\$/$$/g +H +:any +${ + g + s/^\n// + s/\n/ /g + p +} +' +DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h` + + +ac_libobjs= +ac_ltlibobjs= +for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue + # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. + ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' + ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` + # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR + # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. + ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" + ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' +done +LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs + +LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs + + + if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then + am__EXEEXT_TRUE= + am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' +else + am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' + am__EXEEXT_FALSE= +fi + +if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} +ac_write_fail=0 +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} +cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +#! $SHELL +# Generated by $as_me. +# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in config.log if it exists. + +debug=false +ac_cs_recheck=false +ac_cs_silent=false +SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## --------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + + + +# PATH needs CR +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +as_nl=' +' +export as_nl +# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. +as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='printf %s\n' + as_echo_n='printf %s' +else + if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then + as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' + as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' + else + as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' + as_echo_n_body='eval + arg=$1; + case $arg in + *"$as_nl"*) + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; + arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; + esac; + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" + ' + export as_echo_n_body + as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' + fi + export as_echo_body + as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' +fi + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + +# Support unset when possible. +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_unset=unset +else + as_unset=false +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +case $0 in + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + +# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. +for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE + +# Required to use basename. +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + + +# Name of the executable. +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# CDPATH. +$as_unset CDPATH + + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { + + # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO + # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a + # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' + # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each + # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends + # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special + # case at line end. + # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the + # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee + # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) + sed -n ' + p + /[$]LINENO/= + ' <$as_myself | + sed ' + s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ + t lineno + b + :lineno + N + :loop + s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ + t loop + s/-\n.*// + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). + . "./$as_me.lineno" + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in +-n*) + case `echo 'x\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + *) ECHO_C='\c';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null +fi +if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then + if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -p' + elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln + else + as_ln_s='cp -p' + fi +else + as_ln_s='cp -p' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p=: +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_test_x='test -x' +else + if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_ls_L_option=L + else + as_ls_L_option= + fi + as_test_x=' + eval sh -c '\'' + if test -d "$1"; then + test -d "$1/."; + else + case $1 in + -*)set "./$1";; + esac; + case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in + ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi + '\'' sh + ' +fi +as_executable_p=$as_test_x + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + +exec 6>&1 + +# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to +# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their +# values after options handling. +ac_log=" +This file was extended by bibtex8 for TeX Live $as_me 3.71, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63. Invocation command line was + + CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES + CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS + CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS + CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS + $ $0 $@ + +on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +" + +_ACEOF + +case $ac_config_files in *" +"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; +esac + + + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# Files that config.status was made for. +config_files="$ac_config_files" +config_commands="$ac_config_commands" + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_cs_usage="\ +\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the +current configuration. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [FILE]... + + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit + -q, --quiet, --silent + do not print progress messages + -d, --debug don't remove temporary files + --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions + --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] + instantiate the configuration file FILE + +Configuration files: +$config_files + +Configuration commands: +$config_commands + +Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>." + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_cs_version="\\ +bibtex8 for TeX Live config.status 3.71 +configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63, + with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" + +Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." + +ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' +srcdir='$srcdir' +INSTALL='$INSTALL' +MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' +AWK='$AWK' +test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. +ac_need_defaults=: +while test $# != 0 +do + case $1 in + --*=*) + ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` + ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` + ac_shift=: + ;; + *) + ac_option=$1 + ac_optarg=$2 + ac_shift=shift + ;; + esac + + case $ac_option in + # Handling of the options. + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + ac_cs_recheck=: ;; + --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; + --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) + debug=: ;; + --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) + $ac_shift + case $ac_optarg in + *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + esac + CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES '$ac_optarg'" + ac_need_defaults=false;; + --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) + ac_cs_silent=: ;; + + # This is an error. + -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + + *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" + ac_need_defaults=false ;; + + esac + shift +done + +ac_configure_extra_args= + +if $ac_cs_silent; then + exec 6>/dev/null + ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +if \$ac_cs_recheck; then + set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion + shift + \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 + CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec "\$@" +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +exec 5>>config.log +{ + echo + sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX +## Running $as_me. ## +_ASBOX + $as_echo "$ac_log" +} >&5 + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# +# INIT-COMMANDS +# +AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" + + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' +double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' +delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' +macro_version='`$ECHO "X$macro_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +macro_revision='`$ECHO "X$macro_revision" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_shared='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +pic_mode='`$ECHO "X$pic_mode" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "X$enable_fast_install" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host_alias='`$ECHO "X$host_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host='`$ECHO "X$host" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host_os='`$ECHO "X$host_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build_alias='`$ECHO "X$build_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build='`$ECHO "X$build" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build_os='`$ECHO "X$build_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +SED='`$ECHO "X$SED" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +Xsed='`$ECHO "X$Xsed" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +GREP='`$ECHO "X$GREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +EGREP='`$ECHO "X$EGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +FGREP='`$ECHO "X$FGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LD='`$ECHO "X$LD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +NM='`$ECHO "X$NM" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LN_S='`$ECHO "X$LN_S" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "X$max_cmd_len" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +ac_objext='`$ECHO "X$ac_objext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +exeext='`$ECHO "X$exeext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_unset='`$ECHO "X$lt_unset" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "X$lt_SP2NL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "X$lt_NL2SP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +reload_flag='`$ECHO "X$reload_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +reload_cmds='`$ECHO "X$reload_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "X$OBJDUMP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "X$deplibs_check_method" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "X$file_magic_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +AR='`$ECHO "X$AR" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "X$AR_FLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +STRIP='`$ECHO "X$STRIP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +RANLIB='`$ECHO "X$RANLIB" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +CC='`$ECHO "X$CC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +CFLAGS='`$ECHO "X$CFLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +compiler='`$ECHO "X$compiler" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +GCC='`$ECHO "X$GCC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +objdir='`$ECHO "X$objdir" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +SHELL='`$ECHO "X$SHELL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +ECHO='`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "X$MAGIC_CMD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_locks='`$ECHO "X$need_locks" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "X$DSYMUTIL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +NMEDIT='`$ECHO "X$NMEDIT" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LIPO='`$ECHO "X$LIPO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OTOOL='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OTOOL64='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL64" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +libext='`$ECHO "X$libext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "X$shrext_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "X$compiler_needs_object" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +module_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "X$with_gnu_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$allow_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$no_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_minus_L" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_automatic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "X$inherit_rpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "X$link_all_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +fix_srcfile_path='`$ECHO "X$fix_srcfile_path" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "X$always_export_symbols" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "X$export_symbols_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$exclude_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +include_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "X$prelink_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +file_list_spec='`$ECHO "X$file_list_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "X$variables_saved_for_relink" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$need_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_version='`$ECHO "X$need_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +version_type='`$ECHO "X$version_type" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +runpath_var='`$ECHO "X$runpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +libname_spec='`$ECHO "X$libname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +library_names_spec='`$ECHO "X$library_names_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +soname_spec='`$ECHO "X$soname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +finish_cmds='`$ECHO "X$finish_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +finish_eval='`$ECHO "X$finish_eval" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_into_libs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_action='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_action" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_striplib='`$ECHO "X$old_striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +striplib='`$ECHO "X$striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' + +LTCC='$LTCC' +LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' +compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' + +# Quote evaled strings. +for var in SED \ +GREP \ +EGREP \ +FGREP \ +LD \ +NM \ +LN_S \ +lt_SP2NL \ +lt_NL2SP \ +reload_flag \ +OBJDUMP \ +deplibs_check_method \ +file_magic_cmd \ +AR \ +AR_FLAGS \ +STRIP \ +RANLIB \ +CC \ +CFLAGS \ +compiler \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \ +SHELL \ +ECHO \ +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \ +lt_prog_compiler_wl \ +lt_prog_compiler_pic \ +lt_prog_compiler_static \ +lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \ +need_locks \ +DSYMUTIL \ +NMEDIT \ +LIPO \ +OTOOL \ +OTOOL64 \ +shrext_cmds \ +export_dynamic_flag_spec \ +whole_archive_flag_spec \ +compiler_needs_object \ +with_gnu_ld \ +allow_undefined_flag \ +no_undefined_flag \ +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \ +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \ +hardcode_libdir_separator \ +fix_srcfile_path \ +exclude_expsyms \ +include_expsyms \ +file_list_spec \ +variables_saved_for_relink \ +libname_spec \ +library_names_spec \ +soname_spec \ +finish_eval \ +old_striplib \ +striplib; do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in + *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +# Double-quote double-evaled strings. +for var in reload_cmds \ +old_postinstall_cmds \ +old_postuninstall_cmds \ +old_archive_cmds \ +extract_expsyms_cmds \ +old_archive_from_new_cmds \ +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \ +archive_cmds \ +archive_expsym_cmds \ +module_cmds \ +module_expsym_cmds \ +export_symbols_cmds \ +prelink_cmds \ +postinstall_cmds \ +postuninstall_cmds \ +finish_cmds \ +sys_lib_search_path_spec \ +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in + *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules. +case \$lt_ECHO in +*'\\\$0 --fallback-echo"') lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"\$/\$0 --fallback-echo"/'\` + ;; +esac + +ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir' +xsi_shell='$xsi_shell' +lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append' + +# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our +# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. +if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + + + PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' + VERSION='$VERSION' + TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' + RM='$RM' + ofile='$ofile' + +ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir' + + + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + +# Handling of arguments. +for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets +do + case $ac_config_target in + "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; + "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;; + "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; + + *) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + esac +done + + +# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, +# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. +# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely +# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. +if $ac_need_defaults; then + test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files + test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands +fi + +# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree +# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, +# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. +# Hook for its removal unless debugging. +# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: +# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. +$debug || +{ + tmp= + trap 'exit_status=$? + { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status +' 0 + trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15 +} +# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. + +{ + tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && + test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" +} || +{ + tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM + (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") +} || +{ + $as_echo "$as_me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +} + +# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. +# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. +# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. +if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then + + +ac_cr='
' +ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null` +if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then + ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' +else + ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr +fi + +echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" && +_ACEOF + + +{ + echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && + echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && + echo "_ACEOF" +} >conf$$subs.sh || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'` +ac_delim='%!_!# ' +for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do + . ./conf$$subs.sh || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` + if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then + break + elif $ac_last_try; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + else + ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " + fi +done +rm -f conf$$subs.sh + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && +_ACEOF +sed -n ' +h +s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ +p +g +s/^[^!]*!// +:repl +t repl +s/'"$ac_delim"'$// +t delim +:nl +h +s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/ +t more1 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ +p +n +b repl +:more1 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ +p +g +s/.\{148\}// +t nl +:delim +h +s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/ +t more2 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ +p +b +:more2 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ +p +g +s/.\{148\}// +t delim +' <conf$$subs.awk | sed ' +/^[^""]/{ + N + s/\n// +} +' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 +rm -f conf$$subs.awk +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +_ACAWK +cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && + for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 + FS = "" + +} +{ + line = $ 0 + nfields = split(line, field, "@") + substed = 0 + len = length(field[1]) + for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { + key = field[i] + keylen = length(key) + if (S_is_set[key]) { + value = S[key] + line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) + len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) + substed = 1 + } else + len += 1 + keylen + } + + print line +} + +_ACAWK +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then + sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" +else + cat +fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +_ACEOF + +# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), +# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and +# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty +# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ +s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/ +s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/ +s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/ +s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/ +s/:*$// +s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// +}' +fi + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" + + +eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" +shift +for ac_tag +do + case $ac_tag in + :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; + esac + case $ac_mode$ac_tag in + :[FHL]*:*);; + :L* | :C*:*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid tag $ac_tag" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid tag $ac_tag" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; + :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; + esac + ac_save_IFS=$IFS + IFS=: + set x $ac_tag + IFS=$ac_save_IFS + shift + ac_file=$1 + shift + + case $ac_mode in + :L) ac_source=$1;; + :[FH]) + ac_file_inputs= + for ac_f + do + case $ac_f in + -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";; + *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree + # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, + # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. + test -f "$ac_f" || + case $ac_f in + [\\/$]*) false;; + *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; + esac || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + esac + case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac + ac_file_inputs="$ac_file_inputs '$ac_f'" + done + + # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't + # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: + # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ + configure_input='Generated from '` + $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' + `' by configure.' + if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then + configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} + fi + # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. + case $configure_input in #( + *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) + ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | + sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( + *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; + esac + + case $ac_tag in + *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + esac + ;; + esac + + ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || +$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$ac_file" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + { as_dir="$ac_dir" + case $as_dir in #( + -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; + esac + test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || { + as_dirs= + while :; do + case $as_dir in #( + *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( + *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; + esac + as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" + as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + test -d "$as_dir" && break + done + test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" + } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + + case $ac_mode in + :F) + # + # CONFIG_FILE + # + + case $INSTALL in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; + *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; + esac + ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P + case $MKDIR_P in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; + */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; + esac +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. +# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. +ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= + +ac_sed_dataroot=' +/datarootdir/ { + p + q +} +/@datadir@/p +/@docdir@/p +/@infodir@/p +/@localedir@/p +/@mandir@/p +' +case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in +*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; +*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + ac_datarootdir_hack=' + s&@datadir@&$datadir&g + s&@docdir@&$docdir&g + s&@infodir@&$infodir&g + s&@localedir@&$localedir&g + s&@mandir@&$mandir&g + s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; +esac +_ACEOF + +# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. +# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. +# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +:t +/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b +s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t +s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t +s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t +s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t +s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t +s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t +s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t +$ac_datarootdir_hack +" +eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&2;} + + rm -f "$tmp/stdin" + case $ac_file in + -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";; + *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";; + esac \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ;; + + + :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} + ;; + esac + + + case $ac_file$ac_mode in + "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { + # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files + # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval + # if we detect the quoting. + case $CONFIG_FILES in + *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; + *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; + esac + shift + for mf + do + # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. + mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` + # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. + # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but + # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. + # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process + # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. + # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line + # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. + if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then + dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || +$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$mf" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + else + continue + fi + # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote + # from the Makefile without running `make'. + DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue + am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "am__include" && continue + am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` + # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it + U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` + # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with + # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the + # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the + # expansion. + for file in `sed -n " + s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ + sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do + # Make sure the directory exists. + test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue + fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || +$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$file" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + { as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir + case $as_dir in #( + -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; + esac + test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || { + as_dirs= + while :; do + case $as_dir in #( + *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( + *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; + esac + as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" + as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + test -d "$as_dir" && break + done + test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" + } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" + echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" + done + done +} + ;; + "libtool":C) + + # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our + # commands through without removal of \ escapes. + if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST + fi + + cfgfile="${ofile}T" + trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 + $RM "$cfgfile" + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +#! $SHELL + +# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. +# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: +# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. +# +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, +# 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 +# +# This file is part of GNU Libtool. +# +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +# the License, or (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or +# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + +# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. +available_tags="" + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG + +# Which release of libtool.m4 was used? +macro_version=$macro_version +macro_revision=$macro_revision + +# Whether or not to build shared libraries. +build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared + +# Whether or not to build static libraries. +build_old_libs=$enable_static + +# What type of objects to build. +pic_mode=$pic_mode + +# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. +fast_install=$enable_fast_install + +# The host system. +host_alias=$host_alias +host=$host +host_os=$host_os + +# The build system. +build_alias=$build_alias +build=$build +build_os=$build_os + +# A sed program that does not truncate output. +SED=$lt_SED + +# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. +Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//" + +# A grep program that handles long lines. +GREP=$lt_GREP + +# An ERE matcher. +EGREP=$lt_EGREP + +# A literal string matcher. +FGREP=$lt_FGREP + +# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister. +NM=$lt_NM + +# Whether we need soft or hard links. +LN_S=$lt_LN_S + +# What is the maximum length of a command? +max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len + +# Object file suffix (normally "o"). +objext=$ac_objext + +# Executable file suffix (normally ""). +exeext=$exeext + +# whether the shell understands "unset". +lt_unset=$lt_unset + +# turn spaces into newlines. +SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL + +# turn newlines into spaces. +NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP + +# How to create reloadable object files. +reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag +reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds + +# An object symbol dumper. +OBJDUMP=$lt_OBJDUMP + +# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. +deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method + +# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic". +file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd + +# The archiver. +AR=$lt_AR +AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS + +# A symbol stripping program. +STRIP=$lt_STRIP + +# Commands used to install an old-style archive. +RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB +old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds +old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds + +# A C compiler. +LTCC=$lt_CC + +# LTCC compiler flags. +LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS + +# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. +global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe + +# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration. +global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix + +# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. +objdir=$objdir + +# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. +SHELL=$lt_SHELL + +# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. +ECHO=$lt_ECHO + +# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file". +MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD + +# Must we lock files when doing compilation? +need_locks=$lt_need_locks + +# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X. +DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL + +# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X. +NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT + +# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X. +LIPO=$lt_LIPO + +# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X. +OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL + +# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4. +OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64 + +# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). +libext=$libext + +# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). +shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds + +# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. +extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds + +# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and +# restored at link time. +variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink + +# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules? +need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix + +# Do we need a version for libraries? +need_version=$need_version + +# Library versioning type. +version_type=$version_type + +# Shared library runtime path variable. +runpath_var=$runpath_var + +# Shared library path variable. +shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var + +# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? +shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath + +# Format of library name prefix. +libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec + +# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. +# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME +library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec + +# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. +soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec + +# Command to use after installation of a shared archive. +postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds + +# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive. +postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds + +# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. +finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds + +# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but +# not shown. +finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval + +# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. +hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs + +# Compile-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec + +# Run-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec + +# Whether dlopen is supported. +dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen + +# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. +dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self + +# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. +dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static + +# Commands to strip libraries. +old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib +striplib=$lt_striplib + + +# The linker used to build libraries. +LD=$lt_LD + +# Commands used to build an old-style archive. +old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds + +# A language specific compiler. +CC=$lt_compiler + +# Is the compiler the GNU compiler? +with_gcc=$GCC + +# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. +no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag + +# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. +wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl + +# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. +pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic + +# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. +link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static + +# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? +compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o + +# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. +build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc + +# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static. +allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes + +# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. +export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec + +# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. +whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec + +# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly. +compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object + +# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. +old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds + +# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds + +# Commands used to build a shared archive. +archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds +archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds + +# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building +# a shared archive. +module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds +module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds + +# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not. +with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld + +# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. +allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag + +# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols. +no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag + +# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. +# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec + +# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary +# during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld + +# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument. +hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary. +hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is +# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the +# library is relocated. +hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute + +# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L + +# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var + +# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR +# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked +# against it. +hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic + +# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries +# to runtime path list. +inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath + +# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. +link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs + +# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. +fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path + +# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required. +always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols + +# The commands to list exported symbols. +export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds + +# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. +exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms + +# Symbols that must always be exported. +include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms + +# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates. +prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds + +# Specify filename containing input files. +file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec + +# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. +hardcode_action=$hardcode_action + +# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG + +_LT_EOF + + case $host_os in + aix3*) + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some +# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems +# vanish in a puff of smoke. +if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES +fi +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac + + +ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" + + + # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if + # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in + # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem + # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? + sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + case $xsi_shell in + yes) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac +} + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} + +# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement +# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function +# call: +# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, +# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result +# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" +# basename: Compute filename of FILE. +# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" +# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname +# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to +# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. +func_dirname_and_basename () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +func_stripname () +{ + # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are + # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. + func_stripname_result=${3} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"} +} + +# func_opt_split +func_opt_split () +{ + func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*} + func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=} +} + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + case ${1} in + *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; + *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; + esac +} + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo +} + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=$(( $* )) +} + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=${#1} +} + +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) # Bourne compatible functions. + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` + if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then + func_dirname_result="${3}" + else + func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" + fi +} + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` +} + + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +# func_strip_suffix prefix name +func_stripname () +{ + case ${2} in + .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ + | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; + *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ + | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;; + esac +} + +# sed scripts: +my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q' +my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[^=]*=//' + +# func_opt_split +func_opt_split () +{ + func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"` + func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"` +} + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` +} + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'` +} + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=`expr "$@"` +} + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` +} + +_LT_EOF +esac + +case $lt_shell_append in + yes) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "$1+=\$2" +} +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "$1=\$$1\$2" +} + +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac + + + sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || + (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") + chmod +x "$ofile" + + ;; + + esac +done # for ac_tag + + +{ (exit 0); exit 0; } +_ACEOF +chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save + +test $ac_write_fail = 0 || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + +# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. +# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. +# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open +# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its +# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, +# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and +# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we +# need to make the FD available again. +if test "$no_create" != yes; then + ac_cs_success=: + ac_config_status_args= + test "$silent" = yes && + ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" + exec 5>/dev/null + $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false + exec 5>>config.log + # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which + # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. + $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi +if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} +fi + diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/configure.ac b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/configure.ac new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8e16303f11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/configure.ac @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. +dnl +dnl Copyright (C) 2009 Peter Breitenlohner <tex-live@tug.org> +dnl +dnl This file is free software; the copyright holder +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +dnl +AC_INIT([bibtex8 for TeX Live], [3.71], [tex-k@tug.org]) +AC_PREREQ([2.63]) +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([bibtex-1.c]) +AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([../../build-aux]) +AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([../../m4]) + +dnl Common code for all programs using libkpathsea. +KPSE_COMMON([bibtex8], [no-define]) + +KPSE_KPATHSEA_FLAGS + +AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile]) + +AC_OUTPUT diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/00readme.txt b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/00readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6322e51fcd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/00readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,903 @@ +****************************************************************************** +FILE: $RCSfile: 00readme.txt,v $ + $Revision: 3.71 $ + $Date: 1996/08/18 20:38:55 $ +****************************************************************************** + + +An 8-bit Implementation of BibTeX 0.99 with a Very Large Capacity +================================================================= + + +Contents +-------- + + 0. Abstract + + 1. Introduction + 1.1 8-bit Character Set Support + 1.2 Big and Customisable Capacity + + 2. Distribution Kits and Where to Find Them + 2.1 bt371dos.zip + 2.2 bt371os2.zip + 2.3 bt371src.zip + 2.4 bt371csf.zip + + 3. Running 8-bit BibTeX + 3.1 Command line options + 3.2 Finding Files + 3.3 Environment variables + + 4. The Codepage and Sort Order (CS) File + 4.1 CS file syntax + 4.2 Testing a CS file + 4.3 Sharing your CS file + + 5. Building 8-bit BibTeX from Source Code + 5.1 DOS + 5.2 OS/2 + 5.3 Unix + 5.4 VMS + + 6. Reporting Bugs and Requesting Improvements + 6.1 Contacting the authors + 6.2 Further enhancements + + 7. Frequently Asked Questions + + 8. Acknowledgements + + 9. BibTeX Use and Copying Conditions + + 10. Change Log + + + +0. Abstract +----------- + +This abstract is in a format suitable for inclusion in BBS description files +(file_id.diz): + + (v3.71) "big" BibTeX with full 8-bit support + + An enhanced, portable C version of BibTeX. + Enhanced by conversion to "big" (32-bit) + capacity, addition of run-time selectable + capacity and 8-bit support extensions. + National character set and sorting order + are controlled by an external configuration + file. Various examples are included. + Freeware / GNU Public Licence. + + Niel Kempson <kempson@snowyowl.co.uk> + Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra <asierra@servidor.unam.mx> + + + +1. Introduction +---------------- + +8-bit BibTeX is an enhanced, portable C version of BibTeX 0.99. It has been +enhanced in these areas: + + - conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity + - capacity selectable at run time + - flexible support for non-English languages using 8-bit character sets + - well matched to LateX2e and its "inputenc" package + +Oren Patashnik, the creator of BibTeX, is working on a new BibTeX 1.0 that +will be a modern implementation supporting large capacities and non-English +languages (see TUGboat, pages 269--274, volume 15, number 3, September 1994). +He is content for this version to be released, but hopes that people will +eventually migrate to BibTeX 1.0 when it is released. Its release date is +uncertain at the moment. + + + 1.1 Big and Customisable Capacity + --------------------------------- + + The original 16-bit code has been rewritten to use 32-bit data types + wherever possible. The result is a very large potential capacity. To + increase flexibility and to avoid BibTeX allocating all available memory, + the capacity of some key arrays can be set on the command line. + + For convenience, several standard capacities have been predefined: + default, big and huge. The key capacities are set as follows: + + Parameter Standard --big --huge --wolfgang + ------------------------------------------------------------ + Hash_Prime 4,253 8,501 16,319 30,011 + Hash_Size 5,000 10,000 19,000 35,000 + Max_Cites 750 2,000 5,000 7,500 + Max_Ent_Ints 3,000 4,000 5,000 7,500 + Max_Ent_Strs 3,000 6,000 10,000 10,000 + Max_Fields 17,250 30,000 85,000 125,000 + Max_Strings 4,000 10,000 19,000 30,000 + Pool_Size 65,530 130,000 500,000 750,000 + Wiz_Fn_Space 3,000 6,000 10,000 10,000 + + If these parameter names mean nothing to you, don't worry, you've + probably never exceeded BibTeX's capacity. + + + 1.2 8-bit Character Set Support + ------------------------------- + + BibTeX now accepts 8-bit characters in its input files and writes 8-bit + characters to its output files. The character set is defined by an + external configuration text file - the codepage and sort order ("CS") + file. + + The sort order can be defined for the language and character set. For + example, in German, the control sequence \"o (o umlaut) should be sorted + as if it were the letter "o", but after ordinary "o", leading to this + order: + + Trofer, Tr\"ofer, Trufer + + However, in Swedish, \"o (o umlaut) is treated as the 29th letter of the + alphabet and these entries would be sorted as: + + Trofer, Trufer, Tr\"ofer + + The sorting order is defined by an external configuration text file - + the codepage and sort order ("CS") file. + + This version of BibTeX, coupled with LaTeX2e and its "inputenc" package + provide a robust means of handling 8-bit character sets. + + + +2. Distribution Kits and Where to Find Them +-------------------------------------------- + +8-bit BibTeX is distributed as a set of ZIP files created by the freely +available implementation of ZIP by the Info-ZIP project. The files have all +been compressed using the new "deflation" algorithm and can only be +compressed using the Info-ZIP implementation of UNZIP, or PKUNZIP v2.04 or +later. Ancient versions of PKUNZIP (e.g. v1.10) will not be able to unZIP +the files and will complain with a message like: "PKUNZIP: Warning! I don't +know how to handle: xxxxxxxx.xxx". + +The "official" version of 8-bit BibTeX will be available by anonymous FTP +from the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) sites: + + ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit + +There are four main ZIP files in the complete 8-bit BibTeX distribution: + + bt###dos.zip bt###os2.zip bt###src.zip bt###csf.zip + +where ### is the latest version, currently 371 (for v3.71). Their contents +and purpose are summarised below. + + + 2.1 bt371dos.zip + ---------------- + + The binary + documentation kit for MS-DOS users. It contains all you + need to run 8-bit BibTeX under MS-DOS, but no source code. The + executable program uses a 32-bit virtual memory extender called EMX to + run in 32-bit mode. emTeX is probably the most comprehensive and capable + implementation of TeX for DOS & OS/2 and it too uses EMX. + + The kit contains these files: + + 00readme.txt this file + COPYING GNU copyright notice + HISTORY summary of changes made so far + csfile.txt documentation for codepage and sort order + ("CS") files + msdos/bibtex.exe the 8-bit BibTeX program + + EMX uses the VCPI mechanism to run in 32-bit mode and will therefore not + run in a DOS session under MS Windows. It will run under native DOS and + in a DOS session under OS/2. The EMX extender (v0.9b) is bound into + bibtex.exe, but you can always obtain the latest version of EMX by + anaonymous FTP from: + + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/pub/systems/os2/emx-0.9b + ftp.leo.org:/pub/comp/os/os2/gnu/emx+gcc + + If you want to run this version of BibTeX in a DOS session under MS + Windows, you have two choices: + + - get and install the RSX extender. RSX is a DPMI-compliant DOS + extender which is more or less compatible with emx. It is compatible + with EMX, DPMI servers and DOS sessions under MS Windows. The + official site for the latest version of RSX is + + ftp.uni-bielefeld.de:/pub/systems/msdos/misc + + but you can also get it by anonymous FTP from the same CTAN sites as + BibTeX: + + ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/systems/msdos/dpmigcc + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/systems/msdos + + The files to look for are dpmigcc5.zip and rsxwin3a.zip + + If you use the emTeX implementation of TeX and friends, it may be + more convenient to get the "emxrsx" package - it's a minimal version + of RSX to allow emTeX to run in DOS sessions under MS Windows. It is + available by anonymous FTP from CTAN sites in the emTeX directory: + + ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/systems/msdos/emtex + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/systems/msdos/emtex + + On the other hand, if you're using emTeX under MS Windows, you've + probably solved the problem already :-) + + - get the djgpp GNU C compiler and DOS extender package and build + BibTeX from the source code. The master site for djgpp is + ftp.delorie.com. + + + 2.2 bt371os2.zip + ---------------- + + The binary + documentation kit for OS/2 2.x and 3.x users. It contains + all you need to run 8-bit BibTeX under OS/2, but no source code. The + executable program was developed using the EMX development system and has + its run-time library linked in - there is no need to install EMX just to + run BibTeX. If you already have EMX installed want a smaller executable, + you'll need to rebuild from sources. + + The kit contains these files: + + 00readme.txt this file + COPYING GNU copyright notice + HISTORY summary of changes made so far + csfile.txt documentation for codepage and sort order + ("CS") files + os2/bibtex.exe the 8-bit BibTeX program + + + 2.3 bt371src.zip + ---------------- + + The complete source code kit to build 8-bit BibTeX on all supported + systems. The source code is known to build easily under MS-DOS and OS/2 + if you have the GNU C Compiler installed. The source code is quite + portable and contains almost no system-specific items - it should very + easily port to Unix or VMS. If you decide to port 8-bit BibTeX to + another platform, please let me know so that I can include your efforts + in the master distribution. + + The source kit contains these files: + + 00readme.txt this file + COPYING GNU copyright notice + HISTORY summary of changes made so far + csfile.txt documentation for codepage and sort order + ("CS") files + + bibtex.h definition of global parameters and limits + datatype.h definition of custom data types + gblprocs.h forward declaration of all global functions + gblvars.h declaration of global variables + sysdep.h determine the compiler and environment + + bibtex.c main source including system dependent code + bibtex-1.c part 1 of the system independent functions + bibtex-2.c part 2 of the system independent functions + bibtex-3.c part 3 of the system independent functions + bibtex-4.c part 4 of the system independent functions + + utils.c nearly all of the enhancement code + utils.h + + getopt.c the GNU getopt package for command line parsing + getopt1.c + getopt.h + + dos-emx.mak makefile for EMX GNU C under MS-DOS + dos-dj.mak makefile for DJGPP GNU C under MS-DOS + os2.mak makefile for EMX GNU C under OS/2 + unix.mak makefile for Unix variants + + + 2.4 bt371csf.zip + ---------------- + + The character set and sorting order is now defined by an external + configuration text file - the codepage and sort order ("CS") file. A + number of example files have been included with the master distribution, + but I hope that others will be written by 8-bit BibTeX users in due + course. To avoid the need to reissue to the master ZIP files every time + a new CS file is created, CS files will also be available as a separate + kit. + + At the time of writing, the kit contains these CS files: + + File Name Character Set Sorting Order + ------------------------------------------------------------- + 88591lat.csf ISO 8859-1 Latin + 88591sca.csf ISO 8859-1 Scandinavean + ascii.csf US ASCII English + cp437lat.csf IBM codepage 437 Latin + cp850lat.csf IBM codepage 850 Latin + cp850sca.csf IBM codepage 850 Scandinavean + cp866rus.csf IBM codepage 866 Russian + + + +3. Running 8-bit BibTeX +------------------------ + +Running 8-bit BibTeX is superficially the same as running the original +BibTeX, but there are quite a number of command line options that may be +specified. + + + 3.1 Command line options + ------------------------ + + The command line syntax is: + + bibtex [options] aux-file + + where "aux-file" is the name of the TeX auxilliary output file to be + processed by BibTeX. The trailing ".aux" may be omitted. + + Valid options are: + + -? --help + + Display some brief help text and then exit. + + -7 --traditional + + Operate in the original 7-bit mode. A CS file is not read: + only 7-bit ASCII characters are supported and sorting is + strictly by ASCII code value. + + BibTeX will not allow you to specify --traditional with + either the --8bit or --csfile option. + + -8 --8bit + + Force 8-bit mode. A CS file is not read. All 8-bit + characters (code > 127) are treated as letters and sorting is + strictly by code page value. + + BibTeX will not allow you to specify --8bit with either the + --csfile or --traditional option. + + -c --csfile FILE + + Read FILE as the BibTeX codepage and sort definition (CS) + file. The CS file is used to define the 8-bit character set + used by BibTeX and the order in which those characters should + be sorted. + + BibTeX will not allow you to specify --csfile with either + the --8bit or --traditional option. + + -d --debug TYPE + + Report debugging information to the BibTeX log file and the + standard error device. The value TYPE controls the type of + debugging information reported. TYPE can be one or more of: + + all - all debugging categories + csf - CS file processing + io - file I/O + mem - memory allocation and capacity + misc - other debugging information + search - path searching and file location + + It is possible that your version of BibTeX has been compiled + with debugging support disabled. If this is the case, BibTeX + will issue a warning message when --debug is specified. + + -s --statistics + + Report internal statistics to the BibTeX log file. + + It is possible that your version of BibTeX has been compiled + with statistics support disabled. If this is the case, + BibTeX will issue a warning message when --statistics is + specified. + + -t --trace + + Report execution tracing to the BibTeX log file. + + It is possible that your version of BibTeX has been compiled + with tracing support disabled. If this is the case, BibTeX + will issue a warning message when --trace is specified. + + -v --version + + Report BibTeX's version and then exit. + + -B --big + + Set BibTeX's capacity to "big". The size of particular + parameters will be set as follows (the default sizes are + shown in brackets): + + Hash_Prime 8,501 (4,253) + Hash_Size 10,000 (5,000) + Max_Cites 2,000 (750) + Max_Ent_Ints 4,000 (3,000) + Max_Ent_Strs 6,000 (3,000) + Max_Fields 30,000 (17,250) + Max_Strings 10,000 (4,000) + Pool_Size 130,000 (65,530) + Wiz_Fn_Space 6,000 (3,000) + + -H --huge + + Set BibTeX's capacity to "huge". The size of particular + parameters will be set as follows (the default sizes are + shown in brackets): + + Hash_Prime 16,319 (4,253) + Hash_Size 19,000 (5,000) + Max_Cites 5,000 (750) + Max_Ent_Ints 5,000 (3,000) + Max_Ent_Strs 10,000 (3,000) + Max_Fields 85,000 (17,250) + Max_Strings 19,000 (4,000) + Pool_Size 500,000 (65,530) + Wiz_Fn_Space 10,000 (3,000) + + -W --wolfgang + + Set BibTeX's capacity to "really huge" - required for + Wolfgang's PhD thesis. The size of particular parameters + will be set as follows (the default sizes are shown in + brackets): + + Hash_Prime 30,011 (4,253) + Hash_Size 35,000 (5,000) + Max_Cites 7,500 (750) + Max_Ent_Ints 7,500 (3,000) + Max_Ent_Strs 10,000 (3,000) + Max_Fields 125,000 (17,250) + Max_Strings 30,000 (4,000) + Pool_Size 750,000 (65,530) + Wiz_Fn_Space 10,000 (3,000) + + -M --min_crossrefs ## + + Set min_crossrefs to ##. If an item is cross-referenced at + least ## times, it will be placed in the list of citations, + even if it is not explicitly \cited as a reference. The + default value is 2. + + --mcites ## + + Allow a maximum of ## distinct \cites in the .aux files. + This number must be less than the maximum number of strings + (settable with --mstrings). + + --mentints ## + + Allow a maximum of ## integer entries in the .bib databases. + + --mentstrs ## + + Allow a maximum of ## string entries in the .bib databases. + + --mfields ## + + Allow a maximum of ## fields in the .bib databases. + + --mpool ## + + Set the string pool to ## bytes. + + --mstrings ## + + Allow a maximum of ## unique strings. This number must be + less than the hash size and greater than the maximum number + of \cites (settable with --mcites). + + --mwizfuns ## + + Allow a maximum of ## wizard functions. + + + 3.2 Finding Files + ----------------- + + 8-bit BibTeX looks for input files in three different steps as summarised + below. As soon as 8-bit BibTeX finds a matching file, it stops looking + (i.e. only the first matching file is used). In order, the three steps + are: + + - look for the file in the current working directory. + + - if the appropriate environment variable has been set (e.g. BSTINPUT), + treat its value as a list of directories to be searched. Look for the + file in each of the directories in the list. + + - if the appropriate environment variable (e.g. BSTINPUT) has not been + set, use a predefined "fallback" path as a list of directories to be + searched. + + A search list consists of a number of directories separated by a delimiter + (semicolons for MS-DOS & OS/2, colons for Unix and commas for VMS). + + As distributed, the strategy adopted by 8-bit BibTeX for opening specific + file types is + + .aux files + + - look in current working directory only + + .bib (BibTeX database) files + + - look in current working directory + - search along path defined by environment variable BIBINPUT + - search along fallback path (empty by default) + + .bst (BibTeX style) files + + - look in current working directory + - search along path defined by environment variable BSTINPUT + - search along fallback path (empty by default) + + .csf (CS) files + + - look in current working directory + - search along path defined by environment variable CSFINPUT + - search along fallback path (empty by default) + + The name of the CS file is determined using a number of steps + + - use value of --csfile command line option, + - use value of the BIBTEX_CSFILE environment variable + - use fallback CS file name (empty by default) + + Output files + + All of BibTeX's output (.bbl, .blg) files are created in the + current working directory. + + + The environment variables and fallback paths used by 8-bit BibTeX are + defined in the Makefile and set at compile time, but you can determine + what your version of 8-bit BibTeX is using by starting it with the command + line + + bibtex --debug=search non-existent-file-name + + The debugging output (written to the standard error device) should look + something like: + + D-SCH: Search strategy for .aux files: + D-SCH: search path environment variable: <undefined> + D-SCH: fallback search path: <undefined> + D-SCH: Search strategy for .bib files: + D-SCH: search path environment variable: BIBINPUT + D-SCH: BIBINPUT value: e:\usr\c\bibtex + D-SCH: fallback search path: e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bib + D-SCH: Search strategy for .bst files: + D-SCH: search path environment variable: BSTINPUT + D-SCH: BSTINPUT value: <undefined> + D-SCH: fallback search path: e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bst + D-SCH: Search strategy for .csf files: + D-SCH: search path environment variable: CSFINPUT + D-SCH: CSFINPUT value: e:\usr\c\bibtex + D-SCH: fallback search path: e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/csf + D-SCH: Default .csf file: + D-SCH: file name environment variable: BIBTEX_CSFILE + D-SCH: BIBTEX_CSFILE value: e:/emtex/texinput/cp437lat.csf + D-SCH: fallback file name: cp850lat.csf + + The current working directory will always be searched, even if the + environment variable and fallback paths have not been specified (e.g. as + for .aux files in the above example). + + If the default behaviour is not to your liking, you will need to rebuild + 8-bit BibTeX from its source code (see section 5). + + + 3.3 Environment variables + ------------------------- + + As supplied, 8-bit BibTeX uses a number of environment variables: + + BIBINPUT search path for database (.bib) files + BSTINPUT search path for style (.bst) files + CSFINPUT search path for CS (.csf) files + BIBTEX_CSFILE the default CS file + TMP directory for virtual memory files (DOS only) + + The name of the environment variables used may be changed (in the + Makefile) when BibTeX is built. See the appropriate Makefile for your + environment and remember that you can use the "--debug=search" command + line option to reveal the environment variables used by your version of + 8-bit BibTeX (see previous section). + + All environment variables used as a search list (BIBINPUT, BSTINPUT & + CSFINPUT) can be set to a number of separate directories, separated + by a delimiter (semicolons for MS-DOS & OS/2, colons for Unix and + commas for VMS). + + Examples for MS-DOS and OS/2 are: + + SET BIBINPUT=e:\data\tex\bibtex;c:\emtex\bibtex\bib + SET BSTINPUT=e:\data\tex\bibtex;c:\emtex\bibtex\bst + SET CSFINPUT=e:\data\tex\bibtex + SET BIBTEX_CSFILE=c:\data\tex\bibtex\cp850lat.csf + + Examples for Unix: + + setenv BIBINPUT /u/kempson/bibtex:/usr/local/lib/tex/bib-files + setenv BSTINPUT /u/kempson/bibtex:/usr/local/lib/tex/bst-files + setenv CSFINPUT /u/kempson/bibtex:/usr/local/lib/tex/csf-files + setenv BIBTEX_CSFILE /usr/local/lib/tex/csf-files/88591lat.csf + + Examples for VMS: + + define BIBINPUT "sys$login:,disk$tex:[bibtex.bib-files]" + define BSTINPUT "sys$login:,disk$tex:[bibtex.bst-files]" + define CSFINPUT "sys$login:,disk$tex:[bibtex.csf-files]" + define BIBTEX_CSFILE disk$tex:[bibtex.csf-files]88951lat.csf + + + +4. The Codepage and Sort Order (CS) File +----------------------------------------- + +The Codepage and Sort definition (CS) file is used to define the 8-bit +character set used by BibTeX and the order in which those characters should +be sorted. + +Please see the associated csfile.txt for details of CS file syntax and +guidelines for testing new CS files. NOTE: it contains many 8-bit characters +and may cause problems if you try to display or print it on 7-bit systems +(e.g. older versions of Unix). + + + +5. Building 8-bit BibTeX from Source Code +------------------------------------------ + +The 8-bit BibTeX source is fairly standard ANSI C with almost no system +specific code. It should therefore be relatively straightforward to build it +in a different environment if you have GNU C or an ANSI C compiler. + +A number of Makefiles have been provided to build 8-bit BibTeX from source +code: + + dos-emx.mak makefile for EMX GNU C under MS-DOS + dos-dj.mak makefile for DJGPP GNU C under MS-DOS + os2.mak makefile for EMX GNU C under OS/2 + unix.mak makefile for Unix variants + +Whichever Makefile you use, you need to check that the "local definitions" +are appropriate for your system. There are three small sections to +customise: + + BibTeX File Searching + + - specifies the names of environment variables and paths to be used when + searching for input files + + Utility Programs + + - specifies the names of programs to be used for simple functions + + Compiler/Linker + + - specifies compiler/linker command lines + +If your system is already supported it should not be necessary to modify any +part of the Makefile except these three sections. + +Brief notes for specific environments follow. + + + 5.1 DOS + ------- + + 8-bit BibTeX has been built and tested using the EMX and DJGPP + development environments. Both are based on GNU C with their own + custom 32-bit extenders. + + + 5.2 OS/2 + -------- + + The EMX development environment is supported. + + + 5.3 Unix + -------- + + Most variants of Unix supporting GNU C should be capable of building + and running 8-bit BibTeX. + + + 5.4 VMS + ------- + + The authors have not built or tested this version of 8-bit BibTeX on + VMS, but see no reason why it shouldn't compile and run successfully + if GNU C is installed on the system. (The only system-dependent code + in 8-bit BibTeX concerns file opening and provision has been made for + VMS file modes.) + + If you have GNU C installed, we recommend starting with a copy of the + unix.mak Makefile and customising it for VMS. If you successfully + get 8-bit BibTeX running under VMS, *please* let the authors know how + you did it. + + + +6. Reporting Bugs and Requesting Improvements +---------------------------------------------- + +Where possible, we will try to fix bugs and will consider requests for +improvements. If you are reporting a bug, please provide as much information +as possible (e.g. operating environment, 8-bit BibTeX version and source, +exact error message and the offending files if possible). + +The most common message is of the form "BibTeX doesn't work on XXXX". This +is generally of no help in debugging a problem so please provide as much +information as possible. + + + 6.1 Contacting the authors + -------------------------- + + The authors are + + Niel Kempson + Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England + E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk + + and + + Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra + Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, + Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico + E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx + + Niel Kempson did the original manual translation from WEB to C, + conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, addition of run-time selectable + capacity and part of the 8-bit support extensions. He intermittently + maintains the master version of the source code. + + Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra should take the credit for most of the 8-bit + function provided by this version of BibTeX. + + + 6.2 Further Enhancements + ------------------------ + + No program is perfect and this version of BibTeX is no exception to that + rule. Some known weaknesses are: + + - the 8-bit support is currently limited to single 8-bit characters. + TeX control sequences (e.g. \'{A}) are not interpreted and treated in + the same way as the equivalent 8-bit character. + + - it is not possible to redefine the lower 128 character codes. This + excludes support for character codes not built on ASCII (e.g. EBCDIC). + + Future enhancements will be considered, but it may be time to build a + "proper" system built from the ground up to handle 8-bit character + sets. BibTeX 1.0 promises to be this system. + + Other items that ought to be on the "to do" list: + + - path searching using Karl Berry's kpathsea package + - TeX format documentation + - Unix man pages + - OS/2 .inf format documentation + - native 32-bit support for MS Windows 95/NT + + + +7. Frequently Asked Questions +------------------------------ + +When I run the DOS version 8-bit BibTeX in a DOS window under MS Windows 3.x, +95 or NT, I get the message "DPMI not supported". + + 8-bit BibTeX has been built using the EMX development environment. It + uses the VCPI mechanism to run in 32-bit mode and will therefore not run + in a DOS session under MS Windows. + + If you want to run this version of 8-bit BibTeX in a DOS session under + MS Windows, you have two choices: + + - get and install the RSX extender + - rebuild from sources using a suitable compiler + + See section 2.1 for more information. + + +8-bit BibTeX doesn't find my .bib/.bst files. How can I find out where it +looks for them? + + See section 3.2 + + +There isn't a CS file for my character set / language sorting order + + Creating a new CS file should be relatively straightforward. If you'd + like to try, please contact the authors for assistance. If you don't + need assistance, *please* let us have a copy of your finished CS file so + we can include it in the distribution. + + + +8. Acknowledgement +------------------- + +The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald Knuth's WEB +system. This format produces a PASCAL program for execution and a TeX +documented version of the source code. This program started as a (manual) +translation of the WEB source into C. + + + +9. BibTeX Use and Copying Conditions +------------------------------------- + +The programs currently being distributed that relate to 8-bit BibTeX are +*free*; this means that everyone may use them and redistribute them freely. +The 8-bit BibTeX-related programs are not in the public domain; they are +copyrighted and there are restrictions on their distribution, but these +restrictions are designed to permit everything that a good cooperating +citizen would want to do. What is not allowed is to try to prevent others +from further sharing any version of these programs that they might get from +you. + +Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give away +copies of the programs that relate to 8-bit BibTeX, that you receive source +code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these programs or +use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know you can do these +things. + +To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to deprive +anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute copies of the +8-bit BibTeX related programs, you must give the recipients all the rights +that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must tell them their rights. + +Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds out +that there is no warranty for the programs that relate to 8-bit BibTeX. If +these programs are modified by someone else and passed on, we want their +recipients to know that what they have is not what we distributed, so that +any problems introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation. + +The precise conditions of the licences for the programs currently being +distributed that relate to 8-bit BibTeX are found in the General Public +Licences that accompany them. + + + +10. Change Log +--------------- + +$Log: 00readme.txt,v $ +Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:38:55 kempson +Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY for details). + +Revision 3.70 1996/04/29 20:17:53 kempson +Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. + +Revision 1.2 1995/10/21 22:23:01 kempson +Updated for v3.60 beta. Added description of --wolfgang option. +Added some more information on running BibTeX in a Windows DOS session. +Changed the example of CSF debugging output to something that is correct. + +Revision 1.1 1995/09/24 20:50:00 kempson +Updated for the final beta test release. + +Revision 1.0 1995/09/24 20:42:30 kempson +Placed under RCS control + +******************************** END OF FILE ******************************* diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/88591lat.csf b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/88591lat.csf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0d324057f4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/88591lat.csf @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE: $RCSfile: 88591lat.csf,v $ +%% $Revision: 1.1 $ +%% $Date: 1996/08/04 20:48:15 $ +%% +%% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-1 +%% +%% ISO 8859-1 is the system character set used by Unix/X Windows and +%% MS Windows. +%% +%% SORTING ORDER: Latin countries +%% +%% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). +%% +%% WARNING +%% +%% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is +%% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the +%% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file +%% format is documented below this header section. +%% +%% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX +%% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. It is +%% available by anonymous FTP from these Comprehensive TeX Archive +%% Network (CTAN) sites: +%% +%% ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.shsu.edu:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% +%% CHANGE LOG +%% +%% $Log: 88591lat.csf,v $ +%% Revision 1.1 1996/08/04 20:48:15 kempson +%% Added missing sort entries for 0..9 and 'd'. +%% +%% Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 22:10:28 kempson +%% Placed under RCS control +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE FORMAT +%% +%% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an +%% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as +%% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the +%% sorting order of characters. +%% +%% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the +%% form of a TeX macro: +%% +%% \section-name{ +%% <section definitions> +%% } +%% +%% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase +%% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. +%% +%% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with +%% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using +%% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX +%% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. +%% +%% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so +%% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. +%% +%% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and +%% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. +%% +%% +%% \lowupcase section +%% +%% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower +%% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified +%% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use +%% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: +%% +%% \lowupcase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n> *and* the lower case equivalent of +%% <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII +%% character (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> and <UC-n> +%% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \lowercase section +%% +%% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: +%% +%% \lowercase{ +%% <UC-1> <LC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <UC-2> <LC-2> +%% ... +%% <UC-N> <LC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the lower case +%% equivalent of <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <UC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \uppercase section +%% +%% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: +%% +%% \uppercase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% case equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \order section +%% +%% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which +%% characters are sorted. +%% +%% The syntax of the \order section is: +%% +%% \order{ +%% <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <char-2> <char-3> % whitespace between the chars +%% <char-4> - <char-5> % a hyphen between the chars +%% <char-4> _ <char-5> % an underscore between the chars +%% ... +%% <char-n> +%% } +%% +%% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that +%% all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the +%% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII +%% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight +%% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all +%% characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an +%% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and ending +%% with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII +%% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be +%% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, +%% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. +%% +%% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower +%% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting +%% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. +%% +%% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) +%% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come +%% last when sorting alphabetically. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +%% +%% CHARACTER SET +%% +%% The ISO 8859-1 code page contains an equal number of upper and lower +%% case accented characters so we can use the \lowupcase{} section. The +%% \lowercase{} and \uppercase{} sections are not used. +%% +\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase + % Code TeX Code TeX + % + à À % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} + á Á % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} + â  % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} + ã à % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} + ä Ä % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} + å Å % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA + æ Æ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE + ç Ç % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} + è È % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} + é É % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} + ê Ê % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} + ë Ë % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} + ì Ì % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} + í Í % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} + î Î % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} + ï Ï % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} + ð Ð % ^^f0 eth ^^d0 ETH + ñ Ñ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} + ò Ò % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} + ó Ó % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} + ô Ô % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} + õ Õ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} + ö Ö % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} + ø Ø % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O + ù Ù % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} + ú Ú % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} + û Û % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} + ü Ü % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} + ý Ý % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} + þ Þ % ^^fe thorn ^^de THORN +} + + + +%% +%% SORTING ORDER +%% +%% The sorting order defined is the natural language sorting order +%% of 0..9Aa..Zz (including accented characters). +%% +\order{ + 0-9 + % + % The next line can be written in full or abbreviated using the "_" + % convention. The two equivalent alternatives are: + % + % A À Á Â Ã Ä Å a à á â ã ä å + % A À_Å a à_å + % + A À Á Â Ã Ä Å a à á â ã ä å + B b + C Ç c ç + D d + + % + % The next line can be written in full or abbreviated using the "_" + % convention. The two equivalent alternatives are: + % + % E È É Ê Ë e è é ê ë + % E È_Ë e è_ë + % + E È É Ê Ë e è é ê ë + F f + G g + H h + + % + % The next line can be written in full or abbreviated using the "_" + % convention. The two equivalent alternatives are: + % + % I Ì Í Î Ï i ì í î ï + % I Ì_Ï i ì_ï + % + I Ì Í Î Ï i ì í î ï + J j + K k + L l + M m + N n + Ñ ñ + + % + % The next line can be written in full or abbreviated using the "_" + % convention. The two equivalent alternatives are: + % + % O Ò Ó Ô Õ Ö o ò ó ô õ ö + % O Ò_Ö o ò_ö + % + O Ò Ó Ô Õ Ö o ò ó ô õ ö + P p + Q q + R r + S s + T t + + % + % The next line can be written in full or abbreviated using the "_" + % convention. The two equivalent alternatives are: + % + % U Ù Ú Û Ü u ù ú û ü + % U Ù_Ü u ù_ü + % + U Ù Ú Û Ü u ù ú û ü + V v + W w + X x + Y y + Z z +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/88591sca.csf b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/88591sca.csf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b2a524430e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/88591sca.csf @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE: $RCSfile: 88591sca.csf,v $ +%% $Revision: 1.1 $ +%% $Date: 1996/08/04 20:48:52 $ +%% +%% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-1 +%% +%% ISO 8859-1 is the system character set used by Unix/X Windows and +%% MS Windows. +%% +%% SORTING ORDER: Scandinavean countries +%% +%% The sorting order defined is a compromise between Norwegian/Danish +%% and Swedish. +%% +%% WARNING +%% +%% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is +%% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the +%% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file +%% format is documented below this header section. +%% +%% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX +%% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. It is +%% available by anonymous FTP from these Comprehensive TeX Archive +%% Network (CTAN) sites: +%% +%% ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.shsu.edu:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% +%% CHANGE LOG +%% +%% $Log: 88591sca.csf,v $ +%% Revision 1.1 1996/08/04 20:48:52 kempson +%% Added missing sort entries for 0..9 +%% +%% Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 22:10:29 kempson +%% Placed under RCS control +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE FORMAT +%% +%% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an +%% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as +%% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the +%% sorting order of characters. +%% +%% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the +%% form of a TeX macro: +%% +%% \section-name{ +%% <section definitions> +%% } +%% +%% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase +%% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. +%% +%% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with +%% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using +%% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX +%% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. +%% +%% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so +%% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. +%% +%% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and +%% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. +%% +%% +%% \lowupcase section +%% +%% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower +%% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified +%% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use +%% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: +%% +%% \lowupcase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n> *and* the lower case equivalent of +%% <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII +%% character (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> and <UC-n> +%% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \lowercase section +%% +%% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: +%% +%% \lowercase{ +%% <UC-1> <LC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <UC-2> <LC-2> +%% ... +%% <UC-N> <LC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the lower case +%% equivalent of <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <UC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \uppercase section +%% +%% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: +%% +%% \uppercase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% case equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \order section +%% +%% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which +%% characters are sorted. +%% +%% The syntax of the \order section is: +%% +%% \order{ +%% <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <char-2> <char-3> % whitespace between the chars +%% <char-4> - <char-5> % a hyphen between the chars +%% <char-4> _ <char-5> % an underscore between the chars +%% ... +%% <char-n> +%% } +%% +%% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that +%% all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the +%% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII +%% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight +%% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all +%% characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an +%% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and ending +%% with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII +%% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be +%% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, +%% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. +%% +%% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower +%% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting +%% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. +%% +%% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) +%% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come +%% last when sorting alphabetically. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +%% +%% CHARACTER SET +%% +%% The ISO 8859-1 code page contains an equal number of upper and lower +%% case accented characters so we can use the \lowupcase{} section. The +%% \lowercase{} and \uppercase{} sections are not used. +%% +\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase + % Code TeX Code TeX + % + à À % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} + á Á % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} + â  % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} + ã à % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} + ä Ä % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} + å Å % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA + æ Æ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE + ç Ç % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} + è È % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} + é É % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} + ê Ê % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} + ë Ë % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} + ì Ì % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} + í Í % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} + î Î % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} + ï Ï % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} + ð Ð % ^^f0 eth ^^d0 ETH + ñ Ñ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} + ò Ò % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} + ó Ó % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} + ô Ô % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} + õ Õ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} + ö Ö % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} + ø Ø % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O + ù Ù % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} + ú Ú % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} + û Û % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} + ü Ü % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} + ý Ý % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} + þ Þ % ^^fe thorn ^^de THORN +} + + + +%% +%% SORTING ORDER +%% +%% The sorting order defined is a compromise between Norwegian/Danish and +%% Swedish. +%% +%% Norwegian/Danish sorting order: 0..9Aa..ZzÆæØøÅå +%% Swedish sorting order: 0..9Aa..ZzÅåÄäÖö +%% Compromise sorting order: 0..9Aa..ZzÆæØøÅåÄäÖö +%% +\order{ + 0-9 + A a + B b + C c + D d + E e + F f + G g + H h + I i + J j + K k + L l + M m + N n + O o + P p + Q q + R r + S s + T t + U u + V v + W w + X x + Y y + Z z + Æ æ + Ø ø + Å å + Ä ä + Ö ö +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/COPYING b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a43ea2126fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/HISTORY b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/HISTORY new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a2d123c2c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/HISTORY @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +****************************************************************************** +FILE: $RCSfile: HISTORY,v $ + $Revision: 3.71 $ + $Date: 1996/08/18 20:42:32 $ +****************************************************************************** + + +8-Bit BibTeX CHANGE HISTORY +--------------------------- + +v3.71 18-August-1996 Niel Kempson <snowyowl.co.uk> + + - Changed default environment variables used for consistency across OS + implementations and better compatibility with emTeX. Now uses + BIBINPUT, BSTINPUT & CSFINPUT as the default environment variables + for .bib, .bst and .csf files respectively. + + "Hard-coded" fallback search paths can now be specified for use if + the chosen environment variables are not defined. The environment + variables and the fallback paths are now defined in the Makefile + rather than in sysdep.h. + + Thanks to Lars Frellesen <frelle@math-tech.dk> for spotting the + inconsistency and his Makefile suggestions. + + - Fixed bug in handling of CSF \order section. Any alpha or numeric + character may now be specified in the sort order - previously only + alphas were allowed and BibTeX didn't correctly sort citations like + Knuth89, Knuth92 because the digits were ignored during sort + comparisons. Corrected example CS files to include digits in the + sort orders. Thanks to Andrei Grinkevitch <grin@bals.usr.pu.ru> for + spotting this one. + + - Included the first contributed CS file: for codepage 866 with a Russian + sorting order. Thanks again to Andrei Grinkevitch <grin@bals.usr.pu.ru>. + + - Added the missing 'd' to the sort section of 88591lat.csf. Thanks to + Tim Geisler <geisler@pms.informatik.uni-muenchen.de>. + + - Removed CS files from all but the bt371csf.zip distribution file. + + - Clarified 00readme.txt, specifically sections dealing with environment + variables and CS files. Moved 8-bit section describing CS files into + a separate csfile.txt because some people were having problems when + they tried to view the 8-bit 00readme.txt file on a 7-bit Unix + system. Thanks to Ken Smith <kgs@maths.uq.oz.au> for highlighting + this issue. + + - Reinstated the -W option (--wolfgang did work). Thanks to Thomas + Plagwitz <tplagiwt@ix.urz.uni-heidelberg.de> for spotting this. + + - Fixed str_lookup() to work with a hash size > 32767. + + - Created new HISTORY file. + + +v3.70 29-Apr-1996 Niel Kempson <snowyowl.co.uk> + + Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. + +******************************** END OF FILE ******************************* diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/ascii.csf b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/ascii.csf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30c180c0238 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/ascii.csf @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE: $RCSfile: ascii.csf,v $ +%% $Revision: 1.1 $ +%% $Date: 1996/08/04 20:48:52 $ +%% +%% CHARACTER SET: ASCII only +%% +%% No 8-bit characters are defined in this file. BibTeX will not accept +%% characters with a value >= 128. +%% +%% SORTING ORDER: English +%% +%% BibTeX's standard sorting order is based simply on the codepage +%% value of each character, resulting in an alphabetical sorting +%% order of A..Za..z. We want a "normal" English sorting order of +%% Aa..Zz. +%% +%% WARNING +%% +%% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is +%% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the +%% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file +%% format is documented below this header section. +%% +%% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX +%% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. It is +%% available by anonymous FTP from these Comprehensive TeX Archive +%% Network (CTAN) sites: +%% +%% ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.shsu.edu:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% +%% CHANGE LOG +%% +%% $Log: ascii.csf,v $ +%% Revision 1.1 1996/08/04 20:48:52 kempson +%% Added missing sort entries for 0..9 +%% +%% Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 22:10:30 kempson +%% Placed under RCS control +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE FORMAT +%% +%% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an +%% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as +%% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the +%% sorting order of characters. +%% +%% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the +%% form of a TeX macro: +%% +%% \section-name{ +%% <section definitions> +%% } +%% +%% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase +%% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. +%% +%% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with +%% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using +%% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX +%% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. +%% +%% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so +%% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. +%% +%% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and +%% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. +%% +%% +%% \lowupcase section +%% +%% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower +%% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified +%% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use +%% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: +%% +%% \lowupcase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n> *and* the lower case equivalent of +%% <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII +%% character (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> and <UC-n> +%% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \lowercase section +%% +%% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: +%% +%% \lowercase{ +%% <UC-1> <LC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <UC-2> <LC-2> +%% ... +%% <UC-N> <LC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the lower case +%% equivalent of <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <UC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \uppercase section +%% +%% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: +%% +%% \uppercase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% case equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \order section +%% +%% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which +%% characters are sorted. +%% +%% The syntax of the \order section is: +%% +%% \order{ +%% <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <char-2> <char-3> % whitespace between the chars +%% <char-4> - <char-5> % a hyphen between the chars +%% <char-4> _ <char-5> % an underscore between the chars +%% ... +%% <char-n> +%% } +%% +%% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that +%% all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the +%% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII +%% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight +%% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all +%% characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an +%% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and ending +%% with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII +%% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be +%% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, +%% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. +%% +%% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower +%% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting +%% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. +%% +%% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) +%% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come +%% last when sorting alphabetically. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +%% +%% CHARACTER SET +%% +%% There are no character codes > 127 in ASCII, so we don't need \lowupcase, +%% \lowercase or \uppercase sections. +%% + + + +%% +%% SORTING ORDER +%% +%% The sorting order defined is the natural English language sorting order +%% (i.e. 0..9AaBb..YyZz). Any other characters will be sorted after the +%% characters in the \order section. +%% +\order{ + 0-9 + A a + B b + C c + D d + E e + F f + G g + H h + I i + J j + K k + L l + M m + N n + O o + P p + Q q + R r + S s + T t + U u + V v + W w + X x + Y y + Z z +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp437lat.csf b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp437lat.csf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd69c90147f --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp437lat.csf @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE: $RCSfile: cp437lat.csf,v $ +%% $Revision: 1.1 $ +%% $Date: 1996/08/04 20:48:52 $ +%% +%% CHARACTER SET: IBM Code Page 437 +%% +%% SORTING ORDER: Latin countries +%% +%% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). +%% +%% WARNING +%% +%% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is +%% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the +%% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file +%% format is documented below this header section. +%% +%% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX +%% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. It is +%% available by anonymous FTP from these Comprehensive TeX Archive +%% Network (CTAN) sites: +%% +%% ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.shsu.edu:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% +%% CHANGE LOG +%% +%% $Log: cp437lat.csf,v $ +%% Revision 1.1 1996/08/04 20:48:52 kempson +%% Added missing sort entries for 0..9 +%% +%% Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 22:10:31 kempson +%% Placed under RCS control +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE FORMAT +%% +%% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an +%% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as +%% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the +%% sorting order of characters. +%% +%% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the +%% form of a TeX macro: +%% +%% \section-name{ +%% <section definitions> +%% } +%% +%% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase +%% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. +%% +%% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with +%% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using +%% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX +%% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. +%% +%% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so +%% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. +%% +%% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and +%% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. +%% +%% +%% \lowupcase section +%% +%% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower +%% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified +%% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use +%% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: +%% +%% \lowupcase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n> *and* the lower case equivalent of +%% <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII +%% character (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> and <UC-n> +%% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \lowercase section +%% +%% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: +%% +%% \lowercase{ +%% <UC-1> <LC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <UC-2> <LC-2> +%% ... +%% <UC-N> <LC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the lower case +%% equivalent of <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <UC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \uppercase section +%% +%% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: +%% +%% \uppercase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% case equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \order section +%% +%% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which +%% characters are sorted. +%% +%% The syntax of the \order section is: +%% +%% \order{ +%% <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <char-2> <char-3> % whitespace between the chars +%% <char-4> - <char-5> % a hyphen between the chars +%% <char-4> _ <char-5> % an underscore between the chars +%% ... +%% <char-n> +%% } +%% +%% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that +%% all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the +%% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII +%% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight +%% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all +%% characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an +%% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and ending +%% with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII +%% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be +%% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, +%% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. +%% +%% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower +%% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting +%% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. +%% +%% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) +%% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come +%% last when sorting alphabetically. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +%% +%% CHARACTER SET +%% +%% The 437 code page does not contain an equal number of upper and lower +%% case accented characters. There are a small number of characters where +%% the upper and lower case pairs are present, but most accented characters +%% are present in lower case form only. +%% +%% The pairs are defined in the \lowupcase section, and the unpaired lower +%% case accented characters are given unaccented upper case equivalents in +%% the \uppercase section. +%% +%% There are no unpaired upper case accented characters so a \lowercase +%% section is not required. +%% +\lowupcase { % Lowercase Uppercase + % Code TeX Code TeX + % + „ Ž % ^^84 \"{a} ^^8e \"{A} + † % ^^86 \aa ^^8f \AA + ‘ ’ % ^^91 \ae ^^92 \AE + ‡ € % ^^87 \c{c} ^^80 \c{C} + ‚ % ^^82 \'{e} ^^90 \'{E} + ¤ ¥ % ^^a4 \~{n} ^^a5 \~{N} + ” ™ % ^^94 \"{o} ^^99 \"{O} + š % ^^81 \"{u} ^^9a \"{U} +} + + +\uppercase{ % Lowercase Uppercase + % Code TeX Code TeX + % + … A % ^^85 \`{a} A CP437 has no \`{A} + A % ^^a0 \'{a} A CP437 has no \'{A} + ƒ A % ^^83 \^{a} A CP437 has no \^{A} + Š E % ^^8a \`{e} E CP437 has no \`{E} + ˆ E % ^^88 \^{e} E CP437 has no \^{E} + ‰ E % ^^89 \"{e} E CP437 has no \"{E} + I % ^^8d \`{\i} I CP437 has no \`{I} + ¡ I % ^^a1 \'{\i} I CP437 has no \'{I} + Œ I % ^^8c \^{\i} I CP437 has no \^{I} + ‹ I % ^^8b \"{\i} I CP437 has no \"{I} + • O % ^^95 \`{o} O CP437 has no \`{O} + ¢ O % ^^a2 \'{o} O CP437 has no \'{O} + “ O % ^^93 \^{o} O CP437 has no \^{O} + — U % ^^97 \`{u} U CP437 has no \`{U} + £ U % ^^a3 \'{u} U CP437 has no \'{U} + – U % ^^96 \^{u} U CP437 has no \^{U} +} + + + +%% +%% SORTING ORDER +%% +%% The sorting order defined is the natural language sorting order +%% of 0..9Aa..Zz (including accented characters). +%% +\order{ + 0-9 + A Ž a … ƒ „ † + ’ ‘ + B b + C € c ‡ + D d + E e Š ‚ ˆ ‰ + F f + G g + H h + I i ¡ Œ ‹ + J j + K k + L l + M m + N n + ¥ ¤ + O ™ o • ¢ “ ” + P p + Q q + R r + S s + á + T t + U š u — £ – + V v + W w + X x + Y y + Z z +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp850lat.csf b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp850lat.csf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2387da972f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp850lat.csf @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE: $RCSfile: cp850lat.csf,v $ +%% $Revision: 1.1 $ +%% $Date: 1996/08/04 20:48:52 $ +%% +%% CHARACTER SET: IBM Code Page 850 +%% +%% SORTING ORDER: Latin countries +%% +%% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). +%% +%% WARNING +%% +%% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is +%% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the +%% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file +%% format is documented below this header section. +%% +%% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX +%% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. It is +%% available by anonymous FTP from these Comprehensive TeX Archive +%% Network (CTAN) sites: +%% +%% ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.shsu.edu:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% +%% CHANGE LOG +%% +%% $Log: cp850lat.csf,v $ +%% Revision 1.1 1996/08/04 20:48:52 kempson +%% Added missing sort entries for 0..9 +%% +%% Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 22:10:32 kempson +%% Placed under RCS control +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE FORMAT +%% +%% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an +%% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as +%% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the +%% sorting order of characters. +%% +%% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the +%% form of a TeX macro: +%% +%% \section-name{ +%% <section definitions> +%% } +%% +%% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase +%% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. +%% +%% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with +%% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using +%% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX +%% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. +%% +%% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so +%% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. +%% +%% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and +%% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. +%% +%% +%% \lowupcase section +%% +%% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower +%% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified +%% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use +%% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: +%% +%% \lowupcase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n> *and* the lower case equivalent of +%% <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII +%% character (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> and <UC-n> +%% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \lowercase section +%% +%% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: +%% +%% \lowercase{ +%% <UC-1> <LC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <UC-2> <LC-2> +%% ... +%% <UC-N> <LC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the lower case +%% equivalent of <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <UC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \uppercase section +%% +%% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: +%% +%% \uppercase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% case equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \order section +%% +%% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which +%% characters are sorted. +%% +%% The syntax of the \order section is: +%% +%% \order{ +%% <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <char-2> <char-3> % whitespace between the chars +%% <char-4> - <char-5> % a hyphen between the chars +%% <char-4> _ <char-5> % an underscore between the chars +%% ... +%% <char-n> +%% } +%% +%% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that +%% all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the +%% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII +%% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight +%% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all +%% characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an +%% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and ending +%% with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII +%% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be +%% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, +%% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. +%% +%% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower +%% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting +%% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. +%% +%% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) +%% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come +%% last when sorting alphabetically. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +%% +%% CHARACTER SET +%% +%% The 850 code page contains an equal number of upper and lower case +%% accented characters so we can use the \lowupcase{} section. The +%% \lowercase{} and \uppercase{} sections are not used. +%% + +\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase + % Code TeX Code TeX + % + … · % ^^85 \`{a} ^^b7 \`{A} + µ % ^^a0 \'{a} ^^b5 \'{A} + ƒ ¶ % ^^83 \^{a} ^^b6 \^{A} + Æ Ç % ^^c6 \~{a} ^^c7 \~{A} + „ Ž % ^^84 \"{a} ^^8e \"{A} + † % ^^86 \aa ^^8f \AA + ‘ ’ % ^^91 \ae ^^92 \AE + ‡ € % ^^87 \c{c} ^^80 \c{C} + Š Ô % ^^8a \`{e} ^^d4 \`{E} + ‚ % ^^82 \'{e} ^^90 \'{E} + ˆ Ò % ^^88 \^{e} ^^d2 \^{E} + ‰ Ó % ^^89 \"{e} ^^d3 \"{E} + Þ % ^^8d \`{\i} ^^de \`{I} + ¡ Ö % ^^a1 \'{\i} ^^d6 \'{I} + Œ × % ^^8c \^{\i} ^^d7 \^{I} + ‹ Ø % ^^8b \"{\i} ^^d8 \"{I} + ¤ ¥ % ^^a4 \~{n} ^^a5 \~{N} + • ã % ^^95 \`{o} ^^e3 \`{O} + ¢ à % ^^a2 \'{o} ^^e0 \'{O} + “ â % ^^93 \^{o} ^^e2 \^{O} + ä å % ^^e4 \~{o} ^^e5 \~{O} + ” ™ % ^^94 \"{o} ^^99 \"{O} + › % ^^9b \o ^^9d \O + — ë % ^^97 \`{u} ^^eb \`{U} + £ é % ^^a3 \'{u} ^^e9 \'{U} + – ê % ^^96 \^{u} ^^ea \^{U} + š % ^^81 \"{u} ^^9a \"{U} + ì í % ^^ec \'{y} ^^ed \'{Y} +} + + + +%% +%% SORTING ORDER +%% +%% The sorting order defined is the natural language sorting order +%% of 0-9Aa..Zz (including accented characters). +%% +\order{ + 0-9 + A · µ ¶ Ç Ž a … ƒ Æ „ † + ’ ‘ + B b + C € c ‡ + D d + E Ô Ò Ó e Š ‚ ˆ ‰ + F f + G g + H h + I Þ Ö × Ø i ¡ Œ ‹ + J j + K k + L l + M m + N n + ¥ ¤ + O ã à â å ™ o • ¢ “ ä ” + P p + Q q + R r + S s + á + T t + U ë é ê š u — £ – + V v + W w + X x + Y y + Z z +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp850sca.csf b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp850sca.csf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e51bc21a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp850sca.csf @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE: $RCSfile: cp850sca.csf,v $ +%% $Revision: 1.1 $ +%% $Date: 1996/08/04 20:48:52 $ +%% +%% CHARACTER SET: IBM Code Page 850 +%% +%% SORTING ORDER: Scandinavean countries +%% +%% The sorting order defined is a compromise between Norwegian/Danish +%% and Swedish. +%% +%% WARNING +%% +%% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is +%% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the +%% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file +%% format is documented below this header section. +%% +%% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX +%% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. It is +%% available by anonymous FTP from these Comprehensive TeX Archive +%% Network (CTAN) sites: +%% +%% ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.shsu.edu:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% +%% CHANGE LOG +%% +%% $Log: cp850sca.csf,v $ +%% Revision 1.1 1996/08/04 20:48:52 kempson +%% Added missing sort entries for 0..9 +%% +%% Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 22:10:33 kempson +%% Placed under RCS control +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE FORMAT +%% +%% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an +%% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as +%% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the +%% sorting order of characters. +%% +%% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the +%% form of a TeX macro: +%% +%% \section-name{ +%% <section definitions> +%% } +%% +%% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase +%% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. +%% +%% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with +%% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using +%% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX +%% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. +%% +%% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so +%% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. +%% +%% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and +%% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. +%% +%% +%% \lowupcase section +%% +%% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower +%% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified +%% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use +%% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: +%% +%% \lowupcase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n> *and* the lower case equivalent of +%% <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII +%% character (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> and <UC-n> +%% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \lowercase section +%% +%% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: +%% +%% \lowercase{ +%% <UC-1> <LC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <UC-2> <LC-2> +%% ... +%% <UC-N> <LC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the lower case +%% equivalent of <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <UC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \uppercase section +%% +%% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: +%% +%% \uppercase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% case equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \order section +%% +%% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which +%% characters are sorted. +%% +%% The syntax of the \order section is: +%% +%% \order{ +%% <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <char-2> <char-3> % whitespace between the chars +%% <char-4> - <char-5> % a hyphen between the chars +%% <char-4> _ <char-5> % an underscore between the chars +%% ... +%% <char-n> +%% } +%% +%% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that +%% all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the +%% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII +%% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight +%% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all +%% characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an +%% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and ending +%% with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII +%% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be +%% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, +%% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. +%% +%% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower +%% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting +%% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. +%% +%% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) +%% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come +%% last when sorting alphabetically. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +%% +%% CHARACTER SET +%% +%% The 850 code page contains an equal number of upper and lower +%% case accented characters so we can use the \lowupcase{} section. The +%% \lowcase{} and \upcase{} sections are not used. +%% + +\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase + % Code TeX Code TeX + % + … · % ^^85 \`{a} ^^b7 \`{A} + µ % ^^a0 \'{a} ^^b5 \'{A} + ƒ ¶ % ^^83 \^{a} ^^b6 \^{A} + Æ Ç % ^^c6 \~{a} ^^c7 \~{A} + „ Ž % ^^84 \"{a} ^^8e \"{A} + † % ^^86 \aa ^^8f \AA + ‘ ’ % ^^91 \ae ^^92 \AE + ‡ € % ^^87 \c{c} ^^80 \c{C} + Š Ô % ^^8a \`{e} ^^d4 \`{E} + ‚ % ^^82 \'{e} ^^90 \'{E} + ˆ Ò % ^^88 \^{e} ^^d2 \^{E} + ‰ Ó % ^^89 \"{e} ^^d3 \"{E} + Þ % ^^8d \`{\i} ^^de \`{I} + ¡ Ö % ^^a1 \'{\i} ^^d6 \'{I} + Œ × % ^^8c \^{\i} ^^d7 \^{I} + ‹ Ø % ^^8b \"{\i} ^^d8 \"{I} + ¤ ¥ % ^^a4 \~{n} ^^a5 \~{N} + • ã % ^^95 \`{o} ^^e3 \`{O} + ¢ à % ^^a2 \'{o} ^^e0 \'{O} + “ â % ^^93 \^{o} ^^e2 \^{O} + ä å % ^^e4 \~{o} ^^e5 \~{O} + ” ™ % ^^94 \"{o} ^^99 \"{O} + › % ^^9b \o ^^9d \O + — ë % ^^97 \`{u} ^^eb \`{U} + £ é % ^^a3 \'{u} ^^e9 \'{U} + – ê % ^^96 \^{u} ^^ea \^{U} + š % ^^81 \"{u} ^^9a \"{U} + ì í % ^^ec \'{y} ^^ed \'{Y} +} + + + +%% +%% SORTING ORDER +%% +%% The sorting order defined is a compromise between Norwegian/Danish and +%% Swedish. +%% +%% Norwegian/Danish sorting order: 0..9Aa..Zz’‘›† +%% Swedish sorting order: 0..9Aa..Zz†Ž„™” +%% Compromise sorting order: 0..9Aa..Zz’‘›†Ž„™” +%% +\order{ + 0-9 + A a + B b + C c + D d + E e + F f + G g + H h + I i + J j + K k + L l + M m + N n + O o + P p + Q q + R r + S s + T t + U u + V v + W w + X x + Y y + Z z + ’ ‘ + › + † + Ž „ + ™ ” +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp866rus.csf b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp866rus.csf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..54d950dec6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/cp866rus.csf @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE: $RCSfile: cp866rus.csf,v $ +%% $Revision: 1.0 $ +%% $Date: 1996/08/04 20:59:12 $ +%% +%% Date: 1996/05/03 +%% Author:-) Andrei Grinkevitch, grin@bals.usr.pu.ru +%% +%% CHARACTER SET: Russian (CP 866) +%% +%% SORTING ORDER: Russian +%% +%% WARNING +%% +%% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is +%% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the +%% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file +%% format is documented below this header section. +%% +%% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX +%% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. It is +%% available by anonymous FTP from these Comprehensive TeX Archive +%% Network (CTAN) sites: +%% +%% ftp.tex.ac.uk:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.shsu.edu:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit +%% +%% CHANGE LOG +%% +%% $Log: cp866rus.csf,v $ +%% Revision 1.0 1996/08/04 20:59:12 kempson +%% Initial revision +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% FILE FORMAT +%% +%% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an +%% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as +%% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the +%% sorting order of characters. +%% +%% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the +%% form of a TeX macro: +%% +%% \section-name{ +%% <section definitions> +%% } +%% +%% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase +%% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. +%% +%% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with +%% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using +%% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX +%% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. +%% +%% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so +%% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. +%% +%% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and +%% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. +%% +%% +%% \lowupcase section +%% +%% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower +%% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified +%% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use +%% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: +%% +%% \lowupcase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n> *and* the lower case equivalent of +%% <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII +%% character (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> and <UC-n> +%% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \lowercase section +%% +%% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: +%% +%% \lowercase{ +%% <UC-1> <LC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <UC-2> <LC-2> +%% ... +%% <UC-N> <LC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the lower case +%% equivalent of <UC-n> is <LC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <UC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \uppercase section +%% +%% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case +%% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used +%% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +%% +%% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: +%% +%% \uppercase{ +%% <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <LC-2> <UC-2> +%% ... +%% <LC-N> <UC-N> +%% } +%% +%% Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case +%% case equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n>. +%% +%% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character +%% (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> (i.e. the left hand side +%% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. +%% +%% +%% \order section +%% +%% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which +%% characters are sorted. +%% +%% The syntax of the \order section is: +%% +%% \order{ +%% <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +%% <char-2> <char-3> % whitespace between the chars +%% <char-4> - <char-5> % a hyphen between the chars +%% <char-4> _ <char-5> % an underscore between the chars +%% ... +%% <char-n> +%% } +%% +%% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that +%% all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the +%% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII +%% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight +%% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. +%% +%% The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all +%% characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an +%% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and ending +%% with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII +%% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be +%% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, +%% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. +%% +%% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower +%% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting +%% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. +%% +%% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) +%% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come +%% last when sorting alphabetically. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +%% +%% CHARACTER SET +%% +\lowupcase{ + € + ¡ + ¢ ‚ + £ ƒ + ¤ „ + ¥ … + ñ ð + ¦ † + § ‡ + ¨ ˆ + © ‰ + ª Š + « ‹ + ¬ Œ + + ® Ž + ¯ + à + á ‘ + â ’ + ã “ + ä ” + å • + æ – + ç — + è ˜ + é ™ + ê š + ë › + ì œ + í + î ž + ï Ÿ +} + + + +%% +%% SORTING ORDER +%% +%% +\order{ + 0-9 + A a + B b + C c + D d + E e + F f + G g + H h + I i + J j + K k + L l + M m + N n + O o + P p + Q q + R r + S s + T t + U u + V v + W w + X x + Y y + Z z + € + ¡ + ‚ ¢ + ƒ £ + „ ¤ + … ¥ + ð ñ + † ¦ + ‡ § + ˆ ¨ + ‰ © + Š ª + ‹ « + Œ ¬ + + Ž ® + ¯ + à + ‘ á + ’ â + “ ã + ” ä + • å + – æ + — ç + ˜ è + ™ é + š ê + › ë + œ ì + í + ž î + Ÿ ï +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/csfile.txt b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/csfile.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f112a466c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/csfile.txt @@ -0,0 +1,318 @@ +****************************************************************************** +FILE: $RCSfile: csfile.txt,v $ + $Revision: 3.71 $ + $Date: 1996/08/18 20:41:31 $ +****************************************************************************** + + +An 8-bit Implementation of BibTeX 0.99 with a Very Large Capacity +================================================================= + + +Contents +-------- + + 1. The Codepage and Sort Order (CS) File + 1.1 CS file syntax + 1.2 Testing a CS file + 1.3 Sharing your CS file + + 2. Change Log + + + +1. The Codepage and Sort Order (CS) File +----------------------------------------- + +The Codepage and Sort definition (CS) file is used to define the 8-bit +character set used by BibTeX and the order in which those characters should +be sorted. + +NOTE: this file contains many 8-bit characters and may cause problems + if you try to display or print it on 7-bit systems (e.g. older + versions of Unix). + + + 1.1 CS file syntax + ------------------ + + The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an + 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as + letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the + sorting order of characters. + + The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the form + of a TeX macro: + + \section-name{ + <section definitions> + } + + Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase + and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised + below. + + 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with + character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using + the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX + is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. + + Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so + '}' can't be included in a section. You can, however, use ^^7d instead. + + The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and + all remaining characters on a line are ignored. If you need to insert a + percent character, you can use ^^25 instead. + + + \lowupcase section + + The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower + /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified + characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use + \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. + + The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: + + \lowupcase{ + <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign + <LC-2> <UC-2> + ... + <LC-N> <UC-N> + } + + Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case + equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n> *and* the lower case equivalent of + <UC-n> is <LC-n>. + + You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII + character (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> and <UC-n> (i.e. + both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. + + + \lowercase section + + The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower + case equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be + used if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. + + The syntax of the \lowercase section is: + + \lowercase{ + <UC-1> <LC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign + <UC-2> <LC-2> + ... + <UC-N> <LC-N> + } + + Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the lower case + equivalent of <UC-n> is <LC-n>. + + You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character + (code < 128), so all instances of <UC-n> (i.e. the left hand side of + the relationship) must have codes > 127. + + + \uppercase section + + The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper + case equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be + used if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. + + The syntax of the \uppercase section is: + + \uppercase{ + <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign + <LC-2> <UC-2> + ... + <LC-N> <UC-N> + } + + Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case + case equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n>. + + You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character + (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> (i.e. the left hand side of + the relationship) must have codes > 127. + + + \order section + + The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in + which characters are sorted. + + The syntax of the \order section is: + + \order{ + <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign + <char-2> <char-3> % whitespace between the chars + <char-4> - <char-5> % a hyphen between the chars + <char-4> _ <char-5> % an underscore between the chars + ... + <char-n> + } + + All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. + + The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that + all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the + same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII + upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight + and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same + line. + + The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all + characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an + ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and ending + with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII + alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be + equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, + through to 'Z' on the 26th line. + + The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a + lower sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting + alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. + + All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) + are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come + last when sorting alphabetically. + + + 1.2 Testing a CS file + --------------------- + + If you create a CS, you'll want a straightforward way of testing that + BibTeX is interpreting it as you expect it to. The --debug=csf option + will report the results of parsing the CS file. Specifically, BibTeX + will report: + + o characters with codes > 127 that it has defined as type ALPHA + o characters with upper case equivalents + o characters with lower case equivalents + o characters in ascending sorting order + + An example of the output when processing the cp437lat.csf CS file is + shown below. This output will only make sense if you are using a + computer that supports the IBM codepage 437. + + D-CSF: c8read_csf: trying to open CS file `cp437lat.csf' ... + D-CSF: reading the \lowupcase section ... + D-CSF: finished reading the \lowupcase section. + D-CSF: reading the \uppercase section ... + D-CSF: finished reading the \uppercase section. + D-CSF: reading the \order section ... + D-CSF: finished reading the \order section. + + D-CSF: 8-bit ALPHA characters + D-CSF: ---------------------- + D-CSF: 80: € ‚ ƒ „ … † ‡ ˆ ‰ Š ‹ Œ Ž + D-CSF: 90: ‘ ’ “ ” • – — . ™ š . . . . . + D-CSF: a0: ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: b0: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: c0: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: d0: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: e0: . á . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: f0: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + + D-CSF: Characters with upper case equivalents + D-CSF: -------------------------------------- + D-CSF: a [61] <<< A [41] b [62] <<< B [42] c [63] <<< C [43] + D-CSF: d [64] <<< D [44] e [65] <<< E [45] f [66] <<< F [46] + D-CSF: g [67] <<< G [47] h [68] <<< H [48] i [69] <<< I [49] + D-CSF: j [6a] <<< J [4a] k [6b] <<< K [4b] l [6c] <<< L [4c] + D-CSF: m [6d] <<< M [4d] n [6e] <<< N [4e] o [6f] <<< O [4f] + D-CSF: p [70] <<< P [50] q [71] <<< Q [51] r [72] <<< R [52] + D-CSF: s [73] <<< S [53] t [74] <<< T [54] u [75] <<< U [55] + D-CSF: v [76] <<< V [56] w [77] <<< W [57] x [78] <<< X [58] + D-CSF: y [79] <<< Y [59] z [7a] <<< Z [5a] [81] <<< š [9a] + D-CSF: ‚ [82] <<< [90] ƒ [83] <<< A [41] „ [84] <<< Ž [8e] + D-CSF: … [85] <<< A [41] † [86] <<< [8f] ‡ [87] <<< € [80] + D-CSF: ˆ [88] <<< E [45] ‰ [89] <<< E [45] Š [8a] <<< E [45] + D-CSF: ‹ [8b] <<< I [49] Œ [8c] <<< I [49] [8d] <<< I [49] + D-CSF: ‘ [91] <<< ’ [92] “ [93] <<< O [4f] ” [94] <<< ™ [99] + D-CSF: • [95] <<< O [4f] – [96] <<< U [55] — [97] <<< U [55] + D-CSF: [a0] <<< A [41] ¡ [a1] <<< I [49] ¢ [a2] <<< O [4f] + D-CSF: £ [a3] <<< U [55] ¤ [a4] <<< ¥ [a5] + + D-CSF: Characters with lower case equivalents + D-CSF: -------------------------------------- + D-CSF: A [41] >>> a [61] B [42] >>> b [62] C [43] >>> c [63] + D-CSF: D [44] >>> d [64] E [45] >>> e [65] F [46] >>> f [66] + D-CSF: G [47] >>> g [67] H [48] >>> h [68] I [49] >>> i [69] + D-CSF: J [4a] >>> j [6a] K [4b] >>> k [6b] L [4c] >>> l [6c] + D-CSF: M [4d] >>> m [6d] N [4e] >>> n [6e] O [4f] >>> o [6f] + D-CSF: P [50] >>> p [70] Q [51] >>> q [71] R [52] >>> r [72] + D-CSF: S [53] >>> s [73] T [54] >>> t [74] U [55] >>> u [75] + D-CSF: V [56] >>> v [76] W [57] >>> w [77] X [58] >>> x [78] + D-CSF: Y [59] >>> y [79] Z [5a] >>> z [7a] € [80] >>> ‡ [87] + D-CSF: Ž [8e] >>> „ [84] [8f] >>> † [86] [90] >>> ‚ [82] + D-CSF: ’ [92] >>> ‘ [91] ™ [99] >>> ” [94] š [9a] >>> [81] + D-CSF: ¥ [a5] >>> ¤ [a4] + + D-CSF: Characters in sorting order + D-CSF: --------------------------- + D-CSF: 00: 0 [30] + D-CSF: 01: 1 [31] + D-CSF: 02: 2 [32] + D-CSF: 03: 3 [33] + D-CSF: 04: 4 [34] + D-CSF: 05: 5 [35] + D-CSF: 06: 6 [36] + D-CSF: 07: 7 [37] + D-CSF: 08: 8 [38] + D-CSF: 09: 9 [39] + D-CSF: 0a: A [41] a [61] ƒ [83] „ [84] … [85] † [86] Ž [8e] [8f] [a0] + D-CSF: 0b: ‘ [91] ’ [92] + D-CSF: 0c: B [42] b [62] + D-CSF: 0d: C [43] c [63] € [80] ‡ [87] + D-CSF: 0e: D [44] d [64] + D-CSF: 0f: E [45] e [65] ‚ [82] ˆ [88] ‰ [89] Š [8a] [90] + D-CSF: 10: F [46] f [66] + D-CSF: 11: G [47] g [67] + D-CSF: 12: H [48] h [68] + D-CSF: 13: I [49] i [69] ‹ [8b] Œ [8c] [8d] ¡ [a1] + D-CSF: 14: J [4a] j [6a] + D-CSF: 15: K [4b] k [6b] + D-CSF: 16: L [4c] l [6c] + D-CSF: 17: M [4d] m [6d] + D-CSF: 18: N [4e] n [6e] + D-CSF: 19: ¤ [a4] ¥ [a5] + D-CSF: 1a: O [4f] o [6f] “ [93] ” [94] • [95] ™ [99] ¢ [a2] + D-CSF: 1b: P [50] p [70] + D-CSF: 1c: Q [51] q [71] + D-CSF: 1d: R [52] r [72] + D-CSF: 1e: S [53] s [73] + D-CSF: 1f: á [e1] + D-CSF: 20: T [54] t [74] + D-CSF: 21: U [55] u [75] [81] – [96] — [97] š [9a] £ [a3] + D-CSF: 22: V [56] v [76] + D-CSF: 23: W [57] w [77] + D-CSF: 24: X [58] x [78] + D-CSF: 25: Y [59] y [79] + D-CSF: 26: Z [5a] z [7a] + D-CSF: (All other characters are sorted equally after any of the above.) + + + 1.3 Sharing your CS file + ------------------------ + + Although we have provided a limited number of CS files, we hope that + other will soon produce different examples for other character sets and + national sorting orders. We will also be happy to accept corrections to + the example files supplied. + + If you'd like to contribute a CS file, please send it to one of the + authors or upload it to one of the CTAN FTP archives. If you e-mail a + copy please ZIP and encode (UU/MIME) it so that we can be confident that + the file has not become corrupted in transit. + + + +2. Change Log +-------------- + +$Log: csfile.txt,v $ +# Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:41:31 kempson +# Placed under RCS control. +# +******************************** END OF FILE ******************************* diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/file_id.diz b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/file_id.diz new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b2379e717fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csf/file_id.diz @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +(v3.71) "big" BibTeX with full 8-bit support + +An enhanced, portable C version of BibTeX. +Enhanced by conversion to "big" (32-bit) +capacity, addition of run-time selectable +capacity and 8-bit support extensions. +National character set and sorting order +are controlled by an external configuration +file. Various examples are included. +Freeware / GNU Public Licence. + +Niel Kempson <kempson@snowyowl.co.uk> +Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra <asierra@servidor.unam.mx> diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csfile.txt b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csfile.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f112a466c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/csfile.txt @@ -0,0 +1,318 @@ +****************************************************************************** +FILE: $RCSfile: csfile.txt,v $ + $Revision: 3.71 $ + $Date: 1996/08/18 20:41:31 $ +****************************************************************************** + + +An 8-bit Implementation of BibTeX 0.99 with a Very Large Capacity +================================================================= + + +Contents +-------- + + 1. The Codepage and Sort Order (CS) File + 1.1 CS file syntax + 1.2 Testing a CS file + 1.3 Sharing your CS file + + 2. Change Log + + + +1. The Codepage and Sort Order (CS) File +----------------------------------------- + +The Codepage and Sort definition (CS) file is used to define the 8-bit +character set used by BibTeX and the order in which those characters should +be sorted. + +NOTE: this file contains many 8-bit characters and may cause problems + if you try to display or print it on 7-bit systems (e.g. older + versions of Unix). + + + 1.1 CS file syntax + ------------------ + + The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an + 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as + letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the + sorting order of characters. + + The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the form + of a TeX macro: + + \section-name{ + <section definitions> + } + + Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase + and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised + below. + + 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with + character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using + the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX + is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. + + Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so + '}' can't be included in a section. You can, however, use ^^7d instead. + + The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and + all remaining characters on a line are ignored. If you need to insert a + percent character, you can use ^^25 instead. + + + \lowupcase section + + The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower + /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified + characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use + \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. + + The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: + + \lowupcase{ + <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign + <LC-2> <UC-2> + ... + <LC-N> <UC-N> + } + + Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case + equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n> *and* the lower case equivalent of + <UC-n> is <LC-n>. + + You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII + character (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> and <UC-n> (i.e. + both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. + + + \lowercase section + + The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower + case equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be + used if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. + + The syntax of the \lowercase section is: + + \lowercase{ + <UC-1> <LC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign + <UC-2> <LC-2> + ... + <UC-N> <LC-N> + } + + Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the lower case + equivalent of <UC-n> is <LC-n>. + + You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character + (code < 128), so all instances of <UC-n> (i.e. the left hand side of + the relationship) must have codes > 127. + + + \uppercase section + + The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper + case equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be + used if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. + + The syntax of the \uppercase section is: + + \uppercase{ + <LC-1> <UC-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign + <LC-2> <UC-2> + ... + <LC-N> <UC-N> + } + + Each <LC-n> <UC-n> pair of characters defines that the upper case + case equivalent of <LC-n> is <UC-n>. + + You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character + (code < 128), so all instances of <LC-n> (i.e. the left hand side of + the relationship) must have codes > 127. + + + \order section + + The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in + which characters are sorted. + + The syntax of the \order section is: + + \order{ + <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign + <char-2> <char-3> % whitespace between the chars + <char-4> - <char-5> % a hyphen between the chars + <char-4> _ <char-5> % an underscore between the chars + ... + <char-n> + } + + All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. + + The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that + all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the + same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII + upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight + and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same + line. + + The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all + characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an + ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and ending + with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII + alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be + equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, + through to 'Z' on the 26th line. + + The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a + lower sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting + alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. + + All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) + are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come + last when sorting alphabetically. + + + 1.2 Testing a CS file + --------------------- + + If you create a CS, you'll want a straightforward way of testing that + BibTeX is interpreting it as you expect it to. The --debug=csf option + will report the results of parsing the CS file. Specifically, BibTeX + will report: + + o characters with codes > 127 that it has defined as type ALPHA + o characters with upper case equivalents + o characters with lower case equivalents + o characters in ascending sorting order + + An example of the output when processing the cp437lat.csf CS file is + shown below. This output will only make sense if you are using a + computer that supports the IBM codepage 437. + + D-CSF: c8read_csf: trying to open CS file `cp437lat.csf' ... + D-CSF: reading the \lowupcase section ... + D-CSF: finished reading the \lowupcase section. + D-CSF: reading the \uppercase section ... + D-CSF: finished reading the \uppercase section. + D-CSF: reading the \order section ... + D-CSF: finished reading the \order section. + + D-CSF: 8-bit ALPHA characters + D-CSF: ---------------------- + D-CSF: 80: € ‚ ƒ „ … † ‡ ˆ ‰ Š ‹ Œ Ž + D-CSF: 90: ‘ ’ “ ” • – — . ™ š . . . . . + D-CSF: a0: ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: b0: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: c0: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: d0: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: e0: . á . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + D-CSF: f0: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + + D-CSF: Characters with upper case equivalents + D-CSF: -------------------------------------- + D-CSF: a [61] <<< A [41] b [62] <<< B [42] c [63] <<< C [43] + D-CSF: d [64] <<< D [44] e [65] <<< E [45] f [66] <<< F [46] + D-CSF: g [67] <<< G [47] h [68] <<< H [48] i [69] <<< I [49] + D-CSF: j [6a] <<< J [4a] k [6b] <<< K [4b] l [6c] <<< L [4c] + D-CSF: m [6d] <<< M [4d] n [6e] <<< N [4e] o [6f] <<< O [4f] + D-CSF: p [70] <<< P [50] q [71] <<< Q [51] r [72] <<< R [52] + D-CSF: s [73] <<< S [53] t [74] <<< T [54] u [75] <<< U [55] + D-CSF: v [76] <<< V [56] w [77] <<< W [57] x [78] <<< X [58] + D-CSF: y [79] <<< Y [59] z [7a] <<< Z [5a] [81] <<< š [9a] + D-CSF: ‚ [82] <<< [90] ƒ [83] <<< A [41] „ [84] <<< Ž [8e] + D-CSF: … [85] <<< A [41] † [86] <<< [8f] ‡ [87] <<< € [80] + D-CSF: ˆ [88] <<< E [45] ‰ [89] <<< E [45] Š [8a] <<< E [45] + D-CSF: ‹ [8b] <<< I [49] Œ [8c] <<< I [49] [8d] <<< I [49] + D-CSF: ‘ [91] <<< ’ [92] “ [93] <<< O [4f] ” [94] <<< ™ [99] + D-CSF: • [95] <<< O [4f] – [96] <<< U [55] — [97] <<< U [55] + D-CSF: [a0] <<< A [41] ¡ [a1] <<< I [49] ¢ [a2] <<< O [4f] + D-CSF: £ [a3] <<< U [55] ¤ [a4] <<< ¥ [a5] + + D-CSF: Characters with lower case equivalents + D-CSF: -------------------------------------- + D-CSF: A [41] >>> a [61] B [42] >>> b [62] C [43] >>> c [63] + D-CSF: D [44] >>> d [64] E [45] >>> e [65] F [46] >>> f [66] + D-CSF: G [47] >>> g [67] H [48] >>> h [68] I [49] >>> i [69] + D-CSF: J [4a] >>> j [6a] K [4b] >>> k [6b] L [4c] >>> l [6c] + D-CSF: M [4d] >>> m [6d] N [4e] >>> n [6e] O [4f] >>> o [6f] + D-CSF: P [50] >>> p [70] Q [51] >>> q [71] R [52] >>> r [72] + D-CSF: S [53] >>> s [73] T [54] >>> t [74] U [55] >>> u [75] + D-CSF: V [56] >>> v [76] W [57] >>> w [77] X [58] >>> x [78] + D-CSF: Y [59] >>> y [79] Z [5a] >>> z [7a] € [80] >>> ‡ [87] + D-CSF: Ž [8e] >>> „ [84] [8f] >>> † [86] [90] >>> ‚ [82] + D-CSF: ’ [92] >>> ‘ [91] ™ [99] >>> ” [94] š [9a] >>> [81] + D-CSF: ¥ [a5] >>> ¤ [a4] + + D-CSF: Characters in sorting order + D-CSF: --------------------------- + D-CSF: 00: 0 [30] + D-CSF: 01: 1 [31] + D-CSF: 02: 2 [32] + D-CSF: 03: 3 [33] + D-CSF: 04: 4 [34] + D-CSF: 05: 5 [35] + D-CSF: 06: 6 [36] + D-CSF: 07: 7 [37] + D-CSF: 08: 8 [38] + D-CSF: 09: 9 [39] + D-CSF: 0a: A [41] a [61] ƒ [83] „ [84] … [85] † [86] Ž [8e] [8f] [a0] + D-CSF: 0b: ‘ [91] ’ [92] + D-CSF: 0c: B [42] b [62] + D-CSF: 0d: C [43] c [63] € [80] ‡ [87] + D-CSF: 0e: D [44] d [64] + D-CSF: 0f: E [45] e [65] ‚ [82] ˆ [88] ‰ [89] Š [8a] [90] + D-CSF: 10: F [46] f [66] + D-CSF: 11: G [47] g [67] + D-CSF: 12: H [48] h [68] + D-CSF: 13: I [49] i [69] ‹ [8b] Œ [8c] [8d] ¡ [a1] + D-CSF: 14: J [4a] j [6a] + D-CSF: 15: K [4b] k [6b] + D-CSF: 16: L [4c] l [6c] + D-CSF: 17: M [4d] m [6d] + D-CSF: 18: N [4e] n [6e] + D-CSF: 19: ¤ [a4] ¥ [a5] + D-CSF: 1a: O [4f] o [6f] “ [93] ” [94] • [95] ™ [99] ¢ [a2] + D-CSF: 1b: P [50] p [70] + D-CSF: 1c: Q [51] q [71] + D-CSF: 1d: R [52] r [72] + D-CSF: 1e: S [53] s [73] + D-CSF: 1f: á [e1] + D-CSF: 20: T [54] t [74] + D-CSF: 21: U [55] u [75] [81] – [96] — [97] š [9a] £ [a3] + D-CSF: 22: V [56] v [76] + D-CSF: 23: W [57] w [77] + D-CSF: 24: X [58] x [78] + D-CSF: 25: Y [59] y [79] + D-CSF: 26: Z [5a] z [7a] + D-CSF: (All other characters are sorted equally after any of the above.) + + + 1.3 Sharing your CS file + ------------------------ + + Although we have provided a limited number of CS files, we hope that + other will soon produce different examples for other character sets and + national sorting orders. We will also be happy to accept corrections to + the example files supplied. + + If you'd like to contribute a CS file, please send it to one of the + authors or upload it to one of the CTAN FTP archives. If you e-mail a + copy please ZIP and encode (UU/MIME) it so that we can be confident that + the file has not become corrupted in transit. + + + +2. Change Log +-------------- + +$Log: csfile.txt,v $ +# Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:41:31 kempson +# Placed under RCS control. +# +******************************** END OF FILE ******************************* diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/datatype.h b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/datatype.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dca766ee18f --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/datatype.h @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: datatype.h,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This module defines the data types used in the BibTeX WEB source. C +** isn't as flexible as PASCAL when defining data types, so some of the +** types defined are fairly abitrary. +** +** There are particular problems when defining data types for variables +** that will be used for indexing arrays. Whilst the "short" data +** type will often suffice, "unsigned short" has to be used to index +** the string pool, which has 65,000 elements. Care must be taken when +** mixing signed and unsigned values, especially if the signed value +** can be negative. +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: datatype.h,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:44 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifndef __DATATYPE_H__ +# define __DATATYPE_H__ 1 + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** Define the generic data types. For the BIG version of BibTeX, we declare +** that all integers are 32 bit. This will only work on systems with a +** 'flat' 32 bit addressing scheme and lots of virtual memory. +**============================================================================ +*/ +typedef char Boolean_T; +typedef unsigned char UChar_T; +typedef char Char_T; +typedef char Integer8_T; +typedef FILE *File_ptr; +typedef jmp_buf LongJumpBuf_T; + + +/*- +** Define some data types for 16-bit BibTex +** +** typedef short Integer16_T; +** typedef long Integer32_T; +** typedef unsigned short Unsigned16_T; +** typedef unsigned long Unsigned32_T; +** typedef Integer16_T Integer_T; +*/ + +/*- +** Define some data types for 32-bit BibTeX +*/ +typedef long Integer16_T; +typedef long Integer32_T; +typedef unsigned long Unsigned16_T; +typedef unsigned long Unsigned32_T; +typedef long Integer_T; + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** The generic data types defined above will be used to approximate the +** data types used in the BibTeX WEB source. +**============================================================================ +*/ +typedef UChar_T ASCIICode_T; +typedef File_ptr AlphaFile_T; +typedef Integer16_T AuxNumber_T; +typedef Integer16_T BibNumber_T; +typedef Integer16_T BltInRange_T; +typedef Integer16_T BufPointer_T; +typedef ASCIICode_T BufType_T[BUF_SIZE + 1]; +typedef Integer16_T CiteNumber_T; +typedef Integer16_T FieldLoc_T; +typedef Integer8_T FnClass_T; + +/* +**typedef Integer16_T HashLoc_T; +**typedef Integer16_T HashPointer_T; +**typedef Integer16_T HashPtr2_T; +*/ +typedef Integer32_T HashLoc_T; +typedef Integer32_T HashPointer_T; +typedef Integer32_T HashPtr2_T; + +typedef Integer8_T IDType_T; +typedef Integer16_T IntEntLoc_T; +typedef Integer8_T LexType_T; +typedef Integer16_T LitStkLoc_T; +typedef UChar_T PdsLen_T; +typedef Integer8_T PdsLoc_T; +typedef UChar_T PdsType_T[FILE_NAME_SIZE + 1]; +typedef Unsigned16_T PoolPointer_T; +typedef Integer8_T StkType_T; +typedef Integer16_T StrEntLoc_T; +typedef Integer8_T StrGlobLoc_T; +typedef Integer8_T StrIlk_T; +typedef Integer16_T StrNumber_T; +typedef Integer16_T WizFnLoc_T; + + + +#endif /* __DATATYPE_H__ */ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/dos-dj.mak b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/dos-dj.mak new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ca52adad2c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/dos-dj.mak @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +#############################################################################* +############################################################################## +## +## MODULE +## +## $RCSfile: dos-dj.mak,v $ +## $Revision: 3.71 $ +## $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +## +## DESCRIPTION +## +## A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +## Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +## original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +## characters and a very large processing capacity. +## +## For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +## see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +## +## MODULE CONTENTS +## +## This is the BibTeX makefile to build an MS-DOS 32-bit executable +## using the DJGPP GNU C compiler. DJGPP V2 provides a clean DPMI +## implementation. This file should be called "dos-dj.mak" and +## used with a command like: +## +## [C:\] make -f dos-dj.mak bibtex +## +## If you omit the "bibtex" argument, the Makefile will display list +## of the supported targets. +## +## If you port BibTeX to a new environment or find that it works +## unchanged in a new environment, please report back to the author so +## that this file can be updated for everyone else. +## +## AUTHORS +## +## Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +## addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +## by: +## +## Niel Kempson +## Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +## E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +## +## 8-bit support extensions also by: +## +## Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +## Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +## Universidad Nacional Autonoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +## E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +## +## COPYRIGHT +## +## This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +## and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +## +## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +## modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +## published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +## (at your option) any later version. +## +## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +## General Public License for more details. +## +## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +## Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +## +## In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +## program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +## and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +## +## ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +## +## The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +## Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +## execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +## program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +## +## CHANGE LOG +## +## $Log: dos-dj.mak,v $ +## Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +## Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +## +## Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:17:58 kempson +## Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +## +## Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 21:52:42 kempson +## Placed under RCS control +## +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + + +############################################################################## +############################################################################## +# +# Start of local definitions for file types and compilation / linking. There +# are three small sections to customise: +# +# BibTeX File Searching +# - specifies the names of environment variables and paths to be used when +# searching for input files +# +# Utility Programs +# - specifies the names of programs to be used for simple functions +# +# Compiler/Linker +# - specifies compiler/linker command lines +# +# If your system is already supported it should not be necessary to modify +# any part of the Makefile except these three sections. +# +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# BIBTEX FILE SEARCHING +# +# The macros in this section define the environment variables and default +# search paths that will be used by BibTeX. 8-bit BibTeX looks for input +# files in three different steps as summarised below. As soon as 8-bit +# BibTeX finds a matching file, it stops looking (i.e. only the first +# matching file is used). In order, the three steps are: +# +# - look for the file in the current working directory. +# +# - if the appropriate environment variable has been set (e.g. BSTINPUT), +# treat its value as a list of directories to be searched. Look for the +# file in each of the directories in the list. +# +# - if the appropriate environment variable (e.g. BSTINPUT) has not been +# set, use a predefined "fallback" path as a list of directories to be +# searched. +# +# A search list consists of a number of directories separated by semicolons. +# +# The following entries must be defined: +# +# AUX_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .aux files. +# +# AUX_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .aux files. +# +# BIB_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .bib files (e.g. BIBINPUT). +# +# BIB_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .bib files +# (e.g. e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bib). +# +# BST_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .bst files (e.g. BSTINPUT). +# +# BST_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .bst files +# (e.g. e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bst). +# +# CSF_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .csf files (e.g. CSFINPUT). +# +# CSF_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .csf files +# (e.g. e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/csf). +# +# CSF_FILE_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the +# fallback CS file (e.g. BIBTEX_CSFILE). +# +# CSF_FILE_NAME the name of the fallback CS file to be used if one is +# not specified on the command line and the above-named +# environment variable is not defined (e.g. cp850lat.csf). +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR = +AUX_INPUT_PATH = + +BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR = BIBINPUT +BIB_INPUT_PATH = c:/emtex/bibtex/bib + +BST_INPUT_ENVVAR = BSTINPUT +BST_INPUT_PATH = c:/emtex/bibtex/bst + +CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR = CSFINPUT +CSF_INPUT_PATH = c:/emtex/bibtex/csf + +CSF_FILE_ENVVAR = BIBTEX_CSFILE +CSF_FILE_NAME = cp850lat.csf + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# UTILITY PROGRAMS +# +# MAKE the command used to invoke Make to process this file. +# As distributed, it is defined as "make -f os2.mak" +# +# RM rm program that won't complain (e.g. /bin/rm -f) if a +# file is missing +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +MAKE = make -f os2.mak +RM = -DEL + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# COMPILER/LINKER +# +# CC the command used to invoke the C compiler +# CFLAGS compiler command line flags to be used +# CCDEFINES symbols to be #defined when compiling +# +# LD the command used to invoke the linker +# LDFLAGS linker command line flags to be used +# LDLIBS linker command line option to search the specified +# library files +# +# DJGPP/GNU C compiler +# +# Compiling: gcc -DMSDOS -Wall -Wconversion -Wno-char-subscripts +# -funsigned-char -c BIBTEX.C +# +# -DMSDOS we're building for MSDOS +# -Wall generate lots of warnings +# -Wconversion warn about suspicious type conversions +# -Wno-char-subscripts don't moan about character type subscripts +# -funsigned-char unsigned chars +# -c compile only +# +# Linking: gcc BIBTEX.O BIBTEX-1.O -o BIBTEX.EXE +# +# -o BIBTEX.EXE produce executable BIBTEX.EXE +# +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +CC = gcc +CFLAGS = -c -DMSDOS -Wall -Wno-char-subscripts -funsigned-char +CCDEFINES = +LD = gcc +LDFLAGS = -o $@ +LDLIBS = + +############################################################################## +############################################################################## +# +# End of local definitions. You shouldn't need to change anything below. +# +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + + +############################################################################## +# File types and default rule for compilation +############################################################################## +BIBTEX_DEFINES = -DSUPPORT_8BIT \ + -DAUX_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DAUX_INPUT_PATH=\"$(AUX_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DBIB_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DBIB_INPUT_PATH=\"$(BIB_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DBST_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(BST_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DBST_INPUT_PATH=\"$(BST_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DCSF_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DCSF_INPUT_PATH=\"$(CSF_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DCSF_FILE_ENVVAR=\"$(CSF_FILE_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DCSF_FILE_NAME=\"$(CSF_FILE_NAME)\" + +EXE = .exe +O = .o +OUT = .out + +.SUFFIXES: .c .h $(O) $(OUT) $(EXE) + +.c.o: + $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(BIBTEX_DEFINES) $*.c + + +############################################################################## +# Target Groupings +############################################################################## +HDRFILES = bibtex.h datatype.h gblprocs.h gblvars.h sysdep.h \ + getopt.h utils.h version.h + +OBJFILES = bibtex$(O) \ + bibtex-1$(O) bibtex-2$(O) bibtex-3$(O) bibtex-4$(O) \ + getopt$(O) getopt1$(O) utils$(O) + +EXEFILES = bibtex$(EXE) + + +############################################################################## +# Top level targets +############################################################################## +make: + @ echo You must specify what to make. + @ echo . + @ echo For example: $(MAKE) bibtex + @ echo . + @ echo Valid system targets are: + @ echo . + @ echo clean - delete $(O) files + @ echo veryclean - delete $(O) and $(EXE) files + @ echo . + @ echo bibtex - DJGPP/GNU C for DOS + +clean: + @ echo Cleaning up ... + $(RM) bibtex$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-1$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-2$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-3$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-4$(O) + $(RM) getopt$(O) + $(RM) getopt1$(O) + $(RM) utils$(O) + $(RM) bibtex$(OUT) + +veryclean: clean + @ echo Really cleaning up ... + $(RM) bibtex$(EXE) + +bibtex: $(EXEFILES) + @ echo BibTeX built + + +############################################################################## +# Dependencies for executables. +############################################################################## +bibtex$(EXE): bibtex$(OUT) + strip bibtex$(OUT) + coff2exe bibtex$(OUT) + +bibtex$(OUT): $(OBJFILES) + $(LD) $(OBJFILES) $(LDFLAGS) + + +############################################################################## +# Dependencies for object files +############################################################################## +bibtex$(O): bibtex.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-1$(O): bibtex-1.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-2$(O): bibtex-2.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-3$(O): bibtex-3.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-4$(O): bibtex-4.c $(HDRFILES) + +getopt$(O): getopt.c getopt.h + +getopt1$(O): getopt1.c getopt.h + +utils$(O): utils.c $(HDRFILES) diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/dos-emx.mak b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/dos-emx.mak new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3a23f44f386 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/dos-emx.mak @@ -0,0 +1,345 @@ +#############################################################################* +############################################################################## +## +## MODULE +## +## $RCSfile: dos-emx.mak,v $ +## $Revision: 3.71 $ +## $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +## +## DESCRIPTION +## +## A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +## Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +## original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +## characters and a very large processing capacity. +## +## For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +## see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +## +## MODULE CONTENTS +## +## This is the BibTeX makefile to build an MS-DOS 32-bit executable +## using the EMX system. This file should be called "dos-emx.mak" and +## used with a command like: +## +## [C:\] make -f dos-emx.mak bibtex +## +## If you omit the "bibtex" argument, the Makefile will display a list +## of the supported targets. +## +## If you port BibTeX to a new environment or find that it works +## unchanged in a new environment, please report back to the author so +## that this file can be updated for everyone else. +## +## AUTHORS +## +## Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +## addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +## by: +## +## Niel Kempson +## Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +## E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +## +## 8-bit support extensions also by: +## +## Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +## Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +## Universidad Nacional Autonoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +## E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +## +## COPYRIGHT +## +## This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1996 by Niel Kempson +## and copyright (c) 1995-1996 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +## +## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +## modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +## published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +## (at your option) any later version. +## +## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +## General Public License for more details. +## +## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +## Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +## +## In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +## program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +## and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +## +## ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +## +## The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +## Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +## execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +## program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +## +## CHANGE LOG +## +## $Log: dos-emx.mak,v $ +## Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +## Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +## +## Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:17:58 kempson +## Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +## +## Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 21:52:43 kempson +## Placed under RCS control +## +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + + +############################################################################## +############################################################################## +# +# Start of local definitions for file types and compilation / linking. There +# are three small sections to customise: +# +# BibTeX File Searching +# - specifies the names of environment variables and paths to be used when +# searching for input files +# +# Utility Programs +# - specifies the names of programs to be used for simple functions +# +# Compiler/Linker +# - specifies compiler/linker command lines +# +# If your system is already supported it should not be necessary to modify +# any part of the Makefile except these three sections. +# +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# BIBTEX FILE SEARCHING +# +# The macros in this section define the environment variables and default +# search paths that will be used by BibTeX. 8-bit BibTeX looks for input +# files in three different steps as summarised below. As soon as 8-bit +# BibTeX finds a matching file, it stops looking (i.e. only the first +# matching file is used). In order, the three steps are: +# +# - look for the file in the current working directory. +# +# - if the appropriate environment variable has been set (e.g. BSTINPUT), +# treat its value as a list of directories to be searched. Look for the +# file in each of the directories in the list. +# +# - if the appropriate environment variable (e.g. BSTINPUT) has not been +# set, use a predefined "fallback" path as a list of directories to be +# searched. +# +# A search list consists of a number of directories separated by semicolons. +# +# The following entries must be defined: +# +# AUX_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .aux files. +# +# AUX_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .aux files. +# +# BIB_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .bib files (e.g. BIBINPUT). +# +# BIB_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .bib files +# (e.g. e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bib). +# +# BST_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .bst files (e.g. BSTINPUT). +# +# BST_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .bst files +# (e.g. e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bst). +# +# CSF_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .csf files (e.g. CSFINPUT). +# +# CSF_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .csf files +# (e.g. e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/csf). +# +# CSF_FILE_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the +# fallback CS file (e.g. BIBTEX_CSFILE). +# +# CSF_FILE_NAME the name of the fallback CS file to be used if one is +# not specified on the command line and the above-named +# environment variable is not defined (e.g. cp850lat.csf). +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR = +AUX_INPUT_PATH = + +BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR = BIBINPUT +BIB_INPUT_PATH = c:/emtex/bibtex/bib + +BST_INPUT_ENVVAR = BSTINPUT +BST_INPUT_PATH = c:/emtex/bibtex/bst + +CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR = CSFINPUT +CSF_INPUT_PATH = c:/emtex/bibtex/csf + +CSF_FILE_ENVVAR = BIBTEX_CSFILE +CSF_FILE_NAME = cp850lat.csf + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# UTILITY PROGRAMS +# +# MAKE the command used to invoke Make to process this file. +# As distributed, it is defined as "make -f os2.mak" +# +# RM rm program that won't complain (e.g. /bin/rm -f) if a +# file is missing +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +MAKE = make -f os2.mak +RM = -DEL + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# COMPILER/LINKER +# +# CC the command used to invoke the C compiler +# CFLAGS compiler command line flags to be used +# +# LD the command used to invoke the linker +# LDFLAGS linker command line flags to be used +# LDLIBS linker command line option to search the specified +# library files +# +# EMX/GNU C compiler v0.9b +# +# Compiling: gcc -DMSDOS -Wall -Wconversion -Wno-char-subscripts +# -funsigned-char -c BIBTEX.C +# +# -DMSDOS we're building for MSDOS +# -Wall generate lots of warnings +# -Wconversion warn about suspicious type conversions +# -Wno-char-subscripts don't moan about character type subscripts +# -funsigned-char unsigned chars +# -c compile only +# +# Linking: gcc BIBTEX.O BIBTEX-1.O -o BIBTEX.EXE +# +# -o BIBTEX.EXE produce executable BIBTEX.EXE +# +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +CC = gcc +CFLAGS = -c -DMSDOS -Wall -Wno-char-subscripts -funsigned-char +CCDEFINES = +LD = gcc +LDFLAGS = -o $@ +LDLIBS = + +############################################################################## +############################################################################## +# +# End of local definitions. You shouldn't need to change anything below. +# +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + + +############################################################################## +# File types and default rule for compilation +############################################################################## +BIBTEX_DEFINES = -DSUPPORT_8BIT \ + -DAUX_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DAUX_INPUT_PATH=\"$(AUX_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DBIB_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DBIB_INPUT_PATH=\"$(BIB_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DBST_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(BST_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DBST_INPUT_PATH=\"$(BST_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DCSF_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DCSF_INPUT_PATH=\"$(CSF_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DCSF_FILE_ENVVAR=\"$(CSF_FILE_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DCSF_FILE_NAME=\"$(CSF_FILE_NAME)\" + +EXE = .exe +O = .o +OUT = .out + +.SUFFIXES: .c .h $(O) $(OUT) $(EXE) + +.c.o: + $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(BIBTEX_DEFINES) $*.c + + +############################################################################## +# Target Groupings +############################################################################## +HDRFILES = bibtex.h datatype.h gblprocs.h gblvars.h sysdep.h \ + getopt.h utils.h version.h + +OBJFILES = bibtex$(O) \ + bibtex-1$(O) bibtex-2$(O) bibtex-3$(O) bibtex-4$(O) \ + getopt$(O) getopt1$(O) utils$(O) + +EXEFILES = bibtex$(EXE) + + +############################################################################## +# Top level targets +############################################################################## +make: + @ echo You must specify what to make. + @ echo . + @ echo For example: $(MAKE) bibtex + @ echo . + @ echo Valid system targets are: + @ echo . + @ echo clean - delete $(O) files + @ echo veryclean - delete $(O) and $(EXE) files + @ echo . + @ echo bibtex - EMX/GNU C bound for DOS + OS/2 + +clean: + @ echo Cleaning up ... + $(RM) bibtex$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-1$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-2$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-3$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-4$(O) + $(RM) getopt$(O) + $(RM) getopt1$(O) + $(RM) utils$(O) + $(RM) bibtex$(OUT) + +veryclean: clean + @ echo Really cleaning up ... + $(RM) bibtex$(EXE) + +bibtex: $(EXEFILES) + @ echo BibTeX built + + +############################################################################## +# Dependencies for executables. +############################################################################## +bibtex$(EXE): bibtex$(OUT) + emxbind -o bibtex$(EXE) bibtex$(OUT) -h64 + +bibtex$(OUT): $(OBJFILES) + $(LD) $(OBJFILES) $(LDFLAGS) + +############################################################################## +# Dependencies for object files +############################################################################## +bibtex$(O): bibtex.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-1$(O): bibtex-1.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-2$(O): bibtex-2.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-3$(O): bibtex-3.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-4$(O): bibtex-4.c $(HDRFILES) + +getopt$(O): getopt.c getopt.h + +getopt1$(O): getopt1.c getopt.h + +utils$(O): utils.c $(HDRFILES) diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/file_id.diz b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/file_id.diz new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b2379e717fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/file_id.diz @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +(v3.71) "big" BibTeX with full 8-bit support + +An enhanced, portable C version of BibTeX. +Enhanced by conversion to "big" (32-bit) +capacity, addition of run-time selectable +capacity and 8-bit support extensions. +National character set and sorting order +are controlled by an external configuration +file. Various examples are included. +Freeware / GNU Public Licence. + +Niel Kempson <kempson@snowyowl.co.uk> +Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra <asierra@servidor.unam.mx> diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/gblprocs.h b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/gblprocs.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df64859eb9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/gblprocs.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: gblprocs.h,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:47:30 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This module declares (using ANSI function prototypes) all of the +** global functions that will be used in the program. The functions +** are declared in alphabetical order. +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: gblprocs.h,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:47:30 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:44 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifndef __GBLPROCS_H__ +# define __GBLPROCS_H__ 1 + + +void a_close (const AlphaFile_T file_pointer); +Boolean_T a_open_in (AlphaFile_T *file_pointer, + Integer_T search_path); +Boolean_T a_open_out (AlphaFile_T *file_pointer); +void add_area (StrNumber_T area); +void add_buf_pool (StrNumber_T pstr); +void add_database_cite (CiteNumber_T *newcite); +void add_extension (StrNumber_T ext); +void add_out_pool (StrNumber_T pstr); +void add_pool_buf_and_push (void); +void already_seen_function_print (HashLoc_T seenfnloc); +void aux_bib_data_command (void); +void aux_bib_style_command (void); +void aux_citation_command (void); +void aux_end1_err_print (void); +void aux_end2_err_print (void); +void aux_err_illegal_another_print (Integer_T cmdnum); +void aux_err_no_right_brace_print (void); +void aux_err_print (void); +void aux_err_stuff_after_right_brace (void); +void aux_err_white_space_in_argument (void); +void aux_input_command (void); + +Boolean_T bad_argument_token (void); +void bad_cross_reference_print (StrNumber_T s); +void bib_cmd_confusion (void); +void bib_equals_sign_print (void); +void bib_err_print (void); +void bib_field_too_long_print (void); +void bib_id_print (void); +void bib_ln_num_print (void); +void bib_one_of_two_print (ASCIICode_T char1, + ASCIICode_T char2); +void bib_unbalanced_braces_print (void); +void bib_warn_print (void); +void brace_lvl_one_letters_complaint (void); +void braces_unbalanced_complaint (StrNumber_T poplitvar); +void bst_1print_string_size_exceeded (void); +void bst_2print_string_size_exceeded (void); +void bst_cant_mess_with_entries_prin (void); +void bst_entry_command (void); +void bst_err_print_and_look_for_blan (void); +void bst_ex_warn_print (void); +void bst_execute_command (void); +void bst_function_command (void); +void bst_id_print (void); +void bst_integers_command (void); +void bst_iterate_command (void); +void bst_left_brace_print (void); +void bst_ln_num_print (void); +void bst_macro_command (void); +void bst_mild_ex_warn_print (void); +void bst_read_command (void); +void bst_reverse_command (void); +void bst_right_brace_print (void); +void bst_sort_command (void); +void bst_strings_command (void); +void bst_warn_print (void); +void buffer_overflow (void); +void build_in (PdsType_T pds, + PdsLen_T len, + HashLoc_T *fn_hash_loc, + BltInRange_T bltinnum); + +void case_conversion_confusion (void); +void check_brace_level (StrNumber_T poplitvar); +void check_cite_overflow (CiteNumber_T lastcite); +void check_command_execution (void); +void check_field_overflow (Integer_T totalfields); +void cite_key_disappeared_confusion (void); +Boolean_T compress_bib_white (void); + +void decr_brace_level (StrNumber_T poplitvar); + +void eat_bib_print (void); +Boolean_T eat_bib_white_space (void); +void eat_bst_print (void); +Boolean_T eat_bst_white_space (void); +Boolean_T enough_text_chars (BufPointer_T enoughchars); +Boolean_T eoln (const AlphaFile_T file_pointer); +void execute_fn (HashLoc_T exfnloc); + +void figure_out_the_formatted_name (void); +void file_nm_size_overflow (void); +Boolean_T find_cite_locs_for_this_cite_ke (StrNumber_T citestr); + +void get_aux_command_and_process (void); +void get_bib_command_or_entry_and_pr (void); +void get_bst_command_and_process (void); +void get_the_top_level_aux_file_name (void); + +void hash_cite_confusion (void); + +void id_scanning_confusion (void); +void illegl_literal_confusion (void); +void init_command_execution (void); +void initialize (void); +Boolean_T input_ln (AlphaFile_T f); +void int_to_ASCII (Integer_T inte, + BufType_T int_buf, + BufPointer_T int_begin, + BufPointer_T *int_end); + +void last_check_for_aux_errors (void); +Boolean_T less_than (CiteNumber_T arg1, + CiteNumber_T arg2); +void lower_case (BufType_T buf, + BufPointer_T bf_ptr, + BufPointer_T len); + +void macro_warn_print (void); +StrNumber_T make_string (void); +void mark_error (void); +void mark_fatal (void); +void mark_warning (void); + +void name_scan_for_and (StrNumber_T poplitvar); +void non_existent_cross_reference_er (void); + +void out_pool_str (AlphaFile_T f, + StrNumber_T s); + +void output_bbl_line (void); +void out_token (AlphaFile_T f); + +void pool_overflow (void); +void pop_lit_stk (Integer_T *pop_lit, + StkType_T *pop_type); +void pop_the_aux_stack (void); +void pop_top_and_print (void); +void pop_whole_stack (void); +void pre_def_certain_strings (void); +void pre_define (PdsType_T pds, + PdsLen_T len, + StrIlk_T ilk); +void print_a_newline (void); +void print_a_pool_str (StrNumber_T s); +void print_a_token (void); +void print_aux_name (void); +void print_bad_input_line (void); +void print_bib_name (void); +void print_bst_name (void); +void print_confusion (void); +void print_fn_class (HashLoc_T fnloc); +void print_lit (Integer_T stk_lt, + StkType_T stk_tp); +void print_missing_entry (StrNumber_T s); +void print_overflow (void); +void print_recursion_illegal (void); +void print_skipping_whatever_remains (void); +void print_stk_lit (Integer_T stk_lt, + StkType_T stk_tp); +void print_wrong_stk_lit (Integer_T stk_lt, + StkType_T stk_tp1, + StkType_T stk_tp2); +void push_lit_stk (Integer_T push_lt, + StkType_T push_type); + +void quick_sort (CiteNumber_T left_end, + CiteNumber_T right_end); + +void sam_too_long_file_name_print (void); +void sam_wrong_file_name_print (void); +Boolean_T scan1 (ASCIICode_T char1); +Boolean_T scan1_white (ASCIICode_T char1); +Boolean_T scan2 (ASCIICode_T char1, + ASCIICode_T char2); +Boolean_T scan2_white (ASCIICode_T char1, + ASCIICode_T char2); +Boolean_T scan3 (ASCIICode_T char1, + ASCIICode_T char2, + ASCIICode_T char3); +Boolean_T scan_a_field_token_and_eat_whit (void); +Boolean_T scan_alpha (void); +Boolean_T scan_and_store_the_field_value (void); +Boolean_T scan_balanced_braces (void); +void scan_fn_def (HashLoc_T fn_hash_loc); +void scan_identifier (ASCIICode_T char1, + ASCIICode_T char2, + ASCIICode_T char3); +Boolean_T scan_integer (void); +Boolean_T scan_nonneg_integer (void); +Boolean_T scan_white_space (void); +void singl_fn_overflow (void); +void skip_illegal_stuff_after_token (void); +void skip_stuff_at_sp_brace_level_gr (void); +void skip_token_print (void); +void skp_token_unknown_function_prin (void); +void start_name (StrNumber_T filename); +Boolean_T str_eq_buf (StrNumber_T s, + BufType_T buf, + BufPointer_T bf_ptr, + BufPointer_T len); +Boolean_T str_eq_str (StrNumber_T s1, + StrNumber_T s2); +HashLoc_T str_lookup (BufType_T buf, + BufPointer_T j, + BufPointer_T l, + StrIlk_T ilk, + Boolean_T insert_it); +void swap (CiteNumber_T swap1, + CiteNumber_T swap2); + +void trace_and_stat_printing (void); +void trace_pr_fn_class (HashLoc_T fnloc); + +void unknwn_function_class_confusion (void); +void unknwn_literal_confusion (void); +void upper_case (BufType_T buf, + BufPointer_T bf_ptr, + BufPointer_T len); + +void von_name_ends_and_last_name_sta (void); +Boolean_T von_token_found (void); + +void x_add_period (void); +void x_change_case (void); +void x_chr_to_int (void); +void x_cite (void); +void x_concatenate (void); +void x_duplicate (void); +void x_empty (void); +void x_equals (void); +void x_format_name (void); +void x_gets (void); +void x_greater_than (void); +void x_int_to_chr (void); +void x_int_to_str (void); +void x_less_than (void); +void x_minus (void); +void x_missing (void); +void x_num_names (void); +void x_plus (void); +void x_preamble (void); +void x_purify (void); +void x_quote (void); +void x_substring (void); +void x_swap (void); +void x_text_length (void); +void x_text_prefix (void); +void x_type (void); +void x_warning (void); +void x_width (void); +void x_write (void); + + +/* +** 8-bit support functions. To minimise the changes required to the +** original BibTeX code in the bibtex-?.c modules, we redefine some key +** functions here: +** +** IsUpper +** IsLower +** ToUpper +** ToLower +** char_less_than +** char_greater_than +*/ +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT + +#define IsUpper(c) (c8lowcase[c] != (c)) +#define IsLower(c) (c8upcase[c] != (c)) +#define ToUpper(c) (c8upcase[c]) +#define ToLower(c) (c8lowcase[c]) + +#define char_less_than(char1, char2) (c8order[char1] < c8order[char2]) +#define char_greater_than(char1, char2) (c8order[char1] > c8order[char2]) + +#else /* NOT SUPPORT_8BIT */ + +#define IsUpper(c) ('A'<=(c) && (c) <='Z') +#define IsLower(c) ('a'<=(c) && (c) <='z') +#define ToUpper(c) (c - CASE_DIFFERENCE) +#define ToLower(c) (c + CASE_DIFFERENCE) + +#define char_less_than(char1, char2) (char1 < char2) +#define char_greater_than(char1, char2) (char1 > char2) + +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + + +#endif /* __GBLPROCS_H__ */ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/gblvars.h b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/gblvars.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d28672e530c --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/gblvars.h @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: gblvars.h,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:47:30 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This module contains the declarations for all of the global +** variables used by BibTeX. This module must be included by all of +** the .C modules. The variables are declared in alphabetical order. +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: gblvars.h,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:47:30 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.6 1995/10/21 22:18:36 kempson +** Added flag to support --wolfgang option. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:45 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifndef __GBLVARS_H__ +# define __GBLVARS_H__ 1 + + +/*- +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** If this file is included by BIBTEX.C, declare all of the variables, +** otherwise just reference them as extern. +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ +#ifdef __BIBTEX_C__ +# define __EXTERN__ +#else /* NOT __BIBTEX_C__ */ +# define __EXTERN__ extern +#endif /* __BIBTEX_C__ */ + + +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T all_entries; +__EXTERN__ CiteNumber_T all_marker; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T alpha_found; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T and_found; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T at_bib_command; +__EXTERN__ LongJumpBuf_T Aux_Done_Flag; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T aux_name_length; +__EXTERN__ AuxNumber_T aux_ptr; + +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_add_period; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_call_type; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_change_case; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_chr_to_int; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_cite; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_concatenate; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_default; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_duplicate; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_empty; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_equals; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_format_name; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_gets; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_greater_than; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_if; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_int_to_chr; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_int_to_str; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_less_than; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_minus; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_missing; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_newline; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_num_names; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_plus; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_pop; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_preamble; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_purify; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_quote; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_skip; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_stack; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_substring; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_swap; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_text_length; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_text_prefix; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_top_stack; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_type; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_warning; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_while; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_width; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T b_write; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T bad; +__EXTERN__ AlphaFile_T bbl_file; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T bbl_line_num; +__EXTERN__ PdsType_T bib_area_string; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T bib_brace_level; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T bib_line_num; +__EXTERN__ BibNumber_T bib_ptr; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T bib_seen; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T brace_level; +__EXTERN__ PdsType_T bst_area_string; +__EXTERN__ LongJumpBuf_T Bst_Done_Flag; +__EXTERN__ AlphaFile_T bst_file; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T bst_line_num; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T bst_seen; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T bst_str; +__EXTERN__ BufType_T buffer; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T buf_ptr1; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T buf_ptr2; + +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T citation_seen; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T cite_found; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T cite_hash_found; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T cite_loc; +__EXTERN__ CiteNumber_T cite_parent_ptr; +__EXTERN__ CiteNumber_T cite_ptr; +__EXTERN__ CiteNumber_T cite_xptr; +__EXTERN__ LongJumpBuf_T Close_Up_Shop_Flag; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T cmd_str_ptr; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T comma1; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T comma2; +__EXTERN__ Char_T **command_line_arg_strings; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T command_num; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T control_seq_loc; +__EXTERN__ Integer8_T conversion_type; +__EXTERN__ FieldLoc_T crossref_num; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T cur_macro_loc; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T cur_token; + +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T double_letter; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T dummy_loc; + +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T end_of_group; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T ent_chr_ptr; +__EXTERN__ CiteNumber_T entry_cite_ptr; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T entry_seen; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T entry_type_loc; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T err_count; +__EXTERN__ BufType_T ex_buf; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T ex_buf_length; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T ex_buf_ptr; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T ex_buf_xptr; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T ex_buf_yptr; +__EXTERN__ LongJumpBuf_T Exit_Program_Flag; + +__EXTERN__ FieldLoc_T field_end_ptr; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T field_name_loc; +__EXTERN__ FieldLoc_T field_parent_ptr; +__EXTERN__ FieldLoc_T field_ptr; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T field_val_loc; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T first_end; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T first_start; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T fn_loc; + +__EXTERN__ Integer_T glob_chr_ptr; + +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T hash_found; +__EXTERN__ Integer16_T hash_used; +__EXTERN__ Integer8_T history; + +__EXTERN__ Integer_T impl_fn_num; +__EXTERN__ IntEntLoc_T int_ent_ptr; + +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T jr_end; + +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T last; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T last_end; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T last_token; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T lc_cite_loc; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T lc_xcite_loc; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T literal_loc; +__EXTERN__ LitStkLoc_T lit_stk_ptr; +__EXTERN__ AlphaFile_T log_file; + +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T macro_def_loc; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T macro_name_loc; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T mess_with_entries; + +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T name_bf_ptr; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T name_bf_xptr; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T name_bf_yptr; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T name_length; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T name_ptr; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T nm_brace_level; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T no_fields; +__EXTERN__ BibNumber_T num_bib_files; +__EXTERN__ CiteNumber_T num_cites; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T num_commas; +__EXTERN__ IntEntLoc_T num_ent_ints; +__EXTERN__ StrEntLoc_T num_ent_strs; +__EXTERN__ FieldLoc_T num_fields; +__EXTERN__ Integer8_T num_glb_strs; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T num_names; +__EXTERN__ BibNumber_T num_preamble_strings; +__EXTERN__ FieldLoc_T num_pre_defined_fields; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T num_text_chars; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T num_tokens; +__EXTERN__ Integer8_T number_of_command_line_args; + +__EXTERN__ CiteNumber_T old_num_cites; +__EXTERN__ BufType_T out_buf; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T out_buf_length; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T out_buf_ptr; + +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T pool_ptr; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T pop_lit1; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T pop_lit2; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T pop_lit3; +__EXTERN__ StkType_T pop_typ1; +__EXTERN__ StkType_T pop_typ2; +__EXTERN__ StkType_T pop_typ3; +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T p_ptr1; +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T p_ptr2; +__EXTERN__ BibNumber_T preamble_ptr; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T preceding_white; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T pre_def_loc; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T prev_colon; + +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T read_completed; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T reading_completed; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T read_performed; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T read_seen; +__EXTERN__ ASCIICode_T right_outer_delim; +__EXTERN__ ASCIICode_T right_str_delim; + +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_aux_extension; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_bbl_extension; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_bib_area; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_bib_extension; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_bst_area; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_bst_extension; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_default; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_l; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_log_extension; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_null; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_t; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_u; +__EXTERN__ Integer8_T scan_result; +__EXTERN__ CiteNumber_T sort_cite_ptr; +__EXTERN__ StrEntLoc_T sort_key_num; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T sp_brace_level; +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T sp_end; +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T sp_length; +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T sp_ptr; +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T sp_xptr1; +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T sp_xptr2; +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T sp2_length; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T store_entry; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T store_field; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T store_token; +__EXTERN__ StrEntLoc_T str_ent_ptr; +__EXTERN__ UChar_T str_glb_ptr; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T string_width; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T str_num; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T str_ptr; +__EXTERN__ BufType_T sv_buffer; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T sv_ptr1; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T sv_ptr2; + +__EXTERN__ Integer_T tmp_end_ptr; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T tmp_ptr; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T to_be_written; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T token_starting; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T token_value; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T top_lev_str; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T type_exists; + +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T use_default; + +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T von_end; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T von_start; + +__EXTERN__ WizFnLoc_T wiz_def_ptr; +__EXTERN__ WizFnLoc_T wiz_fn_ptr; +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T wiz_loc; + +#ifdef STAT +__EXTERN__ HashLoc_T blt_in_loc[NUM_BLT_IN_FNS + 1]; +__EXTERN__ BltInRange_T blt_in_ptr; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T execution_count[NUM_BLT_IN_FNS + 1]; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T total_ex_count; +#endif /* STAT */ + + +/*- +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** STATIC GLOBAL ARRAYS DECLARED HERE +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ +__EXTERN__ AlphaFile_T aux_file[AUX_STACK_SIZE + 1]; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T aux_list[AUX_STACK_SIZE + 1]; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T aux_ln_stack[AUX_STACK_SIZE + 1]; +__EXTERN__ AlphaFile_T bib_file[MAX_BIB_FILES + 1]; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T bib_list[MAX_BIB_FILES + 1]; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T char_width[LAST_ASCII_CHAR + 1]; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T glb_str_end[MAX_GLOB_STRS]; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T glb_str_ptr[MAX_GLOB_STRS]; +__EXTERN__ IDType_T id_class[LAST_ASCII_CHAR + 1]; +__EXTERN__ LexType_T lex_class[LAST_ASCII_CHAR + 1]; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T lit_stack[LIT_STK_SIZE + 1]; +__EXTERN__ StkType_T lit_stk_type[LIT_STK_SIZE + 1]; +__EXTERN__ ASCIICode_T name_sep_char[BUF_SIZE + 1]; +__EXTERN__ BufPointer_T name_tok[BUF_SIZE + 1]; +__EXTERN__ unsigned char name_of_file[FILE_NAME_SIZE + 1]; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T s_preamble[MAX_BIB_FILES + 1]; +__EXTERN__ unsigned char xchr[LAST_ASCII_CHAR + 1]; +__EXTERN__ ASCIICode_T xord[LAST_TEXT_CHAR + 1]; + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT +/* +** Special arrays to manage character set report. +** +** c8upcase - contains the lowercase equivalent for each character. +** If a character has no lowercase equivalent (e.g. +** because it's not a letter), the value is set to that of +** the character. +** +** c8lowcase - contains the uppercase equivalent for each character +** If a character has no uppercase equivalent (e.g. +** because it's not a letter), the value is set to that of +** the character. +** +** c8order - contains the sorting weight for each character. If a +** character doesn't have a specified sorting weight, it +** will be set to the default SORT_LAST to ensure that it +** is sorted after any defined character. +*/ +__EXTERN__ unsigned char c8upcase[LAST_TEXT_CHAR + 1]; +__EXTERN__ unsigned char c8lowcase[LAST_TEXT_CHAR + 1]; +__EXTERN__ int c8order[LAST_TEXT_CHAR + 1]; +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + +/*- +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATED GLOBAL ARRAYS DECLARED HERE +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T *cite_info; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T *cite_list; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T *entry_exists; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T *entry_ints; +__EXTERN__ ASCIICode_T *entry_strs; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T *field_info; +__EXTERN__ FnClass_T *fn_type; +__EXTERN__ ASCIICode_T *global_strs[MAX_GLOB_STRS + 1]; +__EXTERN__ StrIlk_T *hash_ilk; +__EXTERN__ HashPointer_T *hash_next; +__EXTERN__ StrNumber_T *hash_text; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T *ilk_info; +__EXTERN__ ASCIICode_T *str_pool; +__EXTERN__ PoolPointer_T *str_start; +__EXTERN__ HashPtr2_T *type_list; +__EXTERN__ HashPtr2_T *wiz_functions; + + +/*- +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** Variables used to record the results of the command line parsing. +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T Flag_7bit; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T Flag_8bit; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T Flag_8bit_alpha; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T Flag_big; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T Flag_debug; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T Flag_huge; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T Flag_stats; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T Flag_trace; +__EXTERN__ Boolean_T Flag_wolfgang; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T M_cites; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T M_entints; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T M_entstrs; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T M_fields; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T M_min_crossrefs; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T M_pool; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T M_strings; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T M_wiz_fn_space; +__EXTERN__ char *Str_auxfile; +__EXTERN__ char *Str_csfile; + + +/*- +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** Variables used to hold the value of certain key capacity limits. The +** values used to be #defined as the uppercase equivalent name, but can +** now be set dynamically from the command line. +**---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Hash_Prime; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Hash_Size; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Max_Cites; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Max_Ent_Ints; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Max_Ent_Strs; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Max_Fields; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Max_Strings; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Min_Crossrefs; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Pool_Size; +__EXTERN__ Integer_T Wiz_Fn_Space; +#endif /* __GBLVARS.H__ */ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/getopt.c b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/getopt.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..de30ec79fec --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/getopt.c @@ -0,0 +1,762 @@ +/* Getopt for GNU. + NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what + "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu + before changing it! + + Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>. + Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */ +#ifndef _NO_PROTO +#define _NO_PROTO +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them + contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif /* GNU C library. */ + +/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. + The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages. */ +#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# define gettext(msgid) (msgid) +#endif + +/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' + but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user + to intersperse the options with the other arguments. + + As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, + when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus + all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. + + Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. + Then the behavior is completely standard. + + GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which + they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ + +#include "getopt.h" + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +char *optarg = NULL; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ +int optind = 0; + +/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element + in which the last option character we returned was found. + This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. + + If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan + by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ + +static char *nextchar; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message + for unrecognized options. */ + +int opterr = 1; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. + This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the + system's own getopt implementation. */ + +int optopt = '?'; + +/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. + + If the caller did not specify anything, + the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable + POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. + + REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; + stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. + This is what Unix does. + This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment + variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character + of the list of option characters. + + PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, + so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options + to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to + expect this. + + RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written + to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about + the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element + as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. + Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters + selects this mode of operation. + + The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless + of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only + `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */ + +static enum +{ + REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER +} ordering; + +/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ +static char *posixly_correct; + +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries + because there are many ways it can cause trouble. + On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work + in GCC. */ +#include <string.h> +#define my_index strchr +#else + +/* Avoid depending on library functions or files + whose names are inconsistent. */ + +char *getenv (); + +static char * +my_index (str, chr) + const char *str; + int chr; +{ + while (*str) + { + if (*str == chr) + return (char *) str; + str++; + } + return 0; +} + +/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. + If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. + That was relevant to code that was here before. */ +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, + and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ +extern int strlen (const char *); +#endif /* not __STDC__ */ +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ + +/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ + +/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have + been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; + `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ + +static int first_nonopt; +static int last_nonopt; + +/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. + One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) + which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. + The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all + the options processed since those non-options were skipped. + + `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe + the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ + +static void +exchange (argv) + char **argv; +{ + int bottom = first_nonopt; + int middle = last_nonopt; + int top = optind; + char *tem; + + /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. + That puts the shorter segment into the right place. + It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, + but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ + + while (top > middle && middle > bottom) + { + if (top - middle > middle - bottom) + { + /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ + int len = middle - bottom; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; + argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ + top -= len; + } + else + { + /* Top segment is the short one. */ + int len = top - middle; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; + argv[middle + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ + bottom += len; + } + } + + /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ + + first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); + last_nonopt = optind; +} + +/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ + +static const char * +_getopt_initialize (optstring) + const char *optstring; +{ + /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 + is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped + non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ + + first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1; + + nextchar = NULL; + + posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + + /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ + + if (optstring[0] == '-') + { + ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (optstring[0] == '+') + { + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (posixly_correct != NULL) + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + else + ordering = PERMUTE; + + return optstring; +} + +/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters + given in OPTSTRING. + + If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", + then it is an option element. The characters of this element + (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' + is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters + from each of the option elements. + + If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, + updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can + resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. + + If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'. + Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element + that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted + so that those that are not options now come last.) + + OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. + If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, + return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to + zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. + + If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, + so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following + ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that + wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, + it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. + + If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of + handling the non-option ARGV-elements. + See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. + + Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. + Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique + or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an + argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated + from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. + When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's + `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field + if the `flag' field is zero. + + The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. + But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible + with other systems. + + LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an + element containing a name which is zero. + + LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. + It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most + recent call. + + If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce + long-named options. */ + +int +_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; + const struct option *longopts; + int *longind; + int long_only; +{ + optarg = NULL; + + if (optind == 0) + { + optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring); + optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ + } + + if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') + { + /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ + + if (ordering == PERMUTE) + { + /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, + exchange them so that the options come first. */ + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (last_nonopt != optind) + first_nonopt = optind; + + /* Skip any additional non-options + and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ + + while (optind < argc + && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')) + optind++; + last_nonopt = optind; + } + + /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. + Skip it like a null option, + then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, + then skip everything else like a non-option. */ + + if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) + { + optind++; + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) + first_nonopt = optind; + last_nonopt = argc; + + optind = argc; + } + + /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan + and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ + + if (optind == argc) + { + /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options + that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) + optind = first_nonopt; + return EOF; + } + + /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, + either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ + + if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')) + { + if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) + return EOF; + optarg = argv[optind++]; + return 1; + } + + /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. + Skip the initial punctuation. */ + + nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 + + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); + } + + /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ + + /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. + + If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is + a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of + a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no + way to give the -f short option. + + On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and + the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of + the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". + + This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ + + if (longopts != NULL + && (argv[optind][1] == '-' + || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound; + int option_index; + + for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) + { + if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optind++; + return '?'; + } + + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + optind++; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (opterr) + if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, + gettext ("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, + gettext ("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); + + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (optind < argc) + optarg = argv[optind++]; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, + gettext ("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + + /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, + or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short + option, then it's an error. + Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ + if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' + || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) + { + if (opterr) + { + if (argv[optind][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), + argv[0], nextchar); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); + } + nextchar = (char *) ""; + optind++; + return '?'; + } + } + + /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ + + { + char c = *nextchar++; + char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); + + /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ + if (*nextchar == '\0') + ++optind; + + if (temp == NULL || c == ':') + { + if (opterr) + { + if (posixly_correct) + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + else + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + return '?'; + } + if (temp[1] == ':') + { + if (temp[2] == ':') + { + /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + optind++; + } + else + optarg = NULL; + nextchar = NULL; + } + else + { + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + optind++; + } + else if (optind == argc) + { + if (opterr) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, + gettext ("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + } + else + /* We already incremented `optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + optarg = argv[optind++]; + nextchar = NULL; + } + } + return c; + } +} + +int +getopt (argc, argv, optstring) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, + (const struct option *) 0, + (int *) 0, + 0); +} + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing + the above definition of `getopt'. */ + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + + c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); + if (c == EOF) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/getopt.h b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/getopt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4ac33b71824 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/getopt.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* Declarations for getopt. + Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_H +#define _GETOPT_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +extern char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +extern int optind; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints + for unrecognized options. */ + +extern int opterr; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ + +extern int optopt; + +/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. + The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector + of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is + zero. + + The field `has_arg' is: + no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, + required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, + optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. + + If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set + to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but + left unchanged if the option is not found. + + To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to + a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the + option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero + value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is + one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' + returns the contents of the `val' field. */ + +struct option +{ +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ + const char *name; +#else + char *name; +#endif + /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about + type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ + int has_arg; + int *flag; + int val; +}; + +/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ + +#define no_argument 0 +#define required_argument 1 +#define optional_argument 2 + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with + differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation + errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ +extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); +#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ +extern int getopt (); +#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ +extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); +extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); + +/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ +extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only); +#else /* not __STDC__ */ +extern int getopt (); +extern int getopt_long (); +extern int getopt_long_only (); + +extern int _getopt_internal (); +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _GETOPT_H */ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/getopt1.c b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/getopt1.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4580211cfac --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/getopt1.c @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. + Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "getopt.h" + +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +#include <stdlib.h> +#else +char *getenv (); +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +int +getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); +} + +/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. + If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, + but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option + instead. */ + +int +getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); +} + + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +#include <stdio.h> + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + int option_index = 0; + static struct option long_options[] = + { + {"add", 1, 0, 0}, + {"append", 0, 0, 0}, + {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, + {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, + {"create", 0, 0, 0}, + {"file", 1, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0} + }; + + c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", + long_options, &option_index); + if (c == EOF) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case 0: + printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); + if (optarg) + printf (" with arg %s", optarg); + printf ("\n"); + break; + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case 'd': + printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/os2.mak b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/os2.mak new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a26ca313b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/os2.mak @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +#############################################################################* +############################################################################## +## +## MODULE +## +## $RCSfile: os2.mak,v $ +## $Revision: 3.71 $ +## $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +## +## DESCRIPTION +## +## A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +## Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +## original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +## characters and a very large processing capacity. +## +## For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +## see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +## +## MODULE CONTENTS +## +## This is the BibTeX makefile to build an OS/2 32-bit executable +## using the EMX development system. This file should be called +## "os2.mak" and used with a command like: +## +## [C:\] make -f os2.mak bibtex +## +## If you omit the "bibtex" argument, the Makefile will display a list +## of the supported targets. +## +## If you port BibTeX to a new environment or find that it works +## unchanged in a new environment, please report back to the author +## so that this file can be updated for everyone else. +## +## AUTHORS +## +## Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +## addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +## by: +## +## Niel Kempson +## Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +## E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +## +## 8-bit support extensions also by: +## +## Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +## Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +## Universidad Nacional Autonoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +## E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +## +## COPYRIGHT +## +## This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1996 by Niel Kempson +## and copyright (c) 1995-1996 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +## +## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +## modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +## published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +## (at your option) any later version. +## +## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +## General Public License for more details. +## +## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +## Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +## +## In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +## program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +## and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +## +## ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +## +## The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +## Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +## execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +## program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +## +## CHANGE LOG +## +## $Log: os2.mak,v $ +## Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +## Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +## +## Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:17:58 kempson +## Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +## +## Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 21:52:44 kempson +## Placed under RCS control +## +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + + +############################################################################## +############################################################################## +# +# Start of local definitions for file types and compilation / linking. There +# are three small sections to customise: +# +# BibTeX File Searching +# - specifies the names of environment variables and paths to be used when +# searching for input files +# +# Utility Programs +# - specifies the names of programs to be used for simple functions +# +# Compiler/Linker +# - specifies compiler/linker command lines +# +# If your system is already supported it should not be necessary to modify +# any part of the Makefile except these three sections. +# +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# BIBTEX FILE SEARCHING +# +# The macros in this section define the environment variables and default +# search paths that will be used by BibTeX. 8-bit BibTeX looks for input +# files in three different steps as summarised below. As soon as 8-bit +# BibTeX finds a matching file, it stops looking (i.e. only the first +# matching file is used). In order, the three steps are: +# +# - look for the file in the current working directory. +# +# - if the appropriate environment variable has been set (e.g. BSTINPUT), +# treat its value as a list of directories to be searched. Look for the +# file in each of the directories in the list. +# +# - if the appropriate environment variable (e.g. BSTINPUT) has not been +# set, use a predefined "fallback" path as a list of directories to be +# searched. +# +# A search list consists of a number of directories separated by semicolons. +# +# The following entries must be defined: +# +# AUX_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .aux files. +# +# AUX_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .aux files. +# +# BIB_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .bib files (e.g. BIBINPUT). +# +# BIB_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .bib files +# (e.g. e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bib). +# +# BST_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .bst files (e.g. BSTINPUT). +# +# BST_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .bst files +# (e.g. e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/bst). +# +# CSF_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .csf files (e.g. CSFINPUT). +# +# CSF_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .csf files +# (e.g. e:/usr/latex/bibtex;e:/emtex/bibtex/csf). +# +# CSF_FILE_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the +# fallback CS file (e.g. BIBTEX_CSFILE). +# +# CSF_FILE_NAME the name of the fallback CS file to be used if one is +# not specified on the command line and the above-named +# environment variable is not defined (e.g. cp850lat.csf). +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR = +AUX_INPUT_PATH = + +BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR = BIBINPUT +BIB_INPUT_PATH = c:/emtex/bibtex/bib + +BST_INPUT_ENVVAR = BSTINPUT +BST_INPUT_PATH = c:/emtex/bibtex/bst + +CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR = CSFINPUT +CSF_INPUT_PATH = c:/emtex/bibtex/csf + +CSF_FILE_ENVVAR = BIBTEX_CSFILE +CSF_FILE_NAME = cp850lat.csf + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# UTILITY PROGRAMS +# +# MAKE the command used to invoke Make to process this file. +# As distributed, it is defined as "make -f os2.mak" +# +# RM rm program that won't complain (e.g. /bin/rm -f) if a +# file is missing +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +MAKE = make -f os2.mak +RM = -DEL + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# COMPILER/LINKER +# +# CC the command used to invoke the C compiler +# CFLAGS compiler command line flags to be used +# CCDEFINES symbols to be #defined when compiling +# +# LD the command used to invoke the linker +# LDFLAGS linker command line flags to be used +# LDLIBS linker command line option to search the specified +# library files +# +# EMX/GNU C compiler v0.9b +# +# Compiling: gcc -DMSDOS -Wall -Wconversion -Wno-char-subscripts +# -funsigned-char -c BIBTEX.C +# +# -DOS2 we're building for OS/2 +# -Wall generate lots of warnings +# -Wconversion warn about suspicious type conversions +# -Wno-char-subscripts don't moan about character type subscripts +# -funsigned-char unsigned chars +# -c compile only +# +# Linking: gcc BIBTEX.O BIBTEX-1.O -o BIBTEX.EXE +# +# -o BIBTEX.EXE produce executable BIBTEX.EXE +# +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +CC = gcc +CFLAGS = -c -DOS2 -Wall -Wno-char-subscripts -funsigned-char +CCDEFINES = +LD = gcc +LDFLAGS = -o $@ +LDLIBS = + +############################################################################## +############################################################################## +# +# End of local definitions. You shouldn't need to change anything below. +# +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + + +############################################################################## +# File types and default rule for compilation +############################################################################## +BIBTEX_DEFINES = -DSUPPORT_8BIT \ + -DAUX_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DAUX_INPUT_PATH=\"$(AUX_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DBIB_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DBIB_INPUT_PATH=\"$(BIB_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DBST_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(BST_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DBST_INPUT_PATH=\"$(BST_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DCSF_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DCSF_INPUT_PATH=\"$(CSF_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DCSF_FILE_ENVVAR=\"$(CSF_FILE_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DCSF_FILE_NAME=\"$(CSF_FILE_NAME)\" + +EXE = .exe +O = .o + +.SUFFIXES: .c .h $(O) $(EXE) + +.c.o: + $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(BIBTEX_DEFINES) $*.c + + +############################################################################## +# Target Groupings +############################################################################## +HDRFILES = bibtex.h datatype.h gblprocs.h gblvars.h sysdep.h \ + getopt.h utils.h version.h + +OBJFILES = bibtex$(O) \ + bibtex-1$(O) bibtex-2$(O) bibtex-3$(O) bibtex-4$(O) \ + getopt$(O) getopt1$(O) utils$(O) + +EXEFILES = bibtex$(EXE) + + +############################################################################## +# Top level targets +############################################################################## +make: + @ echo You must specify what to make. + @ echo . + @ echo For example: $(MAKE) bibtex + @ echo . + @ echo Valid system targets are: + @ echo . + @ echo clean - delete $(O) files + @ echo veryclean - delete $(O) and $(EXE) files + @ echo . + @ echo bibtex - EMX/GNU C for OS/2 + +clean: + @ echo Cleaning up ... + $(RM) bibtex$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-1$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-2$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-3$(O) + $(RM) bibtex-4$(O) + $(RM) getopt$(O) + $(RM) getopt1$(O) + $(RM) utils$(O) + +veryclean: clean + @ echo Really cleaning up ... + $(RM) bibtex$(EXE) + +bibtex: $(EXEFILES) + @ echo BibTeX built + + +############################################################################## +# Dependencies for executables. +############################################################################## +bibtex$(EXE): $(OBJFILES) + $(LD) $(OBJFILES) $(LFLAGS) + +############################################################################## +# Dependencies for object files +############################################################################## +bibtex$(O): bibtex.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-1$(O): bibtex-1.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-2$(O): bibtex-2.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-3$(O): bibtex-3.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-4$(O): bibtex-4.c $(HDRFILES) + +getopt$(O): getopt.c getopt.h + +getopt1$(O): getopt1.c getopt.h + +utils$(O): utils.c $(HDRFILES) diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/sysdep.h b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/sysdep.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..226c94f90cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/sysdep.h @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: sysdep.h,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This module defines as many system dependent things as possible. +** System / compiler dependent code should only appear in sysdep.h, +** bibtex.c and utils.c. System dependent code should be delimited by +** preprocessor conditionals. Look for: +** +** #ifdef MSDOS +** #ifdef OS2 +** #ifdef UNIX +** #ifdef VMS +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: sysdep.h,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.6 1995/10/21 22:13:13 kempson +** Added support for DJGPP under MSDOS. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:46 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifndef __SYSDEP_H__ +# define __SYSDEP_H__ 1 + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** Include the relevant header files. +**============================================================================ +*/ +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <setjmp.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ctype.h> + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** For each environment (MSDOS, OS/2, UNIX & VMS), the following +** preprocessor macros must be defined: +** +** IMPLEMENTATION the implementation string reported by BibTeX when +** the --version is specified. +** +** PATH_DELIM the character used to separate components of a +** search path string. +** +** Note: usually ';' for DOS & OS/2, ':' for Unix +** and ',' for VMS. +**============================================================================ +*/ +#ifdef WIN32 +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# define IMPLEMENTATION "Microsoft(R) C/C++ for Win32" +# else +# define IMPLEMENTATION "Unknown C/C++ for Win32" +# endif /* _MSC_VER */ +#endif + +#ifdef MSDOS + +# ifdef DJGPP +# define IMPLEMENTATION "DJGPP/GNU C 32 bit bound for DOS" +# else +# define IMPLEMENTATION "EMX/GNU C 32 bit bound for DOS" +# endif /* DJGPP */ + +# define PATH_DELIM ';' +#endif /* MSDOS */ + +#ifdef OS2 +# define IMPLEMENTATION "EMX/GNU C 32 bit for OS/2" +# define PATH_DELIM ';' +#endif /* OS2 */ + +#ifdef UNIX +# define IMPLEMENTATION "C for Unix" +# define PATH_DELIM ':' +#endif /* UNIX */ + +#ifdef VMS +# define IMPLEMENTATION "GNU C for VMS" +# define PATH_DELIM ',' +#endif /* VMS */ + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** Define the exit status values that should be returned to the operating +** system. +**============================================================================ +*/ +#ifdef VMS +# define NORMAL_EXIT_STATUS 0x10000001L +# define WARNING_EXIT_STATUS 0x10000000L +# define ERROR_EXIT_STATUS 0x10000002L +# define FATAL_EXIT_STATUS 0x10000004L +#else /* NOT VMS */ +# define NORMAL_EXIT_STATUS 0 +# define WARNING_EXIT_STATUS 1 +# define ERROR_EXIT_STATUS 2 +# define FATAL_EXIT_STATUS 3 +#endif /* VMS */ + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** Some macros to satisfy ANSI C's strict (for C anyway) type checking. +**============================================================================ +*/ +#define FPRINTF (void) fprintf +#define FPUTC (void) fputc +#define PRINTF (void) printf +#define PUTC (void) putc +#define SPRINTF (void) sprintf +#define CHR(x) (x) + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** Some macros to make the C code look more like the WEB from which it was +** translated. +**============================================================================ +*/ +#define BEGIN { +#define END } +#ifndef TRUE +# define TRUE 1 +#endif +#ifndef FALSE +# define FALSE 0 +#endif +#define REPEAT do +#define UNTIL(X) while ( ! (X)) +#define DIV / +#define MOD % + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** WEB section number: 39 +** ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +** We implement path searching for the function |a_open_in|. If +** |name_of_file| doesn't start with `\' then path names from the +** appropriate path list are prepended until success or the end of the path +** list is reached. +**============================================================================ +*/ +#define NO_SEARCH_PATH 0 +#define AUX_FILE_SEARCH_PATH 1 +#define BIB_FILE_SEARCH_PATH 2 +#define BST_FILE_SEARCH_PATH 3 +#define CSF_FILE_SEARCH_PATH 4 + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** The Makefile specifies a number of preprocessor macros used to control +** how BibTeX searches for input files. If any of them are undefined, an +** error message will be issued by the C preprocessor. The macros +** required are: +** +** AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR - environment variable specifying the search path for +** .aux files +** AUX_INPUT_PATH - fallback search path for .aux files +** BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR - environment variable specifying the search path for +** .bib files +** BIB_INPUT_PATH - fallback search path for .bib files +** BST_INPUT_ENVVAR - environment variable specifying the search path for +** .bst files +** BST_INPUT_PATH - fallback search path for .bst files +** CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR - environment variable specifying the search path for +** .csf files +** CSF_INPUT_PATH - fallback search path for .csf files +** +** CSF_FILE_ENVVAR - environment variable specifying the default .csf file +** CSF_FILE_NAME - fallback name of the default .csf file +**============================================================================ +*/ +#ifndef KPATHSEA +#ifndef AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR +# error Macro 'AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif + +#ifndef AUX_INPUT_PATH +# error Macro 'AUX_INPUT_PATH' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif + +#ifndef BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR +# error Macro 'BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif + +#ifndef BIB_INPUT_PATH +# error Macro 'BIB_INPUT_PATH' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif + +#ifndef BST_INPUT_ENVVAR +# error Macro 'BST_INPUT_ENVVAR' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif + +#ifndef BST_INPUT_PATH +# error Macro 'BST_INPUT_PATH' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif + +#ifndef CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR +# error Macro 'CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif + +#ifndef CSF_INPUT_PATH +# error Macro 'CSF_INPUT_PATH' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif + +#ifndef CSF_FILE_ENVVAR +# error Macro 'CSF_FILE_ENVVAR' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif + +#ifndef CSF_FILE_NAME +# error Macro 'CSF_FILE_NAME' has not been defined. Please check Makefile. +#endif +#endif /* ! KPATHSEA */ + + +#endif /* __SYSDEP_H__ */ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/unix.mak b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/unix.mak new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..27a030b63fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/unix.mak @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +#############################################################################* +############################################################################## +## +## MODULE +## +## $RCSfile: unix.mak,v $ +## $Revision: 3.71 $ +## $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +## +## DESCRIPTION +## +## A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +## Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +## original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +## characters and a very large processing capacity. +## +## For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +## see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +## +## MODULE CONTENTS +## +## This is the BibTeX makefile to build a Unix implementation. This +## file should be called "unix.mak" and used with a command like: +## +## % make -f unix.mak bibtex +## +## If you omit the "bibtex" argument, the Makefile will display list +## of the supported targets. +## +## Below is a list of the Unix environments on which BibTeX has been +## built and tested. The appropriate Make command to build BibTeX +## is also given for each of the environments. Each entry is preceded +## by a status character: +## +## + tested and believed to work +## ? not tested but should work +## X believed not to work. +## +## The environments and Make targets are: +## +## + Linux, GNU cc: "linux-gcc" +## + SUN, SunOS 3.x & 4.1.x, GNU cc: "sunos-gcc" +## + SUN, Solaris 2.x, GNU cc: "sysv-gcc" +## +## ? BSD generic, GNU cc: "bsd-gcc" +## ? System V generic, GNU cc: "sysv-gcc" +## +## For example, if you want to build BibTeX for a SunOS system running +## SunOS 4.1.3 and using the GNU compiler, you should issue the +## command: +## +## make -f unix.mak sunos-gcc +## +## If you port BibTeX to a new environment or find that it works +## unchanged in a new environment, please report back to the author so +## that this file can be updated for everyone else. +## +## AUTHORS +## +## Original WEB translation and porting by: +## +## Niel Kempson, +## Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +## E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +## +## 8 bit support extensions by: +## +## Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +## E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +## +## COPYRIGHT +## +## This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +## and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +## +## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +## modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +## published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +## (at your option) any later version. +## +## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +## General Public License for more details. +## +## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +## Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +## +## In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +## program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +## and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +## +## ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +## +## The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +## Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +## execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +## program is a (hand) translation of the WEB source into C. +## +## CHANGE LOG +## +## $Log: unix.mak,v $ +## Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +## Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +## +## Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:17:58 kempson +## Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +## +## Revision 1.0 1995/10/21 21:52:44 kempson +## Placed under RCS control +## +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + + + +############################################################################## +############################################################################## +# +# Start of local definitions for file types and compilation / linking. There +# are three small sections to customise: +# +# BibTeX File Searching +# - specifies the names of environment variables and paths to be used when +# searching for input files +# +# Utility Programs +# - specifies the names of programs to be used for simple functions +# +# Compiler/Linker +# - specifies compiler/linker command lines +# +# If your system is already supported it should not be necessary to modify +# any part of the Makefile except these three sections. +# +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# BIBTEX FILE SEARCHING +# +# The macros in this section define the environment variables and default +# search paths that will be used by BibTeX. 8-bit BibTeX looks for input +# files in three different steps as summarised below. As soon as 8-bit +# BibTeX finds a matching file, it stops looking (i.e. only the first +# matching file is used). In order, the three steps are: +# +# - look for the file in the current working directory. +# +# - if the appropriate environment variable has been set (e.g. BSTINPUT), +# treat its value as a list of directories to be searched. Look for the +# file in each of the directories in the list. +# +# - if the appropriate environment variable (e.g. BSTINPUT) has not been +# set, use a predefined "fallback" path as a list of directories to be +# searched. +# +# A search list consists of a number of directories separated by colons. +# +# The following entries must be defined: +# +# AUX_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .aux files. +# +# AUX_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .aux files. +# +# BIB_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .bib files (e.g. BIBINPUT). +# +# BIB_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .bib files +# (e.g. /u/kempson/bibtex:/usr/local/lib/bibtex/bib). +# +# BST_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .bst files (e.g. BSTINPUT). +# +# BST_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .bst files +# (e.g. /u/kempson/bibtex:/usr/local/lib/bibtex/bst). +# +# CSF_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the path +# to be searched for .csf files (e.g. CSFINPUT). +# +# CSF_INPUT_PATH the fallback path to be searched for .csf files +# (e.g. /u/kempson/bibtex:/usr/local/lib/bibtex/csf). +# +# CSF_FILE_ENVVAR the name of the environment variable defining the +# fallback CS file (e.g. BIBTEX_CSFILE). +# +# CSF_FILE_NAME the name of the fallback CS file to be used if one is +# not specified on the command line and the above-named +# environment variable is not defined (e.g. cp850lat.csf). +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR = +AUX_INPUT_PATH = + +BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR = BIBINPUT +BIB_INPUT_PATH = /usr/local/lib/bibtex/bib + +BST_INPUT_ENVVAR = BSTINPUT +BST_INPUT_PATH = /usr/local/lib/bibtex/bst + +CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR = CSFINPUT +CSF_INPUT_PATH = /usr/local/lib/bibtex/csf + +CSF_FILE_ENVVAR = BIBTEX_CSFILE +CSF_FILE_NAME = cp850lat.csf + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# UTILITY PROGRAMS +# +# MAKE the command used to invoke Make to process this file. +# As distributed, it is defined as "make -f os2.mak" +# +# RM rm program that won't complain (e.g. /bin/rm -f) if a +# file is missing +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +MAKE = make -f unix.mak +RM = rm -f + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# +# COMPILER/LINKER +# +# CC the command used to invoke the C compiler +# CFLAGS compiler command line flags to be used +# +# LD the command used to invoke the linker +# LDFLAGS linker command line flags to be used +# LDLIBS linker command line option to search the specified +# library files +# +# The definitions are used to compile and link as shown below: +# +# Compiling C programs (e.g. xx.c) +# +# $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) xx.c +# +# Linking object files (e.g. xx.o, yy.o & zz.o) +# +# $(LD) -o $@ $(LDFLAGS) xx.o yy.o zz.o $(LDLIBS) +# +# The 'vanilla' settings should usually be: +# +# CC = cc +# CFLAGS = -O -DUNIX +# LD = cc +# LDFLAGS = +# LDLIBS = +# +# For GNU C, the following settings are recommended: +# +# CC = gcc +# CFLAGS = -O -DUNIX -O -Wall -Wno-char-subscripts -funsigned-char +# LD = gcc +# LDFLAGS = +# LDLIBS = +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +CC = cc +CFLAGS = + +LD = cc +LDFLAGS = +LDLIBS = + +############################################################################## +############################################################################## +# +# End of local definitions. You shouldn't need to change anything below. +# +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + + +############################################################################## +# File types and default rule for compilation +############################################################################## +BIBTEX_DEFINES = -DSUPPORT_8BIT \ + -DAUX_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DAUX_INPUT_PATH=\"$(AUX_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DBIB_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DBIB_INPUT_PATH=\"$(BIB_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DBST_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(BST_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DBST_INPUT_PATH=\"$(BST_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DCSF_INPUT_ENVVAR=\"$(CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DCSF_INPUT_PATH=\"$(CSF_INPUT_PATH)\" \ + -DCSF_FILE_ENVVAR=\"$(CSF_FILE_ENVVAR)\" \ + -DCSF_FILE_NAME=\"$(CSF_FILE_NAME)\" + +EXE = +O = .o + +.SUFFIXES: .c .h $(O) + +.c.o: + $(CC) -c $(BIBTEX_DEFINES) -DUNIX $(CFLAGS) $*.c + + + +############################################################################## +# Target Groupings +############################################################################## +HDRFILES = bibtex.h datatype.h gblprocs.h gblvars.h sysdep.h \ + getopt.h utils.h version.h + +OBJFILES = bibtex$(O) \ + bibtex-1$(O) bibtex-2$(O) bibtex-3$(O) bibtex-4$(O) \ + getopt$(O) getopt1$(O) utils$(O) + +EXEFILES = bibtex$(EXE) + + + +############################################################################## +# Top level targets +############################################################################## +make: + @ echo 'You must specify the system for which BibTeX should be made.' + @ echo '' + @ echo 'For example: $(MAKE) sunos-gcc' + @ echo '' + @ echo 'Valid system targets are:' + @ echo '' + @ echo ' clean, veryclean' + @ echo '' + @ echo ' bsd-gcc, linux-gcc, sunos-gcc, sysv-gcc' + +bibtex-exe: $(EXEFILES) + +clean: + @ echo 'Cleaning up ... ' + $(RM) $(OBJFILES) + +veryclean: + @ echo 'Really cleaning up ... ' + $(RM) $(OBJFILES) + $(RM) $(EXEFILES) + + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Dependencies for executables +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bibtex$(EXE): $(OBJFILES) + $(LD) -o $@ $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJFILES) $(LDLIBS) + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Dependencies for object files +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bibtex$(O): bibtex.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-1$(O): bibtex-1.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-2$(O): bibtex-2.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-3$(O): bibtex-3.c $(HDRFILES) + +bibtex-4$(O): bibtex-4.c $(HDRFILES) + +getopt$(O): getopt.c getopt.h + +getopt1$(O): getopt1.c getopt.h + +utils$(O): utils.c $(HDRFILES) + + + +############################################################################## +############################################################################## +## +## OPERATING SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT SPECIFIC TARGETS +## +## The following symbols may be defined using "-D" to affect the +## compilation: +## +## HAS_STRINGS_H - The header file for string functions is +## <strings.h> rather than <string.h> +############################################################################## +############################################################################## + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# BSD generic environment, GNU cc +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bsd-gcc: + @ echo 'Making BibTeX for BSD using GNU cc ... ' + $(MAKE) bibtex-exe CC=gcc \ + CFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-char-subscripts -funsigned-char" \ + LD=gcc + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Linux, GNU cc +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +linux-gcc: + @ echo 'Making BibTeX for Linux using GNU cc ... ' + $(MAKE) bibtex-exe CC=gcc \ + CFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-char-subscripts -funsigned-char" \ + LD=gcc + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# SunOS 4.1.x Unix BSD environment, GNU cc +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +sunos-gcc: + @ echo 'Making BibTeX for SunOS 4.1.x using GNU cc ... ' + $(MAKE) bibtex-exe CC=gcc \ + CFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-char-subscripts -funsigned-char" \ + LD=gcc + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# System V generic environment, GNU cc +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +sysv-gcc: + @ echo 'Making BibTeX for System V using GNU cc ... ' + $(MAKE) bibtex-exe CC=gcc \ + CFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-char-subscripts -funsigned-char" \ + LD=gcc diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/utils.c b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/utils.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc9b801aaac --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/utils.c @@ -0,0 +1,2535 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: utils.c,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This module contains the new utility functions that will be used in +** the program. The functions are declared in alphabetical order. +** Functions defined in this module are: +** +** allocate_arrays +** checkdbg +** checklong +** close_file +** debug_msg +** find_file +** open_ip_file +** open_op_file +** mymalloc +** parse_cmd_line +** report_bibtex_capacity +** report_search_paths +** set_array_sizes +** usage +** +** 8-bit support functions: +** +** c8read_csf +** c8initialise +** c8read_lowercase +** c8read_lowupcase +** c8read_uppercase +** c8read_order +** c8report_8bit_handling +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: utils.c,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.6 1995/10/21 22:20:42 kempson +** Fixed numerous bugs, improved error reporting and added the --wolfgang +** option. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:43 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +#include <stdarg.h> +#ifdef WIN32 +#include <getopt.h> +#else +#include "getopt.h" +#include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#ifdef KPATHSEA +#include <kpathsea/config.h> +#include <kpathsea/c-fopen.h> +#include <kpathsea/tex-file.h> +#include <kpathsea/lib.h> +#endif + +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "bibtex.h" +#include "datatype.h" +#include "gblprocs.h" +#include "gblvars.h" +#include "utils.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/* +** Useful macros to keep the code nicely formatted. +*/ +#define FSE(_a) fprintf (stderr, _a); +#define FSO(_a) fprintf (TERM_OUT, _a); +#define LOG_CAPACITY(_a) \ + FPRINTF (log_file, " %-15s = %7ld\n", #_a, (long) _a) +#define ISEMPTYSTR(_a) ((_a == NULL) || (*_a == '\0')) +#define NULLCHECK(_a) (ISEMPTYSTR(_a) ? "<undefined>" : _a) + + +/*- +** Options supported by the program and parsed by getopt(). Each option +** can be specified by a "traditional" single character argument +** preceeded by a dash (e.g. "-7") or a more descriptive parameter +** preceeded by two dashes (e.g. "--ascii"). Each option is also defined +** as either not taking a value, optinally taking a value or requiring a +** value. +*/ +#define VALUE_NONE 0 +#define VALUE_REQD 1 +#define VALUE_OPT 2 + +static struct option long_options[] = { + {"8bit", VALUE_NONE, 0, '8'}, + {"csfile", VALUE_REQD, 0, 'c'}, + {"debug", VALUE_REQD, 0, 'd'}, + {"help", VALUE_NONE, 0, '?'}, + {"statistics", VALUE_NONE, 0, 's'}, + {"trace", VALUE_NONE, 0, 't'}, + {"traditional", VALUE_NONE, 0, '7'}, + {"version", VALUE_NONE, 0, 'v'}, + + {"big", VALUE_NONE, 0, 'B'}, + {"huge", VALUE_NONE, 0, 'H'}, + {"wolfgang", VALUE_NONE, 0, 'W'}, + {"min_crossrefs", VALUE_REQD, 0, 'M'}, + + {"mcites", VALUE_REQD, 0, '\x0A'}, + {"mentints", VALUE_REQD, 0, '\x0B'}, + {"mentstrs", VALUE_REQD, 0, '\x0C'}, + {"mfields", VALUE_REQD, 0, '\x0D'}, + {"mpool", VALUE_REQD, 0, '\x0E'}, + {"mstrings", VALUE_REQD, 0, '\x0F'}, + {"mwizfuns", VALUE_REQD, 0, '\x10'}, + {0, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +static char *getopt_str = "78c:d:?stvBHM:W"; + + + +/* +** Forward declaration of private functions and variables used in this +** module for 8-bit support. +*/ +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT +static int c8read_csf (void); +static void c8read_lowupcase (void); +static void c8read_lowercase (void); +static void c8read_order (void); +static void c8read_uppercase (void); +static void c8report_8bit_handling (void); + +static FILE *c8_cs_file; +static int c8_line; +static int sort_weight; +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** allocate_arrays() +** +** Allocate memory dynamically for the large arrays whose size is fixed, +** regardless of the amount memory of memory available. If these arrays are +** declared statically, the linker will complain about an overflowing text +** segment. +** +** Allocate memory dynamically for the large arrays whose size is set +** dynamically, depending on the amount memory of memory available. +** +** StrNumber_T cite_info[Max_Cites + 1]; +** StrNumber_T cite_list[Max_Cites + 1]; +** Boolean_T entry_exists[Max_Cites + 1]; +** Integer_T entry_ints[Max_Ent_Ints + 1]; +** ASCIICode_T entry_strs[Max_Ent_Strs + 1][ENT_STR_SIZE + 1]; +** StrNumber_T field_info[Max_Fields + 1]; +** FnClass_T fn_type[Hash_Size + 1]; +** ASCIICode_T global_strs[MAX_GLOB_STRS + 1]; +** StrIlk_T hash_ilk[Hash_Size + 1]; +** HashPointer_T hash_next[Hash_Size + 1]; +** StrNumber_T hash_text[Hash_Size + 1]; +** Integer_T ilk_info[Hash_Size + 1]; +** ASCIICode_T str_pool[Pool_Size + 1]; +** PoolPointer_T str_start[Max_Strings + 1]; +** HashPtr2_T type_list[Max_Cites + 1]; +** HashPtr2_T wiz_functions[Wiz_Fn_Space + 1]; +**============================================================================ +*/ +void allocate_arrays (void) +{ + unsigned long bytes_required; + ASCIICode_T *dummy_ptr; + int row; + + debug_msg (DBG_MEM, "Starting to allocate memory for arrays ... "); + + /* + ** StrNumber_T cite_info[Max_Cites + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Max_Cites + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (StrNumber_T); + cite_info = (StrNumber_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "cite_info"); + + /* + ** StrNumber_T cite_list[Max_Cites + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Max_Cites + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (StrNumber_T); + cite_list = (StrNumber_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "cite_list"); + + /* + ** Boolean_T entry_exists[Max_Cites + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Max_Cites + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (Boolean_T); + entry_exists = (Boolean_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "entry_exists"); + + /* + ** Boolean_T entry_ints[Max_Ent_Ints + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Max_Ent_Ints + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (Integer_T); + entry_ints = (Integer_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "entry_ints"); + + /* + ** ASCIICode_T entry_strs[Max_Ent_Strs + 1][ENT_STR_SIZE + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (unsigned long) (Max_Ent_Strs + 1) + * (unsigned long) (ENT_STR_SIZE + 1) + * (unsigned long) sizeof (ASCIICode_T); + + entry_strs = (ASCIICode_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "entry_strs"); + + + /* + ** StrNumber_T field_info[Max_Fields + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Max_Fields + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (StrNumber_T); + field_info = (StrNumber_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "field_info"); + + /* + ** FnClass_T fn_type[Hash_Size + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Hash_Size + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (FnClass_T); + fn_type = (FnClass_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "fn_type"); + + /* + ** ASCIICode_T global_strs[MAX_GLOB_STRS][GLOB_STR_SIZE + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (unsigned long) (MAX_GLOB_STRS) + * (GLOB_STR_SIZE + 1) + * (unsigned long) sizeof (ASCIICode_T); + dummy_ptr = (ASCIICode_T *) NULL; + dummy_ptr = (ASCIICode_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "global_strs"); + + for (row = 0; row < (MAX_GLOB_STRS + 1); row++) { + global_strs[row] = dummy_ptr + (row * (GLOB_STR_SIZE + 1)); + } + + /* + ** StrIlk_T hash_ilk[Hash_Size + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Hash_Size + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (StrIlk_T); + hash_ilk = (StrIlk_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "hash_ilk"); + + /* + ** HashPointer_T hash_next[Hash_Size + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Hash_Size + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (HashPointer_T); + hash_next = (HashPointer_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "hash_next"); + + /* + ** StrNumber_T hash_text[Hash_Size + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Hash_Size + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (StrNumber_T); + hash_text = (StrNumber_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "hash_text"); + + /* + ** Integer_T ilk_info[Hash_Size + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Hash_Size + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (Integer_T); + ilk_info = (Integer_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "ilk_info"); + + /* + ** ASCIICode_T str_pool[Pool_Size + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Pool_Size + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (ASCIICode_T); + str_pool = (ASCIICode_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "str_pool"); + + /* + ** PoolPointer_T str_start[Max_Strings + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Max_Strings + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (PoolPointer_T); + str_start = (PoolPointer_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "str_start"); + + /* + ** HashPtr2_T type_list[Max_Cites + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Max_Cites + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (HashPtr2_T); + type_list = (HashPtr2_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "type_list"); + + /* + ** HashPtr2_T wiz_functions[Wiz_Fn_Space + 1]; + */ + bytes_required = (Wiz_Fn_Space + 1) * (unsigned long) sizeof (HashPtr2_T); + wiz_functions = (HashPtr2_T *) mymalloc (bytes_required, "wiz_functions"); + +} /* allocate_arrays () */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** checkdbg() +** +** Examine a string representing different debug options, usually provided +** as a value to a command line option, and return the value as a long +** integer. Return 0 (no debugging) if a valid option was not parsed. +**============================================================================ +*/ +int checkdbg (char *str) +{ + int dbgval = 0; + + if ((str == NULL) || (*str == '\0')) + return (0); + + if (strstr (str, "all") != NULL) + dbgval |= DBG_ALL; + if (strstr (str, "csf") != NULL) + dbgval |= DBG_CSF; + if (strstr (str, "io") != NULL) + dbgval |= DBG_IO; + if (strstr (str, "mem") != NULL) + dbgval |= DBG_MEM; + if (strstr (str, "misc") != NULL) + dbgval |= DBG_MISC; + if (strstr (str, "search") != NULL) + dbgval |= DBG_SRCH; + + return (dbgval); +} /* checkdbg() */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** checklong() +** +** Examine a string representing an integer, usually provided as a value to +** a command line option, and return the value as a long integer. +** Return -1 if a valid integer was not parsed. +**============================================================================ +*/ +long checklong (char *str) +{ + long value; + char *endptr; + int len; + + len = strlen (str); + value = strtol (str, &endptr, 10); + + if (str == endptr) + return (-1); + if ((endptr - str) < len) + return (-1); + + return (value); +} /* checklong() */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** close_file() +** +** Close a file - as long as it's open. +**============================================================================ +*/ +void close_file (const AlphaFile_T file_pointer) +{ + if (file_pointer != NULL) + fclose (file_pointer); +} /* close_file() */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** debug_msg() +** +** Write a debugging message to the stderr stream, but only if the +** appropriate debugging option has been selected. +**============================================================================ +*/ +void debug_msg (const int status, char *printf_fmt, ...) +{ + va_list printf_args; + char *prefix; + + switch (status) { + case DBG_CSF: + if ((Flag_debug & DBG_CSF) == 0) return; + prefix = "D-CSF"; + break; + case DBG_IO: + if ((Flag_debug & DBG_IO) == 0) return; + prefix = "D-I/O"; + break; + case DBG_MEM: + if ((Flag_debug & DBG_MEM) == 0) return; + prefix = "D-MEM"; + break; + case DBG_MISC: + if ((Flag_debug & DBG_MISC) == 0) return; + prefix = "D-MSC"; + break; + case DBG_SRCH: + if ((Flag_debug & DBG_SRCH) == 0) return; + prefix = "D-SCH"; + break; + default: + return; + } + + if (printf_fmt != NULL) { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", prefix); + va_start (printf_args, printf_fmt); + vfprintf (stderr, printf_fmt, printf_args); + va_end (printf_args); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + fflush (stderr); + } +} /* debug_msg () */ + + +#ifndef KPATHSEA +/*- +**============================================================================ +** find_file() +** +** Search along a path for a file. The search path is specified by the +** value of an environment variable which can contain multiple directories, +** separated by an appropriate delimiter. The best known example is the +** PATH environment variable found on DOS, OS/2 and Unix. +** +** If the environment variable is not specified, or it has not been set, +** a 'fallback' path will be used. The current working directory will be +** searched first, then directories along the search path define dby the +** environment variable or fallback path. +** +** If the file is found along the search path, a value of 0 is returned and +** the full file specification is stored in parameter full_file_spec. If +** the file was not found, -1 is returned. +**============================================================================ +*/ +int find_file (const char *envvar_name, const char *fallback_path, + const char *filename, char *full_file_spec) +{ + char c; + int len = 0; + char *search_path; + + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, "find_file: searching for file name `%s'", + filename); + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, + "find_file: environment variable for search path = `%s'", + (envvar_name == NULL) ? "NULL" : envvar_name); + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, "find_file: fallback path = `%s'", + (fallback_path == NULL) ? "NULL" : fallback_path); + + if ((envvar_name == NULL) || (*envvar_name == '\0')) { + search_path = NULL; + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, + "find_file: no environment variable specified"); + } else { + search_path = getenv (envvar_name); + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, "find_file: %s = `%s'", envvar_name, + (search_path == NULL) ? "NULL" : search_path); + } + + /* + ** If we have a NULL search path because an environment variable name was + ** not specified or specified but not defined, we use the fallback + ** search path. + */ + if (search_path == NULL) { + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, "find_file: using fallback search path `%s'", + (fallback_path == NULL) ? "NULL" : fallback_path); + search_path = (char *) fallback_path; + } + + + /* + ** Work along the search path looking for the wanted file. Stop when + ** the first match is found. + */ + while (1) { + full_file_spec[len] = '\0'; + + /* + ** If the path is not empty, and it doesn't end in '/' or '\', + ** append a trailing '/'. + */ + if (len != 0) { + c = full_file_spec[len - 1]; + if ((c != '/') && (c != '\\')) + strcat (full_file_spec, "/"); + } + + /* + ** Append the filename to the path and then test whether the + ** file exists. If not, return -1 and an empty string. + */ + strcat (full_file_spec, filename); + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, "find_file: trying `%s'", full_file_spec); + + if (access (full_file_spec, 0) == 0) + break; + + if ((search_path == NULL) || (*search_path == '\0')) { + full_file_spec[0] = '\0'; + return (-1); + } + + len = 0; + + for (;;) { + if ((*search_path != PATH_DELIM) && (*search_path != '\0')) { + if (*search_path == '\\') + full_file_spec[len] = '/'; + else + full_file_spec[len] = *search_path; + + ++len; + ++search_path; + } else + break; + } /* end for (;;) */ + + if (*search_path != '\0') + ++search_path; + } /* end while (1) */ + + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, "find_file: returning `%s'", full_file_spec); + return (0); +} /* find_file() */ +#endif /* ! KPATHSEA */ + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** mymalloc() +** +** Allocate memory for a specified array and check whether the allocation +** was successful. If not, issue an error message and cause the program +** to stop with a fatal exit status. +**============================================================================ +*/ +void *mymalloc (const unsigned long bytes_required, const char *array_name) +{ + void *ptr; + + ptr = malloc (bytes_required); + + if (ptr == NULL) { + printf ("\nFatal error: couldn't allocate %lu bytes for array `%s'", + bytes_required, array_name); + mark_fatal (); + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, "calling longjmp (Exit_Program_Flag) ... "); + longjmp (Exit_Program_Flag, 1); + } else { + debug_msg (DBG_MEM, "allocated %7lu bytes for array `%s'", + bytes_required, array_name); + } + + return (ptr); +} /* mymalloc () */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** open_ip_file() +** +** Open a file for input after locating it using one of the five predefined +** search strategies defined by the parameter "search_path". This parameter +** can take 5 values: +** +** AUX_FILE - used for locating .aux files. Search for the file along the +** path defined by the environment variable AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR or +** if it is not defined, use the fallback path defined by +** AUX_INPUT_PATH. +** +** BIB_FILE - used for locating .bib files. Search for the file along the +** path defined by the environment variable BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR or +** if it is not defined, use the fallback path defined by +** BIB_INPUT_PATH. +** +** BST_FILE - used for locating .bst files. Search for the file along the +** path defined by the environment variable BST_INPUT_ENVVAR or +** if it is not defined, use the fallback path defined by +** BST_INPUT_PATH. +** +** CSF_FILE - used for locating .csf files. Search for the file along the +** path defined by the environment variable CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR or +** if it is not defined, use the fallback path defined by +** CSF_INPUT_PATH. +** +** NO_SEARCH_PATH - only look for the file in the current directory. +** +** Searching for the file is delegated to the function find_file(), and +** only if it was successful, does this function attempt to open the file. +**============================================================================ +*/ +FILE *open_ip_file (Integer_T search_path) +{ + char filename[FILE_NAME_SIZE + 1]; +#ifdef KPATHSEA + string full_filespec; +#else + char full_filespec[FILE_NAME_SIZE + 1]; +#endif + FILE *fptr; + int status; + + (void) strncpy (filename, name_of_file, (size_t) name_length); + filename[name_length] = '\0'; + + switch (search_path) { + case AUX_FILE_SEARCH_PATH: +#ifdef KPATHSEA + status = ((full_filespec = kpse_find_file(filename, kpse_tex_format, false)) == NULL); +#else + status = find_file (AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR, AUX_INPUT_PATH, + filename, full_filespec); +#endif + break; + case BIB_FILE_SEARCH_PATH: +#ifdef KPATHSEA + status = ((full_filespec = kpse_find_file(filename, kpse_bib_format, false)) == NULL); +#else + status = find_file (BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR, BIB_INPUT_PATH, + filename, full_filespec); +#endif + break; + case BST_FILE_SEARCH_PATH: +#ifdef KPATHSEA + status = ((full_filespec = kpse_find_file(filename, kpse_bst_format, false)) == NULL); +#else + status = find_file (BST_INPUT_ENVVAR, BST_INPUT_PATH, + filename, full_filespec); +#endif + break; + case CSF_FILE_SEARCH_PATH: +#ifdef KPATHSEA + status = ((full_filespec = kpse_find_file(filename, kpse_bst_format, false)) == NULL); +#else + status = find_file (CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR, CSF_INPUT_PATH, + filename, full_filespec); +#endif + break; + case NO_SEARCH_PATH: + default: +#ifdef KPATHSEA + status = ((full_filespec = kpse_find_file(filename, kpse_program_text_format, false)) == NULL); +#else + status = find_file (NULL, NULL, filename, full_filespec); +#endif + break; + } /* end switch (search_path) */ + + /* + ** find_file() will return zero if the file was found somewhere + ** along the search path. If it does, try to open the file. + */ + if (status == 0) { + debug_msg (DBG_IO, "open_ip_file: trying to open `%s' ... ", + full_filespec); +#ifdef KPATHSEA + fptr = fopen (full_filespec, FOPEN_R_MODE); + free (full_filespec); +#else +# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) + fptr = fopen (full_filespec, "rt"); +# endif + +# if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) + fptr = fopen (full_filespec, "r"); +#endif +#endif /* ! KPATHSEA */ + } + + /* + ** Otherwise, return a NULL pointer. + */ + else { + debug_msg (DBG_IO, "open_ip_file: unable to open `%s' ... ", + full_filespec); + fptr = NULL; + } + return (fptr); +} /* open_ip_file() */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** open_op_file() +** +** Open a file for output in the current working directory. If the operating +** system makes a distinction between text and non-text files, make sure +** that the file is opened in "text" mode. +**============================================================================ +*/ +FILE *open_op_file (void) +{ + char tmp_file_name[FILE_NAME_SIZE + 1]; + FILE *fptr; + + (void) strncpy (tmp_file_name, name_of_file, (size_t) name_length); + tmp_file_name[name_length] = '\0'; + + debug_msg (DBG_IO, "open_op_file: trying to open `%s' ... ", + tmp_file_name); + + /* + ** Make sure that we open the output file as a "text" file. This + ** varies according to the operating system. + */ +#if defined(KPATHSEA) + fptr = fopen(tmp_file_name, FOPEN_W_MODE); +#else +# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) + fptr = fopen (tmp_file_name, "wt"); +# endif + +# ifdef UNIX + fptr = fopen (tmp_file_name, "w"); +# endif + +# ifdef VMS + fptr = fopen (tmp_file_name, "w", "rfm=var", "rat=cr"); +# endif +#endif /* ! KPATHSEA */ + + if (fptr == NULL) { + printf ("open_op_file: error opening `%s'\n", tmp_file_name); + } + return (fptr); +} /* open_op_file() */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** parse_cmd_line() +** +** Parse the command line used to launch BibTeX and set options accordingly. +** Most of the work is done by the GNU getopt() function to support these +** long and short options: +** +** -? --help display this help text +** -7 --traditional operate in the traditional 7-bit mode +** -8 --8bit force 8-bit mode, even if no CS file +** -c --csfile FILE read FILE as the BibTeX character set +** and sort definition file +** -d --debug TYPE report debugging information. TYPE is one or +** more of all, csf, io, mem, misc, search. +** -s --statistics report internal statistics +** -t --trace report execution tracing +** -v --version report BibTeX version\n +** -B --big set large BibTeX capacity +** -H --huge set huge BibTeX capacity +** -W --wolfgang set really huge BibTeX capacity for Wolfgang +** -M --min_crossrefs ## set ## as the minimum number of cross refs +** required for automatic inclusion of the cross +** referenced entry in the citation list +** (default = 2) +** --mcites ## allow ## \\cites in the .aux files +** --mentints ## allow ## integer entries in the .bib databases +** --mentstrs ## allow ## string entries in the .bib databases +** --mfields ## allow ## fields in the .bib databases +** --mpool ## set the string pool to ## bytes +** --mstrings ## allow ## unique strings +** --mwizfuns ## allow ## wizard functions +**============================================================================ +*/ +void parse_cmd_line (int argc, char **argv) +{ + int c, l; + int no_files; + + Flag_7bit = FALSE; + Flag_8bit = FALSE; + Flag_big = FALSE; + Flag_debug = FALSE; + Flag_huge = FALSE; + Flag_wolfgang = FALSE; + Flag_stats = FALSE; + Flag_trace = FALSE; + Str_auxfile = NULL; + Str_csfile = NULL; + + while (1) { + int option_index = 0; + + c = getopt_long (argc, argv, getopt_str, long_options, &option_index); + + if (c == EOF) + break; + + switch (c) { + case '?': /**************** -?, --help ***************/ + usage (NULL); + break; + + case '7': /**************** -7, --traditional ********/ + Flag_7bit = TRUE; + break; + + case '8': /**************** -8, --8bit ***************/ + Flag_8bit = TRUE; + break; + + case 'B': /**************** -B, --big ****************/ + Flag_big = TRUE; + break; + + case 'c': /**************** -C, --csfile *************/ + Str_csfile = optarg; + break; + + case 'd': /**************** -d, --debug **************/ + if ((optarg == NULL) || (*optarg == '\0')) + Flag_debug = DBG_ALL; + else + Flag_debug = checkdbg (optarg); + break; + + case 'H': /**************** -H, --huge ***************/ + Flag_huge = TRUE; + break; + + case 'M': /**************** -M, --min_crossrefs ******/ + M_min_crossrefs = checklong (optarg); + if (M_min_crossrefs < 0) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("invalid minimum cross references `%s'\n", optarg); + } + break; + + case 's': /**************** -s, --statistics *********/ + Flag_stats = TRUE; + break; + + case 't': /**************** -t, --trace **************/ + Flag_trace = TRUE; + break; + + case 'v': /**************** -v, --version ************/ + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, "%s\n", BANNER); + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, "Implementation: %s\n", IMPLEMENTATION); + FPRINTF (TERM_OUT, "Release version: %s\n", VERSION); + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, + "calling longjmp (Exit_Program_Flag) ... "); + longjmp (Exit_Program_Flag, 1); + break; + + case 'W': /**************** -W, --wolfgang ***********/ + Flag_wolfgang = TRUE; + break; + + case '\x0A': /**************** --mcites *****************/ + M_cites = checklong (optarg); + if (M_cites < 0) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("invalid max number of cites `%s'\n", optarg); + } + break; + + case '\x0B': /**************** --mentints ***************/ + M_entints = checklong (optarg); + if (M_entints < 0) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("invalid max number of integer entries `%s'\n", + optarg); + } + break; + + case '\x0C': /**************** --mentstrs ***************/ + M_entstrs = checklong (optarg); + if (M_entstrs < 0) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("invalid max number of string entries `%s'\n", + optarg); + } + break; + + case '\x0D': /**************** --mfields ****************/ + M_fields = checklong (optarg); + if (M_fields < 0) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("invalid max number of fields `%s'\n", optarg); + } + break; + + case '\x0E': /**************** --mpool *****************/ + M_pool = checklong (optarg); + if (M_pool < 0) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("invalid pool size `%s'\n", optarg); + } + break; + + case '\x0F': /**************** --mstrings ***************/ + M_strings = checklong (optarg); + if (M_strings < 0) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("invalid max number of strings `%s'\n", optarg); + } + break; + + case '\x10': /**************** --mwizfuns ***************/ + M_wiz_fn_space = checklong (optarg); + if (M_wiz_fn_space < 0) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("invalid max wizard functions `%s'\n", optarg); + } + break; + + default: /**************** Unknown argument ********/ + mark_fatal (); + usage ("unknown option"); + } /* end switch (c) */ + } /* end while (1) */ + + + /* + ** Check that a single .aux file was specified. + */ + no_files = argc - optind; + + if (no_files == 1) + Str_auxfile = argv[optind]; + else if (no_files < 1) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("no aux file specified"); + } else { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("only one aux file may be specified"); + } + + /* + ** If the auxilliary file was specified with the ".aux" part already + ** appended, we strip it off here. (It's a bit of a bodge, but it + ** minimises the changes necessary to the original BibTeX code.) + */ + l = strlen (Str_auxfile); + + if (l > 4) { + if ((Str_auxfile[l-4] == '.') + && ((Str_auxfile[l-3] == 'a') || (Str_auxfile[l-3] == 'A')) + && ((Str_auxfile[l-2] == 'u') || (Str_auxfile[l-2] == 'U')) + && ((Str_auxfile[l-1] == 'x') || (Str_auxfile[l-1] == 'X'))) + Str_auxfile[l-4] = '\0'; + } + + /* + ** Check for contradictory options + */ + if (Flag_7bit && Flag_8bit) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("can't specify --traditional and --8bit"); + } + + if ((Flag_big && Flag_huge) || (Flag_big && Flag_wolfgang) + || (Flag_huge && Flag_wolfgang)) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("can only specify one of --big, --huge and --wolfgang"); + } + + if ((Str_csfile != NULL) && (Flag_7bit)) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("can't specify --csfile and --traditional"); + } + + if ((Str_csfile != NULL) && (Flag_8bit)) { + mark_fatal (); + usage ("can't specify --csfile and --8bit"); + } + + /* + ** Check for options which have not been #defined into the code + */ +#ifndef DEBUG + if (Flag_debug) + FSO ("BibTeX: debugging support was not compiled into this version\n"); +#endif /* DEBUG */ + +#ifndef STAT + if (Flag_stats) + FSO ("BibTeX: statistics support was not compiled into this version\n"); +#endif /* STAT */ + +#ifndef TRACE + if (Flag_trace) + FSO ("BibTeX: tracing support was not compiled into this version\n"); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + +} /* parse_cmd_line() */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** report_bibtex_capacity() +** +** If the log file has been opened, indicate BibTeX's capacity by reporting +** the size/values of some key values and arrays. Anything in mixed case +** has been set at run-time. +**============================================================================ +*/ +void report_bibtex_capacity (void) +{ + if (log_file != NULL) { + FPRINTF (log_file, "BibTeX's capacity set as follows:\n\n"); + LOG_CAPACITY (AUX_STACK_SIZE); + LOG_CAPACITY (BUF_SIZE); + LOG_CAPACITY (ENT_STR_SIZE); + LOG_CAPACITY (FILE_NAME_SIZE); + LOG_CAPACITY (GLOB_STR_SIZE); + LOG_CAPACITY (Hash_Prime); + LOG_CAPACITY (Hash_Size); + LOG_CAPACITY (LIT_STK_SIZE); + LOG_CAPACITY (MAX_BIB_FILES); + LOG_CAPACITY (Max_Cites); + LOG_CAPACITY (Max_Ent_Ints); + LOG_CAPACITY (Max_Ent_Strs); + LOG_CAPACITY (Max_Fields); + LOG_CAPACITY (MAX_GLOB_STRS); + LOG_CAPACITY (MAX_PRINT_LINE); + LOG_CAPACITY (Max_Strings); + LOG_CAPACITY (Min_Crossrefs); + LOG_CAPACITY (MIN_PRINT_LINE); + LOG_CAPACITY (Pool_Size); + LOG_CAPACITY (SINGLE_FN_SPACE); + LOG_CAPACITY (Wiz_Fn_Space); + FPRINTF (log_file, "\n"); + } +} /* report_bibtex_capacity() */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** report_search_paths() +** +** Report the environment variables and fallback search paths used by +** BibTeX for locating input files. +**============================================================================ +*/ +void report_search_paths (void) +{ +#ifndef KPATHSEA + /* + ** Define a couple of useful macros to simplify reporting of the desired + ** information. + */ +#define REPORT_SEARCH_PATH(_a,_b,_c) \ + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, "Search strategy for %s files:", _a); \ + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, " search path environment variable: %s", NULLCHECK (_b)); \ + if (! ISEMPTYSTR (_b)) { \ + char *ptr; \ + ptr = getenv (_b); \ + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, " %s value: %s", _b, NULLCHECK (ptr)); \ + } \ + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, " fallback search path: %s", NULLCHECK (_c)); + + +#define REPORT_SEARCH_FILE(_a,_b,_c) \ + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, "Default %s file:", _a); \ + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, " file name environment variable: %s", NULLCHECK (_b)); \ + if (! ISEMPTYSTR (_b)) { \ + char *ptr; \ + ptr = getenv (_b); \ + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, " %s value: %s", _b, NULLCHECK (ptr)); \ + } \ + debug_msg (DBG_SRCH, " fallback file name: %s", NULLCHECK (_c)); + + /* + ** Now report the information. + */ + REPORT_SEARCH_PATH (".aux", AUX_INPUT_ENVVAR, AUX_INPUT_PATH); + REPORT_SEARCH_PATH (".bib", BIB_INPUT_ENVVAR, BIB_INPUT_PATH); + REPORT_SEARCH_PATH (".bst", BST_INPUT_ENVVAR, BST_INPUT_PATH); + REPORT_SEARCH_PATH (".csf", CSF_INPUT_ENVVAR, CSF_INPUT_PATH); + + REPORT_SEARCH_FILE (".csf", CSF_FILE_ENVVAR, CSF_FILE_NAME); +#endif /* ! KPATHSEA */ +} /* report_search_paths() */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** set_array_sizes() +** +** Allocate memory dynamically for the large arrays whose size is set +** dynamically, depending on the amount memory of memory available. +** +** On virtual memory operating systems, there is not normally a problem +** allocating memory; the array sizes can be predetermined and memory +** allocated at run-time. +** +** Parameter Cmd Standard --big --huge --wolfgang +** ------------------------------------------------------------------ +** Hash_Prime N 4,253 8,501 16,319 30,011 +** Hash_Size N 5,000 10,000 19,000 35,000 +** Max_Cites Y 750 2,000 5,000 7,500 +** Max_Ent_Ints Y 3,000 4,000 5,000 7,500 +** Max_Ent_Strs Y 3,000 6,000 10,000 10,000 +** Max_Fields Y 17,250 30,000 85,000 125,000 +** Max_Strings Y 4,000 10,000 19,000 30,000 +** Pool_Size Y 65,530 130,000 500,000 750,000 +** Wiz_Fn_Space Y 3,000 6,000 10,000 10,000 +** ------------------------------------------------------------------ +** +**============================================================================ +*/ +void set_array_sizes (void) +{ + debug_msg (DBG_MEM, "Setting BibTeX's capacity ... "); + + Hash_Prime = 4253; + Hash_Size = 5000; + Max_Cites = 750; + Max_Ent_Ints = 3000; + Max_Ent_Strs = 3000; + Max_Fields = 17250; + Max_Strings = 4000; + Min_Crossrefs = 2; + Pool_Size = 65530; + Wiz_Fn_Space = 3000; + + if (Flag_big) { + Hash_Prime = 8501; + Hash_Size = 10000; + Max_Cites = 2000; + Max_Ent_Ints = 3000; + Max_Ent_Strs = 5000; + Max_Fields = 30000; + Max_Strings = 10000; + Pool_Size = 130000; + Wiz_Fn_Space = 6000; + } + + if (Flag_huge) { + Hash_Prime = 16319; + Hash_Size = 19000; + Max_Cites = 5000; + Max_Ent_Ints = 5000; + Max_Ent_Strs = 10000; + Max_Fields = 85000L; + Max_Strings = 19000; + Pool_Size = 500000L; + Wiz_Fn_Space = 10000; + } + + if (Flag_wolfgang) { + Hash_Prime = 30011; + Hash_Size = 35000; + Max_Cites = 7500; + Max_Ent_Ints = 7500; + Max_Ent_Strs = 10000; + Max_Fields = 125000L; + Max_Strings = 30000; + Pool_Size = 750000L; + Wiz_Fn_Space = 10000; + } + + if (M_cites > 0) + Max_Cites = M_cites; + + if (M_entints > 0) + Max_Ent_Ints = M_entints; + + if (M_entstrs > 0) + Max_Ent_Strs = M_entstrs; + + if (M_fields > 0) + Max_Fields = M_fields; + + if (M_min_crossrefs > 0) + Min_Crossrefs = M_min_crossrefs; + + if (M_pool > 0) + Pool_Size = M_pool; + + if (M_strings > 0) + Max_Strings = M_strings ; + + if (M_wiz_fn_space > 0) + Wiz_Fn_Space = M_wiz_fn_space; + + + debug_msg (DBG_MEM, "Hash_Prime = %d, Hash_Size = %d", + Hash_Prime, Hash_Size); + debug_msg (DBG_MEM, "Max_Cites = %d, Max_Ent_Ints = %d", + Max_Cites, Max_Ent_Ints); + debug_msg (DBG_MEM, "Max_Ent_Strs = %d, Max_Fields = %d", + Max_Ent_Strs, Max_Fields); + debug_msg (DBG_MEM, "Max_Strings = %d, Pool_Size = %d", + Max_Strings, Pool_Size); + debug_msg (DBG_MEM, "Min_Crossrefs = %d, Wiz_Fn_Space = %d", + Min_Crossrefs, Wiz_Fn_Space); + + + /*- + ** Check that the key values are sensible. These checks are stolen + ** from initialize(), but the error messages are more informative. + */ + debug_msg(DBG_MISC, "Sanity checking capacity values ... "); + + if (Hash_Prime < 128) + usage ("Hash_Prime (%d) must be >= 128", Hash_Prime); + + if (Hash_Prime > Hash_Size) + usage ("Hash_Prime (%d) must be <= Hash_Size (%d)", + Hash_Prime, Hash_Size); + + /* + ** The original WEB version of BibTeX imposed a maximum value of + ** 16321 on Hash_Prime. A WEB constant was defined: + ** + ** MAX_HASH_VALUE = (Hash_Prime + Hash_Prime - 2 + 127) + ** + ** but, because WEB constants are limited to 32767, Hash_Prime was + ** consequently limited to a maximum of (32767 + 2 - 127) / 2 = 16321. + ** + ** We're using C #defines, so that limit doesn't apply. The + ** following original sanity check is therefore commented out. + ** + ** if (Hash_Prime >= (16384 - 64)) + ** usage ("Hash_Prime (%d) must be < %d", Hash_Prime, (16384-64)); + */ + + if (Max_Strings > Hash_Size) + usage ("Max_Strings (%d) must be <= Hash_Size (%d)", + Max_Strings, Hash_Size); + + if (Max_Cites > Max_Strings) + usage ("Max_Cites (%d) must be <= Max_Strings (%d)", + Max_Cites, Max_Strings); + +} /* set_array_sizes() */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** usage() +** +** Display a helpful message reporting the command line options +** supported by this version of BibTeX. If a message string is +** provided, this is displayed first. +**============================================================================ +*/ +void usage (char *printf_fmt, ...) +{ + va_list printf_args; + + if (printf_fmt != NULL) { + fprintf (stderr, "BibTeX: "); + va_start (printf_args, printf_fmt); + vfprintf (stderr, printf_fmt, printf_args); + va_end (printf_args); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + } + + FSO ("\nUsage: bibtex [options] aux-file\n\n"); + FSO (" Valid options are:\n\n"); + FSO (" -? --help display this help text\n"); + FSO (" -7 --traditional operate in the original 7-bit mode\n"); + FSO (" -8 --8bit force 8-bit mode, no CS file used\n"); + FSO (" -c --csfile FILE read FILE as the BibTeX character set\n"); + FSO (" and sort definition file\n"); + +#ifdef DEBUG + FSO (" -d --debug TYPE report debugging information. TYPE is one\n"); + FSO (" or more of all, csf, io, mem, misc, search.\n"); +#endif /* DEBUG */ + +#ifdef STAT + FSO (" -s --statistics report internal statistics\n"); +#endif /* STAT */ + +#ifdef TRACE + FSO (" -t --trace report execution tracing\n"); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + FSO (" -v --version report BibTeX version\n\n"); + + FSO (" -B --big set large BibTeX capacity\n"); + FSO (" -H --huge set huge BibTeX capacity\n"); + FSO (" -W --wolfgang set really huge BibTeX capacity for Wolfgang\n"); + FSO (" -M --min_crossrefs ## set min_crossrefs to ##\n"); + FSO (" --mcites ## allow ## \\cites in the .aux files\n"); + FSO (" --mentints ## allow ## integer entries in the .bib databases\n"); + FSO (" --mentstrs ## allow ## string entries in the .bib databases\n"); + FSO (" --mfields ## allow ## fields in the .bib databases\n"); + FSO (" --mpool ## set the string pool to ## bytes\n"); + FSO (" --mstrings ## allow ## unique strings\n"); + FSO (" --mwizfuns ## allow ## wizard functions\n"); + + debug_msg (DBG_MISC, "calling longjmp (Exit_Program_Flag) ... "); + longjmp (Exit_Program_Flag, 1); +} /* usage() */ + + + +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Functions specifically for 8-bit support. +** +** c8read_csf +** c8initialise +** c8read_lowercase +** c8read_lowupcase +** c8read_uppercase +** c8read_order +** c8report_8bit_handling +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT + +/* +** Useful definitions. +*/ +#define c8is_alpha(c) (isalpha(c) || c > 127) +#define c8is_alphanumeric(c) (isalnum(c) || c > 127) +#define SORT_LAST 4095 + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** c8initialise () +** +** Initialise BibTeX's handling of 8-bit character sets. The steps are: +** +** o initialise default behaviour for sorting and upper/lowercase +** o if appropriate, read and parse the CS file +** o use CS data to set behaviour for sorting and upper/lowercase +** o update xchr/xord arrays for 8-bit characters. These arrays +** are initialised for ASCII character sets in the original +** initialize() function. Further initialisation for 8-bit +** characters is performed here to minimise "contamination" of +** the original BibTeX code. +** +** We have to deal with three modes of operation: +** +** --traditional - the original BibTeX behaviour +** --8bit - every character with a code > 127 is treated as +** a letter +** default - a CS file is read and parsed to define sorting order +** and how 8-bit characters should be handled +**============================================================================ +*/ +void c8initialise (void) +{ + int ascii_case_diff = 'a' - 'A'; + int c; + int status; + + /* + ** Traditional mode (--traditional, -7) results in identical behaviour + ** to the original BibTeX. + ** + ** o sort order by character code value ('A'=65 ... 'z'=122) + ** o upper/lowercase relationships for A..Za..z established + ** o no CS file read + ** o only characters < 128 allowed + ** o no need to update xchr/xord arrays + */ + if (Flag_7bit) { + + for (c = 0; c <= 255; c++) { + c8order[c] = c; + c8lowcase[c] = (UChar_T) c; + c8upcase[c] = (UChar_T) c; + } + + for (c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; c++) { + c8lowcase[c] = (UChar_T) (c + ascii_case_diff); + c8upcase[c + ascii_case_diff] = (UChar_T) c; + } + + for (c = 128; c <= 255; c++) + lex_class[c] = ILLEGAL; + } + + /* + ** Raw 8-bit (--8bit, -8). + ** + ** o sort order by character code value ('A'=65 ... 'z'=122) + ** o upper/lowercase relationships for A..Za..z established + ** o no CS file read + ** o need to update xchr/xord arrays + ** o characters > 127 allowed and all treated as type ALPHA + */ + else if (Flag_8bit) { + + for (c = 0; c <= 255; c++) { + c8order[c] = c; + c8lowcase[c] = (UChar_T) c; + c8upcase[c] = (UChar_T) c; + } + + for (c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; c++) { + c8lowcase[c] = (UChar_T) (c + ascii_case_diff); + c8upcase[c + ascii_case_diff] = (UChar_T) c; + } + + for (c = 128; c <= 255; c++) + xchr[c] = (char) c; + + for (c = 128; c <= 255; c++) + xord[xchr[c]] = (ASCIICode_T) c; + + for (c = 128; c <= 255; c++) + lex_class[c] = ALPHA; + } + + /* + ** Default initialisation using CS file. + ** + ** o no sort order defined - all set to weight SORT_LAST + ** o upper/lowercase relationships for A..Za..z established + ** o only characters < 128 allowed initially + ** o a CS file is read and parsed by BibTeX to modify these defaults + ** o need to update xchr/xord/lex_class arrays after reading CS file + */ + else { + + for (c = 0; c <= 255; c++) { + c8order[c] = SORT_LAST; + c8lowcase[c] = (UChar_T) c; + c8upcase[c] = (UChar_T) c; + } + + c8order[32] = 0; + + for (c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; c++) { + c8lowcase[c] = (UChar_T) (c + ascii_case_diff); + c8upcase[c + ascii_case_diff] = (UChar_T) c; + } + + for (c = 128; c <= 255; c++) + xchr[c] = (char) c; + + for (c = 128; c <= 255; c++) + xord[xchr[c]] = (ASCIICode_T) c; + + for (c = 128; c <= 255; c++) + lex_class[c] = ILLEGAL; + + /* + ** Read the CS file. If it was read and parsed OK, update the + ** definition of 8-bit characters. If an 8-bit character is defined + ** in any section of the CS file, it is treated as type ALPHA. + */ + if ((status = c8read_csf ()) == TRUE) { + + for (c = 128; c <= 255; c++) + if ((c8order[c] != SORT_LAST) + || (c8lowcase[c] != c) + || (c8upcase[c] != c)) + lex_class[c] = ALPHA; + } + } /* end if (Flag_7bit) */ + + /* + ** If the CSF debugging option has been selected, report results. + */ + if ((Flag_debug & DBG_CSF)) + c8report_8bit_handling (); + +} /* c8initialise () */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** c8read_csf() +** +** Read the Case and Sorting definitions (CS) File. Steps taken are: +** +** o determine which CS file should be opened +** o open the CS file +** o look for valid CS file sections (\lowupcase, \lowercase, +** \uppercase, \order) and delegate parsing of each section to the +** appropriate function +** o close the CS file +** +** Returns TRUE if a CS file was successfully read and parsed, FALSE +** otherwise. +**============================================================================ +*/ +int c8read_csf (void) +{ + int c, i; + int in_comment; + char sx[BUF_SIZE + 1]; +#ifndef KPATHSEA + char *value; +#endif + + /* + ** Construct the name of the CS file to be used: + ** + ** 1. If the --csfile option was specified, use its value. + ** or + ** 2. If CSF_FILE_ENVVAR is defined to a non-empty value, it + ** contains the name of an environment variable. The value of + ** this environment variable will be used as the default CS file. + */ + if (Str_csfile == NULL) { +#ifdef KPATHSEA + /* FIXME: this default value should be stored in texmf.in */ + Str_csfile = xstrdup("88591lat.csf"); +#else + if (strlen (CSF_FILE_ENVVAR) != 0) { + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "c8read_csf: --csfile not set, checking '%s'", + CSF_FILE_ENVVAR); + value = getenv (CSF_FILE_ENVVAR); + + if (value == NULL) + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "c8read_csf: %s = `NULL'", CSF_FILE_ENVVAR); + else + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "c8read_csf: %s = `%s'", + CSF_FILE_ENVVAR, value); + /* + ** If the environment variable has a non-empty value, use it + ** as the file specifaction for the default CS file. + */ + if ((value != NULL) && (*value != '\0')) + Str_csfile = strdup (value); + else { + PRINT_LN ("Warning: cannot open CS file: --csfile not specfied"); + PRINT_LN2 ("and environment variable %s has no value.", + CSF_FILE_ENVVAR); + return FALSE; + } + } else { + PRINT_LN ("Warning: cannot open CS file: --csfile not specified"); + PRINT_LN ("and default environment variable not specified."); + return FALSE; + } /* if (strlen (CSF_FILE_ENVVAR) != 0) */ +#endif /* KPATHSEA */ + } /* if (Str_csfile == NULL) */ + /* + ** Make sure that we have ended up with a CS file name. If not, + ** return FALSE; + */ + if ((Str_csfile == NULL) || (*Str_csfile == '\0')) { + PRINT_LN ("Warning: cannot open CS file: empty --csfile value specified."); + return FALSE; + } + + /* + ** If the CS file name doesn't contain a '.', append ".csf". + */ + strcpy (name_of_file, Str_csfile); + + if (strchr (name_of_file, '.') == NULL) + strcat (name_of_file, ".csf"); + name_length = strlen (name_of_file); + + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "c8read_csf: trying to open CS file `%s' ...", + name_of_file); + + /* + ** Attempt to open the CS file, using the CS file search path if + ** necessary. If the open fails, return FALSE. + */ + if (! a_open_in (&c8_cs_file, CSF_FILE_SEARCH_PATH)) { + PRINT_LN2 ("Error: cannot open CS file: %s", name_of_file); + return FALSE; + } + PRINT_LN2 ("The 8-bit codepage and sorting file: %s", name_of_file); + + /* + ** The main loop for reading the CS file. + */ + c8_line = 1; + while (! feof (c8_cs_file)) { + + /* + ** Read the CS file until a '\\' character is found, denoting the + ** start of a major section. Comments begin with a '%' and + ** anything else on the same line is ignored. + */ + in_comment = FALSE; + do { + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + + if (c == '\n') { + ++c8_line; + in_comment = FALSE; + } + if (c == '%') + in_comment = TRUE; + if ((c == '\\') && (in_comment == FALSE)) + break; + } while (!feof (c8_cs_file)); + + /* + ** If we break out of the do loop on EOF, there were no more + ** sections in the CS file. Exit the main reading loop. + */ + if (feof (c8_cs_file)) + break; + + /* + ** After '\', a section name must be found. This name is a word + ** composed only of lower case ASCII letters. + */ + i = 0; + + do { + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + if ((c >= 'a') && (c <= 'z')) + sx[i++] = c; + else + break; + } while (!feof (c8_cs_file) && (i < BUF_SIZE)); + sx[i] = '\0'; + + /* + ** A '{' should follow the section name, but it could be preceeded + ** by whitespace, comments or newlines. + */ + if (c != '{') + do { + if (c == '\n') { + ++c8_line; + in_comment = FALSE; + } + if (c == '%') + in_comment = TRUE; + if ((c == '{') && (in_comment == FALSE)) + break; + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + } while (!feof (c8_cs_file)); + + + /* + ** The major sections supported in the CS file are: \order{}, + ** \uppercase{}, \lowercase{} and \lowupcase{}. Anything else will + ** be ignored. Known sections are processed until they terminate + ** and then the loop starts again. + */ + if (strcmp (sx, "order") == 0) + c8read_order (); + else if (strcmp (sx, "uppercase") == 0) + c8read_uppercase (); + else if (strcmp (sx, "lowercase") == 0) + c8read_lowercase (); + else if (strcmp (sx, "lowupcase") == 0) + c8read_lowupcase (); + else { + PRINT_LN2 ("Unknown section on line in CS file %s", Str_csfile); + PRINT_LN3 ("%04d: \\%s", c8_line, buffer); + } + } /* while (! feof (c8_cs_file)) */ + + /* + ** Finished reading, close the CS file then return TRUE. + */ + close_file (c8_cs_file); + return TRUE; +} /* c8read_csf () */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** c8read_lowercase() +** +** Read and parse the \lowercase section of the CS file. This section is +** used to define the upper -> lower case relationship of pairs of specified +** characters. It should normally only be used if the relationship +** isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +** +** The syntax of the \lowercase section is: +** +** \lowercase{ +** <UC-val-1> <LC-val-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +** <UC-val-2> <LC-val-2> <UC-val-3> <LC-val-3> +** ... +** <UC-val-N> <LC-val-N> +** } +** +** Notes: +** +** o characters can be entered normally, or in TeX notation for +** character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX is the hexadecimal value. +** +** o reading of the \lowercase section ends when the first '}' character +** is reached, so '}' can't be included in a case relationship pair. +** You can't use ^^7d either. +** +** o '%' is used to introduce a trailing comment, so '%' can't be included +** in the \lowercase section. You can't use ^^25 either. +** +** o you cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character +** (code < 128). In other words, all "left hand" characters in the +** relationship pairs must have codes > 127. +**============================================================================ +*/ +static void c8read_lowercase (void) +{ + int c; + int uppercase_val; + + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "reading the \\lowercase section ... "); + uppercase_val = -1; + + /* + ** Keep reading characters until the end of the section is encountered + ** at a '}' or EOF is reached. + */ + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + + while ((c != '}') && !feof (c8_cs_file)) { + + /* + ** Characters may be specified using the TeX syntax for the + ** 8-bit code, i.e. ^^XX, where XX is the hexadecimal value. + ** We should really check the result of this fscanf(). Read the + ** character code and then start the while loop again. + */ + if (c == '^') + fscanf (c8_cs_file, "^%x", &c); + + /* + ** If we have reached the end of a line, simply increment the + ** line count. + */ + if (c == '\n') { + c8_line++; + } + + /* + ** If we encounter a '%', it signifies the start of a comment. + ** Ignore characters until the end of line is reached. + */ + else if (c == '%') { + do { + c = getc(c8_cs_file); + } while ((c != '\n') && (! feof( c8_cs_file))); + continue; + } + + /* + ** The normal case is for alpha characters to be included in the + ** case relationship. Alpha characters are assumed to be ASCII + ** alpha (A..Za..z) plus any character with a code > 127. + */ + else if (c8is_alpha (c)) { + + /* + ** The case relationship consists of a pair of alpha characters + ** separated by whitespace. In the \lowercase section, the pair + ** is in the order <uppercase-char> <lowercase-char>. We + ** must remember which character we are looking for - this is + ** achieved by setting uppercase_val to -1 when we are + ** looking for the first character of a pair. + ** + ** If uppercase_val is < 0, we treat the current character as + ** the upper case member of the pair and set uppercase_val + ** accordingly. + */ + if (uppercase_val < 0) + uppercase_val = c; + else { + + /* + ** We are not allowed to redefine the lower case + ** equivalent of an ASCII character. + */ + if (uppercase_val < 127) { + PRINT_LN2 ("Error: attempt to redefine lower case of " + "an ASCII character [0x%02x]", uppercase_val); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", + c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + /* + ** All OK, so set the appropriate element of the c8lowcase + ** array and reset the value of uppercase_val to signify + ** that we are looking for the next pair. + */ + else { + c8lowcase[uppercase_val] = c; + uppercase_val = -1; + } + } + } /* end if */ + + /* + ** Get the next character from the file and start the loop again. + */ + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + } /* end while */ + + /* + ** The only normal reason for breaking out of the while loop is that + ** we encountered '}' at the end of the \lowercase section. Two + ** conditions should be true: + ** + ** (uppercase_val = -1) - there is an unmatched character + ** (c == '}') - the terminating '}' has been read + */ + if (uppercase_val != -1){ + PRINT_LN ("Error: unmatched character pair in \\lowercase section"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + if (c != '}') { + PRINT_LN ("Error: unexpected end of file in \\lowercase section"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "finished reading the \\lowercase section."); +} /* c8read_lowercase () */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** c8read_lowupcase() +** +** Read and parse the \lowupcase section of the CS file. This section is +** used to define the lower -> upper and upper -> lower case relationship +** of pairs of specified characters. It is only used if the relationship +** is symmetrical - use \lowercase or \uppercase if it isn't. +** +** The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: +** +** \uppercase{ +** <LC-val-1> <UC-val-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +** <LC-val-2> <UC-val-2> <LC-val-3> <UC-val-3> +** ... +** <LC-val-N> <UC-val-N> +** } +** +** Notes: +** +** o characters can be entered normally, or in TeX notation for +** character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX is the hexadecimal value. +** +** o reading of the \lowupcase section ends when the first '}' character +** is reached, so '}' can't be included in a case relationship pair. +** You can't use ^^7d either. +** +** o '%' is used to introduce a trailing comment, so '%' can't be included +** in the \lowupcase section. You can't use ^^25 either. +** +** o you cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII +** character (code < 128). In other words, all characters in the +** relationship pairs must have codes > 127. +**============================================================================ +*/ +static void c8read_lowupcase (void) +{ + int c; + int lowercase_val; + + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "reading the \\lowupcase section ... "); + lowercase_val = -1; + + /* + ** Keep reading characters until the end of the section is encountered + ** at a '}' or EOF is reached. + */ + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + + while ((c != '}') && !feof (c8_cs_file)) { + + /* + ** Characters may be specified using the TeX syntax for the + ** 8-bit code, i.e. ^^XX, where XX is the hexadecimal value. + ** We should really check the result of this fscanf(). + */ + if (c == '^') + fscanf (c8_cs_file, "^%x", &c); + + /* + ** If we have reached the end of a line, simply increment the + ** line count. + */ + if (c == '\n') { + c8_line++; + } + + /* + ** If we encounter a '%', it signifies the start of a comment, + ** unless it was translated from a ^^xx sequence. + ** Ignore characters until the end of line is reached. + */ + else if (c == '%') { + do { + c = getc(c8_cs_file); + } while ((c != '\n') && (! feof( c8_cs_file))); + continue; + } + + /* + ** The normal case is for alpha characters to be included in the + ** case relationship. Alpha characters are assumed to be ASCII + ** alpha (A..Za..z) plus any character with a code > 127. + */ + else if (c8is_alpha (c)) { + + /* + ** The case relationship consists of a pair of alpha characters + ** separated by whitespace. In the \lowupcase section, the pair + ** is in the order <lowercase-char> <uppercase-char>. We + ** must remember which character we are looking for - this is + ** achieved by setting lowercase_val to -1 when we are + ** looking for the first character of a pair. + ** + ** If lowercase_val is < 0, we treat the current character as + ** the lower case member of the pair and set lowercase_val + ** accordingly. + */ + if (lowercase_val < 0) + lowercase_val = c; + else { + + /* + ** We are not allowed to redefine the lower or upper case + ** equivalent of an ASCII character. + */ + if (lowercase_val < 127) { + PRINT_LN2 ("Error: attempt to redefine upper case of " + "an ASCII character [0x%02x]", lowercase_val); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", + c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + else if (c < 127) { + PRINT_LN2 ("Error: attempt to redefine lower case of " + "an ASCII character [0x%02x]", c); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", + c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + /* + ** All OK, so set the appropriate element of the c8lowcase + ** and c8upcase arrays, then reset the value of lowercase_val + ** to signify that we are looking for the next pair. + */ + else { + c8lowcase[c] = lowercase_val; + c8upcase[lowercase_val] = c; + lowercase_val = -1; + } + } + } /* end if */ + + /* + ** Get the next character from the file and start the loop again. + */ + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + } /* end while */ + + /* + ** The only normal reason for breaking out of the while loop is that + ** we encountered '}' at the end of the \lowupcase section. Two + ** conditions should be true: + ** + ** (lowercase_val = -1) - there is an unmatched character + ** (c == '}') - the terminating '}' has been read + */ + if (lowercase_val != -1){ + PRINT_LN ("Error: unmatched character pair in \\lowupcase section"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + if (c != '}') { + PRINT_LN ("Error: unexpected end of file in \\lowupcase section"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "finished reading the \\lowupcase section."); +} /* c8read_lowupcase () */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** c8read_order() +** +** Read and parse the \order section of the CS file. This section is +** used to define the sorting order of characters in the 8-bit character +** set. +** +** The syntax of the \order section is: +** +** \order{ +** <char-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +** <char-2> <char-3> +** <char-4> - <char-5> +** <char-4> _ <char-5> +** ... +** <char-n> +** } +** +** Notes: +** +** o characters can be entered normally, or in TeX notation for +** character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX is the hexadecimal value. +** +** o reading of the \order section ends when the first '}' character +** is reached, so '}' can't be included in the \order section. You +** can't use ^^7d either. +** +** o '%' is used to introduce a trailing comment, so '%' can't be included +** in the \order section. You can't use ^^25 either. +** +** o All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. +** +** o The construct <char-1> <underscore> <char-2> is used to denote that +** all characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given the +** same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z a _ z" would cause all +** ASCII alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight and +** would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. +** +** o The construct <char-1> <hyphen> <char-2> is used to denote that all +** characters in the range <char-1> to <char-2> should be given an +** ascending set of sorting weights, starting with <char-1> and +** ending with <char-2>. For example, "A - Z" would cause all +** upper case ASCII alphabetical characters to be sorted in +** ascending order and would be equivalent to placing 'A' on the +** first line, 'B' on the second, through to 'Z' on the 26th line. +** +** o the characters at the beginning of the order section are given a +** lower sorting weight than characters occuring later. When +** sorting alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come +** first. +** +** o all characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) +** are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they +** come last when sorting alphabetically. +**============================================================================ +*/ +static void c8read_order (void) +{ + int c, i; + int c_previous = 0; + int c_previous_previous = 0; + int seen_chars; + + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "reading the \\order section ... "); + sort_weight = 1; + seen_chars = FALSE; + + /* + ** Keep reading characters until the end of the section is + ** encountered at a '}' or EOF is reached. + */ + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + + while ((c != '}') && (! feof (c8_cs_file))) { + + /* + ** If we have reached the end of a line, the next line denotes + ** characters with an increased sorting weight. Any other + ** characters with a value less than ' ' are ignored. + */ + if (c == '\n') { + if (seen_chars) + sort_weight++; + c8_line++; + seen_chars = FALSE; + } + else if (c < ' ') { + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "ignoring char 0x%02X on line %d of CS file", + c, c8_line); + } + else if (c > ' ') { + + /* + ** Characters may be specified using the TeX syntax for the + ** 8-bit code, i.e. ^^XX, where XX is the hexadecimal value. + ** We should really check the result of this fscanf(). Read the + ** character code and then start the while loop again. + */ + if (c == '^') + fscanf (c8_cs_file, "^%x", &c); + + /* + ** If we encounter a '%', it signifies the start of a comment. + ** Ignore characters until the end of line is reached. + */ + if (c == '%') { + do { + c = getc(c8_cs_file); + } while ((c != '\n') && (! feof( c8_cs_file))); + continue; + } + + /* + ** The normal case is for alpha characters to be included + ** in the sorting sequence. Alpha characters are ASCII alpha + ** plus any character with a code > 127. + */ + else if (c8is_alphanumeric (c) || c == ' ') { + + /* + ** If the previous char was '-', we expect this char to + ** terminate a "X-Y" sequence. The character before + ** the '-' must also be an alpha type. The characters in + ** the sequence are assigned an increasing sort weight. + */ + if (c_previous == '-') { + if (c8is_alphanumeric (c_previous_previous)) { + for (i = c_previous_previous; i < c; i++) + c8order[i] = sort_weight++; + seen_chars = TRUE; + } else { + PRINT_LN ("Error: non-alphanumeric character " + "starts X-Y sequence"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", + c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + /* + ** If the previous char was '_', we expect this char to + ** terminate a "X_Y" sequence. The character before + ** the '_' must also be an alpha type. The characters in + ** the sequence are assigned the same sort weight. + */ + } else if (c_previous == '_') { + if (c8is_alphanumeric (c_previous_previous)) { + for (i = c_previous_previous; i < c; i++) + c8order[i] = sort_weight; + seen_chars = TRUE; + } else { + PRINT_LN ("Error: non-alphanumeric character " + "starts X_Y sequence"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", + c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + } + c8order[c] = sort_weight; + seen_chars = TRUE; + } + + /* + ** The only other non-alpha characters allowed are '-' & '_'. + */ + else if ((c != '-') && (c != '_')) { + PRINT_LN ("Error: only '-' or '_' may follow an " + "alpha character"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", + c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + /* + ** Keep an up-to-date note of the two previous values of c. + */ + c_previous_previous = c_previous; + c_previous = c; + } /* end if */ + + /* + ** Get the next character and start the loop again. + */ + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + } /* end while */ + + /* + ** If c isn't '}', we ran into EOF. + */ + if (c != '}') { + PRINT_LN ("Error: unexpected end of file in \\order section"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "finished reading the \\order section."); +} /* c8read_order () */ + + + +/*- +**============================================================================ +** c8read_uppercase() +** +** Read and parse the \uppercase section of the CS file. This section is +** used to define the lower -> upper case relationship of pairs of specified +** characters. It should normally only be used if the relationship +** isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. +** +** The syntax of the \uppercase section is: +** +** \uppercase{ +** <LC-val-1> <UC-val-1> % Comment begins with a percent sign +** <LC-val-2> <UC-val-2> <LC-val-3> <UC-val-3> +** ... +** <LC-val-N> <UC-val-N> +** } +** +** Notes: +** +** o characters can be entered normally, or in TeX notation for +** character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX is the hexadecimal value. +** +** o reading of the \uppercase section ends when the first '}' character +** is reached, so '}' can't be included in a case relationship pair. +** You can't use ^^7d either. +** +** o '%' is used to introduce a trailing comment, so '%' can't be included +** in the \uppercase section. You can't use ^^25 either. +** +** o you cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character +** (code < 128). In other words, all "left hand" characters in the +** relationship pairs must have codes > 127. +**============================================================================ +*/ +static void c8read_uppercase (void) +{ + int c; + int lowercase_val; + + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "reading the \\uppercase section ... "); + lowercase_val = -1; + + /* + ** Keep reading characters until the end of the section is encountered + ** at a '}' or EOF is reached. + */ + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + + while ((c != '}') && (! feof (c8_cs_file))) { + + /* + ** Characters may be specified using the TeX syntax for the + ** 8-bit code, i.e. ^^XX, where XX is the hexadecimal value. + ** We should really check the result of this fscanf(). + */ + if (c == '^') + fscanf (c8_cs_file, "^%x", &c); + + /* + ** If we have reached the end of a line, simply increment the + ** line count. + */ + if (c == '\n') { + c8_line++; + } + + /* + ** If we encounter a '%', it signifies the start of a comment. + ** Ignore characters until the end of line is reached. + */ + else if (c == '%') { + do { + c = getc(c8_cs_file); + } while ((c != '\n') && (! feof( c8_cs_file))); + continue; + } + + /* + ** The normal case is for alpha characters to be included in the + ** case relationship. Alpha characters are assumed to be ASCII + ** alpha (A..Za..z) plus any character with a code > 127. + */ + else if (c8is_alpha (c)) { + + /* + ** The case relationship consists of a pair of alpha characters + ** separated by whitespace. In the \uppercase section, the pair + ** is in the order <lowercase-char> <uppercase-char>. We + ** must remember which character we are looking for - this is + ** achieved by setting lowercase_val to -1 when we are + ** looking for the first character of a pair. + ** + ** If lowercase_val is < 0, we treat the current character as + ** the lower case member of the pair and set lowercase_val + ** accordingly. + */ + if (lowercase_val < 0) + lowercase_val = c; + else { + + /* + ** We are not allowed to redefine the upper case + ** equivalent of an ASCII character. + */ + if (lowercase_val < 127) { + PRINT_LN2 ("Error: attempt to redefine upper case of " + "an ASCII character [0x%02x]", lowercase_val); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", + c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + /* + ** All OK, so set the appropriate element of the c8lowcase + ** array and reset the value of lowercase_val to signify + ** that we are looking for the next pair. + */ + else { + c8upcase[lowercase_val] = c; + lowercase_val = -1; + } + } + } /* end if */ + + /* + ** Get the next character from the file and start the loop again. + */ + c = getc (c8_cs_file); + } /* end while */ + + /* + ** The only normal reason for breaking out of the while loop is that + ** we encountered '}' at the end of the \uppercase section. Two + ** conditions should be true: + ** + ** (lowercase_val = -1) - there is an unmatched character + ** (c == '}') - the terminating '}' has been read + */ + if (lowercase_val != -1){ + PRINT_LN ("Error: unmatched character pair in \\uppercase section"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + if (c != '}') { + PRINT_LN ("Error: unexpected end of file in \\uppercase section"); + PRINT_LN3 ("Context: line %04d: of CS file %s", c8_line, Str_csfile); + } + + debug_msg (DBG_CSF, "finished reading the \\uppercase section."); +} /* c8read_uppercase () */ + + + +/* +**============================================================================ +** c8report_8bit_handling() +** +** Report the internal status of BibTeX's 8-bit character set handling. The +** information reported is: +** +** o 8-bit characters defined as type ALPHA +** o character codes with upper case equivalents +** o character codes with lower case equivalents +** o the character codes in sorting weight order +**============================================================================ +*/ +void c8report_8bit_handling (void) +{ + int c; + int column; + int weight; + + /* + ** Exit immediately if the CSF debugging option hasn't been selected. + */ + if ((Flag_debug & DBG_CSF) == 0) + return; + + /* + ** Report the 8-bit characters defined as type ALPHA, 16 to a row. + */ + fprintf (stderr, "\nD-CSF: 8-bit ALPHA characters\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: ----------------------\n"); + + for (c = 128; c <= 255; c += 16) { + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: %02x: ", c); + + for (column = 0; column < 16; column++) { + if (lex_class[c + column] == ALPHA) + fprintf (stderr, "%c ", c + column); + else + fputs (". ", stderr); + } + fputc ('\n', stderr); + } + + /* + ** Report the lower / upper case relationships, three pairs to a row. + */ + fprintf (stderr, "\nD-CSF: Characters with upper case equivalents\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: --------------------------------------"); + column = 0; + + for (c = 1; c <= 255; c++) + if (c8upcase[c] != c) { + if ((column % 3) == 0) + fprintf (stderr, "\nD-CSF: %c [%02x] <<< %c [%02x]", + c, (int) c, c8upcase[c], (int) c8upcase[c]); + else + fprintf (stderr, " %c [%02x] <<< %c [%02x]", + c, (int) c, c8upcase[c], (int) c8upcase[c]); + ++column; + } + + /* + ** Report the upper / lower case relationships, three pairs to a row. + */ + fprintf (stderr, "\n\nD-CSF: Characters with lower case equivalents\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: --------------------------------------"); + column = 0; + + for (c = 1; c <= 255; c++) + if (c8lowcase[c] != c) { + if ((column % 3) == 0) + fprintf (stderr, "\nD-CSF: %c [%02x] >>> %c [%02x]", + c, (int) c, c8lowcase[c], (int) c8lowcase[c]); + else + fprintf (stderr, " %c [%02x] >>> %c [%02x]", + c, (int) c, c8lowcase[c], (int) c8lowcase[c]); + ++column; + } + + /* + ** Report character codes in sorting weight order. If BibTeX is + ** operating in --traditional or --8bit mode, sorting order is simply + ** character code order. In that case, just give an abbreviated + ** summary. + */ + fprintf (stderr, "\n\nD-CSF: Characters in sorting order\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: ---------------------------\n"); + + if (Flag_7bit || Flag_8bit) { + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: 00: [00]\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: 01: [01]\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: .. ....\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: 41: A [41]\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: .. ....\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: 5a: Z [5a]\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: .. ....\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: 61: a [61]\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: .. ....\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: 7a: z [7a]\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: .. ....\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: fe: [fe]\n"); + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: ff: [ff]\n\n"); + } + + /* + ** When a CS file has been used, sort_weight will be set to the value of + ** the highest sorting weight. Report every character with a given + ** sorting weight, for 0 <= weight < sort_weight. + */ + else { + for (weight = 0; weight < sort_weight; weight++) { + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: %02x: ", weight); + + for (c = 0; c <= 255; c++) { + if (c8order[c] == weight) + fprintf (stderr, "%c [%02x] ", c, c); + } + fputc ('\n', stderr); + } + fprintf (stderr, "D-CSF: (All other characters are sorted " + "equally after any of the above.)\n\n"); + } +} /* c8report_8bit_handling() */ + + +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/utils.h b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/utils.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..000901582f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/utils.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: utils.h,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This module declares (using ANSI function prototypes) all of the +** new utility functions that will be used in the program. The +** functions are declared in alphabetical order. +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to "big" (32-bit) capacity, +** addition of run-time selectable capacity and 8-bit support extensions +** by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions also by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BibTeX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program started as a (manual) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: utils.h,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:46 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifndef __UTILS_H__ +#define __UTILS_H__ 1 + + +#ifdef WIN32 +# define CDECL __cdecl +#else +# define CDECL +#endif /* WIN32 */ + + +/* +** Declaration of public functions defined in utils.c +*/ +void allocate_arrays (void); +int checkdbg (char *str); +long checklong (char *str); +void close_file (const AlphaFile_T file_pointer); +void CDECL debug_msg (const int status, char *printf_fmt, ...); +#ifndef KPATHSEA +int find_file (const char *envvar, + const char *fallback_path, + const char *filename, char *full_file_spec); +#endif +FILE *open_ip_file (Integer_T search_path); +FILE *open_op_file (void); +void *mymalloc (const unsigned long bytes_required, + const char *var_name); +void parse_cmd_line (int argc, char **argv); +void report_bibtex_capacity (void); +void report_search_paths (void); +void set_array_sizes (void); +void CDECL usage (char *printf_fmt, ...); + + +#ifdef SUPPORT_8BIT +void c8initialise (void); +#endif /* SUPPORT_8BIT */ + + +/* +** Debugging categories. +*/ +#define DBG_ALL 255 +#define DBG_CSF 1 +#define DBG_IO 2 +#define DBG_MEM 4 +#define DBG_MISC 8 +#define DBG_SRCH 16 + +#endif /* __UTILS_H__ */ diff --git a/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/version.h b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/version.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11780510478 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/bibtexu/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/*- +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +** +** MODULE +** +** $RCSfile: version.h,v $ +** $Revision: 3.71 $ +** $Date: 1996/08/18 20:37:06 $ +** +** DESCRIPTION +** +** A 32-bit implementation of BibTeX v0.99c for MS-DOS, OS/2 2.x, +** Unix and VMS. This C language implementation is based on the +** original WEB source but it has been enhanced to support 8-bit input +** characters and a very large processing capacity. +** +** For documentation describing how to use and build this program, +** see the 00README.TXT file that accompanies this distribution. +** +** MODULE CONTENTS +** +** This module defines the version number of this BibTeX implementation. +** +** AUTHORS +** +** Original WEB translation to C, conversion to 32-bit mode and +** addition of run-time selectable capacity by: +** +** Niel Kempson +** Snowy Owl Systems Limited, Cheltenham, England +** E-mail: kempson@snowyowl.co.uk +** +** 8-bit support extensions by: +** +** Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra +** Centro de Ciencias de la Atm\'osfera, +** Universidad Nacional Aut\'onoma de M\'exico, M\'exico +** E-mail: asierra@servidor.unam.mx +** +** COPYRIGHT +** +** This implementation copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Niel Kempson +** and copyright (c) 1995 by Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra. +** +** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +** modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +** published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or +** (at your option) any later version. +** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +** General Public License for more details. +** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +** +** In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this +** program. You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share +** and improve what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +** +** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT +** +** The original BIBTEX was written by Oren Patashnik using Donald +** Knuth's WEB system. This format produces a PASCAL program for +** execution and a TeX documented version of the source code. This +** program is a (hand) translation of the WEB source into C. +** +** CHANGE LOG +** +** $Log: version.h,v $ +** Revision 3.71 1996/08/18 20:37:06 kempson +** Official release 3.71 (see HISTORY file for details). +** +** Revision 3.70 1996/04/08 10:08:40 kempson +** Final documentation & cosmetic changes for official release 3.70. +** +** Revision 3.6 1995/10/21 22:18:03 kempson +** Updated for version 3.60 beta. +** +** Revision 3.5 1995/09/24 20:44:37 kempson +** Many changes for final beta test version. +** +** Revision 3.4 1995/04/09 22:15:46 kempson +** Placed under RCS control +** +****************************************************************************** +****************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifndef __VERSION_H__ +# define __VERSION_H__ 1 +# define VERSION "3.71 (31 May 2005)" +#endif /* __VERSION_H__ */ + |